Anda di halaman 1dari 1288

Parameter ID Parameter Name

NE

MML Command

Meaning

Feature ID

Downlink Quality Threshold in ABCDownQua Assigning Better lity Cell BSC6900 Uplink Quality Threshold in Assigning Better ABCUpQuality Cell BSC6900 Maximum Better ABCWaitMax Cell Assigning Time Duration BSC6900

SET Downlink quality level threshold for GCELLHOAD( the MS to be assigned with a GBFDOptional) channel of the better cell. 110502 SET Uplink quality level threshold for the GCELLHOAD( MS to be assigned with a channel Optional) of the better cell. The maximum duration for the BSC to select the best cell according to SET MRs in the MS assigning GCELLHOAD( procedure. The BSC assigns the Optional) channel of the serving cell to the Whether to enable the BTS to support bypass function. HDLC ADD BTS and IP BTS do not support BTS(Optional) Whether this parameter. to permit Abis flow control. SET The flow control function helps in GCELLCCCH( better call management. If Optional) congestion theFlow system Used along occurs, with "Abis Control Timer 2" to control the change in SET cell flow control levels.When the BSCTMR(Opti flow control level in the cell onal) changes, the values ofFlow MS MAX Used along with "Abis Control Timer 1" to control the change in SET cell flow control levels.When the BSCTMR(Opti flow control level in the cell onal) changes, the values of MS MAX This parameter controls the SET strategy for idle timeslot selection BTSOTHPAR and optimization by the PS A(Optional) channels. This parameter controls whether the strategy for timeslot SET configuration and optimization is BTSOTHPAR started. When this parameter is set A(Optional) to ON, the for bundled idle the timeslots Threshold enabling BTS local switching. When the SET congestion rate at the Abis BSSLS(Option interface exceeds this threshold, al) the BTS local switching iswhether enabled. This parameter specifies SET to enable the Abis resource BTSFLEXABI adjustment TCHH function. SPARA(Optio It specifies whether the TCHH is nal) preferentially allocated to the Interval between detection of MS the Abis timeslot being in idle state and SET releasing of the Abis timeslot. GCELLPSCH When channels are idle, the timer M(Optional) is started. When the timer expires,

GBFD110502

GBFD110502

ABISBYPASS Abis ByPass MODE Mode

BSC6900

GBFD116601

ABISFCEN

SDCCH Congestion Flow Control Allowed BSC6900

GBFD111705

Abis Flow Control AbisFCTimer1 Timer 1 BSC6900

GBFD111705

Abis Flow Control AbisFCTimer2 Timer 2 BSC6900

GBFD111705

ABISIDLETSA Abis Idle TS LLOC Allocate Strategy BSC6900

GBFD114201

ABISIDLETSC Abis Idle TS FGSWITCH Configure Switch BSC6900 Abis Jam Rate AbisJamThres for BTS Local hold2StartLs Switch

GBFD114201

BSC6900

GBFD117702

ABISRESADJ TCHH Function TCHHFUNSW Switch Timer of ABISTSFREE Releasing Abis TM Timeslot

BSC6900

GBFD117301

BSC6900

GBFD113101

AbisVer

Abis Interface Tag

BSC6900

SET BSCBASIC(O Phase tag for GSM protocols that ptional) the Abis interface supports ADD AISSCFG(Opti onal) Duration available for the BTS to collect the AB after the TRX or channel is activated Mean opinion score (threshold) for judging an abnormal call. The BTS SET computes the MOS of a call OTHSOFTPA periodically and reports the call RA(Optional) MOS to pulse the BSC inof custom Access type the PRACH, uplink PTCCH and packet control SET acknowledge message of the MS. GCELLPSBA 8bit: 8 bit pulse access mode; SE(Optional) 11bit: 11 bit pulse access mode. SET GCELLPRAC H(Optional) Access class of the Subcell control preferred during theMS incoming inter-BSC handover to SET the concentric cell. In the case of GCELLHOIUO incoming inter-BSC handover to (Optional) the concentric cell, the channels in SET GCELLPSOT HERPARA(Op Whether the initial service is uplink, tional) downlink or compress neutral the address ADD Whether to PPPLNK(Opti and control fields. If this parameter onal) is set to ENABLE, the address and ADD control area compression is MPGRP(Optio enabled. If this parameter is set to ADD BTSPPPLNK( Optional) A flag bit indicates Whether to ADD support the compression of the BTSMPGRP( This address and control fields. parameter specifies whether SET to receive the CS paging request BSCPSSOFT from A interface when the MS uses PARA(Optiona a PS service. This parameter is l) used to control theMSs paging Used for notifying where to retrieve relevant parameters during SET cell reselection. GCELLIDLEA The default value of this parameter D(Optional) is 0 in system message 3 and, has Active coding set (ACS)[F], indicates a set of full-rate coding SET rates currently available for calls. GCELLCCAM The AMR is a set of multiple R(Optional) speech coding and decoding rates.

MRFD210301

Duration of BTS Collecting AB[100 ABLASTTIME Millisecond] BSC6900

GBFD118201

AbnormalMos Abnormal Voice Threshold MOS Threshold

BSC6900

GBFD116801

ACCBURST

Access Burst Type

BSC6900

GBFD119110

ACCCONTRO Access Control LCLASS Class

BSC6900

GBFD119110

Incoming-to-BSC ACCESSOPTI HO Optimum LAY Layer BSC6900

GBFD113201

AccStaService PS Initial Access Type Service Type BSC6900 Address and control field compress

ACFC

BSC6900

GBFD119501 GBFD118611 GBFD118622

ACFC

Support Address and Control Field Compress BSC6900

GBFD118611

ACOOPERAT A Interface PAGINGSWIT Paging CoCH ordination Switch BSC6900 Additional Reselect Parameter ACS Indication BSC6900

GBFD119305

GBFD110402

ACTCDSETF AMR ACS[F]

BSC6900

GBFD115501

ACTCDSETH AMR ACS[H]

BSC6900

ACTCDSETW B AMR ACS[WB]

BSC6900

Activate L2 ReACTL2REEST establishment Valid Time of BTS Resource Activation

BSC6900

Active coding set (ACS)[H], indicates set of half-rate coding SET rates currently available for calls. GCELLCCAM The AMR is a set of multiple R(Optional) speech coding and decoding rates. Active coding set (ACS)[WB], indicates a set of wide-band coding SET rates currently available for calls. GCELLCCAM The AMR is a set of multiple R(Optional) speech coding and decoding rates. Whether to activate the function of L2 re-establishment. If this function SET is activated, the BSC starts the GCELLSOFT( attempt of L2 re-establishment Optional) when the BSC receives an ERR ADD AISSCFG(Opti Valid duration of the reserved TRX onal) or timeslot AC voltage alarm lower threshold. When the input AC voltage is lower SET than the value of this parameter, an BTSAPMUBP( alarm indicating the abnormal AC Optional) is reported.

GBFD115502

GBFD115507

GBFD110501

ACTTIME

BSC6900

GBFD118201

ACVLTHD

AC Voltage Lower Threshold BSC6900

GBFD111202

ACVOLALAR AC Overvoltage MH Alarm Threshold BSC6900

SET The BTS reports an alarm if the AC BTSDPMUBP( voltage exceeds the value of this GBFDOptional) parameter. 111202 SET BTSDPMUBP( Optional) SET BTSAPMUBP( Optional) The BTS reports an alarm if the AC voltage is lower than the value of this The parameter. BTS reports an alarm if the AC voltage exceeds the value of the AC voltage alarm upper threshold. When the input AC voltage is higher than the value of this Whether to hand over an MS to another channel during an intra-cell handover through the assignment process Communication address of the CBUS3 on the bus 485. The configuration of this parameter must be consistent with the actual physical connection. Otherwise, the Interval for requesting the bandwidth for the secondary link when the system is not in congestion state

ACVOLALAR AC Undervoltage ML Alarm Threshold BSC6900

GBFD111202

AC Voltage ACVUTHD Upper Threshold BSC6900 Assignment Procedure in ADAPTASSIG Intra-Cell HO NMENTFLOW Allowed BSC6900

Communication Address Sub-Link Bandwidth Request Interval AddTransBwIn When Not t Congested Bandwidth for Secondary Link AddTransBwN When Not um Congested ADDR

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

SET GCELLSOFT( Optional) SET BTSFMUABP( Optional) SET BTSAPMUBP( SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona l) SET BSCPSSOFT Bandwidth requested each time for PARA(Optiona the secondary link when the l) system is not in congestion state

GBFD111202 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

GBFD111202

GBFD111705

GBFD111705

Adjacent BSC ADJBSCDPC DPC

BSC6900

ADJMODE

Adjustment Mode BSC6900

Support EGPRS ADJUSTULM Uplink MCS CSTYPE Dynamic Adjust Auto Download Active Function Switch

BSC6900

ADLDACT

BSC6900

ADMODE

Auto Download Mode

BSC6900

ADMSTAT

Administrative State

BSC6900

ADMSTAT

Administrative State

BSC6900

ADMSTAT

Administrative State Offset Time Adjustment End Time Load Threshold of Offset Adjustment Offset Time Adjustment Switch

BSC6900

ADD EXTNCELL(M andatory) COL BSCSYNCINF SET BTSEXCURSI ON(Mandatory ) SET SET GCELLEGPR SPARA(Optio nal) SET BTSAUTODL DACTINFO(O ptional) SET BTSAUTODL DACTINFO(O ptional) SET GCELLADMS TAT(Mandator y) SET GTRXADMST AT(Mandatory ) SET GTRXCHANA DMSTAT(Man datory)

The destination signaling point (DSP) of the adjacent BSC must be GBFDan Iur-g DSP. 111804

Whether to adjust the BTS offset manually or automatically Mode of dynamically adjusting the EGPRS uplink encoding scheme. Value 0 indicates dynamic adjustment of EGPRS uplink coding scheme is not supported; This parameter specifies whether to enable the BTS software autoloading and auto-activation function. If this parameter is set to Yes, parameter the BTS software is the This specifies automatic load mode of the BTS software. If this parameter is set to common download, common loading is performed on the

GBFD118201

GBFD119204

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

Administrative state of a cell

GBFD111202

Administrative state of the TRX

GBFD111202

GBFDAdministrative state of the channel 111202

ADTET

BSC6900

ADTLOD

BSC6900

ADD AISSCFG(Opti End time for adjusting the offset onal) time Cell load threshold for adjusting the ADD offset time. If the load threshold is AISSCFG(Opti exceeded, the offset time is not onal) adjusted. ADD AISSCFG(Ma ndatory) Offset Time Adjustment Switch ADD AISSCFG(Opti Start time for adjusting the offset onal) time

GBFD118201

GBFD118201

ADTON

BSC6900

GBFD118201

ADTST

Offset Time Adjustment Start Time BSC6900

GBFD118201

Advanced Alarm ADVALMMGR Management ULETP Rule Type BSC6900

ADVER1

BTS Software Version 1

BSC6900

ADVER2

BTS Software Version 2

BSC6900

ADD BTSALMMGM RULE(Mandat ory) SET BTSAUTODL DACTINFO(O ptional) SET BTSAUTODL DACTINFO(O ptional)

AEC_Echo_P AEC Echo Path ath_Delay Delay

BSC6900

Advanced alarm management rule type parameter specifies the This software version 1 that is automatically loaded and activated. The version of the BTS software stored on the OMU must be This parameter specifies the software version 2 that is automatically loaded and activated. The BTS software stored on the OMU must path be consistent this If the echo is traced,with the echo is judged and controlled according SET to the trace result of the echo path TCPARA(Opti parameters. Otherwise, the echo is onal) judged and controlled according to SET This parameter is used for echo TCPARA(Opti judgment and control when the onal) echo are notis traced. If the parameters local input voltage lower than the value of this parameter SET and the remote end transmits the TCPARA(Opti voice signal, the AEC function uses onal) the comfort noise replace the Extra delay due toto the transmission line. This parameter should be set SET according to the actual conditions TCPARA(Opti and is applicable to satellite onal) transmission. This parameter is used to determine whether there are SET speech signals at the local end. If TCPARA(Opti the local SNR is lower than the onal) value of this parameter, echo

MRFD210304

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD115602

AEC_Echo_R AEC Echo Return eturn_Loss Loss BSC6900

GBFD115602

AEC_Nlp_Gat e AEC Nlp Gate

BSC6900

GBFD115602

AEC_Path_De lay AEC Path Delay

BSC6900

GBFD115602

AEC_SNR_G ate AEC SNR Gate

BSC6900

GBFD115602

AEC_Switch

AEC Switch

BSC6900

SET This parameter indicates whether TCPARA(Opti the acoustic echo cancellation GBFDonal) (AEC) functional switch is on or off. 115602 SET TCPARA(Opti Threshold for detecting the AEC onal) performance SET TCPARA(Opti Time for detecting the AEC onal) performance Counter for radio link failures during an AMR full rate call. See SET the description of "Radio Link GCELLCCBA Timeout" in "SET SIC(Optional) GCELLCCBASIC".

AECDetectThr AEC Detect eshold Threshold

BSC6900

GBFD115602

AECDetectTi me

AEC Detect Time BSC6900

GBFD115602

AFRDSBLCN AFR Radio Link T Timeout

BSC6900

GBFD115505

AFRSAMULF AFR SACCH RM Multi-Frames

BSC6900

Number of SACCH multiframes during an AMR full rate call. See SET the description of "SACCH MultiGCELLCCBA Frames" in "SET SIC(Optional) GCELLCCBASIC". ADD GPS(Mandato ry) GPS receiver ID ADD GPS(Mandato ry) GPS receiver type. Counter for radio link failures during an AMR half rate call. See SET the description of "Radio Link GCELLCCBA Timeout" in "SET SIC(Optional) Number GCELLCCBASIC". of SACCH multiframes during an AMR half rate call. See SET the description of "SACCH MultiGCELLCCBA Frames" in "SET SIC(Optional) GCELLCCBASIC". SET ALMPORT(Ma ndatory) Alarm ID SET ALMBLKPAR A(Mandatory) SET ALMLVL(Man datory) SET ALMSHLD(Ma

GBFD115505

AGPSRECEIV ERID GPS ID

BSC6900

None

AGPSRECEIV ERTYPE GPS type

BSC6900

None

AHRDSBLCN AHR Radio Link T Timeout

BSC6900

GBFD115505

AHRSAMULF AHR SACCH RM Multi-Frames

BSC6900

GBFD115505

AID

Alarm ID

BSC6900

MRFD210304

AID

Alarm ID

BSC6900

Alarm ID Identifier of the alarm. This parameter uniquely identifies an alarm.

MRFD210304

AID

Alarm ID

BSC6900

MRFD210304

AID

Alarm ID

BSC6900

ADD Identifier of the alarm. This OBJALMSHL parameter uniquely identifies an D(Optional) alarm. SET ENVALMPAR A(Mandatory) SET BTSENVALM PORT(Option al) ADD BTSOBJALM SHLD(Mandat ory) Identifier of the alarm. This parameter uniquely identifies an alarm.

MRFD210304

AID

Alarm ID

BSC6900

MRFD210304

AID

Alarm ID.

BSC6900

Alarm ID

GBFD111202

AID

Alarm ID.

BSC6900

Alarm ID

MRFD210304

AIDDELAYPR Aiding Delay OTECTTIME Protect Time

BSC6900

Delay time for mutual-aid detection on a cell after the cell is initialized. SET When the cell initialization has just GCELLSOFT( finished, the cell is in an unstable GBFDOptional) state. Mutual-aid detection at this 113801 ADD OBJALMSHL D(Optional) ADD BTSOBJALM SHLD(Mandat ory) SET OTHSOFTPA RA(Mandatory )

AIDST

Alarm Select Type

BSC6900

Type of alarm selection

MRFD210304

AIDST

Alarm Select Type

BSC6900

A Interface Msg AInterMsgTra [End2end User ce Tracing]

BSC6900

MRFDAlarm selection mode 210304 Whether to trace A-interface messages during end-to-end user tracing. The end-to-end tracing is conducted throughout the network. GBFDThe A-interface tracing results can 116401

AINTFFCDIS CLUEN

A IF FC Discard LOC UP Enable

BSC6900

SET Whether to allow flow control for BSCFCPARA( the location update services during GBFDOptional) the A interface flow control 111705 SET whether to allow flow control for the BSCFCPARA( mobile-originated services during GBFDOptional) the A interface flow control 111705 SET BSCFCPARA( Optional) Whether to allow flow control for the mobile-terminated services during the Aallow interface control Whether to flow flow control for the other services including SET emergency call, call re-establish, BSCFCPARA( and LMU services during the A Optional) interface flow control SET Whether to enable the A interface BSCFCPARA( flow control mechanism in the Optional) BSC6900 Flow control method used by the BSC6900. Flow control method at SET the Abis interface: When receiving BSCFCPARA( a channel request message, the Optional) BSC6900 begins flow control on

AINTFFCDIS CMOCEN

A IF FC Discard MOC Enable

BSC6900

AINTFFCDIS CMTCEN

A IF FC Discard MTC Enable A IF FC Discard Other Service Enable

BSC6900

GBFD111705

AINTFFCDIS COSEN

BSC6900

GBFD111705

AINTFFCEN

A Interface Flow Control Enable

BSC6900

GBFD111705

AINTFFCMET A Interface Flow HOD Control Method

BSC6900

GBFD111705

AINTFFCRSR A IF FC Service ATE1 Rate in Level 1

BSC6900

SET BSCFCPARA( Rate of discarded services in level GBFDOptional) 1 of the A interface flow control 111705 SET BSCFCPARA( Rate of discarded services in level GBFDOptional) 2 of the A interface flow control 111705

AINTFFCRSR A IF FC Service ATE2 Rate in Level 2

BSC6900

AINTFFCRSR A IF FC Service ATE3 Rate in Level 3

BSC6900

SET BSCFCPARA( Rate of discarded services in level GBFDOptional) 3 of the A interface flow control 111705 SET BSCFCPARA( Rate of discarded services in level GBFDOptional) 4 of the A interface flow control 111705 SET BSCFCPARA( Rate of discarded services in level GBFDOptional) 5 of the A interface flow control 111705 SET BSCFCPARA( Rate of discarded services in level Optional) 6 of the A interface flow control CSD service redundancy level, SET which is configured to decrease the BSCBASIC(O data loss rate during transmission ptional) in A over IP mode.

AINTFFCRSR A IF FC Service ATE4 Rate in Level 4

BSC6900

AINTFFCRSR A IF FC Service ATE5 Rate in Level 5

BSC6900

AINTFFCRSR A IF FC Service ATE6 Rate in Level 6 CSD Service AIPCSDSRVR Redundancy DNDLEV Level

BSC6900

GBFD111705

BSC6900

GBFD118602

ALC_Fix_Gain ALC Fix Gain

BSC6900

SET TCPARA(Opti GBFDonal) Fixed gain value in fixed gain mode 115601 SET TCPARA(Opti onal) Target level in fixed level the mode This parameter restrains maximum gain to the input signal. It SET is valid only when "ALC Mode" is TCPARA(Opti "FIXEDLEVEL" or "ADAPTIVE". If onal) the parameter is set to a small SET TCPARA(Opti Maximum target level in adaptive onal) ALC mode SET TCPARA(Opti Mimumum target level in adaptive onal) ALC mode SET TCPARA(Opti onal) ALC level control mode SET TCPARA(Opti Whether to enable the adaptive onal) level control (ALC) function

ALC_Fix_Targ ALC Fix Target et_Level Level

BSC6900

GBFD115601

ALC_Max_Gai n ALC Max Gain

BSC6900

GBFD115601

ALC_Max_Tar ALC Max Target get_Level Level BSC6900

GBFD115601

ALC_Min_Tar ALC Min Target get_Level Level

BSC6900

GBFD115601

ALC_Mode

ALC Mode

BSC6900

GBFD115601

ALC_Switch

ALC Switch

BSC6900

GBFD115601

ALIVERETRY Alive Retry

BSC6900

Retry times after the timer for the reply from the peer expires during SET the NSVC live test. If the reply is BSCNSPARA( not received after the system GBFDOptional) resends the message according to 510002 SET BSCNSPARA( Optional) Duration of the timer to wait for the reply from the peer during the NSVC livethe test Specifies bandwidth occupied when the " transmission resource ADD group type " is IP and the " RSCGRP(Man bandwidth mode " is datory) HALF_DUPLEX. SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona Whether to reassign the TBF for a l) different Trx When this parameter is set to ON, the GMM/SM signaling service is SET assigned only one PDCH; GCELLPSCH otherwise, the GMM/SM signaling M(Optional) service is assigned one or more Maximum ratio of the number of SET AMR half rate channels to the total GCELLCHMG number of channels in a cell. When BASIC(Option the resource allocation principle is al) determined by the BSC, no AMR Whether to allow EDA multiplex. SET "Not Allow": the TBF of the EDA BSCPSSOFT cannot be multiplexed with other PARA(Optiona TBR; "Allow": the TBF of the EDA l) can be multiplexed with otherreport TBF. Number of allowed measure missed. If the number of allowed SET measure report missed exceeds GCELLNC2P this value, the previous measure ARA(Optional) report is invalid. Maximum ratio of the number of SET half rate channels to the total GCELLCHMG number of channels in a cell. When BASIC(Option the resource allocation principle is al) determined by the BSC, that no half Value ALLCIC indicates all E1/T1 timeslots on the A interface ADD must be set with the start CIC. AE1T1(Manda Value ALLNULL indicates that all tory) E1/T1 ALLCIC timeslots on the Athat interface Value indicates all E1/T1 timeslots on the PB interface ADD must be set with the start CIC. PBE1T1(Optio Value ALLNULL indicates that all nal) E1/T1 timeslots on the PB interface If the feed current of the TMA on SET tributary 0 is smaller than the value BTSDATUBP( of this parameter, the TMA Low Optional) Temperature alarm is triggered.

ALIVETIMER Alive Timer

BSC6900

GBFD510002

AllBw

Bandwidth

BSC6900

GBFD118605

Resource ALLOCDIFFT Reallocation to RX Different Trx ALLOCSINGL Allocate One EPDCHFORSI PDCH for GNALLING Signaling Data

BSC6900

GBFD114101

BSC6900

GBFD113101

ALLOWAMRH ALFRATEUSE RPERC Ratio of AMR-HR BSC6900

GBFD111005

ALLOWEDAD Allow EDA AMULTIPLEX Multiplex

BSC6900

GBFD119401

ALLOWEDME Allowed Measure ASRPTMISSE Report Missed DNUM Number BSC6900 ALLOWHALF RATEUSERP ERC Ratio of TCHH

GBFD116201

BSC6900

GBFD111005

ALLTSTYPE

Timeslot Type

BSC6900

GBFD111803

ALLTSTYPE

Timeslot Type Feed Tri. 0 TMA Low Current Alarm Threhold

BSC6900

GBFD111203

ALMD0

BSC6900

MRFD210304

ALMD1

Feed Tri. 1 TMA Low Current Alarm Threhold Feed Tri. 2 TMA Low Current Alarm Threhold Feed Tri. 3 TMA Low Current Alarm Threhold Feed Tri. 4 TMA Low Current Alarm Threhold Feed Tri. 5 TMA Low Current Alarm Threhold

BSC6900

ALMD2

BSC6900

ALMD3

BSC6900

ALMD4

BSC6900

ALMD5

BSC6900

Alarm Disappear ALMDISACDU Accumulate R Duration BSC6900

Alarm Enable ALMENABLE Flag

BSC6900

AlmId

Alarm ID.

BSC6900

ALMID

Alarm ID.

BSC6900

ALMLMTDOW N Lower Alarm

BSC6900

ALMLMTUP1 Upper Alarm

BSC6900

ALMLMTUP2 Upper Alarm

BSC6900

If the feed current of the TMA on SET tributary 1 is smaller than the value BTSDATUBP( of this parameter, the TMA Low Optional) Temperature alarm is triggered. If the feed current of the TMA on SET tributary 2 is smaller than the value BTSDATUBP( of this parameter, the TMA Low Optional) Temperature alarm is triggered. If the feed current of the TMA on SET tributary 3 is smaller than the value BTSDATUBP( of this parameter, the TMA Low Optional) Temperature alarm is triggered. If the feed current of the TMA on SET tributary 4 is smaller than the value BTSDATUBP( of this parameter, the TMA Low Optional) Temperature alarm is triggered. If the feed current of the TMA on SET tributary 5 is smaller than the value BTSDATUBP( of this parameter, the TMA Low Optional) Temperature alarm is triggered. Alarm clearance accumulated ADD failure duration.Threshold for the BTSALMMGM accumulated duration in which the RULE(Mandat alarm persists. If the accumulated ory) duration exceeds this threshold, an SET Whether the configuration of alarm BTSAPMUBP( parameters is allowed. Optional) In multi-mode scenario, the value SET of this parameter must be the BTSDPMUBP( same as the value of the parameter SET BTSALMFLAS HTHD(Mandat ory) ID of the intermittent alarm. ADD BTSALMMGM RULE(Mandat ory) Alarm ID If the input current of the antenna SET feeder is smaller than the value of BTSDGPSBP( this parameter, an alarm related to Optional) the GPS antenna reported. If the input currentis of the antenna feeder is greater than the value of SET this parameter and "GPS or RGPS" BTSDGPSBP( is set to "GPS", an alarm related to Optional) the GPS antenna reported. If the input currentis of the antenna feeder is greater than the value of SET this parameter and "GPS or RGPS" BTSDGPSBP( is set to "RGPS", an alarm related Optional) to the RGPS antenna is reported.

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

Alarm Occurrence ALMOCACDU Accumulate R Duration Alarm Occur AlmOccurAcc Accumulative uTimeHThd Time Threshold Alarm Clear AlmOccurAcc Accumulative uTimeLThd Time Threshold

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

AlmOccurTim Alarm Occur esHThd Times Threshold BSC6900

AlmOccurTim Alarm Clear esLThd Times Threshold BSC6900 Alarm Parameter ALMPARACF Configuration GFLAG Enabled BSC6900

ALMTP

Alarm Type

BSC6900

ALPHA

ALPHA

BSC6900

Accumulated alarm occurrence duration.Threshold for the accumulated duration in which the alarm persists. If the accumulated duration exceeds this threshold, Alarm Occur Accumulative Time an refers to the percentage of the alarm occurrence accumulative time to "Flash Statis Alarm Raise Time If the alarm AlarmWindow". Clear Accumulative Time refers to the percentage of the alarm clearance accumulative time to "Flash Statis Alarm Clear Time Window". If the If the number ofalarm alarmclearance flashes exceeds the value of this parameter within the time specified by "Flash Statis Alarm Raise Time Window", the BTS Statistical Alarm If the number of alarm flashes is smaller than the value of this parameter within the time specified by "Flash Statis Alarm Clear Time Window",the theconfiguration BTS Statistical Alarm Whether of alarm parameters is allowed. The value SET "YES" indicates that the BTSDHEUBP( configuration is allowed, and the Optional) value "NO" indicates that the EXP ALMLOG(Opti onal) STA Type of the alarm. The alarm can ALMLOG(Opti be fault to alarm or an event alarm. It isaused perform open loop SET power control. Alpha parameter is GCELLPSPW used by the MS to calculate the PARA(Optiona output power PCH of the uplink l) PDCH. This parameter is used to ADD BTSALMMGM RULE(Mandat ory) SET BTSALMFLAS HTHD(Option al) SET BTSALMFLAS HTHD(Option al) SET BTSALMFLAS HTHD(Option al) SET BTSALMFLAS HTHD(Option al) SET GCELLLCS(O Decimal part of the antenna ptional) altitude ADD GPS(Mandato Height of the specified GSP ry) receiver antenna

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

GBFD119115

ALTIDECI

Antenna Altitude Decimal Part BSC6900

GBFD115402

ALTITUDE

GPS antenna altitude

BSC6900

None

ALTITUDE

Antenna Altitude Int Part BSC6900

SET GCELLLCS(O GBFDptional) Integer part of the antenna altitude 115402 ADD GPS(Mandato Height of the specified GSP ry) receiver antenna

ALTITUDEIM GPS antenna P altitude

BSC6900

None

ALVL

Alarm Severity

BSC6900

ALVL

Alarm Severity

BSC6900

EXP ALMLOG(Opti onal) SET ALMLVL(Man datory) SET ALMSCRN(M

Alarm severity. One or more severities can be selected. By default, all severities are selected. Alarm severity. One or more severities can be selected. By default, all severities are selected.

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

AMPC0

Feed Tri. 0 TMA Configuration

BSC6900

SET BTSDATUBP( Whether to supply power to the Optional) TMA on tributary 0 SET BTSDATUBP( Whether to supply power to the Optional) TMA on tributary 1 SET BTSDATUBP( Whether to supply power to the Optional) TMA on tributary 2 SET BTSDATUBP( Whether to supply power to the Optional) TMA on tributary 3 SET BTSDATUBP( Whether to supply power to the Optional) TMA on tributary 4 SET BTSDATUBP( Whether to supply power to the Optional) TMA on tributary 5 SET Maximum degree by which the GCELLPWR2( BSC can control the power of the Optional) AMR BTS dynamically Whether to enable the III power SET control algorithm for AMR calls. If GCELLPWR3( enabled, power control is Optional) performed AMRthe calls. Whether toon enable adaptive adjustment function of AMR SET downlink threshold. After this GCELLCCAM function is enabled, the BTS R(Optional) estimates long-term voice Number ofthe measurement reports sampled for averaging downlink SET AMR signal strength. A single GCELLPWR2( measurement report may not Optional) reflect the actual network situations

GBFD111202

AMPC1

Feed Tri. 1 TMA Configuration

BSC6900

GBFD111202

AMPC2

Feed Tri. 2 TMA Configuration

BSC6900

GBFD111202

AMPC3

Feed Tri. 3 TMA Configuration

BSC6900

GBFD111202

AMPC4

Feed Tri. 4 TMA Configuration

BSC6900

GBFD111202

AMPC5

Feed Tri. 5 TMA Configuration

BSC6900

GBFD111202

AMRBTSPWR AMR BTS PC NUM Class

BSC6900

GBFD115503

AMRCALLPC Allow III Power ALLOWED Control For AMR BSC6900 AMR Downlink Adaptive AMRDADTHA Threshold W Allowed BSC6900 AMR Filter AMRDLLEVF Length for DL TLEN RX_LEV

GBFD117601

GBFD115506

BSC6900

GBFD115503

AMR DL MR. AMRDLPRED Number LEND Predicted

BSC6900

SET GCELLPWR2( Optional) SET GCELLPWR2( Optional) SET GCELLPWR2( Optional) SET GCELLPWR2( Optional) SET GCELLPWR2( Optional) SET GCELLPWR2( Optional) SET GCELLPWR2( Optional) SET GCELLPWR2( Optional)

AMRDLQHTH AMR DL Qual. RED Upper Threshold BSC6900

AMRDLQLTH AMR DL Qual. RED Lower Threshold BSC6900 AMR Filter AMRDLQUAF Length for DL TLEN Qual. AMR DL Qual AMRDLQUAL Bad Trig BADTRIG Threshold

BSC6900

BSC6900

AMRDLQUAL AMR DL Qual BADUPLEV Bad UpLEVDiff

BSC6900

AMRDLSSHT AMR DL RX_LEV HRED Upper Threshold BSC6900

AMRDLSSLT AMR DL RX_LEV HRED Lower Threshold BSC6900 AMRFULLTO HALFHOALL AMR F-H Ho OW Allowed AMRFULLTO AMR F-H Ho HALFHOATC ATCB Adjust BADJSTEP Step

Number of downlink AMR measurement reports that the BSC predicts. The BSC takes a while to confirm the power control effect of a powerlevel control command. Quality threshold for Thus, decreasing downlink AMR signal power. If the BTS transmits AMR signals at a quality level less than "AMR DL Qual. Upper for Threshold", Quality level threshold increasing downlink AMR signal power. If the BTS transmits AMR signals at a quality level greater than "AMR DL Qual. Lower Number of measurement reports sampled for averaging downlink AMR signal quality. A single measurement report may not reflect the actual power network situations During downlink control, if the downlink receive quality level is equal to or greater than this threshold, "AMR DL RX_LEV Upper Threshold" is increased During downlink power control, by if the downlink receive quality level is equal to or greater than "AMR DL Qual Bad Trig Threshold", "AMR DL RX_LEV Upper is Upper threshold for Threshold" downlink AMR signal strength. If the downlink received AMR signal level is greater than this threshold, a power Lower threshold fordecrease downlink is AMR signal strength. If the downlink received AMR signal level is less than this threshold, a power increase is

GBFD115503

GBFD115503

GBFD115503

GBFD115503

GBFD115503

GBFD115503

GBFD115503

GBFD115503

BSC6900

BSC6900

AMRFULLTO HALFHOATC AMR F-H Ho BTHRESH ATCB Threshold BSC6900 AMRFULLTO AMR F-H Ho HALFHOPAT Pathloss Adjust HADJSTEP Step

BSC6900

SET Whether to enable the algorithm for GCELLHOBA the load-based AMR handover SIC(Optional) between full rate and half With "F-H Ho Period" and rate the duration for triggering handover SET from full rate to half rate, this GCELLHOBA parameter determines the current SIC(Optional) ATCB threshold offset by which toAMR choose for the handover from full rate to half rate. SET If the ATCB of an AMR full rate call GCELLHOBA is equal to or greater than this SIC(Optional) With threshold, the Period" AMR call is handed "F-H Ho and the duration for triggering handover SET from full rate to half rate, this GCELLHOBA parameter determines the current SIC(Optional) path loss offset by which to choose

GBFD510501

GBFD510501

GBFD510501

GBFD510501

AMRFULLTO AMR F-H Ho HALFHOPAT Pathloss HTHRESH Threshold AMRFULLTO HALFHOQUA AMR F-H Ho LTHRESH Qual. Threshold AMRFULLTO HALFHOTHR AMR F-H Traffic ESH Threshold

BSC6900

SET GCELLHOBA SIC(Optional) SET GCELLHOBA SIC(Optional) SET GCELLHOBA SIC(Optional) SET GCELLHOBA SIC(Optional) SET GCELLHOBA SIC(Optional) SET GCELLHOBA SIC(Optional) SET GCELLHOBA SIC(Optional) SET GCELLHOBA SIC(Optional)

BSC6900

BSC6900

AMRHALFTO FULLHOATC AMR H-F Ho BTHRESH ATCB Threshold BSC6900 AMRHALFTO AMR H-F Ho FULLHOPAT Pathloss HTHRESH Threshold

BSC6900

AMRHALFTO FULLHOQUA Allow AMR H-F LALLOW Quality-based HO BSC6900 AMRHALFTO FULLHOQUA AMR H-F Ho LTHRESH Qual. Threshold AMRHALFTO FULLHOTHR AMR H-F Traffic ESH Threshold

BSC6900

BSC6900

Path loss threshold for the AMR handover from full rate to half rate. If the path loss of an AMR full rate call is equal to or less than this threshold, the AMR handed Quality threshold forcall theis AMR handover from full rate to half rate. If the uplink and downlink receive quality levels of an AMR full rate call are equal tofor or the less than this Load threshold AMR handover from full rate to half rate. If the cell load is greater than this threshold, the AMR full rate calls are handed over for to half rate. ATCB threshold the AMR handover from half rate to full rate. If the ATCB of an AMR half rate call is less than this threshold, the AMR loss call is handed for over from half Path threshold the AMR handover from half rate to full rate. If the path loss of an AMR half rate call is greater than this threshold, the AMR call is handed over from Whether to enable the algorithm for the uplink and downlink receive quality based AMR handover from half rate to full rate Quality threshold for the AMR handover from half rate to full rate. If the receive quality level of an AMR half rate call is greater than this threshold, call is Load thresholdthe for AMR the AMR handover from half rate to full rate. If the cell load is less than this threshold, the AMR half rate calls are handed over to full rate.

GBFD510501

GBFD510501

GBFD510501

GBFD510501

GBFD510501

GBFD510501

GBFD510501

GBFD510501

AMR MAX Up AMRMAXADJ Adj. PC Value by PCVAL Qual. BSC6900 AMR MAX Down AMRMAXSTE Adj. Value Qual. P0 Zone 0 BSC6900 AMR MAX Down AMRMAXSTE Adj. Value Qual. P1 Zone 1 BSC6900 AMR MAX Down AMRMAXSTE Adj. Value Qual. P2 Zone 2 BSC6900

SET Maximum step by which the power GCELLPWR2( can be increased according to Optional) received signal quality Maximum step by which the power can be decreased when the SET received signal quality belongs to GCELLPWR2( quality zone 0. Optional) Huawei power algorithm Maximum step control by which the power can be decreased when the SET received signal quality belongs to GCELLPWR2( quality zone 1. Optional) Huawei power algorithm Maximum step control by which the power can be decreased when the SET received signal quality belongs to GCELLPWR2( quality zone 2. Optional) Huawei power control algorithm

GBFD115503

GBFD115503

GBFD115503

GBFD115503

AMR MAX Up AMRMAXVAL Adj. PC Value by ADJRX RX_LEV BSC6900 AMR MR. AMRMRCOM Compensation PREG Allowed

BSC6900

SET Maximum step by which the power GCELLPWR2( can be increased according to Optional) received signal level Whether to enable the compensation of AMR SET measurement reports in Huawei GCELLPWR2( power control algorithm generation Optional) II SET Minimum interval between two GCELLPWR2( consecutive AMR power control Optional) commands SET GCELLPWR2( Optional) SET GCELLPWRB ASIC(Optional ) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET GCELLPWR2( Optional) SET GCELLPWR2( Optional) SET GCELLPWR2( Optional) SET GCELLPWR2( Optional) Maximum step by which the power can be decreased according to received of signal quality Number levels by which the BTS increases the power of an SACCH frame. This parameter is used for SACCH power control. When sending an frame, Whether to SACCH enable the BSCthe to BTS assign AMR half rate channels preferentially according to the channel types allowed by the MSC and the current for TCH seizure ratio Load threshold assigning half rate channels preferentially. If the current TCH seizure ratio of the cell is greater than this threshold, AMR half rate channels Whether to enableare theassigned adaptive adjustment function of AMR uplink threshold. After this function is enabled, the BTS estimates the long-term quality (indicated Number ofvoice measurement reports sampled for averaging uplink AMR signal strength. A single measurement report may not reflect the Number ofactual uplink network AMR situations measurement reports that the BSC predicts. The BSC takes a while to confirm the power control effect of a powerlevel control command. Quality threshold for Thus, decreasing the power of an uplink AMR call. If the MS transmits AMR signals at a quality level less than "AMR ULQual. Upper Threshold", Quality level threshold for increasing the power of an uplink AMR call. If the MS transmits AMR signals at a quality level greater than "AMR UL Qual. Lower

GBFD115503

GBFD115503

AMRPCADJP ERIOD AMR PC Interval BSC6900 AMR MAX Down AMRQUALST Adj. PC Value by EP Qual. BSC6900 AMR SACCH AMRSADLUP Downlink Power GRADE Upgrade

GBFD115503

GBFD115503

BSC6900

GBFD110703

AMRTCHHPR AMR TCH/H IORALLOW Prior Allowed AMR TCH/H AMRTCHHPR Prior Cell Load IORLOAD Threshold AMR Uplink Adaptive AMRUADTHA Threshold W Allowed AMR Filter AMRULLEVF Length for UL TLEN RX_LEV AMR UL MR. AMRULPRED Number LEND Predicted

BSC6900

GBFD115502

BSC6900

GBFD115502

BSC6900

GBFD115506

BSC6900

GBFD115503

BSC6900

GBFD115503

AMRULQHTH AMR UL Qual. RED Upper Threshold BSC6900

GBFD115503

AMRULQLO WTHRED

AMR UL Qual. Lower Threshold BSC6900

GBFD115503

AMR Filter AMRULQUAF Length for UL TLEN Qual AMR UL Qual. AMRULQUAL Bad Trig BADTRIG Threshold

BSC6900

SET GCELLPWR2( Optional) SET GCELLPWR2( Optional) SET GCELLPWR2( Optional) SET GCELLPWR2( Optional) SET GCELLPWR2( Optional) SET OTHSOFTPA RA(Optional) SET AITFOTHPAR A(Optional) SET TCPARA(Opti onal)

BSC6900

AMRULQUAL AMR UL Qual. BADUPLEV Bad UpLEVDiff

BSC6900

AMRULSSHT AMR UL RX_LEV HRED Upper Threshold BSC6900

AMRULSSLT AMR UL RX_LEV HRED Lower Threshold BSC6900 MAX Retrans Reset Circle Msg on A-I BSC6900 MAX Reset Mesg Retransmission on A-I BSC6900

AN19

AN4

ANC_Max_Ga in ANC Max Gain

BSC6900

Number of measurement reports sampled for averaging uplink AMR signal quality. A single measurement report may not reflect the actual network situations During uplink power control, if the uplink receive quality level is equal to or greater than this threshold, "AMR UL RX_LEV Upper Threshold" is increased by "AMR During uplink power control, if the uplink receive quality level is equal to or greater than "AMR UL Qual. Bad Trig Threshold", "AMR UL RX_LEV Upper Threshold" is Upper threshold for uplink AMR signal strength If the uplink received AMR signal level is greater than this threshold, a power decrease isuplink computed. Lower threshold for AMR signal strength. If the uplink received AMR signal level is less than this threshold, a power increase is computed. Then, Maximum number of retransmissions of the A-interface circuit reset message. When an Ainterface circuit of the BSC is reset, the BSC sends theof reset message Maximum number times of resending a reset message at the A interface. When the BSC6900 is reset, the BSC6900 sends a reset message theto MSC and starts a Maximumto gain the signals from the remote end. If the parameter is set to a small value, the target SNR may be restrained when the signal arrives at the local end.

GBFD115503

GBFD115503

GBFD115503

GBFD115503

GBFD115503

GBFD111803

GBFD111803

GBFD115603

ANC_Switch

ANC Switch

BSC6900

ANC_Target_ SNR ANC Target SNR BSC6900

ANGLE

RET Antenna Tilt Angle BSC6900

ANI

Adjacent Node ID BSC6900

SET TCPARA(Opti Whether to enable the adaptive onal) noise cancel (ANC) function The system adjusts the remote SET input so that the ratio of the remote TCPARA(Opti signal to the local noise is above onal) the value of this parameter. SET BTSANTANG LE(Mandatory ) Tilt angle of the RET antenna ADD ADJNODE(Ma ndatory) ADD Uniquely identifies an adjacent IPPATH(Mand node

GBFD115603

GBFD115603

MRFD210602

GBFD118605

ANI

Adjacent node ID BSC6900

ADD IPMUX(Manda tory) ADD Adjacent node identifier of this IP IPPATHBIND( path SET ENVALMPAR A(Optional) New name of the alarm SET TCPARA(Opti onal) ANR mode This parameter determines the noise depression degree. A large SET absolute value of this parameter TCPARA(Opti corresponds to a strong onal) depression. SET TCPARA(Opti onal) ANR target noise level SET TCPARA(Opti Whether to enable the adaptive onal) noise restrain (ANR) function SET GCELLLCS(O ptional) SET BTSDGPSBP( Optional) SET BTSUSCUBP( SET BTSDGPSBP( Optional) SET BTSUSCUBP(

None

ANM

Alarm Name

BSC6900

MRFD210304

ANR_Mode

ANR Mode

BSC6900

GBFD115603

ANR_Noise_R eduction_Leve ANR Noise l Reduction Level

BSC6900

GBFD115603

ANR_Noise_T ANR Noise arget_Level Target Level

BSC6900

GBFD115603

ANR_Switch

ANR Switch

BSC6900

GBFD115603

Antenna Azimuth ANTAANGLE Angle BSC6900

ANTENNALO GPS Antenna NG Delay

BSC6900

Size of the azimuth angle of the cell antenna Length of the feeder cable. The GPS satellite card is connected to the antenna through feeder cables. The transmission delay on the feeder cable can be calculated on

GBFD115402

GBFD510401

ANTENNAPO Antenna Power WERSWITCH Supply Switch

BSC6900

Power supply switch of the GPS antenna feeder

ANTIERRFLA E1T1 anti-error G switch

BSC6900

ADD MPGRP(Optio nal) E1T1 anti-error switch. SET BTSTHEFTAL Whether to enable the BTS to clear M(Optional) the burglar alarm automatically LOD RETANTCFG( Mandatory) SET BTSANTANG Number of the antenna

GBFD510401 GBFD118611 GBFD118622

Burglar Alarm AntiTheftAllow Auto Clear Permit BSC6900

GBFD111202

ANTNO

Antenna No.

BSC6900

MRFD210602

ANTPASSNO Antenna Pass No BSC6900 Sub-Location Group Antenna ANTPASSNO Pass No.

BSC6900

AORB

Down TRX1 A or B BSC6900

ADD TRXBIND2PH YBRD(Mandat Number of the antenna feeder ory) channel to the RXU Antenna mapped pass No. of the RXU of a sub-location group. The parameter ADD is configured only when the MRRU BTSBINDLOC or GRRU is used in the subGRP(Optional) location group. ADD BTSANTFEE DERBRD(Man datory) Antenna pass number of the SET downlink tributary ADD MTP3LNK(Ma Number of a port on the A interface ndatory) board Upper layer application type of the SCTP link. The upper layer ADD application type of A and LB SCTPLNK(Ma interface is M3UA. In the BSC ndatory) disaster tolerance, the application ADD SEMILINK(Ma ndatory) SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona l) SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona l) SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona l) SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona l) SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona l) SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona l)

GBFD111202

GBFD510104

GBFD111202

APN

A interface port No.

BSC6900

GBFD111804

APP

Application type

BSC6900

GBFD118602

APPTYPE

Application Type BSC6900

AqmM

AQM N Update Interval

BSC6900

AqmMaxTh

AQM Maximum Threshold

BSC6900

AqmMinTh

AQM Congestion Threshold BSC6900 AQM Packet Discard Initial Interval

AqmNinit

BSC6900

AQM Packet AqmNLowerB Discard Interval ound Lower Threshold BSC6900 AQM Packet AqmNUpBoun Discard Interval d Upper Threshold BSC6900

Application type of the semipermanent link Update frequency of the value N (packet drop interval), indicating that the packet drop interval is updated after N packets are transmitted. Upper length threshold of the TBF buffer queue. If the length of the TBF buffer queue exceeds this threshold, whether the packets are discarded isthreshold determined according Congestion of the TBF buffer queue. If the congestion level in the TBF buffer queue exceeds this threshold, whether the packets are of discarded actively is Initial value the interval (indicated by N) at which the packets in the TBF buffer queue are discarded. The value N indicates the frequency of Lower threshold of the interval for discarding the packets in the TBF buffer queue, that is, the minimum value of N (packet drop interval). Upper threshold of the interval for discarding the packets in the TBF buffer queue, that is, the maximum value of N (packet drop interval).

GBFD114701

GBFD119904

GBFD119904

GBFD119904

GBFD119904

GBFD119904

GBFD119904

AqmSwitch

AQM Switch

BSC6900

AqmTarTh

AQM Target Threshold

BSC6900

SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona l) AQM switch SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona Target threshold of the TBF buffer l) queue SET BSCBASIC(O ptional) CMP BRDAREA(Op tional) LOD PATCH(Optio LOD BRD(Optional) SYN BRDAREA(Op tional) SET GTRXRLALM( Optional) SET GTRXRLALM( Optional) SET GTRXRLALM( Optional) STR IPCHK(Option al)

GBFD119904

GBFD119904

AreaCode

Area Code

BSC6900

Local area code, for example, 021 MRFDfor Shanghai 210301

AREAFLAG

Area flag

BSC6900

Area flag

MRFD210401

AREAFLAG

Area flag Abnormal Release Threshold

BSC6900

AREDISTHD

BSC6900

ARELBASE

Abnormal Release Statistic Base BSC6900

ARELWTHD

Abnormal Warn Threshold

BSC6900

ARPRETRY

ARP packet resend times

BSC6900

Area flag for reporting the Threshold recovery alarm for the abnormal release alarm. If the percentage of the abnormal channel releases is equal to or less than this threshold, Release statistics base for subchannels. This parameter indicates the number of times that a subchannel is activated. In a timeslot, the release statistics Threshold for reporting the abnormal release alarm. In a timeslot, the release statistics base, B, multiplied by the number of channels, N, is the channel Retransmission times upon ARP timeout. When the ARP request times exceeds the retransmission time without a response, the ARP/BFD detection failure alarm is

MRFD210401

GBFD111004

GBFD111004

GBFD111004

None

ARPTIMEOU ARP packet timeT out[100ms] BSC6900

STR IPCHK(Option al) ARP packet timeout time ADD MTP3LNK(Ma ndatory) ADD ATERSL(Opti onal) ADD ATERCONSL(

None

ASN

A interface slot No.

BSC6900

Number of the slot where the A interface board is located

GBFD111804

ASN

A interface slot No.

BSC6900

Number of the slot where the A interface board is located

GBFD111804

ASRN

A interface subrack No.

BSC6900

ASS

Event Type

BSC6900

ADD MTP3LNK(Ma ndatory) EXP ALMLOG(Opti onal) STA ALMLOG(Opti

Number of the subrack where the A GBFDinterface board is located 111804 Network management type of the alarm. By default, all network management types are selected.

MRFD210304

ASS

Event Type

BSC6900

SET Network management type of the ENVALMPAR alarm. By default, all network A(Optional) management types are selected. SET Switch for assigning the channel of GCELLHOAD( a better cell to the MS during MS Optional) access. When this parameter is set to ENABLE, if the cell supports direct SET retry and the current cell load is GCELLCCBA equal to or larger than the value of SIC(Optional) "Cell direct retry forbidden SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET BTSAPMUBP( Optional) SET BTSDEMUBP( Offset relative to the level threshold for determining whether to assign a channel in subcell Number of the the overlaid cabinet where the associated RXU board is installed. This parameter is valid for DRRU, MRRU, GRRU, or BTS3900E board in of the remote monitoring Number the cabinet where the associated RXU board is installed. SET This parameter is valid for DRRU, BTSRXUBP(M MRRU, GRRU, or BTS3900E andatory) board in the remote monitoring SET BTSAPMUBP( Optional) SET Number of the slot where the BTSDEMUBP( associated RXU board is installed. SET BTSRXUBP(M andatory) SET BTSAPMUBP( Optional) SET BTSDEMUBP(

MRFD210304

AssignBetterC Assigning Better ellEn Cell Allowed Assignment Cell ASSLOADJU Load Judge DGEEN Enable

BSC6900

GBFD110502

BSC6900

GBFD110607

Assign to ASSOLRXLE Overlayer RxLev VOFFSET Offset BSC6900

GBFD113201

Associated RXU ASSORXUCN Board CN

BSC6900

GBFD111202

Associated RXU ASSORXUCN Board CN

BSC6900

GBFD111202

Associated RXU ASSORXUSN Board SN

BSC6900

GBFD111202

Associated RXU ASSORXUSN Board SN

BSC6900

Number of the slot where the GBFDassociated RXU board is installed. 111202

ASSORXUSR Associated RXU N Board SRN

BSC6900

Number of the subrack where the GBFDassociated RXU board is installed. 111202

ASSORXUSR Associated RXU N Board SRN

BSC6900

SET BTSRXUBP(M Number of the subrack where the GBFDandatory) associated RXU board is installed. 111202

ASSThres

Absolute Signal Strength Threshold

BSC6900

SET OTHSOFTPA RA(Optional) SET GCELLTMR( Optional) SET BSCTMR(Opti onal) SET BSCAITFTMR (Optional) SET BSCAITFTMR (Optional) SET BSCAITFTMR (Optional) SET BSCTMR(Opti onal) SET BSCTMR(Opti onal)

ASSTIMER

T3107

BSC6900

AT1

T1

BSC6900

AT13

T13 -s

BSC6900

AT17

T17 -s

BSC6900

AT18

T18 -s

BSC6900

AT19

T19

BSC6900

AT20

T20

BSC6900

Absolute level threshold for automatic optimization of neighbor cells and frequencies. The measurement results in measurement reports are screened After the BSC6900 delivers an assignment command, the T3107 timer starts. If the BSC6900 receives an assignment complete message within the Timer for waiting forscheduled a single Ainterface circuit blocking or unblocking answer. The BSC6900 starts this T1 timer after a single timer, A-interface MSC sending reset protection that is, interval between the time when the BSC6900 receives an MSC reset message and the time when the BSC6900 to the MSC. T17 timer.answer When receiving an MSC overload message or a single point congestion message for the first time, the BSC6900 increases the leveltimer. of theWhen A interface flow an control T18 receiving MSC overload message or a single point congestion message for the first time, the BSC6900 increases the level of the A interface control Timer for waiting for anflow A-interface circuit reset answer. The BSC6900 starts this timer after sending an A-interface circuit reset message. When this timer expires Timer for waiting for an A-interface circuit group blocking or unblocking answer. After sending a CIC group blocking/unblocking message over the A interface, the BSC6900 starts

GBFD510901

GBFD110502

GBFD111203

GBFD111803

GBFD111705

GBFD111705

GBFD111203

GBFD111203

AT4

T4 -s

BSC6900

Concentric Circles ATCB HO ATCBHOEN Allowed BSC6900 Distance Hysteresis Between ATCBHYST Boundaries BSC6900 Distance Between Boundaries of ATCBTHRED Subcells BSC6900

SET BSCAITFTMR Timer for waiting for an A-interface (Optional) reset answer Whether to enable the ATCB handover algorithm for the SET concentric cell. According to the GCELLHOBA neighbor cell signal, the ATCB SIC(Optional) Hysteresis handover algorithm determines the in the distance between SET the boundary of the overlaid subcell GCELLHOED and the boundary of the underlaid BPARA(Optio subcell. This parameter helps to nal) adjust "Distance Between Distance between the boundary of SET the overlaid subcell and the GCELLHOED boundary of the underlaid subcell. BPARA(Optio This parameter specifies the nal) difference between the coverage of

GBFD111803

GBFD113201

GBFD114402

GBFD114402

Ater8KSw

Switch of 8K on Ater

BSC6900

AterCongHRFl HR Allocation ag Flag

BSC6900

AterCongstRat Congestion Ratio io on Ater Resource BSC6900

ATERIDX

Ater connection path index

BSC6900

AterJamThres Ater Jam Rate for hold2StartLs BSC Local Switch BSC6900

ATERMASK

Ater Mask

BSC6900

ATEROMLFL Whether or not AG for OML

BSC6900

SET Whether to enable the BSC to use OTHSOFTPA a 8 kbit/s timeslot to transmit 8 RA(Optional) kbit/s data at the Ater interface Whether to enable the BSC to SET assign half rate channels OTHSOFTPA preferentially when the Ater RA(Optional) interface isthat congested Threshold determines whether the Ater interface is congested. SET The BSC determines whether to OTHSOFTPA assign full or half rate channels RA(Optional) preferentially according to the ADD MTP3LNK(Ma ndatory) ADD ATERE1T1(M Threshold Index of an Ater connection path for enabling the BSC local switching. When the SET congestion rate at the Ater BSSLS(Option interface exceeds this threshold, al) the function is enabled. ADD MTP3LNK(Ma ndatory) ADD ATERSL(Man Whether Ater interface timeslotthe mask to configure Ater OML link used for the TC subrack for the ADD port. If it is actually configured and SEMILINK(Ma you specify that it is not configured, ndatory) the TC subrack fails to start. If it is ADD ATEROML(Ma ndatory) Ater maintenance link index ADD ATEROML(Ma ndatory) ADD ATERSL(Opti onal) ADD ATERCONSL( Ater connection path index,The index is set through the ADD ATERCONPATH command.

GBFD116901

GBFD116901

GBFD116901

GBFD111203

GBFD117701

GBFD111203

GBFD114701

ATEROMLINX Ater OML Index

BSC6900

MRFD210301

ATERPIDX

Ater Connection Path Index

BSC6900

MRFD210301

ATERSLID

Ater Signaling Channel ID

BSC6900

Indentifies an Ater signaling channel

GBFD111203

ATERTRANS Ater Interface MODE Transfer Mode

BSC6900

SET Transport mode of the Ater BSCBASIC(M interface. The Ater interface can GBFDandatory) be in TDM or in IP transport mode. 116902 STR Number of the RF port on the RF BTSVSWRTS front-end board of the BTS. The T(Optional) number is unique in a board.

ATN

Antenna Tributary No. BSC6900

GBFD111202

ATSMASK

A interface timeslot mask

BSC6900

ATT

Attach-detach Allowed

BSC6900

ADD MTP3LNK(Ma ndatory) SET GCELLIDLEB ASIC(Optional )

GBFDA interface timeslot mask Attach-detach Allowed (ATT). If this 111804 parameter is set to YES, when an MS is powered off, the network does not process any call GBFDconnection for the MS as a called 110302

ATTENFACT OR1

Antenna Tributary 1 Factor BSC6900

SET BTSRXUBP(O TMA attenuation factor of antenna ptional) tributary 1 SET BTSRXUBP(O TMA attenuation factor of antenna ptional) tributary 2 SET E1T1LOP(Opti onal) It specifies the loopback duration. STR E1T1TST(Opti onal) It specifies the test duration. SET SSLAUTHMO DE(Mandatory SSL authentication mode of the ) peer certificate

GBFD111202

ATTENFACT OR2

Antenna Tributary 2 Factor BSC6900

GBFD111202

AUSTOP

Loop time[min]

BSC6900

None

AUSTOP

Test time[min]

BSC6900

None

AUTHMODE

Authentication Mode

BSC6900

AUTHMODE

Validate mode

BSC6900

AUTHMODE

Validate mode

BSC6900

AUTHMODE

Validate Mode

BSC6900

AUTHNAME

Validate user name

BSC6900

AUTHNAME

Validate user name

BSC6900

MRFD210305 GBFDADD 118611 PPPLNK(Man Validation mode of the PPP or MP GBFDdatory) link negotiation 118622 GBFDADD 118611 MPGRP(Mand Validation mode of the PPP or MP GBFDatory) link negotiation 118622 ADD BTSPPPLNK( Mandatory) The PPP or MP link is as server or ADD client when it negotiates with peer GBFDBTSMPGRP( link. 118611 GBFDADD 118611 PPPLNK(Man Username to validate, for the PPP GBFDdatory) or MP link negotiation 118622 GBFDADD 118611 MPGRP(Mand Username to validate, for the PPP GBFDatory) or MP link negotiation 118622

AUTHNAME

Validate User Name

BSC6900

ADD BTSPPPLNK( Mandatory) ADD Username to validate, for the PPP BTSMPGRP( or MLPPP link negotiation

AUTHPWD

Validate password

BSC6900

AUTHPWD

Validate password

BSC6900

AUTHPWD

Validate Password

BSC6900

AUTHTYPE

Validate protocol type BSC6900

AUTHTYPE

Validate protocol type BSC6900

AUTHTYPE

Validate Protocol Type BSC6900

AUTO

Auto negotiation

BSC6900

GBFD118611 GBFDADD 118611 PPPLNK(Man Password to validate, upon PPP or GBFDdatory) MP link negotiation 118622 GBFDADD 118611 MPGRP(Mand Password to validate, upon PPP or GBFDatory) MP link negotiation 118622 ADD BTSPPPLNK( Mandatory) ADD Password to validate, upon PPP or GBFDBTSMPGRP( MLPPP link negotiation 118611 GBFDADD 118611 PPPLNK(Opti Type of validation protocol for the GBFDonal) PPP or MP link negotiation 118622 GBFDADD 118611 MPGRP(Optio Type of validation protocol for the GBFDnal) PPP or MP link negotiation 118622 ADD BTSPPPLNK( Optional) ADD Type of the validation protocol for GBFDBTSMPGRP( the PPP or MLPPP link negotiation Whether the self-negotiation mode 118611 is adopted SET 1. When the FG2 board is used ETHPORT(Op and the port type is GE, the selftional) negotiation mode must be adopted. None

Add inter-subrack AUTOADDSR path CON automatically BSC6900 Auto Adjust UL AUTOADJUL TH and THHYSTF Hysteresis [F] Auto Adjust UL AUTOADJUL TH and THHYSTH Hysteresis [H]

BSC6900

BSC6900

ADD Whether inter-subrack path can be BRD(Optional) added automatically Whether to allow automatic SET adjustment for the uplink threshold GCELLCCAM and hysteresis of full rate AMR call R(Optional) rates Whether to allow automatic SET adjustment for the uplink threshold GCELLCCAM and hysteresis of half rate AMR call R(Optional) rates SET OTHSOFTPA Whether to enable the BSC to RA(Optional) obtain BTS logs automatically

MRFD210301

GBFD115501

GBFD115502

Support Auto AutoGetBtsLo Obtaining of BTS gFlag Logs BSC6900

GBFD111202

AUTONEG

Automatic Negotiation Mode BSC6900 Work Mode for Auto Download Activation

AUTOTYPE

BSC6900

SET BTSETHPOR T(Optional) SET BTSAUTODL DACTINFO(O ptional)

Whether to enable the autonegotiation mode The parameter specifies the work mode for the automatic download and activation of the BTS software. BTS Software Auto DL and ACT indicates that the BTS boards are

GBFD118601

GBFD111202

Auto Unlock AUTOULKSW Switch

BSC6900

LCK SCHTSK(Opti onal) Auto unlock switch SET Duration of time after which the PWDPOLICY( locked user is unlocked Optional) automatically

MRFD210305

AutoUnlockTi me Auto Unlock Time BSC6900

MRFD210305

AUTYPE

Administration unit type

BSC6900

AVer

A Interface Tag

BSC6900

optical adaptation type between SET high-order path and multiplex OPT(Optional) Phase section. None tag for GSM protocols supported by the A interface. The SET value of this parameter is chosen BSCBASIC(O according to the A interface phase GBFDptional) tag provided by the MSC. 111804 SET ALMPORT(Op tional) SET BTSENVALM PORT(Option al)

AVOL

Alarm level

BSC6900

Alarm level for a digital port

MRFD210304

AVOL

Alarm VOL. B1B2 signal degraded threshold

BSC6900

B1B2SDTHR D

BSC6900

SET OPT(Optional)

B1B2 signal fail B1B2SFTHRD threshold B3 signal degrade threshold

BSC6900

SET OPT(Optional)

B3SDTHRD

BSC6900

SET OPT(Optional)

B3SFTHRD

B3 signal fail threshold

BSC6900

SET OPT(Optional)

Alarm level. It is valid for the digital port. Threshold of B1 and B2 signal degrade. This parameter specifies the generation threshold and the recovery threshold of the B1B2 signal degradation threshold in Threshold of B1 and B2 signal failure. This parameter specifies the generation threshold and the recovery threshold of the B1B2 signal failure threshold in SDH Threshold of B3 signal degrade. This parameter specifies the generation threshold and the recovery threshold of the B3 signal degradation SDH This Threshold ofthreshold B3 signalin failure. parameter specifies the generation threshold and the recovery threshold of the B3 signal failure threshold in SDH frames at the

MRFD210304

None

None

None

None

BACK8KCLKS Switch of W1 backplane LINE1 BSC6900

SET CLK(Optional) Switch of backplane LINE1

MRFD210502

BACK8KCLKS Switch of W2 backplane LINE2 BSC6900

SET CLK(Optional) Switch of backplane LINE2

BackupPath

Backup Path

BSC6900

MRFD210502 GBFDBKP 111203 LOGDB(Optio MRFDnal) Directory for saving the backup file 210305

BACKUPPAT Path of Backup H File Bad Quality BADQUALDIS Disconnection CTHRES Threshold

BSC6900

BKP DB(Optional) SET GCELLSOFT( Optional) SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona l) ADD BTSESN(Opti onal)

BSC6900

Support Advance Downlink TBF bAdvEstDlTbf Establishment BSC6900 BTS Interface Board Bar Code BAKDEVTAB 2

BSC6900

Path (complete path) of the backup file. Quality threshold for determining that a call is disconnected because of poor quality. If the uplink quality or downlink quality in the measurement reports during the Whether the downlink TBF can be established in advance. Downlink TBF establishment in advance indicates that the downlink TBF is established immediately after the of Bar code 2 of the interface board the BTS. This parameter is the electronic serial number of the standby PTU board. An electronic serial number uniquely identifies an

MRFD210301

GBFD111004

GBFD114101

None

BAKIP

Backup port IP address

BSC6900

STR IPCHK(Option al) IP address of the backup port STR IPCHK(Option al) Mask of the backup port the This parameter specifies method of saving the BTS backup SET power. BTSBAKPWR When this parameter is set to (Mandatory) "Turn off TRX", specifies the BSC the This parameter backup power saving policy of the SET BTS. BTSBAKPWR When this parameter is set to (Optional) "Cover Priority", the BTS shuts SET Whether the cells at the 1900 GCELLSOFT( frequency support high frequency Optional) 1900

None

BAKMASK

Backup port mask

BSC6900

None

BAKPWRSAV Backup Power METHOD Saving Method

BSC6900

GBFD111605

BAKPWRSAV Backup Power POLICY Saving Policy High Band BANDINDICA Indicator of Cell TOR1900 1900

BSC6900

GBFD111605

BSC6900

GBFD114401

High Band BANDINDICA Indicator of Cell TOR850 850 High Band BANDINDICA Indicator of Cell TOR900 900

BSC6900

SET Whether the cells at the 850 GCELLSOFT( frequency support high frequency Optional) 1900 SET GCELLSOFT( Optional) Whether the cells at the 900 frequency support high frequency 1900 Duration in which intra-cell handover is forbidden after the SET number of consecutive intra-cell GCELLHOAD( handovers reaches the maximum. Optional) Intra-cell handover can be

GBFD114401

BSC6900

BANTIME

Forbidden time after MAX Times BSC6900

GBFD114401 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

Cabinet Bar Code BARCODLST List BSC6900

SET BTSRACKBC( List of bar codes of all the cabinets GBFDMandatory) in the BTS 111202 ADD The reference BTS must support AISSCFG(Ma the Um interface software ndatory) synchronization. Number of the temperature sensor corresponding to a battery group. SET You can choose sensor 1 BTSAPMUBP( (Battery1Temp) or sensor 2 Optional) (Battery2Temp). Number of the temperature sensor corresponding to a battery group. SET In multi-mode scenario, the value BTSDPMUBP( of this parameter in one mode Optional) must becapacity. the same as the value of Battery In multi-mode scenario, the value SET of this parameter in one mode BTSDPMUBP( must be the same as the value of Optional) the corresponding parameter Whether the configuration of in external battery is allowed. The SET value "YES" indicates that the BTSDPMUBP( external battery can be configured, Optional) and the value "NO" indicates that SET Allowed percentage of the battery BTSAPMUBP( discharging. After the AC power Optional) supply is cut and the power of the SET battery is discharged by the value BTSDPMUBP( Battery of this parameter, the diesel engine type. In multi-mode scenario, the value SET of this parameter in one mode BTSDPMUBP( must be the same as the value of Optional) the corresponding parameter in SET SCTPSRVPO Number of the BBAP service RT(Optional) listening port

BASEBTSID

Reference BTS Index

BSC6900

GBFD118201

Temperature BASETEMPE Basis for RATURE Compensation Temperature BASETEMPE Basis for RATURE Compensation

BSC6900

GBFD111202

BSC6900

GBFD111202

BATTCAPACI TY Battery Capacity BSC6900 Battery BATTENABLE Configuration DIN Enabled

GBFD111202

BSC6900

GBFD111202

BATTERYDIS CHARGEDEP Battery Discharge TH Depth BSC6900

GBFD111202

BATTTYPE

Battery Type

BSC6900

GBFD111202

BBAP service BBAPSRVPN listening port No. BSC6900

GBFD113725

BBDIF

Up Down Balance Basic Difference

BSC6900

SET GTRXRLALM( Optional) SET BTSAPMUBP( Optional) ADD GCELL(Option al)

BC

Battery Capcity

BSC6900

BCC

BCC

BSC6900

BCC

BCC

BSC6900

BCC

BCC

BSC6900

ADD GEXT2GCEL L(Mandatory) ADD GCELLQUICK BTS color code. It uniquely SETUP(Optio identifies different BTSs that are nal) adjacent and use the same TRX. ADD GEXT2GCEL L(Mandatory) ADD GCELLQUICK SETUP(Mand atory) SET GCELLHOPQ UICKSETUP( Mandatory) SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona l) SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona l) SET BSCPSTCDS CPMAP(Optio nal) STR FRPORTLOO P(Mandatory) BLK BC(Mandatory

Reference difference between uplink and downlink levels. This parameter works with "Up Down Balance Floating Range" to count uplink-downlink imbalances. Battery capacity. The battery capacity should be set according to the vendor specification. If it is improperly configured, the battery life may be shortened. Base station color code (BCC) of a cell, provided by the network planning department. It is used for differentiating the neighboring cells using the same BCCH frequency. Base station color code (BCC) of a cell, provided by the network planning department. It is used for differentiating the neighboring cells using the same BCCH frequency.

GBFD110801 GBFD110802

GBFD111202

MRFD210301

MRFD210301

MRFD210301

BCCH

BCCH FD

BSC6900

BCCH frequency of the cell

MRFD210301

BCCHFREQ

Main BCCH Frequency

BSC6900

Frequency of the BCCH TRX

GBFD110101

Frequency Hopping Mode of BCCHTRXHP BCCH TRX BSC6900

BCCONGEST BC Congestion ALMBOUND Alarm Threshold BSC6900 BCCONGEST BC Congestion RESALMBOU Restore Alarm ND Threshold

BSC6900

Frequency hopping mode of the TRX that carries the BCCH Threshold for reporting the BC congestion alarm. When the BC congestion level exceeds the threshold, the BC congestion alarm is reported. Threshold for clearing the BC congestion alarm. When the BC congestion level is below the threshold, the BC congestion alarm is cleared.

GBFD113701

GBFD510002

GBFD510002

BCDSCP

DSCP of BG[QoS]

BSC6900

BCID

BC Identifier

BSC6900

DSCP corresponding to the background service Identifies one BC at the Gb interface board. The BCID's value range of PEUa board is 0~255 and that of POUc board is 0~511.

GBFD118603

GBFD510002

BCLC

Battery Current Limiting Coefficient

BSC6900

SET BTSAPMUBP( Optional) SET BTSAPMUBP( Optional) SET BTSAPMUBP( Optional) SET GCELLPSCH M(Optional) SET GCELLPSCH M(Optional) SET GCELLPSCH M(Optional) ADD N7DPC(Mand atory) SET GBSCREDGR P(Optional) SET GCELLEGPR SPARA(Optio nal) SET GCELLCCUT RANSYS(Opti onal) SET GCELLHOUT RANFDD(Opti onal) SET

BCV

Boost-Charging Voltage Battery Configuration Enabled

BSC6900

BE

BSC6900

BEARP1PRI WEIGHT

BestEffort-ARP1 Priority Weight BSC6900

BEARP2PRI WEIGHT

BestEffort-ARP2 Priority Weight BSC6900

BEARP3PRI WEIGHT

BestEffort-ARP3 Priority Weight BSC6900

BEARTYPE

DSP bear type

BSC6900

Current limit coefficient of the battery. The maximum charging current equals the value of "Battery Current Limiting Coefficient" multiplexed by "Battery Capacity". Boost-Charging Voltage. See the If vendor specification for the setting of this parameter. In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode Whether the configuration of external battery is allowed. In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of ARP1 priority in the BE service. ARP1 priority weight determines the number of the budget blocks and the block scheduling priority. ARP2 priority in the BE service. ARP2 priority weight determines the number of the budget blocks and the block scheduling priority. ARP3 priority in the BE service. ARP3 priority weight determines the number of the budget blocks and the block scheduling priority. DSP bearer type. MTP3: indicates that the lower layer bearer is the MTP3 used in ATM/TDM scenario; M3UA: indicates that the lower Time interval for sending a handshake message between BSC6900s Average period for sending the measurement report over the EGPRS channel Number of UTRAN TDD cells that should be included in measurement report This parameter specifies whether to allow 3G better cell handover algorithm.

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD119902

GBFD119902

GBFD119902

GBFD111804

Interval for BEATSENDIN Sending GDIS Heartbeat

BSC6900

GBFD113725

BEPPERIOD

Bep Period

BSC6900

GBFD114201

BESTTDDCE Best TDD Cell LLNUM Number

BSC6900

Better 3G Cell BET3GHOEN HO Allowed

BSC6900

GBFD114302 GBFD114301 GBFD114302

BETTERCELL Better Cell HOEN Handover Enable BSC6900

SET GCELLHOBA Whether to enable the algorithm for GBFDSIC(Optional) the handover to a better cell 510501

BETTERCELL Better Cell HO LASTTIME Valid Time

BSC6900

BETTERCELL Better Cell HO STATTIME Watch Time

BSC6900

BFDDETECT Detect multiplier COUNT of BFD packet

BSC6900

BFDSN

BFD Session No. BSC6900

Up Down Balance Floating BFRANGE Range BSC6900 Switchback Policy of BHPREPOLIC Baseband FH Y Mutual Aid BSC6900

BITOFFSET

In Frame Bit Offset [1/8 bit]

BSC6900

BackgroundBKGARP1PRI ARP1 Priority WEIGHT Weight BackgroundBKGARP2PRI ARP2 Priority WEIGHT Weight BackgroundBKGARP3PRI ARP3 Priority WEIGHT Weight

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for the handover to a ADD better cell due to interference are G2GNCELL(O met for P seconds within N ptional) seconds, the handover is triggered. According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for the handover to a ADD better cell due to interference are G2GNCELL(O met for P seconds within N ptional) seconds, the handover is triggered. Timeout times of the BFD packet. If STR several consecutive BFD packets IPCHK(Option are not received, the BFD session al) is set to the DOWN state. ADD BTSBFD(Man datory) ADD BTSIPRTBIN Allowed BFD Session No. of the fluctuation difference between uplink and SET downlink levels relative to the GTRXRLALM( reference difference. If the Optional) difference between uplink and of Mutual-aid changeback policy SET baseband frequency hopping (FH). GCELLCCAC If multiple TRXs in a baseband FH CESS(Optiona group are faulty and changeback is l) needed after mutual aid of the SET BTSEXCURSI ON(Mandatory ) Bit offset in the frame of the BTS SET clock ARP1 priority in the Background service. ARP1 priority weight SET determines the number of the GCELLPSCH budget blocks and the block M(Optional) scheduling priority. ARP2 priority in the Background service. ARP2 priority weight SET determines the number of the GCELLPSCH budget blocks and the block M(Optional) scheduling priority. ARP3 priority in the Background service. ARP3 priority weight SET determines the number of the GCELLPSCH budget blocks and the block M(Optional) scheduling priority. SET ALMBLKSW( Optional)

GBFD510501

GBFD510501

GBFD118609

GBFD118609 GBFD110801 GBFD110802

GBFD113801

GBFD118201

GBFD119902

GBFD119902

GBFD119902

BLKFILTERS Alarm switch of W blinking filter

BSC6900

BLKPRD

Alarm blink threshold

BSC6900

Base Station Controller alarm blink filter switch Alarm blink filter threshold. When the interval between the generation SET and clearance of an alarm is equal ALMBLKPAR to or smaller than the alarm blink A(Optional) filter threshold, the alarm is filtered

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

Observing time window of BLKSTATPRD statistical alarm

BSC6900

SET ALMBLKSW( Optional) SET ALMBLKSW( Optional)

Measurement period of filtered Base Station Controller alarms Switch controlling whether to perform statistics of Base Station Controller alarms

MRFD210304

Switch of statistics blinking BLKSTATSW alarm BSC6900

MRFD210304

BLOCKRETR Y Block Retry

BSC6900

SET Retry times after the peer response BSCNSPARA( timer expires during NSVC GBFDOptional) blocking 510002 SET BSCNSPARA( Optional) ADD ATERCONPA TH(Mandatory ) ADD ATERCONPA TH(Mandatory ) ADD ATERCONPA TH(Mandatory )

BLOCKTIMER Block Timer

BSC6900

BMPN

BM Port No

BSC6900

BMSN

BM Slot No

BSC6900

Duration of the peer response timer during NSVC blocking Number of the port in the BM subrack where one end of the ATER connection channel is located Number of the slot in the BM subrack where one end of the ATER connection channel is located

GBFD510002

None

None

BMSRN

BM Subrack No

BSC6900

Timer Length of BMTCFCTime BM-TC Flow rLen Control

BSC6900

BORROWDE VIP Borrow DevIP

BSC6900

Number of the BM subrack where one end of the ATER connection channel is located Duration of the flow control SET protection timer enabled during the BSCTMR(Opti flow control between the TCS and onal) the MPS/EPS subracks ADD Whether to use the device IP PPPLNK(Man address as the local IP address. datory) When this parameter is set to ADD "YES", the device IP address is MPGRP(Mand used as the local IP address of the SET BOXRPT(Man datory) SET BTSBREAKP OINT(Optional ) SET BTSBREAKP OINT(Optional )

None

GBFD111705 GBFD118611 GBFD118622

BOXFLG

To Alarm Box Flag

BSC6900

BP1

Position of Break Point 1 BSC6900

BP2

Position of Break Point 2 BSC6900

Whether to report the alarm to the alarm box Position of break point 1 in an RXU chain. The number of break points must not be greater than the number of RXU boards in the RXU chain. of break point 2 in an RXU Position chain. The number of break points must not be greater than the number of RXU boards in the RXU chain.

MRFD210304

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

BQHOEN

BQ HO Allowed

BSC6900

SET GCELLHOBA SIC(Optional) ADD G2GNCELL(O ptional) ADD G2GNCELL(O ptional) ADD G2GNCELL(O ptional) STR BKP(Mandator y) SET FCSW(Manda tory) SET FCCPUTHD(

BQ HO Valid BQLASTTIME Time

BSC6900

BQMARGIN

BQ HO Margin

BSC6900

BQ HO Watch BQSTATTIME Time

BSC6900

Whether to enable the bad quality (BQ) handover algorithm. Whether to trigger BQ handover depends on the uplink and downlink transmit quality (measured by rule, using According to the P/N ifBER). the If conditions for emergency BQ handover are met in P of N measurement reports, the handover is triggered. If ("downlink level of the neighbor cell after filtering" - "downlink level of the serving cell (after power control compensation)") > ("Intercell HO Hysteresis" - rule, "BQ HO According to the P/N if the conditions for emergency BQ handover are met in P of N measurement reports, the handover is triggered.

GBFD110601 GBFD510501

GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

GBFD510501

BRDCLASS

Board Class

BSC6900

Classes of boards classified according to function modules

MRFD210301

BRDCLASS

Board Class

BSC6900

Classes of boards classified according to function modules

MRFD210301

BRDCLASS

Board Class

BSC6900

ADD BRD(Mandato Classes of boards classified ry) according to function modules STR BTSLOG(Man datory) Number of the board STR BTSVSWRTS T(Optional) ADD BTSBRDCAP( Mandatory) ADD BTSRXUBRD( LOD BTSSW(Mand atory) ADD BTSBRDCAP( Mandatory) ADD BTSRXUBRD(

MRFD210301

BRDNO

Board No.

BSC6900

GBFD111202

BRDNO

Board No.

BSC6900

BRDRXBW

Receive Bandwidth

BSC6900

Number of the RF front-end board in the BTS threshold of the total The upper receive bandwidth of all the TRXs bound to the board, for example, when this value is 250, it means the the total receive bandwidth

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

BTS Board BRDSWTYPE Software Type

BSC6900

BRDTXBW

Forward Bandwidth

BSC6900

GBFDSoftware type of the BTS board 111202 The upper threshold of the total send bandwidth of all the TRXs bound to send pass of board, for example, when this value is 150, it GBFDmeans the the total send bandwidth 111202

BRDTYPE

Board Type

BSC6900

SET DPUBRDTYP E(Mandatory) Type of the board

MRFD210301

BRDTYPE

Board Type

BSC6900

ADD BRD(Optional) Type of the board SET ETHPORT(Ma ndatory) Board type ADD PPPLNK(Man datory) Board type ADD MPGRP(Mand atory) Board type ADD MPLNK(Mand atory) Board type ADD BTSBRDCAP( Mandatory) Type of the new RXU board. board. The type can be TMU/DTMU, DTRU, DPTU, QTRU, STR MRRU, GRRU, BTS3900B, MRFU, BTSLOG(Man GRFU, BTS3900E, DRFU, DRRU, datory) UBRI or UTRP. To avoid intermittent blinking, the switchover cannot be performed SET over a certain period of time when BTSRINGATT the OML is disconnected. That R(Optional) period of time is specified as ring II SET GCELLSBC(O Contents of a cell broadcast ptional) message SET GCELLSBC(O Time interval for a cell broadcast ptional) message Backup mode of the log. If "ENTIRE" is selected, all logs in the BKP current database are backed up. If LOGDB(Optio "INCREMENTAL" is selected, the nal) logs generated after last backup

MRFD210301

BRDTYPE

Board type.

BSC6900

None

BRDTYPE

Board type

BSC6900

None

BRDTYPE

Board type

BSC6900

None

BRDTYPE

Board type

BSC6900

None

BrdType

Board Type

BSC6900

GBFD111202

BRDTYPE

Board Type

BSC6900

GBFD111202

BREAKTIME

Ring II Wait Time Before Switch BSC6900

GBFD117802

BROADCAST Broadcast CONTENT Content

BSC6900

GBFD113602

BROADCASTI Broadcast NTERVAL Interval

BSC6900

BS

Backup Style

BSC6900

GBFD113602 GBFD111203 MRFD210305

CCCH Blocks BSAGBLKSR Reserved for ES AGCH

BSC6900

BSCDPC

External BSC DPC

BSC6900

BS-AG-BLKS-RES, indicating the number of the CCCH message blocks reserved for the AGCH. After the CCCHs are configured, the value ofexternal this parameter DPC of the BSC, which is used for inter-BSC communication. ADD This parameter can be represented EXTBSC(Man in decimal, hexadecimal, and datory) binary. By default, this parameter is SET GCELLIDLEB ASIC(Optional ) SET BSCDSTPA(O ptional) BLK ACIC(Mandat ory) ADD AE1T1(Manda This parameter specifies whether to enable the TRX Intelligent Shutdown feature.

GBFD111003

GBFD118602

Allow Dynamic BSCDynSwitc Shutdown Trx by hTrxPAAllow BSC BSC6900

GBFD111602

BSCFLAG

BSC Flag

BSC6900

BSCGATEWA YIP BSC GateWay IP BSC6900 BSC Offset Information Collection End BSCGATHET Time BSC6900 BSC Offset Information Collection Start BSCGATHST Time BSC6900

It indicates whether the A interface E1/T1 is the primary BSC6900 or secondary BSC6900. Gateway IP address of the BSC6900. When the BSC provides ADD the function of simple cell GCBSADDR( broadcast, the BSC6900 sends cell Mandatory) broadcast messages through this ADD AISSCFG(Opti End time for collecting the interonal) BSC offset information ADD AISSCFG(Opti Start time for collecting the interonal) BSC offset information ADD ADJNODE(Ma ndatory) ADD GEXT2GCEL L(Optional) ADD EXTBSC(Man

GBFD111803

GBFD113601

GBFD118201

GBFD118201

BSCID

BSC ID

BSC6900

Uniquely identifies a BSC in the TC GBFDpool 118605

BSCIDX

BSC Index

BSC6900

ID of the BSC that controls the external 2G neighbor cell

MRFD210301

BSCINCHPR D

BSC Fine Tuning Period BSC6900

BSCIP

BSC IP

BSC6900

BSCIP

BSC IP

BSC6900

ADD AISSCFG(Opti Period for fine tuning the BTS clock onal) between BSCs IP address of the BSC6900. If the connection mode of the BSC6900 ADD and the CBC is to lead cables out GCBSADDR( of the PIU, the value of this Mandatory) parameter must be the same as ADD BTSAUTOPL AN(Mandatory ) IP address of an interface board on SET the BSC6900 side

GBFD118201

GBFD113601

GBFD118601

BscLsStartMo Options for BSC de Local Switch

BSC6900

Conditions for enabling the function of BSC local switching. SET UNCONDITIONALSTART: The BSSLS(Option function of BSC local switching is GBFDal) enabled without restriction. 117701 ADD EXTBSC(Man datory) Unique name of the external BSC Whether to allow high-priority calls SET to preempt the radio resources of OTHSOFTPA low-priority calls when radio RA(Optional) resources are insufficient. Whether to allow the call during an SET intra-BSC handover to preempt the OTHSOFTPA radio resources of low-priority calls RA(Optional) in the target cell. ADD BTSMONITO RTS(Mandator In-BSC6900 port No. of the y) monitoring timeslot ADD Port number used for the GCBSADDR( communication between the Mandatory) BSC6900 and thethe CBC Whether to allow eMLPP priorities to be classified into two SET types: high priority and normal OTHSOFTPA priority. RA(Optional) If this parameter is set to NO, then

BSCNAME

External BSC Name

BSC6900

GBFD118621

BSCPMA

BSCPMAIRA HO

Preemption Allowed Preemption Allowed During Intra-BSC Handover

BSC6900

GBFD115001

BSC6900

GBFD115001

BSCPN

In-BSC Port No.

BSC6900

GBFD114701

BSCPORT

BSC Port

BSC6900

GBFD113801

Two eMLPP BSCPRICLAS Priority Classes S Allowed

BSC6900

GBFD115001

BSCQAD

Queue Allowed

BSC6900

SET Whether to allow calls to queue for OTHSOFTPA radio resources when radio GBFDRA(Optional) resources are insufficient. 115001 SET Whether to allow the service during OTHSOFTPA an intra-BSC handover to queue for GBFDRA(Optional) radio resources in the target cell. 115001 SET OTHSOFTPA Reserved parameter 1 that is RA(Optional) effective at the BSC level SET OTHSOFTPA Reserved parameter 10 that is RA(Optional) effective at the BSC level SET OTHSOFTPA Reserved parameter 11 that is RA(Optional) effective at the BSC level

BSCQADIRA HO

Queuing Allowed During Intra-BSC Handover BSC6900

BSCRESERV Reserved EDPARA1 parameter 1

BSC6900

MRFD210301

BSCRESERV Reserved EDPARA10 parameter 10

BSC6900

MRFD210301

BSCRESERV Reserved EDPARA11 parameter 11

BSC6900

MRFD210301

BSCRESERV Reserved EDPARA12 parameter 12

BSC6900

SET OTHSOFTPA Reserved parameter 12 that is RA(Optional) effective at the BSC level SET OTHSOFTPA Reserved parameter 13 that is RA(Optional) effective at the BSC level SET OTHSOFTPA Reserved parameter 14 that is RA(Optional) effective at the BSC level SET OTHSOFTPA Reserved parameter 15 that is RA(Optional) effective at the BSC level SET OTHSOFTPA Reserved parameter 16 that is RA(Optional) effective at the BSC level SET OTHSOFTPA Reserved parameter 17 that is RA(Optional) effective at the BSC level SET OTHSOFTPA Reserved parameter 18 that is RA(Optional) effective at the BSC level SET OTHSOFTPA Reserved parameter 19 that is RA(Optional) effective at the BSC level SET OTHSOFTPA Reserved parameter 2 that is RA(Optional) effective at the BSC level SET OTHSOFTPA Reserved parameter 3 that is RA(Optional) effective at the BSC level SET OTHSOFTPA Reserved parameter 4 that is RA(Optional) effective at the BSC level SET OTHSOFTPA Reserved parameter 5 that is RA(Optional) effective at the BSC level

MRFD210301

BSCRESERV Reserved EDPARA13 parameter 13

BSC6900

MRFD210301

BSCRESERV Reserved EDPARA14 parameter 14

BSC6900

MRFD210301

BSCRESERV Reserved EDPARA15 parameter 15

BSC6900

MRFD210301

BSCRESERV Reserved EDPARA16 parameter 16

BSC6900

MRFD210301

BSCRESERV Reserved EDPARA17 parameter 17

BSC6900

MRFD210301

BSCRESERV Reserved EDPARA18 parameter 18

BSC6900

MRFD210301

BSCRESERV Reserved EDPARA19 parameter 19

BSC6900

MRFD210301

BSCRESERV Reserved EDPARA2 parameter 2

BSC6900

MRFD210301

BSCRESERV Reserved EDPARA3 parameter 3

BSC6900

MRFD210301

BSCRESERV Reserved EDPARA4 parameter 4

BSC6900

MRFD210301

BSCRESERV Reserved EDPARA5 parameter 5

BSC6900

MRFD210301

BSCRESERV Reserved EDPARA6 parameter 6

BSC6900

SET OTHSOFTPA Reserved parameter 6 that is RA(Optional) effective at the BSC level SET OTHSOFTPA Reserved parameter 7 that is RA(Optional) effective at the BSC level SET OTHSOFTPA Reserved parameter 8 that is RA(Optional) effective at the BSC level SET OTHSOFTPA RA(Optional) ADD BTSMONITO RTS(Mandator y) ADD BTSMONITO RTS(Mandator y) ADD BTSMONITO RTS(Mandator y) SET BSCAISS(Ma ndatory) ADD ATERE1T1(M andatory) ADD ATERSL(Man SET BSCBASIC(M andatory) ADD BTSMONITO RTS(Mandator y)

MRFD210301

BSCRESERV Reserved EDPARA7 parameter 7

BSC6900

MRFD210301

BSCRESERV Reserved EDPARA8 parameter 8

BSC6900

MRFD210301

BSCRESERV Reserved EDPARA9 parameter 9

BSC6900

Reserved parameter 9 that is effective at the BSC level

MRFD210301

BSCSN

In-BSC Slot No.

BSC6900

In-BSC6900 slot No. of the monitoring timeslot

GBFD114701

BSCSRN

In-BSC Subrack No.

BSC6900

BSCSUBTS

In-BSC Sub Timeslot No.

BSC6900

In-BSC6900 subrack No. of the monitoring timeslot In-BSC6900 sub-timeslot No. of the monitoring timeslot. If the added monitoring timeslot works at 64 kbit/s, the sub-timeslots are numbered from 0. If the added When the BTS clock is adjusted, the offset is added to obtain better network ID of theperformance. BSC at the other end of the link. In non-TC pool scenario, this parameter specifies the ID of the primary BSC. In TC pool scenario, this parameter specifies

GBFD114701

GBFD114701

BSC Symbol BSCSYMOFF Offset

BSC6900

GBFD118201

BSCTID

ID of BSC in TC Pool

BSC6900

GBFD113726

BSCTID

ID of a BSC in TC Pool

BSC6900

ID of the BSC that supports the TC GBFDpool function 113726

BSCTS

In-BSC Timeslot No. BSC6900

BSCVMAX

BS_CV_MAX

BSC6900

In-BSC6900 timeslot No. of the monitoring timeslot This parameter is used to set the parameter BS_CV_MAX for MS SET countdown. This parameter is used GCELLPSBA for the MS to calculate the CV. This SE(Optional) parameter also determines the

GBFD114701

GBFD114101

BSMSPWRLE Transfer BTS/MS V Power Class BSC6900

SET Whether to enable the BTS to GCELLHOCT transfer BTS/MS power class to the GBFDRL(Optional) BSC 110802 ADD GCELL(Option al) SET GCELLIDLEB ASIC(Optional )

BSPAGBLKS Number of RES PAGCH Blocks

BSC6900

Multi-Frames in a BSPAMFRAM Cycle on the S Paging CH BSC6900

Number of PAGCH blocks multiframes in a cycle on a paging sub-channel. In fact, this parameter specifies the number of paging sub-channels that a paging channel in a cell is

MRFD210301

GBFD110303

BSPBCCHBL Number of KS PBCCH Blocks

BSC6900

ADD GCELL(Option al) Number of PBCCH blocks ADD GCELL(Option al) Number of PRACH General strategy of blocks the BSS local switching, which includes the BSC SET local switching and the BTS local BSSLS(Option switching. The two functions al) cannot enabled at the same Type ofbe the BSS local switching with the cooperation of the MSC. ADD NONSUPPORT: When performing GCNNODE(O local switching, the BSS need not ptional) determine whether allows Whether to supportthe theMSC paging function of the CS domain of the A SET interface. Yes: the MS can be GCELLPSBA called upon paging request on the SE(Optional) A interface when the MS uses the SET CLK(Mandator y) Type of the board CON PATCH(Mand atory) Type of the board LOD PATCH(Mand atory) LOD BRD(Mandato Type of the board SET E1T1LOP(Ma ndatory) SET E1T1(Mandat Board type

MRFD210301

BSPRACHBL Number of KS PRACH Blocks

BSC6900

BSS Local BssLsGenMod Switching e General Strategy BSC6900 MSCBSSLSMSCC Collaborated BSS OOP Local Switching BSC6900 BSSPAGING COORDINATI BSS Paging CoON ordination

MRFD210301 GBFD117701 GBFD117702 GBFD117701 GBFD117702

BSC6900

GBFD119305

BT

Board type

BSC6900

MRFD210502

BT

Board type

BSC6900

MRFD210401

BT

Board type

BSC6900

MRFD210401

BT

Board type

BSC6900

None

BT

Board type

BSC6900

LOP E1T1(Mandat ory) Board type STR E1T1TST(Ma ndatory) Board type SET OPT(Mandato ry) Board type SET COPTLNK(Ma ndatory) Board type ADD IPLOGICPOR T(Mandatory) Board type CHK E1T1CRS(Ma ndatory) Board type Type of the board that controls the RET antenna. ADD 1. DATU: It may represent the BTSRETANT( DATU or the DATM and is Mandatory) applicable to the BTS3012, ADD BTSANTFEE DERBRD(Man Type of the newly added antenna datory) board ADD BTSBRD(Man datory) Type of the newly added board ADD BTSRXUBRD( Type of the newly added RXU Mandatory) board ADD BTSTRXBRD( Mandatory) Type of the board SET BTSANTFEE DERCONNEC T(Mandatory) Type of the board

None

BT

Board type

BSC6900

None

BT

Board type

BSC6900

None

BT

Board Type

BSC6900

None

BT

Board Type

BSC6900

None

BT

Board type

BSC6900

None

BT

Board Type

BSC6900

MRFD210602

BT

Board Type

BSC6900

GBFD111202

BT

Board Type

BSC6900

GBFD111202

BT

Board Type

BSC6900

GBFD111202

BT

Board Type

BSC6900

GBFD111202

BT

Board Type

BSC6900

GBFD111202

BTCFLAG

BM/TC config flag

BSC6900

BTCFLAG

BM/TC config flag

BSC6900

BTSadjust

Adjust Voltage

BSC6900

BTSBARCOD E BTS Bar Code BTS BTSCOMTYP Communication E Type

BSC6900

ADD ATERE1T1(M The configuration flag specifies the andatory) operation is on the BM or TC. Identifies the BM subrack or TC subrack of the BSC. ADD When this parameter is set to ATERSL(Man "CFGBM", a BM signaling link is datory) added. This parameter specifies whether SET to enable the TRX Working Voltage GCELLBASIC Adjustment feature. When this PARA(Optiona parameter is set to YES, the l) BSC6900 supports the feature SET BTSOMLDET ECT(Mandator y) Bard code of BTS BBU board. SET BTSIP(Option al) Communication BTS Peer equipment type of a the BTS. This parameter indicates whether to connect the BTS to the ADD BSC6900 or cascade the BTS to BTS(Optional) BTS another BTS. switch. If the detection parameter is set to "CLOSE", the SET function of detecting the BTS is BTSOTHPAR disabled. If the parameter is set to A(Optional) "OPEN", the function of detecting BTS index of the adjacent node to ADD be added. The parameter is valid ADJNODE(Ma only when Adjacent node type is ndatory) set to Abis. SET BTSEXCURSI ON(Mandatory ) Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying a BTS in a BSC6900. SET BSCABISPRI MAP(Mandato Index of the BTS running the ry) command ADD BTSABISHDL Number of the BTS connected to CPATH(Mand the BSC. The number is unique in atory) a BSC LOD BTSSW(Mand atory) LOD List of BTS indexes. You can BTSPATCH(M specify multiple BTSs by & and &&.

GBFD111801

GBFD111801 GBFD111202 GBFD111611

GBFD111202

BSC6900

GBFD118601

BTSDESC

BTS Description

BSC6900

GBFD111202

BTSDETECT BTS Detect SWITCH Switch

BSC6900

GBFD118601

BTSID

Site Index

BSC6900

GBFD118605

BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

GBFD111202

BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

GBFD111202

BTSIDCONBS Connect BSC C BTS Index

BSC6900

GBFD118401

BTSIDLST

BTS Index List

BSC6900

GBFD111202

BTSIDTYPE

BTS Index Type

BSC6900

BTSIDTYPE

BTS Index Type

BSC6900

COL SYNCINFO(M andatory) SET BTSANTANG LE(Mandatory ) ADD BTSOP(Mand atory) ADD BTSAUTOPL AN(Mandatory ) SET

Whether to collect offset information by BTS index or BTS name. Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; BYID: query by BTS index.

GBFD118201

MRFD210602

BTSIDX

Site Index Collect BSC6900

BTSIP

BTS IP

BSC6900

BtsLsStartMod Options for BTS e Local Switch

BSC6900

BTSMASK

Subnet Mask

BSC6900

BTSMESRPT MR.Preprocessin PREPROC g BSC6900

BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSNAMECO Connect BSC NBSC BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSNAMELS T BTS Name List

BSC6900

BTSPINGSWI TCH BTS Ping Switch BSC6900 BTSPOWERO FFLOCKBCC BTS Power-off H Lock BCCH

BSC6900

Base station index, 65535 indicate all base stations. IP address of a BTS. When "BTS Com Type" is set to "LOGICIP", the value of the parameter is the IP address of the BTS. When "BTS Com Type"for is set to "PORTIP", the Conditions enabling the function of BTS local switching. SET UNCONDITIONALSTART: The BSSLS(Option function of BTS local switching is al) enabled without restriction. ADD BTSAUTOPL AN(Mandatory ) Subnet mask of BTS. Whether to enable the BTS to SET preprocess measurement reports. GCELLHOCT This parameter determines where RL(Optional) to conduct power SET Name of the BTS,control. uniquely BTSEXCURSI identifying a BTS in a BSC6900. ON(Mandatory This parameter cannot contain , ; = ) " ' more than two (include two) %, SET more than two (include two) space, ADD Connect BSC BTS Name.It is BTSABISHDL unique in one BSC.This parameter CPATH(Mand cannot contain ? | : < > " @ # ! % ^ atory) & * . [ ] / \ \\ '. LOD BTSSW(Mand atory) LOD List of BTS names. You can BTSPATCH(M specify multiple BTSs by &. If the parameter is set to "ON", all SET the Ping packets are sent BTSPINGSW( If the parameter is set to "OFF", all Optional) the Ping packets are discarded. This parameter specifies whether SET the BSC is allowed to shut down BTSLOCKBC the BCCH TRX that is configured CH(Mandatory as "Shut Down Enabled" to save ) power after the BSC receives a

MRFD210305

GBFD118601

GBFD117702

GBFD118601

GBFD110802

GBFD111202

GBFD118401

GBFD111202

GBFD118601

GBFD111605

BTSPWRNU M

BTS PC Class

BSC6900

Switch for BTS BTSSAICPCA Supporting SAIC DJSWITCH PC Adjust BSC6900

SET Maximum degree by which the GCELLPWR2( BSC can control the power of the Optional) BTS dynamically Whether to specify "Power Control SET threshold Adjust for SAIC" in the GCELLSOFT( MML command "SET Optional) GCELLPWR3" LOD BTSSW(Mand Software version number of the atory) BTS Transmission compression ratio of a BTS. 1. Modifying the settings of SET "Transfers Compress Rate" may BTSTRCMPR change the bandwidth required by (Mandatory) the BTS. That is, the current ADD BTS(Mandator y) SET BTSALM(Man Type of the BTS ADD BTSAUTOPL AN(Mandatory ) SET Type of the BTS LOD BTSPATCH(M andatory) CON BTSPATCH(M Type of the BTS ADD BTSBFD(Opti Time for which the BTS waits to onal) restore a BFD session STR BTSTST(Man datory) Type of type. TRX loopback test Battery In multi-mode scenario, the value SET of this parameter in one mode BTSAPMUBP( must be the same as the value of Optional) the corresponding parameter at in one If the OML is not established port after a period of time, the OML SET switches to another port and tries BTSRINGATT to connect to this port. That period R(Optional) of time is called ring II rotating

GBFD110703

GBFD118103

BTSSWVER

BTS Software Version

BSC6900

GBFD111202

Transmission BTSTRCMPR Compression ATE Ratio

BSC6900

GBFD118401

BTSTYPE

BTS Type

BSC6900

GBFD111202

BTSTYPE

BTS Type

BSC6900

GBFD510701

BTSTYPE

BTS Type

BSC6900

GBFD111202

BTSWTR

Time for Waiting to Restore BSC6900

GBFD118609

BTTSTTYPE

BT Test Type

BSC6900

GBFD111207

BTYPE

Battery Type

BSC6900

GBFD111202

BUILDTIME

Ring II Try Rotating Duration Time BSC6900

GBFD117802

BUNDLINGFL AG Bundling Flag

BSC6900

ADD SCTPLNK(Opt Whether to enable the data binding GBFDional) function 118602

BVCI

PTP BVC Identifier

BSC6900

BVCI

PTPBVC Identifier

BSC6900

ADD PTPBVC(Man datory) BLK PTPBVC(Man ADD GCELLQUICK SETUP(Optio nal) SET BSSGPPARA( Optional) ADD IPLOGICPOR T(Mandatory) ADD TRMLOADTH (Optional) ADD TRMLOADTH (Optional) ADD TRMLOADTH (Optional) ADD TRMLOADTH (Optional) ADD TRMLOADTH (Optional) ADD TRMLOADTH (Optional) ADD TRMLOADTH (Optional) ADD TRMLOADTH (Optional)

BVCTF

BVC Flow Control Timer BSC6900

BWADJ

Auto adjust bandwidth switch BSC6900

Backward BWDCONGB congestion W remain bandwidth BSC6900 Backward BWDCONGC congestion clear LRBW remain bandwidth BSC6900 Backward BWDCONGC congestion clear LRTH remain ratio Backward BWDCONGT congestion H remain ratio Backward overload BWDOVLDCL congestion clear RRSVBW remain bandwidth Backward overload BWDOVLDCL congestion clear RTH remain ratio Backward overload BWDOVLDRS congestion VBW remain bandwidth Backward overload congestion BWDOVLDTH remain ratio

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

Identifies a unique PTP BVC with NSE The BSSGP virtual connection identifier. It is used to identify multiple BVCs that multiplexes the NS-VC. Duration of BVC flow control timer F. A cell sends the flow control message at the interval specified by this timer. Switch for adjusting the dynamical bandwidth of the logical port. If this switch is turned on, the system adjusts the dynamical bandwidth of the logical port backward according to the If the available bandwidth is less than or equal to this value, the backward congestion alarm is emitted and backward congestion control is If the available backward bandwidth is greater than this value, the backward congestion alarm is cleared and backward congestion control is stopped. If the ratio of available backward bandwidth is greater than this value, the backward congestion alarm is cleared and backward congestion control is stopped. If the ratio of available backward bandwidth is less than or equal to this value, the backward congestion alarm is emitted and backward congestion control is If the available backward bandwidth is greater than this value, the backward overload congestion alarm is cleared and backward control is If the ratio overload of available backward bandwidth is greater than this value, the backward overload congestion alarm is cleared and backward overload control is If the available backward bandwidth is less than or equal to this value, the backward overload congestion alarm is emitted and backward control is If the ratio overload of available backward bandwidth is less than or equal to this value, the backward overload congestion alarm is emitted and backward overload control is

GBFD119001

GBFD119001

GBFD119001

GBFD118605

GBFD118605

GBFD118605

GBFD118605

GBFD118605

GBFD118605

GBFD118605

GBFD118605

GBFD118605

Backward handover reserved ratio Backward handover BWDRSVHO reserved BW bandwidth BWDRESVH OTH

BSC6900

ADD TRMLOADTH Ratio of reserved backward (Optional) bandwidth for handover user ADD TRMLOADTH Reserved backward bandwidth for (Optional) handover user ADD IPLOGICPOR Maximum ratio of the estimated T(Optional) bottleneck bandwidth ADD RSCGRP(Man datory) Bandwidth mode Threshold of bandwidth change based on the load control ADD algorithm. When the system IPLOGICPOR detects that the change of the T(Optional) available bandwidth exceeds this Threshold for reporting the uplinkdownlink imbalance alarm. If the SET percentage of the uplink-downlink GTRXRLALM( imbalance measurement reports in Optional) the total valid measurement reports ADD NCELL(Mand atory) COL Index type. The value can be SYNCINFO(M BYIDX or BYNAME. SET GCELLRESEL Whether the reselection hysteresis ECTPARA(Op parameter is applied to the C31 tional) criterion Whether GPRS cell reselection SET offset is used for C32 calculation GCELLRESEL during cell reselection. If this ECTPARA(Op parameter is set to 1, then only the tional) positive hysteresis of the

GBFD118605

BSC6900

GBFD118605

BWMAXRATI Max bandwidth O estimate ratio [%] BSC6900

GBFD118605

BWMODE

BWRTPTH

Bandwidth Mode BSC6900 Load Control algorithm BandWidth THD[%] BSC6900 Up Down Balance Alarm Threshold

GBFD118605

BWTHD

BSC6900

GBFD118605 GBFD110801 GBFD110802

BYCELLTYPE Cell Index GPRS CellType Reselect Hysteresis Applied to C31 C31HYST Criterion

BSC6900

MRFD210301

BSC6900

GBFD114101

C32QUAL

Exceptional Rule for GPRS Reselect Offset BSC6900

GBFD114101

CABINETDES Cabinet C Description

BSC6900

ADD BTSCABINET Descriptive information of the BTS GBFD(Optional) cabinet 111202 SET BTSRACKBC( List of all the cabinet numbers in Mandatory) the BTS ADD CAB(Mandato Whether the added cabinet is a ry) remote cabinet

CABLST

Cabinet List

BSC6900

GBFD111202

CABT

Is remote cabinet BSC6900

MRFD210301

Call CALLRESTAB Reestablishment DIS Forbidden BSC6900

SET GCELLBASIC PARA(Optiona l)

Whether to allow call reestablishment. Burst interference or blind spots due to high buildings may lead to a radio link failure. If a GBFDcall drop is caused by such a 110503

CALVAL

Calibration Value BSC6900

CANPC

PWRC

BSC6900

Capacity and CAPCOVERO Coverage PTSWITCH Optimize Switch

BSC6900

SET BTSCLKPAR A(Mandatory) Calibration of the clock Whether anvalue MS uses the calculated value as the final receive SET level value. The calculated receive GCELLCCCH( level value is the measured receive Optional) level value the receive level Whether tominus enable the capacity and SET coverage of the BTS to be BTSAUTOPL automatically optimized according ANCFG(Optio to the actual situation of the nal) incumbent network. ADD BTSBRD(Opti onal) Card Frequency Attribute Whether to indicate that the IP Path is carried on the IP logic port ADD or resource group. NULL indicate IPPATH(Optio the IP Path is carried on the nal) physics port. ADD IPLOGICPOR T(Optional) Bearer type of the logical port STR IPCHK(Option al) SET GCELLIDLEB ASIC(Optional )

GBFD111202

GBFD113701

GBFD510702

CARDFREAT Card Frequency TR Attribute

BSC6900

GBFD111202

CARRYFLAG Carry Flag

BSC6900

GBFD118605

CARRYT

The bearing type of the logic port BSC6900

GBFD118605

CARRYT

Carry port type

BSC6900

CBA

Cell Bar Access

BSC6900

Port type of thewith SBFD/ARP Used together "Cell Barbearer Qualify" to decide the priority status of a cell. Refer to GSM Rec. 04.08. Cell Bar Qualify Cell Bar Access Cell selection priority Cell

None GBFD110401 GBFD110402

CBCINDEX

CBC INDEX

BSC6900

ADD GCBSADDR( Uniquely identifying a cell Mandatory) broadcast center (CBC) ADD GCBSADDR( Mandatory) IP address of a CBC CBC interface parameter. The value of this parameter must be ADD translated into a binary numeral. GCBSADDR( The following describe each bit of Optional) the value:

GBFD113601

CBCIP

CBC IP

BSC6900

GBFD113601

CBCITFPARA CBC ITF Para

BSC6900

GBFD113601

CBCPORT

CBC Port Cb No Message Disconnection Timer

BSC6900

CbNonMsgTi mer

BSC6900

CBQ

Cell Bar Qualify

BSC6900

ADD GCBSADDR( Port number at the CBC side in the Mandatory) communication with the BSC6900 Duration of no cell broadcast message at the Cb interface. If the SET BSC6900 does not receive any BSCTMR(Opti message from the CBC during the onal) preset value ofwith this "Cell parameter, Used together Bar the SET Access" to decide the priority GCELLIDLEB status of a cell. See GSM Rec. ASIC(Optional 0408. This parameter does not ) affect cell reselection but cell ADD IPLOGICPOR T(Optional) Maximum burst size (MBS) Timer interval for sending handshake messages. According SET to the value of this parameter, the BSCTMR(Opti BSC6900 regularly sends the CBC onal) a handshake message to decide Number of enhanced measurement reports (EMRs) SET sampled for averaging the GCELLHOFIT CV_BEP on the SDCCH. PEN(Optional) Number Averaging CV_BEP in multiple of the enhanced measurement reports (EMRs) SET sampled for averaging the GCELLHOFIT CV_BEP on the TCH. Averaging PEN(Optional) the CV_BEP in multiple EMRs SET BSCBASIC(O Country code, for example, 86 for ptional) China Whether to enable the certificate chain SET DISABLE: indicating that the CERTFILE(Op certificate chain is disabled tional) ENABLE: indicating that the Time interval for sending overload messages, used for the BTS to SET notify the BSC6900 of the load over GCELLCCCH( a specific CCCH timeslot. See Optional) GSM Rec. 0508. Used for the BTS to notify the BSC6900 of the load over a SET specific CCCH timeslot, that is, the GCELLCCCH( load of the access request Optional) messages over the RACHs and all SET BSCPSTCDS CPMAP(Optio DSCP corresponding to the nal) session service

GBFD113601

GBFD113601

GBFD110401

CBS

Consent burst size [Byte]

BSC6900

GBFD118605

Cell Broadcast CbShakeHand Handshake Timer Timer

BSC6900

GBFD113601

CBSIGNLEN

Filter Length for SDCCH CV_BEP BSC6900

GBFD117501

Filter Length for CBTRAFFLEN TCH CV_BEP

BSC6900

GBFD117501

CC

CC

BSC6900

MRFD210301

Certificate Chain CCAEnableSt File Enabled a State BSC6900

MRFD210305

CCCHLOADI NDPRD

CCCH Load Indication Period BSC6900

GBFD111003

CCCHLOADT CCCH Load HRES Threshold

BSC6900

GBFD111003

CCDSCP

DSCP of CONV[QoS]

BSC6900

GBFD118603

CCMINTERV AL CCM Send Prid Cell Directed CDRTTRYFB Retry Forbidden DTHRES Threshold

BSC6900

BSC6900

CELL1800OF 1800 Reporting F Offset

BSC6900

CELL1800TH 1800 Reporting RED Threshold

BSC6900

CELL2GBA1B 2G NCELL CCH BCCH

BSC6900

CELL2GBA1T AG 2GBA1 Input Tag BSC6900

CELL2GBA2B 2G NCELL CCH BCCH

BSC6900

CELL2GBA2T AG 2GBA2 Input Tag BSC6900 Cell 8PSK Power CELL8PSKPO Attenuation WERLEVEL Grade BSC6900

900 Reporting CELL900OFF Offset

BSC6900

CELL900THR 900 Reporting ED Threshold

BSC6900

CELLBARAC CESS2

Cell Access Bar Switch

BSC6900

ADD ETHMA(Optio Transmission period of the CCM nal) packet in the MA Threshold of forbidding directed retry for cells. When the value of SET "Assignment Cell Load Judge GCELLOTHE Enable" in "SET GCELLCCBASIC" XT(Optional) is ENABLE, cells support directed Offset of theif measurement report SET about the cells at the 1800 MHz GCELLCCUT frequency. Before cells are RANSYS(Opti sequenced by priority according to onal) frequencies, of this Threshold of the the value measurement SET report about the cells at the 1800 GCELLCCUT MHz frequency. When the receive RANSYS(Opti level value in the measurement onal) report about the cells the 1800 BCCH frequency of a at 2G neighbor cell that MSs can measure in idle SET mode. Recording the BCCH GCELL2GBA1 frequencies of 2G neighbor cells (Mandatory) that MSs to can measure in2G idleBA1 Whether generate the table automatically according to SET neighbor cell relations or to input GCELL2GBA1 the 2G BA1 table manually. (Mandatory) Recording the BCCH BCCH frequency of a frequencies 2G neighbor SET cell that MSs can measure in GCELLHO2G dedicated mode. Recording the BA2(Mandator BCCH frequencies of 2G neighbor y) cells that MSs can measure in to This parameter indicate whether SET generate the 2G BA2 table GCELLHO2G automatically according to neighbor BA2(Mandator cell relations or to input the 2G BA2 y) table manually. the Timeslot power Recording attenuation level of SET the EDGE TRX in 8PSK. The GCELLBASIC attenuation level ranges from 0 to PARA(Optiona 50, each of which corresponds to l) an attenuation of the 0.2 receive dB. Offset applied to level SET of a GSM900 cell in the GCELLCCUT measurement report before RANSYS(Opti prioritizing cells by frequency onal) bands. Before cells are sequenced Threshold of the measurement SET report of the cells at the 900 MHz GCELLCCUT frequency. The measurement RANSYS(Opti report is valid only when the onal) receive level in the measurement Whether the cell can be added to SET the reselected candidate cell list. If GCELLSERV this parameter is set to "NoPermit", PARA(Optiona the cell cannot be reselected as the l) candidate cell for handover. If this

GBFD118630

GBFD110607 GBFD114301 GBFD114302 GBFD114301 GBFD114302

MRFD210301

MRFD210301

MRFD210301

MRFD210301

GBFD119115 GBFD114301 GBFD114302 GBFD114301 GBFD114302

GBFD114101

CELLCOVER Cell Coverage AGETYPE Type

BSC6900

CELLEQUCH Even Charging GVOL Voltage

BSC6900

CELLEQUCH Even Charging GVOL Voltage

BSC6900

CELLFLOATC Float Charging HGVOL Voltage

BSC6900

CELLFLOATC Float Charging HGVOL Voltage

BSC6900

CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

If the coverage type of a cell is outdoor coverage, the BTS detects SET whether the standing wave alarm is GCELLOTHE generated only when the forward XT(Optional) power is greater than 35 dBm. Even charging voltage of the SET battery. The battery is charged at BTSPMUBP( the voltage as specified by this Optional) parameter. Even charging voltage of the battery. The battery is charged at SET the voltage as specified by this BTSDPMUBP( parameter. Optional) In multi-mode scenario, the value Float charging voltage of the SET battery. The battery is charged at BTSPMUBP( the voltage as specified by this Optional) parameter. Float charging voltage of the battery. The battery is charged at SET the voltage as specified by this BTSDPMUBP( parameter. Optional) In multi-mode scenario, the value ADD GCELLFREQ( Mandatory) ADD Index of a cell, uniquely identifying GCELLMAGR a cell in a BSC6900 SET GMRSCOPE( Mandatory) SET GCELLHOINT ERRATLDB(M andatory) ID of the cell. The cell ID cannot conflict with other cell IDs in the BSC.

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

MRFD210301

CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

MRFD210301

CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

Index of a cell, uniquely identifying MRFDa cell in a BSC 211402

CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

ADD BTSRETANT( Index of a cell, uniquely identifying MRFDMandatory) a cell in a BSC6900 210301 ADD BTSAUTOPL Index of the cell. It uniquely AN(Optional) identifies a cell. SAV GCELLTEMP LATE(Mandat ory) Cell of Index List the user-defined neighbor cells to be measured. This STR parameter is represented as a NCS(Mandato character string where the IDs of ry) the cells to be measured are

CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

MRFD210301

CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GBFD111202

CELLIDLST

Cell List

BSC6900

GBFD510901

CELLIDTYPE Cell Index Type

BSC6900

SET FHO(Mandato Index type of a cell when this ry) command is executed ADD BTSRETANT( Mandatory) SET BTSANTANG LE(Mandatory ) ADD GCELL(Mand atory) ADD GEXT3GCEL L(Optional) ADD GSMSCB(Opti onal) SET MSGSOFTPA RA(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG BASIC(Option al) ADD GCELLFREQ( Mandatory) ADD GCELLMAGR SET GCELLHOINT ERRATLDB(M andatory) ADD BTSAUTOPL AN(Mandatory ) SAV

MRFD210301

CELLIDTYPE Cell Index Type

BSC6900

Index type of the cell Index type of the cell. BYNAME: query by cell name; BYID: query by cell index. This parameter specifies whether a cell is the OL subcell or the UL subcell. This parameter is applied to the enhanced dualband cell. Layer of the cell. If the layer of the cell is lower, it is more likely that a handover to the cell will be triggered. List of cell indexes. All cell indexes are combined as a character string, separated by "&". For example, 1&2&5. an assignment complete Whether message contains a cell list. According to GSM Rec. 08.08, during a channel assignment, an assignment complete messagein Maximum number of SDCCHs the cell. Before converting a TCH into an SDCCH, the BSC compares the number of SDCCHs after the conversion in the cell with

MRFD210301

CELLIDTYPE Cell Index Type

BSC6900

MRFD210602

Cell Inner/Extra CELLINEXTP Property

BSC6900

CELLLAYER

Layer of the cell

BSC6900

GBFD114402 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

CELLLIST

Cell Index List

BSC6900

MRFD210301

CellListOption Cell List Send Send Flag in ASS CMP BSC6900 Cell SDCCH Channel CELLMAXSD Maximum

GBFD111804

BSC6900

GBFD113001

CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell, uniquely identifying MRFDa cell in a BSC6900 210301

CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell, uniquely identifying MRFDa cell in a BSC 211402

CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

CELLNAMELI ST Cell Name List

BSC6900

GBFDName of a names. cell. 111202 List of cell All cell names are combined as a character string, ADD separated by "&". For example, GSMSCB(Opti cell1&cell2&cell5. The cell name MRFDonal) should not contain the following 210301

CELLOPPWR Cell Operator GRP Power Group

BSC6900

CELLOVERC Cell Over VGRXLEVDL Coverage DL TH RxLev Threshold BSC6900 Cell Over CELLOVERC Coverage TA VGTALTH Threshold CELLPAGING Cell Paging OVERLOADC Overload OUNTER Threshold

BSC6900

BSC6900

CELLPWROF Battery Power-off FEN Allowed State BSC6900

CELLPWROF Battery Power-off FVOL Voltage BSC6900 2G/3G Cell CELLRESELS Reselection TRATEGY Strategy CELLRXQUA Cell Rx Quality LWORSENRA Worsen Ratio TIOTHRSH Threshold

BSC6900

BSC6900

CELLSCENA RIO Cell Scenario CELLSELECT Select 3G Cell AFTERCALLR After Call EL Release

BSC6900

BSC6900

High Temp Alarm CELLTEMP1A Assembled LARMH Battery1 BSC6900 Low Temp Alarm CELLTEMP1A Assembled LARML Battery1 BSC6900

SET GCELLCHMG Power of each passage on the AD(Optional) MRRU in the cell downlink receive Threshold of the level of an over-coverage cell. If the SET downlink level of a cell is higher GCELLOTHE than the value of this parameter XT(Optional) and the timing advance (TA) is Threshold of the TA of an overcoverage cell. If the downlink level SET of a cell is higher than the value of GCELLOTHE this parameter and the timing XT(Optional) advance (TA) is greater than the Maximum number of reported paging overload messages in the SET cell. If the BSC allows the flow GCELLSOFT( control on the re-paging messages, Optional) and the number the reported of Whether to allowof the power-off the battery. SET In multi-mode scenario, the value BTSDPMUBP( of this parameter in one mode Optional) must bepower-off the samevoltage. as the value of Battery In multi-mode scenario, the value SET of this parameter in one mode BTSDPMUBP( must be the same as the value of Optional) the corresponding parameter in This parameter specifies whether a SET 2G cell or 3G cell is selected in the GCELLNC2P inter-RAT cell reselection ARA(Optional) procedure. The number of times that the downlink transmission quality of the SET MS is lower than the transmission GCELLNC2P quality threshold of the MS ("EDGE ARA(Optional) GMSK Quality Threshold", "EDGE Information about the cell scenario. SET It needs to be sent to the BTS. GCELLBASIC Based on the information, the BTS PARA(Optiona optimizes the allocation of l) resources. This parameter specifies whether to allow a mobile phone to SET preferentially camp on a 3G cell GCELLCCAD( after a call is terminated in the Optional) areas covered byan both the GSM The BTS reports alarm if the temperature of battery group 1 SET exceeds the value of this BTSDPMUBP( parameter. Optional) In multi-mode scenario, the The BTS reports an alarm if value the temperature of battery group 1 is SET lower than the value of this BTSDPMUBP( parameter. Optional) In multi-mode scenario, the value

GBFD118701 GBFD110801 GBFD110802 GBFD110801 GBFD110802

GBFD111003

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD116201

GBFD116201 GBFD510803 GBFD510804

GBFD114325

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

Upper CELLTEMP1T Assembled HRESHOLDH Battery 1 Temp Lower Assembled CELLTEMP1T Battery1 TEMP HRESHOLDL Measure Battery Temperature CELLTEMPC Compensated OMPENABLE Configure D Enabled

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

SET BTSAPMUBP( Optional) SET BTSDPMUBP( SET BTSAPMUBP( Optional) SET BTSDPMUBP( SET BTSAPMUBP( Optional) SET BTSDPMUBP(

CELLWEAKC Cell Weak VGRXLEVDL Coverage DL TH RxLev Threshold BSC6900 Cell Weak CELLWEAKC Coverage TA VGTALTH Threshold

BSC6900

CENDTHD

Congestion End Threshold

BSC6900

Upper limit of the temperature measured by the temperature sensor of the battery group 1. If the measured value is greater than the value of this parameter, the value Lower limit of the temperature measured by the temperature sensor of the battery group 1. If the measured value is smaller than the value of this parameter, the value Whether to allow the configuration of parameters related to the temperature compensation of the battery group In multi-mode scenario, the value Threshold of the downlink receive level of an weak-coverage cell. If SET the downlink level of a cell is lower GCELLOTHE than the value of this parameter XT(Optional) Threshold and the timing advance (TA) is of the TA of an weakcoverage cell. If the downlink level SET of a cell is lower than the value of GCELLOTHE this parameter and the timing XT(Optional) Threshold advance (TA) is smaller than the for stopping LAPD link congestion control. This parameter SET cannot be set too small. If this GTRXFC(Opti parameter is set too small, the onal) congestion control duration is too SET CERTFILE(Ma ndatory) SET BTSFMUABP( Mandatory) SET BTSNFCBBP( SET BTSIP(Option al) SET BTSAUTOPL ANCFG(Mand atory) SET BTSCABPAR A(Mandatory) SET BTSPOWERT YPE(Mandator y)

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD111202 GBFD110801 GBFD110802 GBFD110801 GBFD110802

GBFD111705

CertChain

Certificate Chain File Name BSC6900 Board Parameter Configuration Enabled BSC6900

CFGFLAG

MRFDName of the certificate chain file Whether to allow the configuration 210305 of alarm parameters. The value "YES" indicates that the configuration is allowed, and the GBFDvalue "NO" indicates that the 111202 Indicates whether the IP path is carried on the IP logic port or the resource group. modes include BTS configuration auto plan mode and normal mode. In auto plan mode, the user can enable the auto planning algorithms auto optimization Whether toand enable the board parameters to be configured. If this parameter is set to "YES", the user can set board parameters of the BTS cabinet. Otherwise, the user Whether to enable the board parameters to be configured. If this parameter is set to "YES", the user can set the cabinet power type. Otherwise, the user cannot set the

CFGFLAG

Carry Flag BTS Configuration Mode

BSC6900

GBFD118605

CFGMODE

BSC6900

GBFD510701

CFLAG

Board Parameter Configuration Enabled BSC6900 Board Parameter Configuration Enabled BSC6900

GBFD111202

CFLAG

GBFD111202

CFM

Confirm Password

BSC6900

CG

Command Group BSC6900

ADD OP(Mandatory ) ADD CCG(Mandato ry) SET CCGN(Manda

CG

Command Group BSC6900

CGET

Congestion End Threshold

BSC6900

ADD OP(Optional) ADD ATERSL(Opti onal) ADD ATERCONSL( ADD PBSL(Optiona l) SET BTSAUTOPL ANCFG(Optio nal) SET CCGN(Option al) SET BTSIDLETS( Mandatory) ADD ATERSL(Opti onal) ADD ATERCONSL( Optional) ADD PBSL(Optiona l) ADD G2GNCELL(O ptional)

CGET

Congestion End Threshold

BSC6900

CGIRACSWIT CGI and RAC CH Plan Switch

BSC6900

CGN

Command Group Name BSC6900

GBFDConfirm password. The confirm 111203 password is required to ensure that MRFDa correct password is entered. 210305 GBFD111203 Customized command group to be MRFDprocessed 210305 GBFDThis parameter is valid only when 111203 the operator belongs to the custom MRFDlevel. 210305 Congestion end threshold. If the congestion end threshold is large, the congestion control ends earlier. As a result, the congestion control GBFDeffect is poor. The work of the Ater 111203 Congestion end threshold. If the congestion end threshold is large, the congestion control ends earlier. As a result, the congestion control GBFDeffect is poor. The 111203 If the parameter is work set tostatus 1, it of indicates that the CGI and RAC data is generated through automatic planning. If the GBFDparameter is set to 0, it indicates 510701 GBFD111203 Name of the command group. You MRFDcan define the name. 210305

CGN

Cabinet Group No.

BSC6900

CGST

Congestion Start Threshold BSC6900

CGST

Congestion Start Threshold BSC6900

CGST

Congestion Start Threshold BSC6900

CHAINNCELL Chain Neighbour TYPE Cell Type BSC6900

Number of the cabinet group where the idle timeslot located. If Congestion startis threshold. congestion start threshold is set to a large value, there will be a time lag in the congestion control and, the work of the signaling link Congestion start threshold. If gets congestion start threshold is set to a large value, there will be a time lag in the congestion control and, the work of the signaling link Congestion start threshold. If gets congestion start threshold is set to a large value, there will be a time lag in the congestion control and, the work of the signaling This parameter indicates link the gets geographical location relation between the neighboring cell and the serving cell. In the BSC6900, if direction A is selected, then the

GBFD114101

GBFD111203

GBFD111203

GBFD111203

GBFD510103

CHAINTORIN G Combine Type

BSC6900

CHALLOCST Channel Allocate RATEGY Strategy BSC6900 PDCH Available CHANFAULT Threshold of ALMPDCHTH Channel Failure

CBN BTSRXUCHAI N(Mandatory) SET GCELLCHMG BASIC(Option al) SET GCELLSOFT( Optional) SET GCELLSOFT( Optional) SET GCELLSOFT( Optional) SET GCELLSBC(O ptional) ADD GSMSCB(Ma SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET AITFOTHPAR A(Optional) SET GCELLSOFT( Optional)

BSC6900

Monitoring Alarm CHANFAULT Switch for ALMSWITCH Channel Failure BSC6900 TCH Available CHANFAULT Threshold of ALMTCHTH Channel Failure

BSC6900

CHANID

Chan ID

BSC6900

CHANINTER MESALLOW

Active CH Interf. Meas.Allowed

BSC6900

Channel Rate CHANNELRA Type Decode TECODE Expand PDCH Out-ofCHANPDOUT Synchronization TIME Period

BSC6900

BSC6900

Combination type of chains. "CHAINTORING" indicates that one chain changes to a ring, and "COMBINECHAINS" indicates that two chains are combined into one Channel assignment priority of the cell If this parameter is set to CAPABILITY, the factors are listed as follows in a descending order of This parameter specifies the proportion of available PDCHs in a cell (for faulty channels, only the PDCHs that are blocked due to Abis timeslot failure are This parameter determines whether to activate the function of monitoring the failure of logical channels in a cell. When this function is activated and the This parameter specifies the proportion of available TCHs in a cell (for faulty channels, only the TCHs that are blocked due to Abis timeslot failure are Channel number ofconsidered). a simple cell broadcast message. This is a key parameter for adding a simple cell broadcast message. You can use "DSP GSMSCB" to query and Whether to measure the channel interference during channel assignment. If this parameter is set to NO, the BSC does not measure the channel interference or send an When the value of this parameter is YES, if the assignment request message sent by the MSC contains the channel rate type indicating the support of both full and half rates, This parameter is used to check whether the Abis timeslot for the PDCH is faulty. When the out-ofsynchronization period of the PDCH primary link exceeds the

GBFD111202

GBFD111005

None

GBFD111203

GBFD111203

GBFD113602

GBFD111005

GBFD111804

None

CHECKCOUN Ping Check T Timeout Counts Auto Check of CheckingBTS BTS Connection Connection Port

BSC6900

BSC6900

ChkModA

ANT_A ALD Current Detection Mode BSC6900

ADD Number of ping check timeouts. IPPATH(Optio The parameter indicates the nal) number failures. Whetherof totimeout enable record the BSC to check automatically whether a BTS SET is connected a proper E1 port in OTHSOFTPA the EIUa. If a BTS is connected to RA(Optional) Alarm an E1 port configured for another mode of the ANT_A tributary of an RXU board. There are three SET alarm modes. Alarm mode 1 has BTSRXUBP(O only one type of alarms. The alarm ptional) current is fixed and greater than

GBFD118605

MRFD210206

GBFD111202

ChkModB

ANT_B ALD Current Detection Mode BSC6900

Alarm mode of the ANT_B tributary of an RXU board. There are three SET alarm modes. Alarm mode 1 has BTSRXUBP(O only one type of alarms. The alarm GBFDptional) current is fixed and greater than 111202 STR Detection index. The index is a IPCHK(Option unique value ranging from 0 to 511 GBFDal) if it is not specified. 118609 ADD IPPATHBIND( Mandatory) Detection index

CHKN

Check Index

BSC6900

CHKN

Check Index

BSC6900

GBFD118609

CHKOFFTIME Check Times for S Off BSC6900

SET Total number of times that the BTS BTSAIRCON( checks whether to switch off the air GBFDOptional) conditioner 111202 SET Total number of times that the BTS BTSAIRCON( checks whether to switch on the air GBFDOptional) conditioner 111202 ADD SCTPLNK(Opt Whether to perform checksum ional) when receiving message ADD SCTPLNK(Opt Whether to perform checksum ional) when sending message Checksum arithmetic type. According to the RFC4960, the ADD ALDER32 algorithm is not SCTPLNK(Opt applicable to the SCTP checksum. ional) The CRC32 is recommended. STR Type of the detection that is IPCHK(Manda performed between the BSC and tory) the gateway. STR BTSTST(Man datory) Duration SET BTSCHNFALL BACK(Mandat ory) Number of the channel in the TRX SET TCPLYVOICE (Mandatory) Timeslot for playing sound

CHKONTIME Check Times for S On BSC6900 Calculate checksum when receive message BSC6900 Calculate checksum when send message

CHKSUMRX

GBFD118602

CHKSUMTX

BSC6900

GBFD118602

CHKSUMTYP Checksum E arithmetic

BSC6900

GBFD118602

CHKTYPE

Check type

BSC6900

GBFD118609

CHLDURATH Duration Hour

BSC6900

GBFD111207

CHNNO

Channel No.

BSC6900

MRFD210301

CHNNO

Channel No.

BSC6900

GBFD111203

CHNO

Channel No.

BSC6900

SET FHO(Mandato ry) SET MRFDGTRXCHANH Number of the channel in the TRX 210301 STR BTSTST(Man datory) SET BTSCHNFALL BACK(Mandat ory)

CHNTSTTYP Channel Test E Type

BSC6900

CHNTYPE

Channel Type

BSC6900

GBFDType of channel loopback test Channel type of the timeslot on the 111207 TRX. The channel type of timeslot 0 must not be set, because the combined BCCH is configured by MRFDdefault. The channel type of other 210301

ChosenChInA ChosenCh Send ssCmp Flag in ASS CMP BSC6900 ChosenCh Send ChosenChInH Flag in HO oPerform Perform BSC6900 ChosenCh Send ChosenChInH Flag in HO REQ oReqAck ACK BSC6900 ChosenEncrypAl ChosenEncryp g Send Flag in AlgInCiphCmp Cipher CMP BSC6900 ChosenEncryp ChosenEncrypAl AlgInHoPerfor g Send Flag in m HO Perform BSC6900 ChosenEncrypAl ChosenEncryp o Send Flag in AloInAssCmp ASS CMP BSC6900 ChosenEncryp ChosenEncrypAl AloInHoReqAc o Send Flag in k HO REQ ACK BSC6900 Channel Assign CHPWRINSU Allow for Insuff FFALLOWED Power CHREQCSMA Max CS CHAN XMSGNUMIN REQ Num in PERIOD Period

SET Whether an assignment complete MSGSOFTPA message contains the information RA(Optional) element of Chosen Channel SET Whether a handover performed MSGSOFTPA message contains the information RA(Optional) element of Chosen Channel SET Whether an HO REQ ACK MSGSOFTPA message contains the information RA(Optional) element of Chosen Channel Whether an encryption complete SET message contains the information MSGSOFTPA element of Chosen Encryption RA(Optional) Algorithm Whether a handover performed SET message contains the information MSGSOFTPA element of Chosen Encryption RA(Optional) Algorithm Whether an assignment complete SET message contains the information MSGSOFTPA element of Chosen Encryption RA(Optional) Algorithm Whether an HO REQ ACK SET message contains the information MSGSOFTPA element of Chosen Encryption RA(Optional) Whether Algorithmto allow a multi-density TRX board that uses the dynamic SET power sharing algorithm to assign GCELLCHMG channels to assign a channel to an AD(Optional) MS when the remaining power on Maximum number of allowable CS SET domain channel request messages BSCFCPARA( within the value of "CHAN REQ Optional) Statistical Period"

GBFD111804

GBFD111804

GBFD111804

GBFD111804

GBFD111804

GBFD111804

GBFD111804

BSC6900

GBFD111005

BSC6900

GBFD111705

CHREQPSAV GMSGNUMIN Average PS PERIOD CHAN REQ Num BSC6900

CHREQSTAT CHAN REQ PERIOD Statistical Period BSC6900

Average number of allowable PS SET domain channel request messages BSCFCPARA( within the value of "CHAN REQ Optional) Statistical Period" Statistic period of the arrival rate of channel request messages. Within SET the preset value of this parameter, BSCFCPARA( the BSC6900 counts the number of Optional) channel request messages. Once Type and function of the channel SET GTRXCHAN( Optional) ADD GCELL(Mand atory) ADD GEXT2GCEL SET BTSAUTOPL ANCFG(Optio nal) Combined BCCH+7TCH

GBFD111705

GBFD111705

CHTYPE

Channel Type

BSC6900

CI

Cell CI

BSC6900

CI1

Cell CI

BSC6900

CIC

CIC

BSC6900

CIC

CIC

BSC6900

Main BCCH+SDCCH/8+6TCH Identity code of a cell, A cell is a wireless coverage area identified by a base station identity code and a global cell identification. Can be input in hexadecimal Cell identity code. The cell is a radio coverage area that is identified by the BTS identity code and global cell code. Indicates the Aidentity interface CIC. When operation mode is set to BLK OPC index, DPC group index, BSC ACIC(Mandat ID, or CIC, the parameter is ory) mandatory. The Indicates the Pb parameter interface CIC. If the search object mode is set to BLK search by the specified No., the PBCIC(Manda parameter is mandatory. tory) The parameter supports multiple SET Whether an assignment failure MSGSOFTPA message contains the information RA(Optional) element of Circuit Pool SET Whether an HO FAIL message MSGSOFTPA contains the the information RA(Optional) element of Circuit Pool Whether an assignment failure SET message contains the the MSGSOFTPA information element of Circuit Pool RA(Optional) List SET Whether an HO FAIL message MSGSOFTPA contains the the information RA(Optional) element of Circuit Pool List SET Whether an assignment complete MSGSOFTPA message contains the information RA(Optional) element of Circuit Pool

MRFD210301

MRFD210301

MRFD210301

GBFD111803

GBFD111203

CicPoolInAssF CIC Pool Send ail Flag in ASS Fail

BSC6900

GBFD111804

CicPoolInHoF CIC Pool Send ail Flag in HO Fail

BSC6900

GBFD111804

CIC Pool List CicPoolListInA Send Flag in ASS ssFail Fail BSC6900 CIC Pool List CicPoolListInH Send Flag in HO oFail Fail BSC6900

GBFD111804

GBFD111804

CicPoolSendF CIC Pool Send lagInAssCmp Flag in ASS CMP BSC6900

GBFD111804

CIC Pool Send CicPoolSendF Flag in HO REQ lagInHoAck ACK

BSC6900

SET Whether an HO REQ ACK MSGSOFTPA message contains the information RA(Optional) element of Circuit Pool ADD IPLOGICPOR T(Optional) Bandwidth of the logical port This parameter specifies the estimated carrier-to-interference SET ratio of a new call. It is used for the GCELLCHMG Huawei power control algorithm III AD(Optional) to calculate the power of the call.

GBFD111804

CIR

Bandwidth [64kbps]

BSC6900

GBFD118605

CIRESTVALU C/I Estimate E Value

BSC6900

GBFD111005

CIUSLOTNO

Slot No.

BSC6900

ADD DXXCONNEC Slot number of the BSC6900 board GBFDT(Mandatory) that is connecteds to the BTS 111202 ADD DXXCONNEC Subrack number of the BSC6900 GBFDT(Mandatory) board that is connected to the DXX 111202 SET Whether the cell supports the MS GCELLGPRS( with the DTM multi-timeslot Optional) capabilityto ofenable class 11 Whether the BSC to include the 3G classmark SET information element in the OTHSOFTPA Classmark Request message that RA(Optional) the BSC forwards from the MSC to ADD MPGRP(Optio nal) Error clear threshold. SET BTSCLKPAR A(Mandatory) Clock mode

CIUSUBRACK NO Subrack No.

BSC6900

Support Class11 CLASS11DTM DTM BSC6900 Classmark CLASSMARK Enquiry With 3G QUERY Request

GBFD119403

BSC6900

CLEARTHD

Error clear threshold

BSC6900

GBFD110501 GBFD118611 GBFD118622

CLKMOD

Clock Mode

BSC6900

GBFD111202

Clock Protocol CLKPRTTYPE Type

BSC6900

SET BTSIPCLKPA Type of the clock protocol for the IP GBFDRA(Optional) clock server 111202 SET CLKTYPE(Ma ndatory) Type the clock board None Clockof mode of the BTS. If this parameter is set to INT_CLK, SET the BTS does not track any BTSCLK(Man external clock. The internal high MRFDdatory) precision clock works in free-run 210501

CLKTYPE

Clock board type BSC6900

ClkType

Clock Type

BSC6900

ClrDelay

Clear Command Delay Time BSC6900

CLRFLG

Alarm Cleared Flag

BSC6900

SET BTSTHEFTAL M(Optional) EXP ALMLOG(Opti onal) STA ALMLOG(Opti

Delay for which the BTS waits to run the burglar alarm clearance command after reporting the burglar alarm Whether the alarm to be queried is cleared. You can select "cleared" or "uncleared", or both of them. By default, both of them are selected.

GBFD111202

MRFD210304

ClrInterval

Clear Command Time Interval BSC6900

CMD

Command Name BSC6900

CMD

Command Name BSC6900

SET Interval at which the BTS runs the BTSTHEFTAL burglar alarm clearance command GBFDM(Optional) automatically 111202 GBFDName of the command to be 111203 EXP queried. You can select one or MRFDLOG(Optional) more commands. 210305 GBFDADD 111203 CCG(Mandato You can select one or more MRFDry) commands. 210305 ADD SUBCMD(Ma Sequence number of the command GBFDndatory) string of the scheduled subtask. 111203 ADD CAB(Mandato ry) SWP BTSRING(Opt ional) SWP BTSOMLLINK ADD BTSBFD(Opti onal) ADD BTSIPRTBIN ADD BTSSFPMOD E(Optional) SET BTSFORBIDT LOD RETANTCFG( Optional) SET BTSANTANG

CMDSEQ

Command Sequence

BSC6900

CN

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

Number of the cabinet

MRFD210301

CN

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

Number of the cabinet

GBFD111202

CN

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

Number of the cabinet

GBFD118609

CN

Port Cabinet No. BSC6900

Number of the cabinet where the port is located

GBFD111202

CN

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

CNFAULTDEL AY CN Fault Delay

BSC6900

GBFDNumber of the cabinet Time delay of the detection on core 111202 network interface failure. Within the SET preset value of this parameter, the GBSCREDGR BSC6900 continuously detects GBFDP(Optional) core network interface failures and 113725

CNID

MSC ID

BSC6900

CNID

SGSN Node ID

BSC6900

CNNODEIDX CN Node Index

BSC6900

ADD GCNNODE(M andatory) ADD NSE(Mandato ry) ADD SGSNNODE( ADD NRIMSCMAP( Mandatory) SET MSGSOFTPA

Used to uniquely identify an MSC

GBFD117401

Identifies a node of SGSN with the GBFDoperator name uniquely 119701 Index of an MSC. It is used in storing and querying the MSC attributes

GBFD117401

CNOPERATO RINDEX Operator Index CNSTATEPO LICYFORGR CN State Policy OUP For Group

BSC6900

BSC6900

CMP LICENSE(Opti onal) Index Policy of of the the operator BSC6900 for judging whether the interface status of the SET core network is normal. If the value GBSCREDGR is NONE, the BSC6900 does not P(Optional) change the service management

MRFD210403

GBFD113725

CNT

Records to Return

BSC6900

EXP Number of returned alarm records. ALMLOG(Opti By default, all records can be MRFDonal) returned in each query. 210304 SET Type of the cabinet. The slot and BTSBAT(Man subrack arrangements in a cabinet GBFDdatory) vary according to the cabinet type. 111202 SET BTSDPMUBP( Type of the BTS cabinet where the GBFDMandatory) DMPU is installed 111202 GBFDSET 111203 LOGLIMIT(Op Maximum number of records MRFDtional) allowed in the operation logis not 0. 210305 Assume that this threshold When the accumulated number of SET alarm blink times exceeds the ALMBLKPAR threshold, the alarm is reported. MRFDA(Optional) For querying blink Assume that the this alarm threshold is not 0. 210304 When the number of alarm blink SET times is smaller than the threshold, ALMBLKPAR the alarm is reported. For querying MRFDA(Optional) the alarm blink measurement 210304 GBFDSET Whether to adjust the candidate 110601 GCELLHOBA cell queue to give priority to intra- GBFDSIC(Optional) BSC/MSC handover 510501

CNT

Cabinet Type

BSC6900

CNT

Cabinet Type

BSC6900

CNTL

Counts Limit

BSC6900

Upper count threshold of CNTRISTHRD raised fault Lower count CNTSTLTHR threshold of D raised fault

BSC6900

BSC6900

COBSCMSCA DJEN Co-BSC/MSC Adj BSC6900

CODE

Code

BSC6900

COLDSET

Refrigeration Equipment

BSC6900

Number of a simple cell broadcast message. You can run "DSP ADD GSMSCB" to query and obtain the GSMSCB(Ma information. ndatory) The value of this the parameter cannot Whether to start refrigeration equipment of the BTS. SET In multi-mode scenario, the value BTSOUTPUT( of this parameter in this mode must Optional) be the same as the value of the COL SYNCINFO(M andatory) SET GCELLPWRB ASIC(Optional )

GBFD113602

GBFD111202

COLTYPE

Collection Type

BSC6900

Whether to collect offset information by the BTS or cell.

GBFD118201

COMBINERL OSS Combiner Loss

BSC6900

COMMACC

Common Access Control Class BSC6900

Combined loss used to estimate the downlink power during assignment Level of common access control, SET used for load control, allowing or GCELLCCBA forbidding the access of some SIC(Optional) users of common access levels SET PWDPOLICY( Optional) Complexity of the password SET BTSBWPARA (Optional) BTS compress rate.

GBFD117602

GBFD111003

Complicacy

Password Complexity BTS Transfer Compression Rate

BSC6900

MRFD210305

COMPRS

BSC6900

COMSC

Co-MSC

BSC6900

CONBSCBTSI Connect BSC DTYPE BTS Index Type Recover CONGCLRTH threshold of D0 queue 0 [ms] Recover CONGCLRTH threshold of D1 queue 1 [ms] Recover CONGCLRTH threshold of D2 queue 2 [ms]

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

GBFD111202 GBFDADD Whether the BSC that controls the 110601 GEXT2GCEL external cell and the local BSC GBFDL(Optional) belong to the same MSC 510501 ADD BTSABISHDL CPATH(Mand Index type of the BTS connect to GBFDatory) BSC 111202 ADD If the duration for buffering the data PORTFLOWC in queue 0 is less than or equals to TRLPARA(Opt the value of this parameter, flow MRFDional) control is canceled. 211503 ADD If the duration for buffering the data PORTFLOWC in queue 1 is less than or equals to TRLPARA(Opt the value of this parameter, flow MRFDional) control is canceled. 211503 ADD If the duration for buffering the data PORTFLOWC in queue 2 is less than or equals to TRLPARA(Opt the value of this parameter, flow MRFDional) control is canceled. 211503

Recover CONGCLRTH threshold of D3 queue 3 [ms] Recover CONGCLRTH threshold of D4 queue 4 [ms] Recover CONGCLRTH threshold of D5 queue 5 [ms] Congestion threshold of queue 0 [ms] Congestion threshold of queue 1 [ms] Congestion threshold of queue 2 [ms] Congestion threshold of queue 3 [ms] Congestion threshold of queue 4 [ms] Congestion threshold of queue 5 [ms] Concentric Circles HO Allowed

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

CONGTHD0

BSC6900

CONGTHD1

BSC6900

CONGTHD2

BSC6900

CONGTHD3

BSC6900

CONGTHD4

BSC6900

CONGTHD5

BSC6900

ADD PORTFLOWC TRLPARA(Opt ional) ADD PORTFLOWC TRLPARA(Opt ional) ADD PORTFLOWC TRLPARA(Opt ional) ADD PORTFLOWC TRLPARA(Opt ional) ADD PORTFLOWC TRLPARA(Opt ional) ADD PORTFLOWC TRLPARA(Opt ional) ADD PORTFLOWC TRLPARA(Opt ional) ADD PORTFLOWC TRLPARA(Opt ional) ADD PORTFLOWC TRLPARA(Opt ional)

CONHOEN

BSC6900

If the duration for buffering the data in queue 3 is less than or equals to the value of this parameter, flow control is canceled. If the duration for buffering the data in queue 4 is less than or equals to the value of this parameter, flow control is canceled. If the duration for buffering the data in queue 5 is less than or equals to the value of this parameter, flow control is canceled. If the duration for buffering the data in queue 0 is more than or equals to the value of this parameter, flow control is triggered. If the duration for buffering the data in queue 1 is more than or equals to the value of this parameter, flow control is triggered. If the duration for buffering the data in queue 2 is more than or equals to the value of this parameter, flow control is triggered. If the duration for buffering the data in queue 3 is more than or equals to or equals to the value of this parameter, flow control is triggered. If the duration for buffering the data in queue 4 is more than or equals to the value of this parameter, flow control is triggered. If the duration for buffering the data in queue 5 is more than or equals to the value of this parameter, flow control is to triggered. Whether enable the concentric cell handover algorithm. The SET concentric cell handover helps to GCELLHOBA achieve wide coverage in the SIC(Optional) underlaid subcell and aggressive ADD Number of the port through which DXXCONNEC the DXX is connected to the T(Mandatory) BSC6900 ADD SUBRACK(Op Whether to connect the power tional) monitoring board

MRFD211503

MRFD211503

MRFD211503

MRFD211503

MRFD211503

MRFD211503

MRFD211503

MRFD211503

MRFD211503 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

CONNECTPO RTNO Connect Port No. BSC6900

MRFD210206

CONNPWR

Connect power monitoring board BSC6900

MRFD210301

CONNTYPE

Connection Type BSC6900

CONNTYPE

Connection Type BSC6900

CONTHOMINI Min Interval for NTV Consecutive Hos BSC6900 Interval for Consecutive HO Jud.

CONTINTV

BSC6900

CONTPING

Continue ping or not BSC6900

Count

Send PKT Count BSC6900

CPS

Allow Dynamic Shutdown TRX

BSC6900

Type of the connection between the NE and EMS or LMT. The SET connection can be a plain CONNTYPE( connection or SSL encryption Mandatory) connection. Whether the Iur-g common ADD connection is established between GIURGCONN the BSC and a co-BSC6900 RNC (Mandatory) or an external RNC. Minimum interval between the two consecutive handover decisions of SET an MS. The BSC cannot make a GCELLHOCT handover decision during the RL(Optional) minimum interval. The twice intra-cell handover SET events during this interval are GCELLHOAD( considered consecutive handover Optional) events. to perform the PING Whether operation continuously. When the continuous PING operation is PING performed, the system sends the IP(Optional) PING packets to the specified IP PING MAC(Optional ) PING BTSCFM(Opti Transmitted packets This parameter specifies whether SET to allow the BSC6900 to enable or GTRXDEV(Op disable the power amplifier of a tional) TRX based on the traffic volume. ADD GCBSADDR( Mandatory) CPU number on a board SET BTSCRC4(Ma ndatory) SET GCELLIDLEB ASIC(Optional )

GBFD111203 MRFD210305

MRFD211402 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

None

None

GBFD111602

CPUN

CPU NO

BSC6900

MRFD210301

CRC4CHK

CRC4 Check Switch Cell Reselect Hysteresis Parameters Certificate Revocation List File Name

BSC6900

CRH

BSC6900

Whether to enable to the BTS to support CRC4 check Cell reselection hysteresis. This is one of the parameters used for deciding whether to reselect cells in different location areas. This parameter can avoid the increase

GBFD111202

GBFD110402

CRL

BSC6900

Certificate CRLEnableSt Revocation List a File State

BSC6900

SET CERTFILE(Ma Name of the certificate revocation ndatory) list file to enable the certificate Whether revocation list SET DISABLE: indicating that the CERTFILE(Op certificate revocation list is disabled tional) ENABLE: indicating that the

MRFD210305

MRFD210305

CRMSGRESE Channel Release NDINT Resend Interval BSC6900

CRMSGRESE Channel Release NDNUM Resend Number BSC6900

CRO

Cell Reselect Offset

BSC6900

CROCALTMT Cross Call Detect HRD Time Threshold BSC6900

CROSSIPFLA Cross IP address G available flag BSC6900 GSM CS data service downlink factor BSC6900

GBFDSET 510301 GCELLGSMR Time interval for the BTS resending GBFD(Optional) a channel release message 510302 GBFDSET Number of times of the BTS 510301 GCELLGSMR resending a channel release GBFD(Optional) message 510302 Cell Reselect Offset (CRO), SET indicating a correction of the C2. GCELLIDLEB Proper setting of this parameter ASIC(Optional can reduce the number of GBFD) handover times, helpful for Threshold of the time for crosstalk 110402 detection. Within the threshold, if SET the call flag continuously appearing BSCBASIC(O in the code stream is different from GBFDptional) the one saved in a whether transcoder The field indicates the(TC) 111203 cross-connect path is available. ADD When the cross-path is available, a SCTPLNK(Opt maximum of four IP paths exists. GBFDional) The four IP paths are the IP path 118602 ADD TRMFACTOR GSM CS data service downlink (Optional) factor ADD TRMMAP(Opti onal) CS data path ADD TRMMAP(Opti onal) CS data priority ADD TRMFACTOR (Optional) GSM CS service factor Priority of data the CS data uplink service. The parameter is used for BSC6900 ADD flow control. GCELL(Option The smaller the value of this al) parameter,for the higher LAPD the priority. Threshold starting link congestion control. This parameter SET cannot be set too high. If this GTRXFC(Opti parameter is set too high, the onal) signaling link may be congested ADD TRMFACTOR GSM CS voice service downlink (Optional) factor

CSDATADL

GBFD118605

CSDATAPAT H CS data path

BSC6900

GBFD118605

CSDATAPRI

CS data priority GSM CS data service uplink factor

BSC6900

GBFD118605

CSDATAUL

BSC6900

GBFD118605

CSDSP

CS Data Service PRI BSC6900

GBFD111705

Congestion Start CSTARTTHD Threshold BSC6900 GSM CS voice service downlink factor BSC6900

GBFD111705

CSVOICEDL

GBFD118605

CSVOICEPAT H CS voice path

BSC6900

ADD TRMMAP(Opti onal) CS voice path ADD TRMMAP(Opti onal) CS voice priority ADD TRMFACTOR (Optional) GSM CS service uplink Priority of voice a speech service in factor the CS domain. The parameter is used ADD for BSC6900 flow control. GCELL(Option The smaller the value of this al) parameter, the higher the priority. SET SLFSLVSW(O Self-healing switch for the Ethernet ptional) adapter traffic monitoring Timer alignment ready. This parameter only applies to the 64 ADD kbit/s links. For the 2 Mbit/s links, MTP3LNK(Opt the value of this timer is always ional) 150000. Timer not aligned. This parameter ADD only applies to the 64 kbit/s links. MTP3LNK(Opt For the 2 Mbit/s links, the value of ional) this timer is always 130000. Timer aligned. This parameter only ADD applies to the 64 kbit/s links. For MTP3LNK(Opt the 2 Mbit/s links, the value of this ional) timer always 1000. Timeris emergency proving. This parameter only applies to the 64 ADD kbit/s links. For the 2 Mbit/s links, MTP3LNK(Opt the value of this timer is always ional) 500. normal proving. This Timer parameter only applies to the 64 ADD kbit/s links. For the 2 Mbit/s links, MTP3LNK(Opt the value of this timer is always ional) 30000. Timer sending SIB. This parameter ADD only applies to the 64 kbit/s links. MTP3LNK(Opt For the 2 Mbit/s links, the value of ional) this timer is always 100. This Timer remote congestion. parameter only applies to the 64 ADD kbit/s links. For the 2 Mbit/s links, MTP3LNK(Opt the value of this timer is always ional) 5000.

GBFD118605

CSVOICEPRI CS voice priority GSM CS voice service uplink factor

BSC6900

GBFD118605

CSVOICEUL

BSC6900

GBFD118605

CSVSP

CSW

CS Voice Service PRI BSC6900 Self-healing Switch for Ethernet Adapter Traffic Monitoring BSC6900

GBFD111705

None

CT1

Timer alignment ready

BSC6900

GBFD111804

CT2

Timer not aligned BSC6900

GBFD111804

CT3

Timer aligned

BSC6900

GBFD111804

CT4E

Timer emergency proving BSC6900

GBFD111804

CT4N

Timer normal proving

BSC6900

GBFD111804

CT5

Timer sending SIB

BSC6900

GBFD111804

CT6

Timer remote congestion

BSC6900

GBFD111804

CT7

Timer excessive delay of acknowledgemen t BSC6900

CT9

Timer interval of resending FISU

BSC6900

CTHD

Critical threshold BSC6900

CTHD

Critical threshold BSC6900

Timer excessive delay acknowledgement. This parameter ADD only applies to the 64 kbit/s links. MTP3LNK(Opt For the 2 Mbit/s links, the value of ional) this timer is always 2000. FISU. Timer interval of resending This parameter only applies to the ADD 64 kbit/s links. For the 2 Mbit/s MTP3LNK(Opt links, the value of this timer is ional) always Critical 10. threshold of CPU usage. When the CPU usage in "Fast SET judgement window" reaches or FCCPUTHD( exceeds the threshold, all active Optional) flow control functions are queue Critical threshold of packet usage. When the packet queue SET usage reaches or exceeds the FCMSGQTHD threshold, all active flow control (Optional) functions are implemented. ADD AISSCFG(Ma ndatory) DPC of of the control BSC Format the control acknowledge message of the MS. Four access SET bursts are used to obtain timing GCELLPSBA advance without sending polling SE(Optional) message; RLC/MAC control block SET BTSLOADCT RL(Mandatory ) Control Flag ADD BTSRETANT( Number of the cabinet which Mandatory) controls RET antenna. ControlPort No. of RET antenna. The number of RET antenna which ADD connect to same feed tributary BTSRETANT( cannot more than 6.For GATM Mandatory) boards, the valid value ranges from Number of the slot where the board controlling the RET antenna is ADD located. For SingleRAN BTSs, the BTSRETANT( valid value ranges from 0 to 5. For Mandatory) non-SingleRAN BTSs, the valid ADD BTSRETANT( Number of the subrack where the Mandatory) BTS board is located ADD Slot number of the MPU RSCGRP(Man Subsystem for the centralized datory) management of the resources

GBFD111804

GBFD111804

WRFD040100

WRFD040100

CTRBSCDPC Control BSC DPC BSC6900 Control CTRLACKTY Acknowledge PE Type

GBFD118201

BSC6900

GBFD114101

CTRLFLAG

Control Flag

BSC6900

GBFD111202

CTRLPORTC Control Port N Cabinet No.

BSC6900

MRFD210602

CTRLPORTN O Control Port No.

BSC6900

MRFD210602

CTRLPORTS Control Port Slot N No. BSC6900

MRFD210602

CTRLPORTS Control Port RN Subrack No.

BSC6900

MRFD210602

CTRLSLOT

Slot No.

BSC6900

GBFD118605

CTRLSN

Control Plane Slot No.

BSC6900

SET Number of the BSC6900 slot where BTSCTRL(Ma the XPU of the control plane is GBFDndatory) located 111202 SET Number of the BSC6900 subrack BTSCTRL(Ma where the XPU of the control plane ndatory) is located Configuration rollback control SET switch that is used to specify CMCTRLSW( whether to support the Mandatory) configuration rollback function. SET MSGSOFTPA RA(Optional) SET BTSAUTODL DACTINFO(M andatory) SET GCELLHOFIT PEN(Optional) SET GCELLHOFIT PEN(Optional) SET GCELLOTHE XT(Optional)

CTRLSRN

Control Plane Subrack No.

BSC6900

GBFD111202

CTRLSW

CM Control Enable Switch

BSC6900

MRFD210301

CurChannelIn HO_RQD Current HoRqd Channel BSC6900

Whether an HO_RQD message contains the Current Channel

GBFD111804

CVer

C-Version No.

BSC6900

DATAQUAFL Filter Length for TLEN TCH Qual

BSC6900

DATASTRFLT Filter Length for LEN TCH Level

BSC6900

DATATRAFF SET

Data Service Allowed

BSC6900

C-version number of the BTS software of measurement reports Number sampled for averaging the signal quality on a speech/data channel. Averaging the signal quality in multiple measurement reports Number of measurement reports sampled for averaging the signal strength on a speech/data channel. Averaging the signal strength in multiple measurement reports Data service supported by the BSC6900. You can set this parameter according to actual requirements.

GBFD111202 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

DATE

Date Limit

BSC6900

ADD OP(Optional) SET TIME(Optional ) ADD BSCDSTPAD ATE(Mandator y) SET BTSAUTODL DACTINFO(M andatory)

GBFD110204 GBFD111203 Whether to limit the operation date MRFDof the operator 210305

DATE

Date Prohib DynShutdown DateRangeInd TRX ex DateRangeIdx

BSC6900

BSC6900

Date Unique number of the date range during which to disable the BSC from shutting down the TRX dynamically

GBFD111203

GBFD111602

Day

Day

BSC6900

Date when the TMU board software is released

GBFD111202

DBD

Dead Band

BSC6900

BCCH IUO of DBFREQBCC Double HIUO Frequency Cell

BSC6900

Temperature error allowed when the temperature control system SET adjusts the temperature. BTSDHEUBP( In multi-mode scenario, the value Optional) of this parameter in one mode Whether the primary BCCH is ADD configured on the inner or extra GCELL(Mand part of an intelligent underlayatory) overlay (IUO) cell ADD GCELL(Mand Index of a same group cell in an atory) enhanced dual band network ADD GCELL(Mand Name of a same group cell in an atory) enhanced dual band network ADD GCELL(Mand Index type of a same group cell in atory) an enhanced dual band network

GBFD111202

GBFD114501

DBLFREQAD Same Group Cell JCID Index BSC6900

GBFD114402

DBLFREQAD Same Group Cell JCNAME Name BSC6900

GBFD114402

DBLFREQAD Same Group Cell JIDTYPE Index Type BSC6900 DC Low Voltage Alarm Cabinet No.

GBFD114402

DCLACN

BSC6900

SET BTSALMPOR GBFDT(Mandatory) DC Lowvoltage Alarm Cabinet No. 111202 SET BTSALMPOR T(Mandatory) DC Lowvoltage Alarm Port No. SET BTSALMPOR T(Mandatory) DC Lowvoltage Alarm Slot No. SET BTSALMPOR T(Mandatory) DC voltage Lowvoltage Alarm Subrack No. alarm lower threshold. When the busbar output voltage is SET lower than the value of this BTSAPMUBP( parameter, an alarm indicating the Optional) abnormal busbar an voltage isif the DC The BTS reports alarm voltage exceeds the value of this SET parameter. BTSDPMUBP( In multi-mode scenario, the value Optional) of this parameter in one mode The BTS reports an alarm if the DC voltage is lower than the value of SET this parameter. BTSDPMUBP( In multi-mode scenario, the value Optional) of this parameter in one mode

DCLAPN

DC Low Voltage Alarm Port No.

BSC6900

GBFD111202

DCLASN

DC Low Voltage Alarm Slot No. DC Low Voltage Alarm Subrack No.

BSC6900

GBFD111202

DCLASRN

BSC6900

GBFD111202

DCVLTHD

DC Voltage Lower Threshold BSC6900

GBFD111202

DCVOLALAR DC Overvoltage MH Alarm Threshold BSC6900 DC Under DCVOLALAR Voltage Alarm ML Threshold

MRFD210304

BSC6900

MRFD210304

DCVUTHD

DC Voltage Upper Threshold BSC6900

DefaultDynPd Number of chPreTranNu Dynamic Channel m Pre-Converted BSC6900

DELAYSEND RFCHREL T3111

BSC6900

DENO

Destination entity No. BSC6900

DC voltage alarm upper threshold. When the busbar output voltage is SET higher than the value of this BTSAPMUBP( parameter, an alarm indicating the Optional) abnormal busbar voltage the is This parameter specifies default pre-converted PDCHs in SET the dynamic transferable channel GCELLPSCH pool. M(Optional) When thisdelaying parameter is greater Timer for a connection release. This parameter is used for SET delaying the channel deactivation GCELLTMR( after the active signaling link is Optional) broken. The purpose is to reserve ADD M3DE(Mandat ory) The destination entity number ADD uniquely identifies a destination M3RT(Mandat entity.

GBFD111202

GBFD113101

GBFD111004

DESC

Description

BSC6900

Anti-theft DESTEALSET Equipment

BSC6900

GBFD118602 GBFD111203 ADD MRFDOP(Optional) Whether Description of the operator account 210305 to start the anti-theft equipment of the BTS. SET In multi-mode scenario, the value BTSOUTPUT( of this parameter in this mode must GBFDOptional) be the same as the value of the 111202

DESTIP

Destination IP address

BSC6900

PING IP(Mandatory) Destination IP address TRC IPADDR(Man datory) Destination IP address ADD IPRTBIND(Ma ndatory) PING MAC(Mandato ry) TRC MAC(Mandato ADD BTSAUTOPL AN(Mandatory )

None

DESTIP

Destination IP address

BSC6900

None

DESTIP

Destination IP address

BSC6900

Destination IP address

None

DESTMEPID

RMEP ID

BSC6900

Identifies a maintenance point in the maintenance group

None

DESTNODE

Transport Link Type

BSC6900

Type of the object the BTS is connected to

GBFD510701

DESTNODE

Dest Node Type

BSC6900

ADD Type of the object the BTS is BTSCONNEC connected to. Value range: BTS, T(Mandatory) BSC6900, and DXX

GBFD111202

DESTSN

Peer Slot No.

BSC6900

DESTSRN

Peer Subrack No. BSC6900

DESTSSN

Peer Subsystem No. BSC6900

Slot No. of the subsystem where ADD the Iur-g common connection is GIURGCONN established to the co-BSC6900 (Mandatory) RNC Subrack No. of the subsystem ADD where the Iur-g common GIURGCONN connection is established to the co(Mandatory) BSC6900 RNC No. of the subsystem where the IurADD g common connection is GIURGCONN established to the co-BSC6900 (Mandatory) RNC MOV BCCH(Mandat ID of the TRX that carries the ory) destination main BCCH Interval for sending test TRAU frames in the period of class-2 SET mute detection.Test TRAU frame is GCELLSOFT( sent at the specified interval till the Optional) peer end responds orperiods the timer Maximum number of in of which the local end does not ADD receive BFD packets from the peer BTSBFD(Opti end. If the number of periods in onal) which the local end does not

MRFD211402

MRFD211402

MRFD211402

DESTTRXID

Destination Main BCCH TRX ID BSC6900

MRFD210301

Period of Mute DETECTFRA Detect Class2 MEPERIOD TRAU Frame

BSC6900

GBFD111203

DETECTMUL T Detect Period Switch for Abis DETECTSWI Timeslot TCH Detection

BSC6900

GBFD118609

BSC6900

SET BTSABISTRO GBFDP(Mandatory) Switch for Abis Timeslot Detection 111202 ADD BTSRETANT( Mandatory) Name of the RET antenna ADD BTSRETANT( Mandatory) Number of the RET antenna. ADD PPPLNK(Man datory) ADD Device IP address of the interface MPGRP(Mand board used by the PPP link. ADD DEVIP(Manda tory) Device IP Address Type ADD GEXT3GCEL L(Mandatory) SET Downlink frequency of the external GCELLHOFD 3G cell

DEVICENAM E Deviced Name

BSC6900

MRFD210602

DEVICENO

Device No.

BSC6900

DEVIP

Borrowed device IP address BSC6900

MRFD210602 GBFD118611 GBFD118622

DEVTYPE

Device IP Address Type

BSC6900

DF

DL UARFCN

BSC6900

None GBFD114301 GBFD114302

DFCBSN

DFCB Board SN BSC6900

SET BTSDFCUBP( Number of the slot where the Optional) DFCB is installed SET BTSDFCUBP( Number of the subrack where the Optional) DFCB is installed The default DPC corresponds to the CN of the primary operator. ADD When only one DPC is configured, GCNNODE(O this parameter must be set to ptional) "YES", indicating that all the calls Whether to use the customized port SET DEFAULTPORT: indicating that the FTPSSRV(Ma FTP server uses the default port 21 ndatory) as a command port and port 20 as

GBFD111202

DFCBSRN

DFCB Board SRN

BSC6900

GBFD111202

DFDPC

Default DPC

BSC6900

The Type of FTP DFTPORTSW Server Command T Port BSC6900

GBFD117401 GBFD111203 MRFD210305

DGPSPERIO DGPS data D report period[min] BSC6900 DHCP Relay DHCPRLYGA Gateway IP TEWAYIP Address

ADD Period for reporting differential GPS(Optional) GPS data

None

BSC6900

ADD DHCPRLY(Ma This parameter indicates the IP GBFDndatory) Address of DHCP Relay Gateway. 111202 ADD DHCPRLY(Ma ndatory) DHCP Relay ID SET BTSDPMUBP( Optional) SET GCELLCHMG BASIC(Option al)

DHCPRLYID

DHCP Relay ID

BSC6900

GBFD111202

DIESELENGI NESAVESWI Diesel Engine TCH Save Switch DIFFBANDSD Different Band CCHUSINGO SDCCH Using PTIMIZE Optimize

BSC6900

BSC6900

Whether to enable the diesel engine save switch Whether to allow an MS to report the classmark and whether to hand over the MS from the SDCCH in the frequency band for the main BCCH to the SDCCH in a different

GBFD111202 GBFD110608 GBFD111005

DINM

Date in Month

BSC6900

ADD SUBTSK(Man Day in the month on which the datory) command can be executed. ADD SUBTSK(Man datory) DLD LICENSE(Man datory) ULD LICENSE(Man

GBFD111203

DINW

Date in Week

BSC6900

Day in the week on which the command can be executed. The relative path in the working path of the FTP user in the FTP server

DIR

Directory

BSC6900

GBFD111203 GBFD111203 MRFD210403

DIR

File Directory

BSC6900

DirectedRetry Directed Retry AssFailSendE AssFail Send nable Enable

BSC6900

DIRECTRYEN Directed Retry

BSC6900

DIRMAGANSI Directly Magnifier TEFLAG BTS Flag BSC6900 DisconnectHa Disconnect ndoverProtect Handover Protect Timer Timer BSC6900

DIVERSITY

Diversity

BSC6900

Diversity DIVERT16QA Transmitter MDELAY 16QAM Delay Diversity DIVERT32QA Transmitter MDELAY 32QAM Delay

BSC6900

BSC6900

Diversity DIVERT8PSK Transmitter 8PSK DELAY Delay BSC6900

DLD RETANTCFG( Optional) DLD Directory of the software to be BTSPATCH(O Whether downloaded the BSC sends an Assignment Fail message with the SET cause value of directed retry to the AITFOTHPAR MSC before the BSC initiates a A(Optional) directed procedure Whetherretry to enable a directed retry. SET The directed retry is to hand over GCELLBASIC an MS to a neighboring cell in the PARA(Optiona same procedure as the handover. l) The directed retry an emergency Whether a cell is ais repeater. With simpler functions than a BTS, a SET repeater is a coverage extension GCELLSOFT( device of a BTS. It is applied to Optional) widely-stretched areas or indoor Timer to control the duration in which the BSC prevents the SET handover of an MS from which the OTHSOFTPA BSC receives the Disconnect RA(Optional) message. If the MS is handed over ADD GEXT3GCEL L(Mandatory) Whether to activate transmit SET diversity on the common channel of GCELLHOFD Delay a 3G cell of transmit diversity when SET 16QAM is used. Generally, the GCELLBASIC parameter is applicable to general PARA(Optiona fading environments. The transmit l) diversity generally bring a gain Delay of can transmit diversity when SET 32QAM is used. Generally, the GCELLBASIC parameter is applicable to general PARA(Optiona fading environments. The transmit l) diversity generally bring a gain Delay of can transmit diversity when SET 8PSK is used. Generally, the GCELLBASIC parameter is applicable to general PARA(Optiona fading environments. The transmit l) diversity can generally bring a gain SET BTSRXUBP(O Whether to support transmitting ptional) diversity or four diversity receiving SET Minimum interval between two GCELLPWR3( consecutive downlink power control Optional) commands If the downlink receive quality level of an AMR full rate call is greater SET than this parameter, the call needs GCELLPWR3( to undergo Huawei power control Optional) generation III.

GBFD111202

GBFD110607

GBFD110607

GBFD110601 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

GBFD114301

GBFD510804

GBFD510804

GBFD114201

DivSwitch

Four Diversity Receiver

BSC6900

GBFD115902

DLADJPRD

PwrCtrlDLAdjPeri od BSC6900

GBFD117601

DLAFSREXQ UALHIGHTHR DLAFSRexQualH ED ighThred BSC6900

GBFD117601

DLAFSREXQ UALLOWTHR DLAFSRexQualL ED owThred BSC6900 DLAHSREXQ UALHIGHTHR DLAHSRexQual ED HighThred

SET GCELLPWR3( Optional) SET GCELLPWR3( Optional) SET GCELLPWR3( Optional) ADD NSVC(Mandat ory) SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona l)

BSC6900

DLAHSREXQ UALLOWTHR DLAHSRexQualL ED owThred BSC6900 The Identifier of Data Link Connection

DLCI

BSC6900

DLCOEFFICI Fast DL Priority ENTTSRAPID Decision ADJ Threshold

BSC6900

If the downlink receive quality level of an AMR full rate call is smaller than this parameter, the call needs to undergo Huawei power control generation III. receive quality level If the downlink of an AMR half rate call is greater than this parameter, the call needs to undergo Huawei power control generation III. receive quality level If the downlink of an AMR half rate call is smaller than this parameter, the call needs to undergo Huawei power control generation III. link connection of the ID of the data NSVC. It is an interworking parameter which must be consistent on the BSC and the peer. If the ratio of downlink flux to uplink flux is greater than or equal to the threshold during the fast flux measurement, the downlink services takes priority.

GBFD117601

GBFD117601

GBFD117601

GBFD510002

GBFD119501

DLDCSPT

Support Downlink Dual-Carrier BSC6900

Edge HO DL DLEDGETHR RX_LEV ES Threshold

BSC6900

DLFILTADJFA III DL Filter CTOR Adjust Factor

BSC6900

DLFSREXQU ALHIGHTHRE DLFSRexQualHi D ghThred BSC6900 DLFSREXQU ALLOWTHRE DLFSRexQualLo D wThred BSC6900 Downlink GPRS TBF Window DlGprsTbfExp Expansion andOp Optimization BSC6900 DLHSREXQU ALHIGHTHRE DLHSRexQualHi D ghThred BSC6900

SET GCELLGPRS( Optional) Whether the supports DLDC Threshold forcell downlink edge handover. If the downlink receive SET level remains less than this GCELLHOBA threshold for a period of time, the SIC(Optional) edge handover is factor triggered. Filter adjustment for If the downlink power control. Setting this SET parameter high helps to smooth the GCELLPWR3( filtered values and to reduce the Optional) impact of poor measurement Upper quality threshold for Huawei power control generation III on a SET full rate call. If the downlink receive GCELLPWR3( quality level of a full rate call is Optional) greaterquality than this threshold, the call Lower threshold for Huawei power control generation III on a SET full rate call. If the downlink receive GCELLPWR3( quality level of a full rate call is Optional) smaller than this the call Expanded size ofthreshold, the GPRS RLC SET window. This parameter is used to GCELLPSOT expand the size of the GRPS RLC HERPARA(Op window. The expanded window tional) size breaks the restrictions of 64 Upper quality threshold for Huawei power control generation III on a SET half rate call. If the downlink GCELLPWR3( receive quality level of a half rate Optional) call is greater than this threshold,

GBFD510802 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

GBFD117601

GBFD117601

GBFD117601

GBFD114101

GBFD117601

DLHSREXQU ALLOWTHRE DLHSRexQualLo D wThred BSC6900

SET GCELLPWR3( Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional)

DLHYSTF1

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.hyst1[F] BSC6900

DLHYSTF2

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.hyst2[F] BSC6900

DLHYSTF3

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.hyst3[F] BSC6900

DLHYSTH1

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.hyst1[H] BSC6900

DLHYSTH2

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.hyst2[H] BSC6900

DLHYSTH3

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.hyst3[H] BSC6900

AMR DL Coding Rate DLHYSTWB1 adj.hyst1[WB] AMR DL Coding Rate DLHYSTWB2 adj.hyst2[WB]

BSC6900

BSC6900

DLINTERFLE Interf.of DL Level VLIMIT Threshold BSC6900

DLINTERFQU Interf.of DL ALLIMIT Qual.Threshold

BSC6900

DlLdrThrd2GC 2G Cell DL Basic ell Congest Thred BSC6900

SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLHOINT ERRATLDB(O Threshold of downlink Basic ptional) Congestion state in a 2G Cell

Lower quality threshold for Huawei power control generation III on a half rate call. If the downlink receive quality level of a half rate call is smallter than this Adjustment hysteresis 1threshold, of AMR downlink coding rate (full rate). According to a certain algorithm and the radio quality indication (RQI) in the hysteresis call measurement Adjustment 2 of AMR downlink coding rate (full rate). According to a certain algorithm and the radio quality indication (RQI) in the hysteresis call measurement Adjustment 3 of AMR downlink coding rate (full rate). According to a certain algorithm and the radio quality indication (RQI) in the hysteresis call measurement Adjustment 1 of AMR downlink coding rate (half rate). According to a certain algorithm and the radio quality indication (RQI) in the hysteresis call measurement Adjustment 2 of AMR downlink coding rate (half rate). According to a certain algorithm and the radio quality indication (RQI) in the hysteresis call measurement Adjustment 3 of AMR downlink coding rate (half rate). According to a certain algorithm and the radio quality indication (RQI) in the hysteresis call measurement Adjustment 1 of AMR downlink coding rate (wide band). According to a certain algorithm and the radio quality indication (RQI) in the hysteresis call measurement Adjustment 2 of AMR downlink coding rate (wide band). According to a certain algorithm and the radio quality indication (RQI) in the call measurement Threshold for determining whether downlink interference exists. If the downlink level is equal to or greater than "Interf.of DL Level Threshold" and the downlink quality level is Threshold for determining whether downlink interference exists. If the downlink level is equal to or greater than "Interf.of DL Level Threshold" and the downlink quality level is

GBFD117601

GBFD115501

GBFD115501

GBFD115501

GBFD115502

GBFD115502

GBFD115502

GBFD115507

GBFD115507 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

MRFD211402

DLLEVFILTLE Filter Length for N DL RX_LEV Downlink Longterm FER Lower Threshold

BSC6900

SET GCELLPWR2( Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional)

DLLTFERLO WTH

BSC6900

Downlink LongDLLTFERTGT term FER Target BSC6900 Downlink LongDLLTFERUPT term FER Upper H Threshold BSC6900 Downlink DLLTTHADJF Threshold Adjust A Factor BSC6900

Number of measurement reports sampled for averaging downlink signal strength. A single measurement report may not reflect voice the actual network situations Lower quality threshold associated with the automatic adjustment of the AMR downlink handover threshold. The value of this parameter must be smaller Target value of the voice quality automatically adjusted through the downlink threshold of AMR handover Upper voice quality threshold associated with the automatic adjustment of the AMR handover downlink Factor of threshold. downlink threshold adjustment. It indicates the linear relation between the threshold adjustment value and the logarithmic FER.

GBFD110703

GBFD115506

GBFD115506

GBFD115506

GBFD115506

DLMAXDOW NSTEP

DLMAXDownSte p BSC6900

SET Maximum step by which to GCELLPWR3( decrease downlink power Optional) according to signal strength SET GCELLPWR3( Optional) SET GCELLHOINT ERRATLDB(O ptional) SET GCELLPWR2( Optional) SET GCELLPWRB ASIC(Optional ) SET GCELLPWRB ASIC(Optional ) SET GCELLPWR2( Optional)

GBFD117601

DLMAXUPST EP DLMAXUpStep 2G Cell DL Overload Congest Thred

BSC6900

Maximum step by which to increase downlink power according GBFDto signal strength 117601

DlOlcThrd2G Cell

BSC6900

DLPREDLEN DL MR. Number D Predicted

BSC6900

DLQHIGHTH RED

DL Qual. Upper Threshold

BSC6900

DLQLOWTHR DL Qual. Lower ED Threshold

BSC6900

DLQUAFILTL Filter Length for EN DL Qual.

BSC6900

Threshold of downlink overload congestion state in ameasurement 2G Cell Number of downlink reports that the BSC predicts. The BSC takes a while to confirm the power control effect of a power control command. Thus, Quality level threshold forthe BSC decreasing downlink signal power. If the BTS transmits signals at a quality level less than this threshold, the BSC decreases the Quality level threshold for increasing downlink signal power. If the BTS transmits signals at a quality level greater than this threshold, BSC increases the Number ofthe measurement reports sampled for averaging downlink signal quality. A single measurement report may not reflect the actual network situations

MRFD211402

GBFD110703

GBFD110703

GBFD110703

GBFD110703

DLQUALBAD DL Qual. Bad TRIG Trig Threshold

BSC6900

SET GCELLPWR2( Optional) SET GCELLPWR2( Optional) SET GCELLHOEM G(Optional) SET GCELLAMRQ UL(Optional) SET GCELLAMRQ UL(Optional)

DLQUALBAD DL Qual. Bad UPLEV UpLEVDiff

BSC6900

DL Qual. DLQUALIMIT Threshold

BSC6900

DLQUALIMIT DL Qual. Limit for AMRFR AMR FR BSC6900

DLQUALIMIT DL Qual. Limit for AMRHR AMR HR BSC6900

During downlink power control, if the downlink receive quality level is equal to or greater than "DL Qual, bad Trig Threshold", "DL RX_LEV Upper Threshold" is increased During downlink power control, by if the downlink receive quality level is equal to or greater than "DL Qual, bad Trig Threshold", "DL RX_LEV Upper Threshold" is increased Downlink quality threshold for by emergency handover. This parameter is represented as the product of 10 and a quality level that ranges from limit 0 to for 7. The Downlink quality emergency handover in an AMR full rate call. The value of this parameter corresponds to the quality levels (0 to 7) multiplied by Downlink quality limit for emergency handover in an AMR half rate call. The value of this parameter corresponds to the quality levels (0 to 7) multiplied by

GBFD110703

GBFD110703 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

GBFD115501

GBFD115502

DLREXLEVA DJFCTR

DLRexLevAdjust Factor BSC6900

DLREXLEVEX DLRexLevExpon PFLTLEN entFilterLen BSC6900

DLREXLEVHI DLRexLevHighTh GHTHRED red BSC6900

DLREXLEVLO DLRexLevLowthr WTHRED ed BSC6900

DLREXLEVSL DLRexLevSlideW DWINDOW indow BSC6900

SET Percentage of signal strength in the GCELLPWR3( factors by which to determine the Optional) downlink control step Length ofpower the exponential filter for downlink signal strength. A single SET measurement report may not GCELLPWR3( reflect the actual network situations Optional) accurately. Therefore, the BSC Upper receive level threshold for downlink power control. If the SET downlink receive level is greater GCELLPWR3( than this threshold, the power of Optional) the downlink signal to be Lower receive level needs threshold for downlink power control. If the SET downlink receive level is smaller GCELLPWR3( than this threshold, the power of Optional) the uplink signal needs to be Length of the slide window filter for downlink signal strength. A single SET measurement report may not GCELLPWR3( reflect the actual network situations Optional) accurately. Therefore, the BSC SET Percentage of quality level in the GCELLPWR3( factors by which to determine the Optional) downlink control step Length ofpower the exponential filter for downlink signal quality. A single SET measurement report may not GCELLPWR3( reflect the actual network situations Optional) accurately. Therefore, the BSC

GBFD117601

GBFD117601

GBFD117601

GBFD117601

GBFD117601

DLREXQUAL DLRexQualAdjus ADJFCTR tFactor BSC6900

GBFD117601

DLREXQUAL DLRexQualExpo EXPFLTLEN nentFilterLen BSC6900

GBFD117601

DLREXQUAL DLRexQualSlide SLDWINDOW Window BSC6900 DLRXLEVPR OTECTFACT III DL RexLev OR Protect Factor DLRXQUALP ROTECTFAC III DL RexQual TOR Protect Factor

SET GCELLPWR3( Optional) SET GCELLPWR3( Optional) SET GCELLPWR3( Optional) SET GCELLPWRB ASIC(Optional ) SET GCELLPWRB ASIC(Optional ) SET GCELLPRIVA TEOPTPARA( Optional) SET GCELLGSMR (Optional) SET GCELLGSMR (Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional)

BSC6900

BSC6900

DLSSHIGHTH DL RX_LEV RED Upper Threshold BSC6900

DLSSLOWTH DL RX_LEV RED Lower Threshold BSC6900 Downlink TBF DLTBFESTDE Establishment LAY Delay

BSC6900

Length of the slide window filter for downlink signal quality. A single measurement report may not reflect the actual network situations accurately. Therefore, the BSC A power control step cannot exceed the step computed according to "III DL RexLev Protect Factor" and "III DL RexQual Protect Factor". A power control step cannot exceed the step computed according to "III DL RexLev Protect Factor" and "III DL RexQual Protect Factor". Upper threshold for downlink signal strength If the downlink received signal level is greater than this threshold, a power threshold decrease for is computed. Lower downlink signal strength If the downlink received signal level is less than this threshold, a power increase is computed. the Time interval between Then, sending of the Packet Uplink Ack/Nack message and setup of the DL TBF. After receiving the Packet Uplink Ack/Nack message (FAI = 1), the

GBFD117601

GBFD117601

GBFD117601

GBFD110703

GBFD110703

DLTESTRESE Download Test NDINT Resend Interval

BSC6900

DLTESTRESE Download Test NDNUM Resend Number BSC6900

DLTHF1

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.th1[F]

BSC6900

DLTHF2

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.th2[F]

BSC6900

DLTHF3

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.th3[F]

BSC6900

DLTHH1

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.th1[H]

BSC6900

GBFD119203 GBFD510301 Interval for resending downlink test GBFDmessages Number of times of the BSC6900 510302 resending downlink test messages GBFDafter the downlink test function is 510301 enabled. If the BSC6900 does not GBFDreceive any threshold response 1 message 510302 Adjustment of AMR downlink coding rate (full rate). According to a certain algorithm and the RQI in the call GBFDmeasurement report, the and 115501 Adjustment threshold 2 ofMS AMR downlink coding rate (full rate). According to a certain algorithm and the RQI in the call GBFDmeasurement report, the and 115501 Adjustment threshold 3 ofMS AMR downlink coding rate (full rate). The adjustment thresholds and the hysteresis of coding rate must GBFDmeet the following conditions: AMR 115501 Adjustment threshold 1 of AMR downlink coding rate (half rate). According to a certain algorithm and the RQI in the call GBFDmeasurement report, the MS and 115502

DLTHH2

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.th2[H]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) ADD BTSANTFEE DERBRD(Opti onal) SET ADD BTSANTFEE DERBRD(Opti onal) SET SET BTSIPCLKPA RA(Mandatory ) SET GCELLPSCS( Optional) SET GCELLEGPR SPARA(Optio nal) SET GCELLEGPR SPARA(Optio nal) SET GCELLEGPR SPARA(Optio nal) SET GCELLPSCS( Optional)

DLTHH3

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.th3[H]

BSC6900

DLTHWB1

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.th1[WB] BSC6900

DLTHWB2

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.th2[WB] BSC6900

Adjustment threshold 2 of AMR downlink coding rate (half rate). According to a certain algorithm and the RQI in the call measurement report, the and Adjustment threshold 3 ofMS AMR downlink coding rate (half rate). According to a certain algorithm and the RQI in the call measurement report, the and Adjustment threshold 1 ofMS AMR downlink coding rate (wide band). According to a certain algorithm and the RQI in the call measurement report, the and Adjustment threshold 2 ofMS AMR downlink coding rate (wide band). According to a certain algorithm and the RQI in the call measurement report, the MS and

GBFD115502

GBFD115502

GBFD115507

GBFD115507

DMDUA

Down MDU A

BSC6900

MDU board number when the antenna pass of downlink tributary GBFDA is selected 111202 MDU board number when the antenna pass of downlink tributary B is selected Clock domain required by the slave side in the 1588V2 protocol. This parameter is valid when the 1588CLK type isof configured. Coding scheme the default GPRS downlink. Dynamic adjustment coding: the coding scheme used during initial access transmission. the downlink Default codingIfscheme of theuses downlink EDGE link. If the downlink adopts the dynamic adjustment coding scheme, this parameter can be usedcoding to set the coding scheme Default scheme used on the downlink EGPRS2-A link. If the downlink uses the dynamic coding scheme, this parameter specifies the coding scheme that is used for Fixed coding scheme that is used on the downlink EGPRS2-A link. If the downlink uses the fixed coding scheme, this parameter can be set MSC1-4, MSC7-8 or the DAS5-12.. If Adjustment mode of downlink GPRS link coding scheme. If the fixed coding scheme is used, this parameter is set to a value ranging from CS1 to CS4. If the dynamic

DMDUB

Down MDU B

BSC6900

GBFD111202

DN

Domain

BSC6900

GBFD118620

DNDEFAULT Downlink Default CS CS Type BSC6900

GBFD119106

DNDEFAULT Downlink Default MCS MCS Type BSC6900 Downlink EGPRS2-A DNE2ADEFA Default MCS ULTMCS Type BSC6900 Downlink DNE2AFIXMC EGPRS2-A Fixed S MCS Type BSC6900

GBFD114201

GBFD510804

GBFD510804

DNFIXCS

Downlink Fixed CS Type

BSC6900

GBFD119106

DNFIXMCS

Downlink Fixed MCS Type

BSC6900

DNPCEN

DL PC Allowed

BSC6900

SET GCELLEGPR SPARA(Optio nal) SET GCELLBASIC PARA(Optiona l) SET GCELLCCAD( Optional) SET GCELLPRIVA TEOPTPARA( Optional) SET GCELLPSCS( Optional) SET GCELLPSCS( Optional) SET GCELLPSCS( Optional) SET GCELLPSCS( Optional) SET GCELLPSCS( Optional) SET GCELLPSCS( Optional) ADD EMU(Optional ) SET GCELLPWRB ASIC(Optional )

Short Message DNSENDSMD Downlink IS Disabled

BSC6900

DNTBFRELD Release Delay of ELAY Downlink TBF BSC6900 Downlink TBF DNTHDCSDE Threshold from GRADE1 CS2 to CS1 Downlink TBF DNTHDCSDE Threshold from GRADE2 CS3 to CS2 Downlink TBF DNTHDCSDE Threshold from GRADE3 CS4 to CS3 Downlink TBF DNTHDCSUP Threshold from GRADE1 CS1 to CS2 Downlink TBF DNTHDCSUP Threshold from GRADE2 CS2 to CS3 Downlink TBF DNTHDCSUP Threshold from GRADE3 CS3 to CS4 Enable Door DOOR_ENGI Status Alarm NE_MASK Reporting

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

Coding scheme of the downlink EDGE link. If the downlink uses the fixed coding scheme, this parameter is set to a value ranging GBFDfrom MCS1 to MCS9. If the 114201 GBFD110703 Whether to allow BTS power GBFDcontrol Whether to prohibit sending point- 117601 to-point short messages. If necessary, this parameter is used for controlling whether to send GBFDdownlink short messages from a 110203 Delay of releasing the downlink TBF. After the last downlink RLC data block is transmitted on the network side and all the transmitted GBFDdownlink data blocks are received, Retransmission threshold when the 114101 coding mode of the downlink TBF is changed from CS2 to CS1. When the downlink TBF GBFDretransmission rate is greater than Retransmission threshold when the 119106 coding mode of the TBF is changed from CS3 to CS2. When the TBF retransmission rate is GBFDgreater than or equals to this value, Retransmission threshold when the 118901 coding mode of the downlink TBF is changed from CS4 to CS3. When the downlink TBF GBFDRetransmission rate is greater than threshold when the 118901 coding mode of the downlink TBF is changed from CS1 to CS2. When the TBF retransmission rate GBFDis less than or equals to this value, Retransmission threshold when the 119106 coding mode of the TBF is changed from CS2 to CS3. When the downlink TBF retransmission GBFDrate is less than threshold or equals when to CS2 Retransmission the 118901 coding mode of the downlink TBF is changed from CS3 to CS4. When the downlink TBF GBFDretransmission rate is less than or 118901

BSC6900

Door status alarm switch

MRFD210304

DOUBLEANT Double Antenna ENNAGAIN Gain

BSC6900

Dual-antenna gain used to estimate the downlink power during GBFDassignment 117602

DPC

DSP code[Whole Number] BSC6900 DSP code[Divided Number]

As an integer, the DSP code can be expressed by a decimal digit or ADD a hexadecimal digit. If the DSP N7DPC(Mand code is expressed by a GBFDatory) hexadecimal digit, H' is added 111804 ADD N7DPC(Mand DSP code expressed in the format atory) of segments 8-8-8 It is one of the key fields of identifying the block of A interface BLK CIC status and indicates the DPC ACIC(Mandat group index of the circuit ID of the ory) A interface to be blocked. ADD AE1T1(Option Index of the DPC group. see "ADD al) GCNNODE" command. Index of a DPC group. When multiple DPCs or one DPC ADD serves as a logical entity, this GCNNODE(M logical entity is called a DPC group. andatory) When the MSC pool function is DSP type. STP: indicates the signaling ADD transfer point. N7DPC(Mand A: indicates the signaling point of atory) the A interface control signaling ADD N7DPC(Mand atory) ADD The DSP index uniquely identifies a MTP3RT(Man DSP. ADD GNRNC(Mand Iur-g DPC index of a neighboring atory) RNC Maximum signal level difference ADD between the neighbor cell and the G2GNCELL(O serving cell for triggering directed ptional) retry Whether to optimize the call drops resulting from Abis territorial link SET fault. The value 0 means "optimize" GCELLSOFT( and 1 means "not optimize". If the Optional) value of this parameter 0, the call Whether to optimize theis call drops resulting from connection failure SET (handover access failure). The GCELLSOFT( value 0 means "optimize" and 1 Optional) means "not optimize". If the Whether to optimize the call value drops resulting from connection failure, SET operation and maintenance (OM) GCELLSOFT( intervention. The value 0 means Optional) "optimize" and 1 means "not

DPCDNF

BSC6900

GBFD111804

DPCGIDX

DPC Group Index BSC6900

GBFD111803

DPCGIDX

DPC Group Index BSC6900

GBFD111803

DPCGIDX

DPC Group Index BSC6900

GBFD117401

DPCT

DSP type

BSC6900

GBFD111804

DPX

DSP index

BSC6900

GBFD111804

DPX

DPX

BSC6900

Directed Retry DRHOLEVRA Handover Level NGE Range

BSC6900

MRFD211402 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

DROPCTRLA BISCONNFAI Drop Optimize L ABIS Link Failure BSC6900 DROPCTRLC Drop Optimize ONNFAILHOA Conn Fail[HO CCFAIL access fail] Drop Optimize DROPCTRLC Conn Fail[OM ONNFAILOM intervention]

GBFD111004

BSC6900

GBFD111004

BSC6900

GBFD111004

DROPCTRLC ONNFAILOTH Drop Optimize ER Conn Fail[other]

BSC6900

SET GCELLSOFT( Optional) SET GCELLSOFT( Optional) SET GCELLSOFT( Optional) SET GCELLSOFT( Optional) SET GCELLSOFT( Optional) SET GCELLSOFT( Optional) SET GCELLSOFT( Optional) SET GCELLSOFT( Optional) SET GCELLSOFT( Optional) SET GCELLSOFT( Optional) SET GCELLSOFT( Optional) SET GCELLSOFT( Optional)

DROPCTRLC Drop Optimize ONNFAILRLF Conn Fail[radio AIL link fail] BSC6900 Drop Optimize DROPCTRLC Conn ONNFAILRRN Fail[resource not OTAVL available] BSC6900 Drop Optimize DROPCTRLE Equipment QUIPFAIL Failure Drop Optimize DROPCTRLE Err RRINDDMRS Ind[unsolicited P DM response]

BSC6900

BSC6900

DROPCTRLE Drop Optimize RRINDSEQE Err Ind[sequence RR error] BSC6900 Drop Optimize DROPCTRLE Err Ind[T200 RRINDT200 timeout] Drop Optimize DROPCTRLF Forced Handover ORCHOFAIL Failure Drop Optimize Into-BSC DROPCTRLIN Handover BSCHO Timeout Drop Optimize DROPCTRLIN Intra-BSC TRABSCOUT Handover HO Timeout Drop Optimize Intra-Cell DROPCTRLIN Handover TRACELLHO Timeout Drop Optimize DROPCTRLN No MR for Long OMR Time

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

Whether to optimize the call drops resulting from a connection failure except for handover access failure, OM intervention, radio link failure, and unavailability of radio Whether to optimize the call drops resulting from connection failure (radio link failure). The value 0 means "optimize" and 1 means "not optimize". If the value ofdrops this Whether to optimize the call resulting from connection failure (unavailability of radio resources). The value 0 means "optimize" and 1 means to "not optimize". the value Whether optimize the If call drops resulting from equipment fault. The value 0 means "optimize" and 1 means "not optimize". If the value of this parameter is 0, the call Whether to optimize the call drops resulting from error indication (unsolicited DM response). The value 0 means "optimize" and 1 means "not optimize". If the Whether to optimize the call value drops resulting from error indication (sequence error). The value 0 means "optimize" and 1 means "not optimize". If the value ofdrops this Whether to optimize the call resulting from error indication (T200 timeout). The value 0 means "optimize" and 1 means "not optimize". If optimize the value of call this drops Whether to the resulting from forced handover failure. The value 0 means "optimize" and 1 means "not optimize". If optimize the value of call this drops Whether to the resulting from incoming-BSC handover timeout. The value 0 means "optimize" and 1 means "not optimize". If the value ofdrops this Whether to optimize the call resulting from outgoing internal inter-cell handover timeout. The value 0 means "optimize" and 1 means "not optimize". If the Whether to optimize the call value drops resulting from intra-cell handover timeout. The value 0 means "optimize" and 1 means "not optimize". If optimize the value of call this drops Whether to the resulting from no MS measurement reports for a long time. The value 0 means "optimize" and 1 means "not optimize". If the value of this

GBFD111004

GBFD111004

GBFD111004

GBFD111004

GBFD111004

GBFD111004

GBFD111004

GBFD111004

GBFD111004

GBFD111004

GBFD111004

GBFD111004

Drop Optimize Out-BSC DROPCTRLO Handover UTBSCHOT8 Timeout Drop Optimize DROPCTRLR Release ELIND Indication

BSC6900

SET GCELLSOFT( Optional) SET GCELLSOFT( Optional) SET GCELLSOFT( Optional) ADD PORTFLOWC TRLPARA(Opt ional) ADD PORTFLOWC TRLPARA(Opt ional) ADD PORTFLOWC TRLPARA(Opt ional) ADD PORTFLOWC TRLPARA(Opt ional) ADD PORTFLOWC TRLPARA(Opt ional) ADD PORTFLOWC TRLPARA(Opt ional)

BSC6900

DROPCTRLR Drop Optimize ESCHK Resource Check BSC6900 Packet discard DROPPKTTH threshold of D0 queue 0 [ms] Packet discard DROPPKTTH threshold of D1 queue 1 [ms] Packet discard DROPPKTTH threshold of D2 queue 2 [ms] Packet discard DROPPKTTH threshold of D3 queue 3 [ms] Packet discard DROPPKTTH threshold of D4 queue 4 [ms] Packet discard DROPPKTTH threshold of D5 queue 5 [ms]

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

Whether to optimize the call drops resulting from outgoing-BSC handover timeout. The value 0 means "optimize" and 1 means "not optimize". If the value ofdrops this Whether to optimize the call resulting from release indications. The value 0 means "optimize" and 1 means "not optimize". If the value of this parameter is 0, the call Whether to optimize the call drops resulting from resource check. The value 0 means "optimize" and 1 means "not optimize". If the value of thisduration parameter 0, the call If the for is buffering the data in queue 0 is more than or equals to the value of this parameter, the subsequent packets added to queue 0 are discarded. If the duration for buffering the data in queue 1 is more than or equals to the value of this parameter, the subsequent packets added to queue 1 are discarded. If the duration for buffering the data in queue 2 is more than or equals to the value of this parameter, the subsequent packets added to queue 2 are discarded. If the duration for buffering the data in queue 3 is more than or equals to the value of this parameter, the subsequent packets added to queue 3 are discarded. If the duration for buffering the data in queue 4 is more than or equals to the value of this parameter, the subsequent packets added to queue 4 are discarded. If the duration for buffering the data in queue 5 is more than or equals to the value of this parameter, the subsequent packets added to queue 5 are discarded.

GBFD111004

GBFD111004

GBFD111004

None

None

None

None

None

None

DROPPWRIN Drop Power Time TERVAL Interval[T3] BSC6900

SET This parameter specifies the BTSBAKPWR interval at which the power of a (Optional) TRX is continually decreased.

GBFD111605

DROPPWRST Drop Power Start ARTTIME Time[T1] BSC6900

SET This parameter specifies the delay BTSBAKPWR time before decreasing the power GBFD(Optional) of the TRXs. 111605 SET This parameter specifies the step BTSBAKPWR by which the power of a TRX is (Optional) decreased at a time.

DROPPWRST EP Drop Power Step BSC6900

GBFD111605

DRXEN

SMCBC DRX

BSC6900

DRXTIMERM Max. Duration of AX DRX BSC6900

DRYSET

Dehumidification Equipment BSC6900

Whether to support the discontinuous reception SET mechanism (DRX). To reduce the GCELLOTHE power consumption, the DRX is XT(Optional) Duration introduced GSM of into the the timer for entering the DRX mode. DRX is the SET parameter in the cell broadcast GCELLPSBA message. It indicates nonSE(Optional) continuous Whether to receiving start the mode. When dehumidification equipment of the SET BTS. BTSOUTPUT( In multi-mode scenario, the value Optional) of this parameter in this mode must ADD PPPLNK(Opti Number of the E1T1 port for onal) bearing the PPP link ADD MPLNK(Optio nal) ADD SCTPLNK(Opt ional) SET PHBMAP(Man

GBFD113602

GBFD114802

DS1

E1T1 port No.

BSC6900

DS1

E1T1 port No. Differentiated Service Codepoint Differentiated services code point Differentiated Service Codepoint

BSC6900

DSCP

BSC6900

Number of the E1T1 port for bearing the is PPP linkof the IP data The DSCP a field packet. It is used to assign the differentiated service to the communication networks. The DSCP code is used to label each Service code of the PING command, used to identify the PING command

GBFD111202 GBFD118611 GBFD118622 GBFD118611 GBFD118622

GBFD118602

DSCP

BSC6900

PING IP(Optional) SET DSCPMAP(M andatory)

None

DSCP

BSC6900

DSCP

DSCP

BSC6900

DSPKIFFOFF DSP Kickoff TIMER Timer

BSC6900

Differentiated service code is used to identify the service priority of the user. DSCP to be contained in the header of an IP packet. According SET to this parameter, the router BTSVLAN(Opt provides differentiated services for ional) packet streams. If this parameter is Duration for recovering all the SET DSPs. This timer is started when BSCPSSOFT the first DSP is recovered. When PARA(Optiona all the DSPs of the local subrack l) are recovered or the timer expires, DLD Number of the DSP. If you do not TCFILE(Mand specify this parameter, the usage atory) of all DSPs is queried. Meanings:DSP No. Value range:0~21 SET Content:none TCTYPE(Opti Recommended value(default onal) value):none

None

GBFD118605

GBFD114101

DSPN

DSP No.

BSC6900

MRFD210301

DSPN

DSP No.

BSC6900

MRFD210301

DSPN

DSP No.

BSC6900

DSPN

DSP No.

BSC6900

DSPNO

DSP No.

BSC6900

DSPRECOVE DSP Recover RTIMER Timer

BSC6900

ADD OBJALMSHL D(Mandatory) SET TCPLYVOICE (Mandatory) SET TCPARA(Opti SET PSCELLTOD SP(Mandatory ) SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona l)

Number of the DSP where the alarm is generated

MRFD210304

Number of the DSP in the DPU board

MRFD210301

GBFDTarget DSP number This parameter specifies the value 114101 of the timer set to wait the fault recovery before the cell redistribution on the DSP. When a GBFDfault is detected on a DSP, this 114101

DST

DaylightSave

BSC6900

SET TZ(Optional)

MRFDWhether daylight saving time starts 210301

DSTF

Destination File Name

BSC6900

ULD BTSDEVFILE( Mandatory) Name of the destination file ADD IPRT(Mandato ry) Destination IP address ADD BTSBFD(Man Destination IP address of BFD datory) Session. ADD BTSIPRT(Man datory) ADD BTSIPRTBIN Destination IP address ADD IPRT(Mandato ry) Subnet mask ADD BTSIPRT(Man datory) ADD BTSIPRTBIN Subnet mask of BTS Route. ADD TSCROSS(Ma ndatory) Destination of timeslot cross

GBFD111202

DSTIP

Destination IP address

BSC6900

None

DSTIP

Destination IP Address

BSC6900

GBFD118609

DSTIP

Destination IP Address

BSC6900

GBFD118601

DSTMASK

Destination address mask

BSC6900

None

DSTMASK

Destination Address Mask

BSC6900

GBFD118601

Destination port DSTPORTNO No.

BSC6900

None

Destination DSTTSMASK timeslot mask Directed Retry DTLOADTHR Load Access ED Threshold

BSC6900

BSC6900

DTRTYPE

DRX Type

BSC6900

DTRX

Down Link No.

BSC6900

DTRX

Down Link No.

BSC6900

DTRXPN

Down TRX Board Pass No. BSC6900

DTRXPN

Down TRX Board Pass No. BSC6900

DTRXSN

Down TRX Slot No.

BSC6900

DTRXSN

Down TRX Slot No.

BSC6900

DTRXSRN

Down TRX Subrack No.

BSC6900

DTRXSRN

Down TRX Subrack No.

BSC6900

Dummy Bit DUMMYBITR Randomization ANDSWITCH Switch

BSC6900

ADD TSCROSS(Ma ndatory) Target timeslot mask Threshold of the load in the target cell for the directed retry. Only a SET cell whose load is lower than or GCELLCCBA equal to this threshold can be SIC(Optional) selected as DRX a candicate target cell. Type of the supporting the VGCS service. An MS reads the SET NCH only when a new notification GCELLGSMR message of group call arrives. This (Optional) helps save power of the MS. This ADD BTSANTFEE DERBRD(Man Downlink TRX index number of the datory) newly added board SET BTSANTFEE DERCONNEC Index number of the downlink T(Optional) tributary ADD BTSANTFEE TRX board pass number DERBRD(Opti connected with the downlink onal) tributary SET BTSANTFEE TRX board pass number DERCONNEC connected with the downlink T(Optional) tributary ADD BTSANTFEE Number of the slot where the TRX DERBRD(Man board that connects to downlink datory) tributary is located SET BTSANTFEE Number of the slot where the TRX DERCONNEC board that connects to downlink T(Optional) tributary is located ADD BTSANTFEE Number of the subrack where the DERBRD(Man TRX board that connects to datory) downlink tributary is located SET BTSANTFEE Number of the subrack where the DERCONNEC TRX board that connects to T(Optional) downlink tributary is located Whether a BTS randomizes the SET dummy bits (0x2B) in all the GCELLSOFT( signaling messages that the BTS Optional) sends to an MS

None

GBFD110607

GBFD510301

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD113521

DUPLEX

Duplex Mode

BSC6900

SET BTSETHPOR The duplex mode of FE port is T(Optional) duplex or half-duplex. STR BTSTST(Man datory) Duration for starting the BTS test STR TRXBURSTT ST(Mandatory Duration for starting the TRX idle ) timeslot test STR BTSTST(Man datory) Duration for starting the BTS test STR BTSTST(Man Duration for starting the TRX idle datory) timeslot test Downlink multiplex threshold of dynamic channel conversion. SET When the subscriber number on GCELLPSCH the channel reaches the value M(Optional) (threshold/10), the dynamic An MS can be used to test the Um interface software synchronization ADD only when the DL signal strength AISSCFG(Opti after the power control onal) compensation in the test cell and ADD BTSCONNEC T(Mandatory) ADD DXX(Mandato ry) ADD DXXCONNEC Number of a DXX. It is unique in one BSC6900 and uniquely identifies a DXX. Number of a DXX. It is unique in one BSC6900 and uniquely identifies a DXX.

GBFD118601

DURATH

Duration Hour

BSC6900

GBFD111207

DURATH

Duration Hour

BSC6900

GBFD111207

DURATM

Duration Minute

BSC6900

GBFD111207

DURATS

Duration Second BSC6900 Downlink Multiplex Threshold of DWNDYNCH Dynamic Channel NTRANLEV Conversion BSC6900

GBFD111207

GBFD113101

DWNINTEN

DL Signal Strength Limit

BSC6900

GBFD118201

DXXINDEX

Up DXX Index

BSC6900

GBFD111202

DXXINDEX

DXX Index

BSC6900

GBFD111203

DXXPN

Up DXX Port No. BSC6900

Timer of DYNCHFREE Releasing Idle TM Dynamic Channel BSC6900 Level of DYNCHNPRE Preempting EMPTLEV Dynamic Channel BSC6900

ADD BTSCONNEC T(Mandatory) Number of the upper DXXthe port Time to wait for releasing dynamic channel after the TBF on SET the dynamic channel is released. GCELLPSCH When all the TBFs on the channel M(Optional) are released, the dynamic channel Mode of preempting the dynamic channel for the CS domain and PS SET domain. Only the channel GCELLPSCH configured in the TCH/F mode can M(Optional) be preempted.

GBFD111202

GBFD113101

GBFD113101

Reservation Threshold of DYNCHTRAN Dynamic Channel RESLEV Conversion BSC6900

DYNOpenTrx Allow Dynamic Power Shutdown TRX

BSC6900

Dynamic DYNPBTSUP Transmission Div PORTED Supported BSC6900

E1DURAT

Duration

BSC6900

E1PORT

Port No.

BSC6900

E1PORTNOIN E1 Port No BTSCONBSC Connect To BSC BSC6900

Transmission E1SLCTTMU Board Type

BSC6900

Number of full-rate TCHs reserved for the CS domain. This parameter SET is valid only when "Level of GCELLPSCH Preempting Dynamic Channel" is M(Optional) set to LEVEL1 or LEVEL2. SET This parameter specifies whether GCELLBASIC to allow the BSC6900 to enable the PARA(Optiona TRX Intelligent Shutdown feature l) on a cell. SET GCELLCHMG Whether to enable the cell to BASIC(Option support dynamic transmit diversity al) or dynamic PBT STR TRANSPERF TST(Mandator y) Duration of for the test in E1 mode Number the E1 port. For the STR BTS3012, BTS3012AE, BTS3012 TRANSPERF II and the UTRP board in TST(Mandator SingleRAN BTSs, the number can y) be a value from 0 to 7. For other ADD BTSABISHDL CPATH(Mand Number of the E1 port on the BTS atory) connected to the BSC. STR TRANSPERF TST(Mandator y) Type of the transmission board SET COPTLNK(Op tional) E1/T1 port Number of number the E1/T1 port from which the BTS extracts the SET transport clock. This parameter is BTSCLK(Man valid only when the clock type is set datory) to IP_TRANSFER. Number of the port extended by the ADD backboard TOP communication BTSTOPCON mechanism of the BTS. The TOP FIG(Mandator relation can be configured between y) the port on the BTS board panel Type of the E1/T1 from which the BTS extracts the transport clock. SET This parameter is valid only when BTSCLK(Man the clock type is set to datory) IP_TRANSFER. Peer IP address to be checked. The input address (CHKIPADDR) ADD must be the address (regardless of IPPATH(Mand the network segment address or atory) host address of the peer address)

GBFD113101

GBFD111602

GBFD118101

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD118401

GBFD111207

E1T1PN

E1/T1 port No.

BSC6900

None

E1T1PN

E1/T1 Port No.

BSC6900

MRFD210501

E1T1PORTN O

Backboard E1/T1 Port No. BSC6900

MRFD211501

E1T1TYPE

E1/T1 Type

BSC6900

MRFD210501

ECHOIP

Check IP address BSC6900

GBFD118605

ECNOOFF

Ec/No Offset

BSC6900

ADD G3GNCELL(O ptional) ADD GEXT3GCEL L(Optional)

Ec/No Threshold for Layer Of 3G ECNOTHRES Cell BSC6900

ECSC

ECSC

BSC6900

ECSN

End Serial No.

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCBA SIC(Optional) EXP ALMLOG(Opti onal) STA End serial number of the alarm ALMLOG(Opti record

As a performance counter for 3G cells, Ec/No indicates the ratio of the energy per received chip to the spectral noise power density. If the Ec/No ofdetermining a 3G neighbor is Threshold for the cell layer of the 3G neighbor cell. If the Ec/No of the 3G neighbor cell is less than this threshold, the neighbor is set tosending the lowest The earlycell classmark control (ECSC) parameter specifies whether the MSs in a cell use early classmark sending. After a successful immediate assignment,

GBFD114301

GBFD114301

GBFD111101

MRFD210304

ED

End Date

BSC6900

ADD SUBTSK(Opti Date when the scheduled task is onal) stopped

GBFD111203

ED

End Date

BSC6900

EXP ALMLOG(Opti End date of the alarm record. By MRFDonal) default, the end date is 2037-12-31. 210304 STA ALMLOG(Opti End date of the alarm record. By MRFDonal) default, the end date is 2037-12-31. 210304 STR BTSLOG(Opti onal) End date SET TZ(Mandatory ) SET GCELLHOED BPARA(Optio nal) SET GCELLHOED BPARA(Optio nal) SET GCELLHOED BPARA(Optio nal)

ED

End Date

BSC6900

EDATE

End Date

BSC6900

GBFD111202

EDAY

End date

BSC6900

Number of EDBLASTTIM Satisfactory E Measurements

BSC6900

EDBSTATTIM Total Number of E Measurements Subcell HO EDBSYSFLO Allowed Flow WLEV Control Level

BSC6900

BSC6900

End date of the daylight saving time According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for the handover between the subcells of an enhanced dual-frequency network are met during P P/N of Nrule, if the According to the conditions for the handover between the subcells of an enhanced dual-frequency network are met during P of Nflow control If the current system level is greater than this parameter, the handover between the underlaid and overlaid subcells due to low or high load in the underlaid

MRFD210301

GBFD114402

GBFD114402

GBFD114402

EDGE

EDGE

BSC6900

EDGEADJLA Edge HO AdjCell STTIME Valid Time BSC6900

EDGEADJST Edge HO AdjCell ATTIME Watch Time BSC6900 Handover Algorithm II Edge HO Valid Time BSC6900 Handover Algorithm I Edge HO Valid Time BSC6900 Handover Algorithm II Edge HO Watch Time BSC6900

EDGELAST

EDGELAST1

EDGESTAT

Handover Algorithm I Edge EDGESTAT1 HO Watch Time BSC6900

Effect EFTIMMFLAG Immediately Flag BSC6900

SET GCELLGPRS( Whether the current cell supports Optional) EDGE According to the P/N rule, if a neighbor cell meets the conditions ADD for selecting the neighbor cell for G2GNCELL(O edge handover in P of N ptional) measurement reports, the if edge According to the P/N rule, a neighbor cell meets the conditions ADD for selecting the neighbor cell for G2GNCELL(O edge handover in P of N ptional) measurement reports, the if edge According to the P/N rule, the conditions for edge handover are SET met in P of N measurement GCELLHOBA reports, the handover is triggered. SIC(Optional) According This parameter to thespecifies P/N rule,the if the conditions for edge handover are SET met for P seconds within N GCELLHOBA seconds, the handover is triggered. SIC(Optional) According This parameter to thespecifies P/N rule,the if the conditions for edge handover are SET met in P of N measurement GCELLHOBA reports, the handover is triggered. SIC(Optional) According This parameter to thespecifies P/N rule,the if the conditions for edge handover are SET met for P seconds within N GCELLHOBA seconds, the handover is triggered. SIC(Optional) This parameter specifies the SET BTSLOADCT RL(Mandatory ) Effect Immediately Flag(reserve) SET GCELLPSBA Whether to support the 11-bit SE(Optional) EGPRS access request SET GCELLGPRS( Optional) SET GCELLNC2P ARA(Optional) SET GCELLNC2P ARA(Optional)

GBFD114201

GBFD510501

GBFD510501

GBFD510501

GBFD110601

GBFD510501

GBFD110601

GBFD111202

EGPRS11BIT Support 11BIT CHANREQ EGPRS Access

BSC6900

EGPRS2A

EGPRS2-A

BSC6900

EGPRSBEPLI EDGE 8PSK MIT8PSK Quality Threshold BSC6900

EGPRSBEPLI EDGE GMSK MITGMSK Quality Threshold BSC6900

GBFD119201 GBFD510803 Whether the current cell supports GBFDEGPRS2-A Used for EDGE 8PSK transmission 510804 quality statistics. If MEAN_BEP is less than or equals to this threshold, the transmission quality GBFDis regarded to be deteriorated. 116201 Used for EDGE GMSK transmission quality statistics. If MEAN_BEP is less than or equals to this threshold, the transmission GBFDquality is regarded deteriorated. 116201

EM

EndType

BSC6900

EMCPRILV

Priority of Emergency Call

BSC6900

Emergency EMERGENCY verification

BSC6900

Type of the end date. "WEEK" indicates that the end date is a SET weekday. "DATE" indicates that the TZ(Mandatory end date is a month day. ) "DATEWEEK" the end Priority level of indicates an emergency call. If this parameter is set to 15, the SET functions of reserving TCHs for GCELLCCAD( emergency calls and preempting Optional) TCHs areto not enabled. If the two Whether verify the centralized signaling link in the case of the link ADD establishment. ON: emergency MTP3LKS(Opt verification, that is, the verification ional) is not required. OFF: non ADD MPGRP(Optio nal) Error emit threshold. SET BSCABISPRI Differentiated service code of the MAP(Optional) specified EML Whether to allow the function of enhanced multi-level precedence SET and preemption (eMLPP). With the GCELLCCBA eMLPP function enabled, the SIC(Optional) Indicating network can use different policies whether the eMLPP function is enabled in a cell and SET indicating the eMLPP priority of the GCELLGSMR cell. From high to low, the priorities (Optional) are A, B, to 0, include 1, 2, 3, 4. No priority is Whether the Emlpp Priority information element in the SET Paging Command message over OTHSOFTPA the Abis interface when "Allow RA(Optional) EMLPP" is set to YES and the SET BSCABISPRI Service priority of the specified MAP(Optional) EML SET Service priority of the extension BSCSRVPRI( maintenance link (EML).0 is the Optional) highest priority. SET BSCABISPRI MAP(Optional) Specified EML Vlan Id SET TZ(Mandatory ) Month on which DST ends

MRFD210301

GBFD110202

EMITTHD

Error emit threshold

BSC6900

GBFD111804 GBFD118611 GBFD118622

EMLDSCP

EML DSCP

BSC6900

GBFD111202

EMLPPEN

Allow EMLPP

BSC6900

GBFD115001

EMLPPPRIOR ITY eMLPP Priority

BSC6900

GBFD510307

EMLPPPRIOR Emlpp Priority In ITY Paging BSC6900

GBFD115001

EMLPRI

EML Priority

BSC6900

GBFD111202

EMLSP

EML Service PRI BSC6900

GBFD118605

EMLVLANID

EML VlanId

BSC6900

GBFD111202

EMONTH

End month

BSC6900

MRFD210301

EMSIP

EMS IP Address BSC6900

ADD EMSIP(Manda IP address of the NE management tory) system None SET BTSFALLBAC Whether to enable the fallback K(Optional) function for the BTS SET BTSTMA(Man datory) SET GCELLBASIC PARA(Optiona l)

ENABLE

Fallback Function Enable BSC6900

GBFD510309

ENABLED

TMA Power Supply Enabled

BSC6900

ENCRY

Encryption Algorithm

BSC6900

Transport ENCRYMODE Encrypted Mode

BSC6900

The Encrypted ENCRYMODE Mode

BSC6900

Support End-toEnd2EndTrac end User Tracing eState Function BSC6900

ENDAID

End Alarm ID

BSC6900

ENDCIC

End CIC

BSC6900

ENDCIC

End CIC

BSC6900

EndDayDSTP Prohibit Close A TRX End Day

BSC6900

ENDHEATTE Heater Shutdown MP Temperature BSC6900

GBFD111202 GBFD113501 Encryption algorithm supported by GBFDthe BSS side 113503 Encryption mode used when the NE serves as the FTP client SET AUTO: indicating that the FTP FTPSSRV(Opt client automatically selects the GBFDional) encryption mode Encryption mode supported when 111203 the NE serves as the FTP server SET AUTO: indicating that the FTP FTPSCLT(Opt client automatically selects the GBFDional) encryption Whether tomode enable end-to-end user 111203 tracing for the BSC. If this SET parameter is set to YES, the BSC OTHSOFTPA starts end-to-end user tracing after GBFDRA(Optional) the BSC receives the MSC Invoke 116401 EXP ALMLOG(Opti onal) STA MRFDALMLOG(Opti End number of the alarm record 210304 It indicates the end CIC of the A interface CIC segment. When BLK operation mode is set to OPC ACIC(Mandat index, DPC group index, BSC ID, GBFDory) orindicates CIC, the the parameter isof the Pb 111803 It end CIC interface CIC segment. If the BLK search object mode is set to PBCIC(Manda search by the specified range, the GBFDtory) parameter is mandatory. 111203 ADD This parameter specifies the end BSCDSTPAD date of a period during which the ATE(Mandator TRX Intelligent Shutdown feature is GBFDy) disabled. If the ambient temperature reaches 111602 the value of this parameter, the SET heater is shut down. BTSDHEUBP( In multi-mode scenario, the value GBFDOptional) of this parameter in one mode 111202

Whether to enable the power supply of the TMA

EndMonthDST Prohibit Close PA TRX End Month

BSC6900

ADD BSCDSTPAD ATE(Mandator y)

This parameter specifies the end month of a period during which the TRX Intelligent Shutdown feature is GBFDdisabled. 111602

ENDSUBTS

End Sub Timeslot NO. BSC6900

Time When the EndTimeTACl Function Is oseTrxPA Disabled

BSC6900

SET BTSFORBIDT S(Optional) Number of the end sub-timeslot This parameter specifies the time SET for dynamically disabling the TRX BSCDSTPA(O Intelligent Shutdown feature each ptional) day. BLK ATERE1T1(M It indicates the end CIC of the Ater andatory) interface CIC segment. It indicates the end CIC of the A interface CIC segment. When BLK Operation mode is set to subrack AE1T1(Manda No., slot No., port No., or CIC, the tory) parameter is mandatory. SET BTSFORBIDT S(Mandatory) Number of the end timeslot SET Status of the scheduled task. This SCHTSKSW( parameter determines whether to Mandatory) start the scheduled task. ADD SUBTSK(Opti Status of the scheduled subtask to onal) be added If the load of the underlaid subcell is greater than this threshold, SET certain calls in the underlaid subcell GCELLHOIUO are handed over to the overlaid (Optional) subcell toto balance the traffic Whether support PS downlink SET MAC back pressures in GSM. GCELLPSOT When the buffer is overflowed, the HERPARA(Op L2 transmission rate is limited if tional) "User Plane DL Flow Ctrl Switch" is Whether to enable the enhanced concentric cell algorithm in a ADD concentric cell. GCELL(Mand If a cell supports the enhanced atory) concentric cell function, when an If all the calls in the overlaid subcell are handed over to the underlaid SET subcell when the channel seizure GCELLHOIUO ratio of the underlaid subcell is less (Optional) than "En Iuo Out Cell Low Load

GBFD111202

GBFD111602

ENDTS

End TS

BSC6900

GBFD111801

ENDTS

End TS

BSC6900

GBFD111803

ENDTS

End Timeslot NO. BSC6900

GBFD111202

ENF

Status

BSC6900

GBFD111203

ENF

Subtask Status

BSC6900

GBFD111203

En Iuo Out Cell ENGOVERLD General THRSH OverLoad Thred ENGSMPSDL MACFLOWCT User Plane DL RL Flow Ctrl Switch Enhanced Concentric Allowed

BSC6900

GBFD113201

BSC6900

MRFD211503

ENIUO

BSC6900

GBFD113201

Load Classification HO ENLDHOPRD Period BSC6900

GBFD113201

Load Classification HO ENLDHOSTP Step BSC6900

ENLOWLDTH En Iuo Out Cell RSH Low Load Thred Transmission Resource ENPREEMPT Preempting TRANSADMT Support

BSC6900

BSC6900

Transmission ENQUETRAN Resource SADMT Queuing Support BSC6900 En Iuo Out Cell ENSOVERLD Serious THRSH OverLoad Thred

BSC6900

ENTCHADJAL Enhanced TCH LOW Adjust Allowed

BSC6900

ENTITYT

Local entity type

BSC6900

ENTITYT

Destination entity type BSC6900

ENUTOOLOA IniLev for DINILEV EnUtoO Load HO BSC6900

Signal level step for the hierarchical SET load-based handover from the GCELLHOIUO overlaid subcell to the underlaid (Optional) subcell If the load of the underlaid subcell is less than this threshold, certain SET calls in the overlaid subcell are GCELLHOIUO handed over to the underlaid (Optional) subcell to balance theis traffic When this parameter set to "ON", if there are no available Abis SET transmission resources, a highBSCBASIC(O priority user can preempt the ptional) transmission resources ato lowWhen this parameter is of set "ON", if there are no available Abis SET transmission resources, the BSCBASIC(O BSC6900 starts the queuing ptional) procedure forthe theunderlaid services subcell to wait If the load of is greater than this threshold, the SET period of the load-based handover GCELLHOIUO from the underlaid subcell to the (Optional) overlaid subcell, "UL Subcell Whether to enable the cell to Load SET centralize two busy half rate TCHs GCELLCHMG in different timeslots into one BASIC(Option timeslot through handover and then al) to combine twolocal idle half rate Type of the the M3UA entity. For details about the ASP and IPSP, ADD see RFC4666. M3LE(Mandat M3UA_ASP: suggested to use ory) when there a signaling transfer Type of the is destination entity. For details, see RFC4666. ADD M3UA_ASP: suggested to use M3DE(Mandat when there is a signaling transfer ory) point the entity Initial (STP) signal between level used tolocal compute the handover zone for an MS SET during the hierarchical load-based GCELLHOIUO handover from the underlaid (Optional) subcell to the overlaid subcell of SET Whether to enable the enhanced TCPARA(Opti packet loss concealment (EPLC) onal) function Return code of the command. If this parameter is specified, only the corresponding record is displayed. EXP If this parameter is not specified, LOG(Optional) Whether the returnto code is not considered. disable emergency calls. For the MSs of access levels SET 0 to 9, if the value of this parameter GCELLCCBA is NO, emergency calls are SIC(Optional) enabled. For the MSs of access

GBFD113201

GBFD113201

GBFD118605

GBFD118605

GBFD113201

GBFD113402

GBFD118602

GBFD118602

GBFD113201

EPLCSwitch

EPLC Switch

BSC6900

ERCODE

Return Code

BSC6900

GBFD115704 GBFD111203 MRFD210305

Emergent Call ERGCALLDIS Disable

BSC6900

GBFD110202

ERRALARMT Error-frame HD alarm threshold

BSC6900

ERRDETECT Error-frame SW detect switch

BSC6900

SET ETHPORT(Op tional) ADD PPPLNK(Opti Error-frame alarm threshold SET ETHPORT(Op tional) ADD PPPLNK(Opti Error-frame detect switch SET BSCABISPRI Differentiated service code of the MAP(Optional) specified ESL SET BSCABISPRI MAP(Optional) Service priority of the ESL over an Priority of a service running extended signaling link (ESL). SET ESLs are used for more reliably BSCSRVPRI( transmitting important signaling Optional) messages.0 is the highest priority. SET BSCABISPRI MAP(Optional) Specified ESL Vlan Id EXP ALMLOG(Opti End synchronization number of the onal) alarm Timer record for the BSC waiting for an Establish Indication message after SET sending an Immediate Assignment GCELLTMR( message. If T3101 expires before Optional) the BSC receives an Establish Whether to add the TA value to a SET complete layer-3 message to AITFOTHPAR provide the LCS function on the A A(Optional) interface When the OML is switched to a port where the connection is SET successfully established, the BTSRINGATT switchover cannot be performed R(Optional) over a certain period of time, which SET TZ(Mandatory ) End time of DST The operation time of the log record is prior to this time. If this EXP parameter is not specified, the end LOG(Optional) time is not limited.

None

None

ESLDSCP

ESL DSCP

BSC6900

GBFD111202

ESLPRI

ESL Priority

BSC6900

GBFD111202

ESLSP

ESL Service PRI BSC6900

GBFD118605

ESLVLANID

ESL VlanId

BSC6900

GBFD111202

ESSN

End Sync Serial No.

BSC6900

MRFD210304

ESTABINDTI MER

T3101

BSC6900

GBFD110502

Add TA to A ESTINDL3MS Interface EST GTAFLAG IND

BSC6900

GBFD115403

ESTTIME

Ring II Rotating Penalty Time

BSC6900

GBFD117802

ET

EndTime

BSC6900

ET

End Time

BSC6900

MRFD210301 GBFD111203 MRFD210305

ET

End Time

BSC6900

ET

Execute Type

BSC6900

ET

End Time

BSC6900

Time when the scheduled subtask is stopped. If the time mode is set ADD to "DAILY_T", "WEEKLY_T", or SUBTSK(Man "MONTHLY_T", you should set this datory) parameter.mode of the commands Execution 1. ONE_BY_ONE: indicating that RUN the commands are executed one BATCHFILE( by one according to the execution Optional) sequence. Only one command can The operation time of the log record is prior to this time. If this COL parameter is not specified, the end LOG(Optional) time is not limited. EXP ALMLOG(Opti End time of the alarm record. By onal) default, the end time is 23:59:59. STA ALMLOG(Opti End time of the alarm record. By onal) default, the end time End date and time of is a 23:59:59. broadcast message. This is a key parameter ADD for identifying a simple cell GSMSCB(Ma broadcast message. You can use ndatory) "DSP GSMSCB" to query and ADD OP(Mandatory End date of the user operation. ) Input format: YYYY&MM&DD STR BTSLOG(Opti onal) End time

GBFD111203

GBFD111203 GBFD111203 MRFD210305

ET

End Time

BSC6900

MRFD210304

ET

End Time

BSC6900

MRFD210304

ET

End Time

BSC6900

ETD

End Date

BSC6900

GBFD113602 GBFD111203 MRFD210305

ETIME

End Time

BSC6900

ETP

Log Type

BSC6900

ETT

End Time

BSC6900

GBFD111202 GBFDType of the log to be queried. The 111203 EXP result is displayed by the specified MRFDLOG(Optional) type. 210305 GBFDADD End time of the user operation. The 111203 OP(Mandatory input format of this parameter is MRFD) HH&MM&SS. 210305 SET TZ(Mandatory ) Weekday on which DST ends

EWEEK

End week

BSC6900

MRFD210301

EWSEQ

End week sequence

BSC6900

SET TZ(Mandatory MRFD) Sequence of the end week of DST 210301

Upper Limit of EX_ANO1_SI Signal Output of G_MAX External Analog 1 BSC6900 Lower Limit of EX_ANO1_SI Signal Output of G_MIN External Analog 1 BSC6900

Upper limit of extended output analog signal 1. If "Sensor Type of ADD External Analog 1" is set to EMU(Optional VOLTAGE, the unit of this ) parameter if "Sensor Type of Lower limit is ofV; extended output analog signal 1. If "Sensor Type of ADD External Analog 1" is set to EMU(Optional VOLTAGE, the unit of this ) parameter is V; if "Sensor Type of ADD EMU(Optional Sensor type of extended analog ) signal 1 measurement range of Maximum extended analog signal 1. If ADD "Sensor Type of External Analog 1" EMU(Optional is set to VOLTAGE, the unit of this ) parameter is V; if "Sensor Type of Minimum measurement range of extended analog signal 1. If ADD "Sensor Type of External Analog 1" EMU(Optional is set to VOLTAGE, the unit of this ) parameter if "Sensor Type of Upper limit is ofV; extended output analog signal 2. If "Sensor Type of ADD External Analog 2" is set to EMU(Optional VOLTAGE, the unit of this ) parameter if "Sensor Type of Lower limit is ofV; extended output analog signal 2. If "Sensor Type of ADD External Analog 2" is set to EMU(Optional VOLTAGE, the unit of this ) parameter is V; if "Sensor Type of ADD EMU(Optional Sensor type of extended analog ) signal 2 measurement range of Maximum extended analog signal 2. If ADD "Sensor Type of External Analog 2" EMU(Optional is set to VOLTAGE, the unit of this ) parameter is V; if "Sensor Type of Minimum measurement range of extended analog signal 2. If ADD "Sensor Type of External Analog 2" EMU(Optional is set to VOLTAGE, the unit of this ) parameter if "Sensor Type of Upper limit is ofV; extended output analog signal 3. If "Sensor Type of ADD External Analog 3" is set to EMU(Optional VOLTAGE, the unit of this ) parameter if "Sensor Type of Lower limit is ofV; extended output analog signal 3. If "Sensor Type of ADD External Analog 3" is set to EMU(Optional VOLTAGE, the unit of this ) parameter is V; if "Sensor Type of

MRFD210301

MRFD210301

EX_ANO1_TY Sensor Type of PE External Analog 1 BSC6900 Upper Limit of Measurement EX_ANO1_VA Range of L_MAX External Analog 1 BSC6900 Lower Limit of Measurement EX_ANO1_VA Range of L_MIN External Analog 1 BSC6900 Upper Limit of EX_ANO2_SI Signal Output of G_MAX External Analog 2 BSC6900 Lower Limit of EX_ANO2_SI Signal Output of G_MIN External Analog 2 BSC6900

MRFD210301

MRFD210301

MRFD210301

MRFD210301

MRFD210301

EX_ANO2_TY Sensor Type of PE External Analog 2 BSC6900 Upper Limit of Measurement EX_ANO2_VA Range of L_MAX External Analog 2 BSC6900 Lower Limit of Measurement EX_ANO2_VA Range of L_MIN External Analog 2 BSC6900 Upper Limit of EX_ANO3_SI Signal Output of G_MAX External Analog 3 BSC6900 Lower Limit of EX_ANO3_SI Signal Output of G_MIN External Analog 3 BSC6900

MRFD210301

MRFD210301

MRFD210301

MRFD210301

MRFD210301

EX_ANO3_TY Sensor Type of PE External Analog 3 BSC6900 Upper Limit of Measurement EX_ANO3_VA Range of L_MAX External Analog 3 BSC6900 Lower Limit of Measurement EX_ANO3_VA Range of L_MIN External Analog 3 BSC6900 Upper Limit of EX_ANO4_SI Signal Output of G_MAX External Analog 4 BSC6900 Lower Limit of EX_ANO4_SI Signal Output of G_MIN External Analog 4 BSC6900

ADD EMU(Optional Sensor type of extended analog ) signal 3 measurement range of Maximum extended analog signal 3. If ADD "Sensor Type of External Analog 3" EMU(Optional is set to VOLTAGE, the unit of this ) parameter is V; if "Sensor Type of Minimum measurement range of extended analog signal 3. If ADD "Sensor Type of External Analog 3" EMU(Optional is set to VOLTAGE, the unit of this ) parameter if "Sensor Type of Upper limit is ofV; extended output analog signal 4. If "Sensor Type of ADD External Analog 4" is set to EMU(Optional VOLTAGE, the unit of this ) parameter if "Sensor Type of Lower limit is ofV; extended output analog signal 4. If "Sensor Type of ADD External Analog 4" is set to EMU(Optional VOLTAGE, the unit of this ) parameter is V; if "Sensor Type of ADD EMU(Optional Sensor type of extended analog ) signal 4 measurement range of Maximum extended analog signal 4. If ADD "Sensor Type of External Analog 4" EMU(Optional is set to VOLTAGE, the unit of this ) parameter is V; if "Sensor Type of Minimum measurement range of extended analog signal 4. If ADD "Sensor Type of External Analog 4" EMU(Optional is set to VOLTAGE, the unit of this ) parameter if "Sensor Type of Whether it is V; a SoLSA exclusive SET access cell. If it is a SoLSA GCELLSERV exclusive access cell, only the MS PARA(Optiona subscribing the Localised Service l) Area (LSA)for can access Threshold the rate ofthis thecell. number of bad frames to the total SET number of TRAU frames. If the bad GCELLSOFT( frame rate exceeds this threshold Optional) within the "Period of Mute SET Received signal strength at an MS GCELLPWRB expected in power forecast, which ASIC(Optional helps to compute the initial transmit ) power of the BTS SET Received signal strength at the GCELLPWRB BTS expected in power forecast, ASIC(Optional which helps to compute the initial ) transmit power of an MS

MRFD210301

MRFD210301

MRFD210301

MRFD210301

MRFD210301

EX_ANO4_TY Sensor Type of PE External Analog 4 BSC6900 Upper Limit of Measurement EX_ANO4_VA Range of L_MAX External Analog 4 BSC6900 Lower Limit of Measurement EX_ANO4_VA Range of L_MIN External Analog 4 BSC6900

MRFD210301

MRFD210301

MRFD210301

EXCACC

Exclusive Access BSC6900 Exceptional Frame Threshold EXCEPFRAM of Mute Detect ETHRES Class1 BSC6900

GBFD114101

GBFD111203

Expected DL EXPDLRXLEV RX_LEV

BSC6900

GBFD117602

Expected UL EXPULRXLEV RX_LEV

BSC6900

GBFD117602

EXT2GCELLI D Cell Index

BSC6900

ID of the cell. The cell ID cannot ADD conflict with other cell IDs in the GEXT2GCEL BSC6900. The cells in the BSC are MRFDL(Mandatory) numbered sequentially. 210301 ADD GEXT2GCEL L(Mandatory) Name of the cell ID of the cell. The cell ID cannot ADD conflict with other cell IDs in the GEXT3GCEL BSC. The cells in the BSC are L(Mandatory) numbered sequentially. ADD GEXT3GCEL L(Mandatory) Name of the cell ADD EXTNCELL(M Index of the cell in the adjacent andatory) BSC ADD EXTNCELL(M andatory) SET GCELLPSOT HERPARA(Op tional) SET BTSALM(Opti onal) SET GCELLEXTM SRPARA(Opti onal) SET GCELLEXTM SRPARA(Opti onal) SET GCELLEXTM SRPARA(Opti onal)

EXT2GCELLN AME Cell Name

BSC6900

GBFD111202

EXT3GCELLI D Cell Index

BSC6900

MRFD210301

EXT3GCELLN AME Cell Name

BSC6900

GBFD111202

EXTADJCELL BSC Adjacent ID Cell Index

BSC6900

MRFD210301

EXTADJCELL BSC Adjacent NAME Cell Name Extended Cell EXTCELLTHR Throughput ENH Enhancement

BSC6900

BSC6900

Name of the cell in the adjacent BSC Whether to support the downlink throughput enhancement function of the dual timeslot cell. When this switch is turned on, the system can allocate the packet downlink

MRFD210301

GBFD114001

EXTFlag

Extended Switch of Input Alarm BSC6900

Extension EXTMEASOR Measurement D Command

BSC6900

EXTRPTPERI Extension MR OD Period

BSC6900

EXTRPTTYP E

Extension MR Type

BSC6900

EXTTP

Cell Extension Type

BSC6900

Whether to enable alarm extension GBFDinput for the BTS 111202 GBFDWhether the network requires an 110801 MS to send an extension GBFDmeasurement report 110802 GBFD110801 Time interval between two GBFDextension reports 110802 Type of anmeasurement extension measurement report. GBFDThere are three types of extension 110801 measurement reports: type 1, type GBFD2, and type 3. is an extension cell. 110802 Whether a cell A double-timeslot extension cell ADD regards an additional TDMA frame GCELL(Option as access delay extension. In GBFDal) theory, the supported TA value is 114001

Not Send Dummy Message with EXTUTBFNO Extended Uplink DATA TBF BSC6900

FACCHRESE FACCH Msg NDINT Resend Interval FACCH Send FACCHSEND Notification Msg NOTMSGIND Indication FACCH Send FACCHSEND Paging Msg PGMSGIND Indication

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

SET Whether to send the Dummy GCELLPSBA message during the deactivated SE(Optional) period of the extended uplink TBF Interval of sending a paging message or notification message SET on the FACCH. Messages on the GCELLGSMR FACCH are sent in the mode of (Optional) speech frame stealing. A large Whether to allow sending notification messages on the SET FACCH. If the value of this GCELLGSMR parameter is YES, an MS engaged (Optional) in a point-to-point call can paging receive a Whether to allow sending messages on the FACCH. If the SET value of this parameter is YES, an GCELLGSMR MS can receive a paging message (Optional) on the group call channel. You can SET BSCABISPRI MAP(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG BASIC(Option al)

GBFD119203 GBFD510301 GBFD510302

GBFD510307

GBFD510307

FACTORSW

TRM Factor switch

BSC6900

FACTORYMO DE Factory Mode

BSC6900

FAILSIGSTRP Penalty Level UNISH after HO Fail Continuous adjustment command Discrete adjustment command Duty ratio adjustment command

BSC6900

Activation factor switch If this parameter is set to ON, the BSC assigns the channels in the TRXs of the cell in a polling manner. Therefore, each TRX has an evensignal chance to be used. In this Penalty level imposed on a target cell to which the handover SET fails due to congestion or poor GCELLHOFIT radio quality. This penalty helps to PEN(Optional) prevent the MS from making a SET FANSPEED(O ptional) Continuous speed adjustment SET FANSPEED(O ptional) Discrete speed adjustment

GBFD111202

GBFD111005 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

FANADJUST COMMAND0

BSC6900

MRFD210301

FANADJUST COMMAND1

BSC6900

MRFD210301

FANADJUST COMMAND2

BSC6900

SET FANSPEED(O MRFDptional) Duty ratio-based speed adjustment 210301 SET FANSPEED(O ptional) Fan adjustment mode SET FANSPEED(M andatory) Type of the fan

FANADJUST MODE

Fan adjustment mode

BSC6900

MRFD210301

FANFLAG

Fan Type

BSC6900

MRFD210301

FANSPEEDM Speed ODE adjustment mode BSC6900

SET FANSPEED(M andatory) Fan adjustment mode LOD FAN(Mandator y) SET GCELLBASIC PARA(Optiona l)

MRFD210301

FANTYPE

FanBox Type

BSC6900

FASTCALLTC Fast Call Setup HTHRESHOL TCH Usage D Threshold

BSC6900

MRFDType of the fan box After a channel request message is 210301 received, the type of the channel needs to be specified. In this case, if the threshold of the load on the GBFDTCH in the current cell is smaller 110502

FASTCNETFL AG Configure Ring II BSC6900

SET Ring II function switch. The BTSRINGATT parameter should be set to "YES" GBFDR(Optional) when the ring II function is enabled. 117802 SET TCPARA(Opti Whether to enable the memory self- GBFDonal) check and function Whether toself-healing send and process the 111203 flow control frame on the physical SET layer. The setting of this parameter ETHPORT(Op must be negotiated with that on the tional) interconnected side. If the parameter is set to "YES", it None indicates that some data packets SET are discarded to ensure the basic BTSETHPOR functions of the BTS are not GBFDT(Optional) affected when the FE port is 118601 Threshold for stopping RSL flow control. If the occupancy of the SET LAPD queue is less than this GTRXFC(Opti threshold, the BSC6900 stops flow GBFDonal) control. 111705 SET ETHPORT(Ma ndatory) Flow control parameter index ADD PPPLNK(Opti onal) Flow control parameter index ADD MPGRP(Optio nal) Flow control parameter index ADD IPLOGICPOR T(Optional) Flow control parameter index

FaultDetectSw Fault Detect itch Switch Physical layer flow control switch

BSC6900

FC

BSC6900

FC

Flow Control

BSC6900

FCETHD

Flow Control End Threshold BSC6900

FCINDEX

Flow control parameter index

BSC6900

FCINDEX

Flow control parameter index

BSC6900

FCINDEX

Flow control parameter index

BSC6900

None GBFD118611 GBFD118622 GBFD118611 GBFD118622

FCINDEX

Flow control parameter index

BSC6900

GBFD118605

FCINDEX

Flow control parameter index

BSC6900

ADD PORTFLOWC TRLPARA(Ma ndatory) Flow control parameter index ADD ETHTRK(Opti onal) Flow control parameter index SET BSCABISPRI MAP(Mandato ry) Flow control parameter index ADD BTSAUTOPL AN(Mandatory ) Cabinet No. of the father BTS ADD BTSCONNEC Cabinet No. for the port of the T(Optional) father BTSfor starting RSL flow Threshold control. If the occupancy of the SET LAPD queue is greater than this GTRXFC(Opti threshold, the BSC6900 starts flow onal) control.

None

FCINDEX

Flow control parameter index

BSC6900

MRFD210103

FCINDEX

Flow control parameter index

BSC6900

GBFD111202

FCN

Cabinet No. of Father BTS

BSC6900

GBFD510701

FCN

Cabinet No. of Father BTS

BSC6900

GBFD111202

FCSTHD

Flow Control Start Threshold

BSC6900

FCSTYPE

CRC check mode BSC6900

FCSTYPE

CRC check mode BSC6900

GBFD111705 GBFDADD 118611 PPPLNK(Opti GBFDonal) CRC verification mode of PPP link. 118622 GBFDADD 118611 MPLNK(Optio GBFDnal) CRC verification mode of MP link. 118622 SET Flow control switch. Other switches FCSW(Manda are valid only when "Flow control tory) switch" is "ON". Float charging voltage. Float charging compensates the SET discharged capacity of the battery BTSAPMUBP( so that the battery can be charged Optional) to full mode voltage The value Input ofindefinitely. the BA lists. SET AUTO: In this mode, the system GCELLIDLEF fills in the BA1 and BA2 lists DDBA1(Mand according to neighboring relations atory) of cells. This parameter indicate whether to SET generate the FDD BA2 table GCELLHOFD automatically according to neighbor DBA2(Mandat cell relations or to input the FDD ory) BA2 table manually

FCSW

Flow control switch

BSC6900

WRFD040100

FCV

Float-Charging Voltage

BSC6900

GBFD111202

FDDBA1 Input FDDBA1TAG Tag

BSC6900

GBFD114301

FDDBA2 Input FDDBA2TAG Tag

BSC6900

MRFD210301

FDD Reporting FDDCELLOFF Offset

BSC6900

FDDCELLTH RED

FDD Reporting Threshold

BSC6900

FDDDIVERSI Diversity TY Indication

BSC6900

FDDDLUARF Downlink AN Frequency

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCUT RANSYS(Opti onal) SET GCELLCCUT RANSYS(Opti onal) SET GCELLIDLEF DDBA1(Mand atory) SET GCELLIDLEF DDBA1(Mand atory) ADD GEXT3GCEL L(Optional) SET GCELLCCUT RANSYS(Opti onal) SET GCELLCCUT RANSYS(Opti onal) SET GCELLCCUT RANSYS(Opti onal) SET GCELLCCUT RANSYS(Opti onal) SET GCELLCCUT RANSYS(Opti onal) SET GCELLCCUT RANSYS(Opti onal)

Offset of a FDD cell report. When the priority of a 3G cell is sequenced, the value of this parameter be added to the receive level of theof 3G cell in thereport. Threshold a FDD cell When the receive level value in the measurement report about a 3G cell exceeds the value of this parameter, the measurement Diversity indication of a 3G cell. This parameter indicates whether the transmit diversity mode on the common channel in a cell is activated.0 means No,1 means Downlink frequency number that an MS in the connected mode retrieves from the 3G neighboring cell list. The numbers are sent through system message

GBFD114301

GBFD114301

GBFD114301

GBFD114301

FDDECQUAL PS FDD Ec/No THRSH Quality Threshold BSC6900

Minimum Ec/No of the 3G FDD cell GBFDcandidate 114301 Number of UTRAN FDD cells that should be included in measurement report This parameter specifies one of the thresholds of the signal level for FDD cell reselection. A FDD cell can be selected as a candidate cell only when the receive level of the Offset of the minimum threshold for Ec/No during a FDD cell reselection. During the cell reselection from a GSM cell to a FDD the Ec/No of the target A 3G cell, cell can be a candidate cell only when the average receive level of the 3G cell is greater than the value of this parameter of the current serving cell. This parameter specifies whether Ec/No or RSCP is used for the measurement report on a FDD cell. Ec/No stands for the signal-tonoise ratio. RSCP standsof for the Minimum level threshold UTRAN cell reselection. During the cell reselection decision from a GSM cell to a FDD cell, this parameter is used to calculate the RSCP

FDDFREQCN FDD Multirate UM Reporting

BSC6900

GBFD114301

FDDQMIN

FDD Qmin

BSC6900

GBFD114301

FDDQMINOF FSET FDD Qmin Offset BSC6900

GBFD114301

FDDQOFF

FDD Q Offset

BSC6900

GBFD114301

FDDREP

FDD REP QUANT

BSC6900

GBFD114301

FDDRSCPMI N FDD RSCP Min.

BSC6900

GBFD114301

FDDRSCPQU PS FDD RSCP ALTHRSH Quality Threshold BSC6900

ADD GEXT3GCEL Minimum RSCP of the 3G FDD cell GBFDL(Optional) candidate 114301

FDDSCRAMB LE Scrambling Code BSC6900

SET GCELLIDLEF DDBA1(Mand atory) SET FCCPUTHD( Optional) SET GCELLSOFT( Optional) SET GCELLOTHE XT(Optional) SET GCELLOTHE XT(Optional) SET GCELLOTHE XT(Optional) SET GCELLOTHE XT(Optional) SET GCELLOTHE XT(Optional) SET GCELLOTHE XT(Optional) SET GCELLOTHE XT(Optional) SET GCELLHOPT P(Optional) SET GCELLHOPQ

FDWINDOW

Fast judgement window

BSC6900

FERRPTEN

FER Report Enable

BSC6900

FERSTATTH1 FER Threshold 1 BSC6900

FERSTATTH2 FER Threshold 2 BSC6900

FERSTATTH3 FER Threshold 3 BSC6900

FERSTATTH4 FER Threshold 4 BSC6900

FERSTATTH5 FER Threshold 5 BSC6900

FERSTATTH6 FER Threshold 6 BSC6900

FERSTATTH7 FER Threshold 7 BSC6900

FHMODE

Frequency Hopping Mode

BSC6900

FILE

File Name

BSC6900

EXP LOG(Optional)

Scrambling code of a 3G cell, used for distinguishing MSs or cells. Scrambling codes are used after spreading. Therefore, the bandwidth of a signal is not Number of CPU usage sampling times for fast judgment. The value of this parameter must be of half size of "Filter window" or smaller. Whether the BTS reports the frame erase ratio in a measurement report or preprocessed measurement report If the FER carried in the measurement report (MR) received is lower than or equal to "FER threshold 1", the value of "FER 0 and Quality Level N" is MR If the FER carried in the received is greater than "FER threshold 2" but meanwhile lower than "FER threshold 3", the value ofthe "FER 2 and Quality Level If FER carried in the MR N" is received is greater than "FER threshold 3" but meanwhile lower than "FER threshold 4", the value ofthe "FER 3 and Quality Level If FER carried in the MR N" is received is greater than "FER threshold 4" but meanwhile lower than "FER threshold 5", the value of "FER 4 and Quality Level If the FER carried in the MR N" is received is greater than "FER threshold 5" but meanwhile lower than "FER threshold 6", the value of "FER 5 and Quality Level If the FER carried in the MR N" is received is greater than "FER threshold 6" but meanwhile lower than "FER threshold 7", the value ofthe "FER 6 and Quality Level If FER carried in the MR N" is received is greater than "FER threshold 7", the value of "FER 7 and Quality Level N" is incremented by specifies one. This parameter the frequency hopping mode of a cell. When this parameter is set to "NO_FH", all the TRXs of the cell do not join in frequency hopping. The file name cannot contain the path and suffix. The suffix is automatically added. The file name is composed of English letters, numerals, and common symbols,

GBFD114301

WRFD040100

GBFD116801

GBFD116801

GBFD116801

GBFD116801

GBFD116801

GBFD116801

GBFD116801

GBFD116801

GBFD113701 GBFD111203 MRFD210305

FILE

Target File Path

BSC6900

FileName

File Name

BSC6900

FILEPATH

Export File Path

BSC6900

ZIP FILE(Mandato ry) Path ofof the target file file. The file Name the backup name is composed of English BKP letters, numerals, and common LOGDB(Optio symbols, and the characters (@, #, nal) !, %, ^, *, [, ], /, \, ', and ") cannot EXP Path to &, save the exported file. The CFGMML(Opti path must be a valid path on the onal) OMU server. If the OMU runs the EXP LINUX system, the input path must GCELLTEMP start with the symbol "/" or "\", for EXP ALMLOG(Opti onal) SET GCELLNC2P ARA(Optional)

GBFD111203 MRFD210401 GBFD111203 MRFD210305

FILETYPE

Log File Type

BSC6900

FILTERWNDS Filter Window IZE Size

BSC6900

FIN

Final

BSC6900

EXP LOG(Optional) SET GCELLPWR3( Optional) SET BTSOUTPUT( Optional) SET BTSFLEXABI SPARA(Optio nal) SET BTSALMFLAS HTHD(Option al) SET BTSALMFLAS HTHD(Option al) SET BTSALMFLAS HTW(Optional )

FINESTEPPC 0.2dB Power ALLOWED Control Enable

BSC6900

FIRESET

Fire-extinguishing Equipment BSC6900

FIXABISPRIO Fix Abis Prior RABISLOADT Choose Load HRED Thred

BSC6900

FlashAlmClrT Flash Alarm hd Clear Threshold

BSC6900

FlashAlmOccu Flash Alarm rThd Occur Threshold BSC6900

FlashFilterEn

Flash Filter Enable

BSC6900

MRFD210301 GBFD111203 Type of the alarm log file to be MRFDexported number of former values 210304 Maximum when the receive level of the serving cell or the receive level of the neighbor cell is filtered. The GBFDgreater theresult. value, the greater the 116201 Execution If you select "FALSE", only the GBFDrecords of failed operations are 111203 displayed. If you select "TRUE", MRFDonly the records of successful 210305 Whether to enable 0.2 dB downlink power control. This power control function improves the power GBFDcontrol precision. 117601 Whether to start the fireextinguishing equipment of the BTS. In multi-mode scenario, the value GBFDof this parameter in this mode must 111202 This parameter specifies the static Abis resource load threshold. If the static Abis resource load is less than the static Abis resource load GBFDthreshold, the TCHF is 117301 Time threshold for delaying the report of a clear alarm. If the alarm recurs within the time specified by this parameter after it is cleared, MRFDthe clear alarm is reported. 210304 Time threshold fornot delaying the report of an alarm. If the alarm is cleared within the time specified by this parameter, the alarm is not MRFDreported. to Otherwise, the alarm of is 210304 Whether enable the filtering the intermittent alarms. If the value of this parameter is "DISABLE", "Flash Statis Alarm Raise Time MRFDWindow" and "Flash Statis Alarm 210304

FlashStatisAl mClrTW

Flash Statistic Alarm Clear Time Window BSC6900 Flash Statistic Alarm Raise Time Window

FlashStatisAl mOccurTW

BSC6900

FLEXABISMO DE Flex Abis Mode

BSC6900

FLEXMAIO

Start Flex MAIO Switch

BSC6900

FLEXTSCSWI TCH Flex TSC Switch BSC6900 Flux FlowCountPeri Measurement odTicks Period FLOWCOUNT Fast Flux PERIODTSRA Measurement PIDADJ Period

BSC6900

BSC6900

Time window for observing the clearance of the intermittent alarms. In this time window, the BTS statistical alarm is cleared if the occurrence ofobserving the intermittent Time window for the intermittent alarms generated during the statistical period. In this time window, the BTS statistical alarm is timeslot reportedassignment if the occurrence Service mode for the BTS. If this parameter is set to FIX_16K_ABIS, the BSC6900 ADD assigns a fixed Abis transmission BTS(Optional) timeslot TCH. If this parameter Whetherto toaenable the function of Flex mobile allocation index offset ADD (MAIO). In the tight frequency GCELL(Option reuse case of the GSM system, al) adjacent-channel interference Whether to enable the functionand of the Flex training sequence code SET (TSC). If the value of this GCELLSOFT( parameter is ON and the BTS Optional) supports the Flex TSC function, the SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona Period of collecting the traffic l) statistics Fast flux measurement period. The SET ratio of the uplink flux to the BSCPSSOFT downlink flux is calculated at the PARA(Optiona interval specified by this parameter l) to determine the current service SET BTSALMFLAS HTW(Optional ) SET BTSALMFLAS HTW(Optional ) SET ETHPORT(Op tional) Port flow control switch ADD PPPLNK(Opti onal) Link flow control switch ADD MPGRP(Optio nal) Link flow control switch ADD IPLOGICPOR T(Optional) Logical port flow control switch ADD ETHTRK(Opti onal) Port flow control switch

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

GBFD117301

GBFD117001 GBFD113521 GBFD118201

GBFD119501

GBFD119501

FLOWCTRLS Flow control WITCH switch

BSC6900

FLOWCTRLS Flow control WITCH switch

BSC6900

FLOWCTRLS Flow control WITCH switch

BSC6900

FLOWCTRLS Flow control WITCH switch

BSC6900

None GBFD118611 GBFD118622 GBFD118611 GBFD118622 GBFD118605 MRFD211503

FLOWCTRLS Flow control WITCH switch

BSC6900

MRFD210103

FLOWCTRLS Flow control WITCH switch

BSC6900

FLTPARAA1

Filter Parameter A1

BSC6900

FLTPARAA2

Filter Parameter A2

BSC6900

FLTPARAA3

Filter Parameter A3

BSC6900

FLTPARAA4

Filter Parameter A4

BSC6900

FLTPARAA5

Filter Parameter A5

BSC6900

FLTPARAA6

Filter Parameter A6

BSC6900

FLTPARAA7

Filter Parameter A7

BSC6900

FLTPARAA8

Filter Parameter A8

BSC6900

FLTPARAB

Filter Parameter B

BSC6900

FLUSHTRAN SFERSWITC FLUSH-LL PDU H Transfer Switch

BSC6900

FMSMAXOPC MS_TXPWR_MA C X_CCH BSC6900

SET BSCABISPRI MAP(Optional) Specified port flow control switch One of the nine parameters (filter parameters A1 to A8 and filter SET parameter B) used to configure the GCELLHOEM filter for determining whether the G(Optional) received signal drops rapidly. One of the nine level parameters (filter parameters A1 to A8 and filter SET parameter B) used to configure the GCELLHOEM filter for determining whether the G(Optional) received signal drops rapidly. One of the nine level parameters (filter parameters A1 to A8 and filter SET parameter B) used to configure the GCELLHOEM filter for determining whether the G(Optional) received signal drops rapidly. One of the nine level parameters (filter parameters A1 to A8 and filter SET parameter B) used to configure the GCELLHOEM filter for determining whether the G(Optional) received signal drops rapidly. One of the nine level parameters (filter parameters A1 to A8 and filter SET parameter B) used to configure the GCELLHOEM filter for determining whether the G(Optional) received signal drops rapidly. One of the nine level parameters (filter parameters A1 to A8 and filter SET parameter B) used to configure the GCELLHOEM filter for determining whether the G(Optional) received signal drops rapidly. One of the nine level parameters (filter parameters A1 to A8 and filter SET parameter B) used to configure the GCELLHOEM filter for determining whether the G(Optional) received signal drops rapidly. One of the nine level parameters (filter parameters A1 to A8 and filter SET parameter B) used to configure the GCELLHOEM filter for determining whether the G(Optional) received signal level drops rapidly. Trend of the received signal level of the cell during a period. This SET parameter helps to configure the GCELLHOEM filter for determining whether the G(Optional) received signal level drops rapidly. This parameter determines SET whether the BSC transfers the LLC BSCPSSOFT PDUs in the buffer to the target cell PARA(Optiona or discards these LLC PDUs in the l) buffer when receiving the FLUSHMaximum transmit power level of MSs. As one of the cell reselection SET parameters in system message 3, GCELLCCCH( this parameter is used to control Optional) the transmit power of MSs. For

GBFD111202

GBFD110601

GBFD110601

GBFD110601

GBFD110601

GBFD110601

GBFD110601

GBFD110601

GBFD110601

GBFD110601

GBFD114101

GBFD111003

FMUTYPE

FMU Board Type BSC6900

SET BTSFMUABP( Optional) Type of the FMUA board EXP ELABEL(Optio nal) Name of the electronic label file DLD LICENSE(Man datory) ULD LICENSE(Man Name of the file EXP DEVFILE(Opti onal) EXP CFGMML(Opti onal) BKP DB(Optional) CHK DATA2LIC(Op tional) DLD RETANTCFG( Mandatory) EXP BTSDEVFILE( DLD BTSPATCH(O ptional) SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona l) ADD GCNNODE(O ptional) SET TCPARA(Opti onal) SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona l)

GBFD111202

FN

File Name

BSC6900

FN

File Name

BSC6900

MRFD210301 GBFD111203 MRFD210401

FN

File Name

BSC6900

FN

File Name

BSC6900

Name of the file Name of the file. The following special characters are not allowed in the file name: \, /, :, *, ?, ", <, >, and |.

GBFD111203

MRFD210301

FN

File Name

BSC6900

Name of the specified file. By default, the file is in the OMU active- MRFDarea path \ftp\license folder. 210403

FN

File Name

BSC6900

FN

File Name

BSC6900

FORBIDEDG Allow E Down G U Up Switch

BSC6900

Anti DPC FORBIDNO7F Intermittent LASHDISC Disconnect Timer BSC6900

Name of the software to be downloaded Name of the software to be downloaded.The file name must be with the extension of *.zip.If you do not enter the file name, all the valid files in the directory are to allow Switch specifying whether the downlink EGPRS TBF and the uplink GPRS TBF to share the same channel. On: allow the downlink TBF and the Length ofEGPRS the timer for determining the intermittent disconnection of the SS7 link to the DPC. When the time of SS7 link disconnection exceeds the period specified by the

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD114201

GBFD111804

Force_Limit_T ime Force Limit Time BSC6900

Time limit for restraining the noise level

GBFD115601

Force MS TwoForce2Phase phase Access

BSC6900

Whether the forced phase-2 access is allowed for the MSs

GBFD114101

FORCEDCEL Allow Forced LEFRSWITCH EFR in Cell

BSC6900

Force MS to FORCEMSAC Send Ho Access CESS SWITCH BSC6900

FPN

Dest Father BTS Port No. BSC6900

Whether to forcibly enable the EFR function. When this parameter is SET set to YES, if both the MS and the GCELLSOFT( BSC6900 support the enhanced full Optional) rate (EFR), the BSC6900 forcibly Whether an MS is forced to send a SET Handover Access message, which GCELLSOFT( is indicated by an information Optional) element in the handover command. ADD BTSAUTOPL AN(Mandatory Port No. of the father BTS ) connected with the BTS ADD BTSCONNEC Number of the port for the T(Mandatory) destination father Maximum time of BTS delay for multiplexing. This parameter is ADD used for the system to send the IPMUX(Option multiplexed data. If the time for al) buffering the data exceeds this SET BTSAUTOPL Whether to generate the frequency ANCFG(Optio and BSIC by using the automatic nal) optimization If this switch algorithm is on, it indicates that SET the frequency and BSIC are BTSAUTOPL generated automatically. If this ANCFG(Optio switch is off, it indicates that the nal) data beis configured manually. If thismust switch on, it indicates that SET the frequency and BSIC are BTSAUTOPL generated automatically. If this ANCFG(Optio switch is off, it indicates that the nal) data must be configured manually. ADD MPGRP(Optio nal) SET BTSEXCURSI ON(Mandatory ) SET MP segment size,the length of packet should be bigger or equel with it.

GBFD110501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

GBFD111202

FPN

Dest Father BTS Port No. BSC6900

FPTIMER

Maximum Delay Time[ms]

BSC6900

GBFD111202 GBFD118604 GBFD118610

FQBSICOPTS Freq. and BSIC WITCH Optimize Switch

BSC6900

GBFD510701

FQBSICSWIT Freq. and BSIC CH Plan Switch

BSC6900

GBFD510701

FQBSICSWIT Freq. and BSIC CH1 Plan Switch

BSC6900

FRAGSIZE

MP flake size

BSC6900

GBFD510701 GBFD118611 GBFD118622

FRAMEOFFS Frame Offset ET [Frame No.]

BSC6900

FRAMEOFFS ET Frame Offset

BSC6900

FRDLDTX

FR Use Downlink DTX BSC6900

offset of the BTS clock Frame offset. The frame offset technology arranges the frame SET numbers of different cells under the GCELLOTHE same BTS to be different from one XT(Optional) Whether another by one frame offset. Thus, the downlink SET discontinuous transmission (DTX) GCELLBASIC function is enabled for full rate (FR) PARA(Optiona calls. This function is also restricted l) by the DTX switch in the MSC. If

GBFD118201

MRFD210301

GBFD114801

FREQ

Time Mode

BSC6900

FREQ

Time Mode

BSC6900

Time mode used when the log is exported. "ONTIME" indicates the EXP time between two exact time. LOG(Mandato "RELATIVE_T" indicates the time ry) before on thedifferent current time. Based requirements, you can set different time points for ADD the scheduled task. SUBTSK(Man Seven time modes are available: datory) 1. ONTIME: When this parameter ADD GTRX(Mandat ory) ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR

GBFD111203 MRFD210305

GBFD111203

FREQ

Frequency

BSC6900

Frequency of the TRX

GBFD110101

FREQ1

Frequency 1

BSC6900

Frequency 1

GBFD110101

FREQ10

Frequency 10

BSC6900

Frequency 10

GBFD110101

FREQ11

Frequency 11

BSC6900

Frequency 11

GBFD110101

FREQ12

Frequency 12

BSC6900

Frequency 12

GBFD110101

FREQ13

Frequency 13

BSC6900

Frequency 13

GBFD110101

FREQ14

Frequency 14

BSC6900

Frequency 14

GBFD110101

FREQ15

Frequency 15

BSC6900

Frequency 15

GBFD110101

FREQ16

Frequency 16

BSC6900

Frequency 16

GBFD110101

FREQ17

Frequency 17

BSC6900

Frequency 17

GBFD110101

FREQ18

Frequency 18

BSC6900

FREQ19

Frequency 19

BSC6900

FREQ2

Frequency 2

BSC6900

FREQ20

Frequency 20

BSC6900

FREQ21

Frequency 21

BSC6900

FREQ22

Frequency 22

BSC6900

FREQ23

Frequency 23

BSC6900

FREQ24

Frequency 24

BSC6900

FREQ25

Frequency 25

BSC6900

FREQ26

Frequency 26

BSC6900

FREQ27

Frequency 27

BSC6900

FREQ28

Frequency 28

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR

Frequency 18

GBFD110101

Frequency 19

GBFD110101

Frequency 2

GBFD110101

Frequency 20

GBFD110101

Frequency 21

GBFD110101

Frequency 22

GBFD110101

Frequency 23

GBFD110101

Frequency 24

GBFD110101

Frequency 25

GBFD110101

Frequency 26

GBFD110101

Frequency 27

GBFD110101

Frequency 28

GBFD110101

FREQ29

Frequency 29

BSC6900

FREQ3

Frequency 3

BSC6900

FREQ30

Frequency 30

BSC6900

FREQ31

Frequency 31

BSC6900

FREQ32

Frequency 32

BSC6900

FREQ33

Frequency 33

BSC6900

FREQ34

Frequency 34

BSC6900

FREQ35

Frequency 35

BSC6900

FREQ36

Frequency 36

BSC6900

FREQ37

Frequency 37

BSC6900

FREQ38

Frequency 38

BSC6900

FREQ39

Frequency 39

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR

Frequency 29

GBFD110101

Frequency 3

GBFD110101

Frequency 30

GBFD110101

Frequency 31

GBFD110101

Frequency 32

GBFD110101

Frequency 33

GBFD110101

Frequency 34

GBFD110101

Frequency 35

GBFD110101

Frequency 36

GBFD110101

Frequency 37

GBFD110101

Frequency 38

GBFD110101

Frequency 39

GBFD110101

FREQ4

Frequency 4

BSC6900

FREQ40

Frequency 40

BSC6900

FREQ41

Frequency 41

BSC6900

FREQ42

Frequency 42

BSC6900

FREQ43

Frequency 43

BSC6900

FREQ44

Frequency 44

BSC6900

FREQ45

Frequency 45

BSC6900

FREQ46

Frequency 46

BSC6900

FREQ47

Frequency 47

BSC6900

FREQ48

Frequency 48

BSC6900

FREQ49

Frequency 49

BSC6900

FREQ5

Frequency 5

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR

Frequency 4

GBFD110101

Frequency 40

GBFD110101

Frequency 41

GBFD110101

Frequency 42

GBFD110101

Frequency 43

GBFD110101

Frequency 44

GBFD110101

Frequency 45

GBFD110101

Frequency 46

GBFD110101

Frequency 47

GBFD110101

Frequency 48

GBFD110101

Frequency 49

GBFD110101

Frequency 5

GBFD110101

FREQ50

Frequency 50

BSC6900

FREQ51

Frequency 51

BSC6900

FREQ52

Frequency 52

BSC6900

FREQ53

Frequency 53

BSC6900

FREQ54

Frequency 54

BSC6900

FREQ55

Frequency 55

BSC6900

FREQ56

Frequency 56

BSC6900

FREQ57

Frequency 57

BSC6900

FREQ58

Frequency 58

BSC6900

FREQ59

Frequency 59

BSC6900

FREQ6

Frequency 6

BSC6900

FREQ60

Frequency 60

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR

Frequency 50

GBFD110101

Frequency 51

GBFD110101

Frequency 52

GBFD110101

Frequency 53

GBFD110101

Frequency 54

GBFD110101

Frequency 55

GBFD110101

Frequency 56

GBFD110101

Frequency 57

GBFD110101

Frequency 58

GBFD110101

Frequency 59

GBFD110101

Frequency 6

GBFD110101

Frequency 60

GBFD110101

FREQ61

Frequency 61

BSC6900

FREQ62

Frequency 62

BSC6900

FREQ63

Frequency 63

BSC6900

FREQ64

Frequency 64

BSC6900

FREQ7

Frequency 7

BSC6900

FREQ8

Frequency 8

BSC6900

FREQ9

Frequency 9

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR ADD GCELLFREQ( Optional) ADD GCELLMAGR SET GCELLOTHE XT(Optional) SET GCELLOTHE XT(Optional) ADD BTSANTFEE DERBRD(Opti onal)

Frequency 61

GBFD110101

Frequency 62

GBFD110101

Frequency 63

GBFD110101

Frequency 64

GBFD110101

Frequency 7

GBFD110101

Frequency 8

GBFD110101

FREQADJ

Frequency Adjust Switch BSC6900

FREQADJVAL Frequency Adjust UE Value BSC6900

FREQBAND

Frequency Band Attribute BSC6900

FREQLOADS GSM900 Band HARETRAFF Traffic Load THRSH Share Threshold BSC6900

FREQLST

Freq Band List

BSC6900

SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLFREQ SCAN(Option al) List of frequency bands

Frequency Whether to 9 enable the automatic frequency correction algorithm. This parameter is used for the fastmoving handover algorithm. If the parameter set to YES, the BTS Frequency is correction parameter. Used for the fast-moving handover algorithm, the value of this parameter must be translated into a binary number. The value Frequency band types of the board This parameter is only applicable to the DDPU/DFCU/DFCB/DCOM/DDPM/ DCBM. Threshold for load sharing in the 900 MHz frequency band. Assume that an MS supports multiple subbands in the 900 MHz frequency band. If the cell load is equal to or

GBFD110101

GBFD510101

GBFD510101

MRFD210301

GBFD111005

GBFD112401

FREQREUSE Frequency Reuse MODE Mode BSC6900

SET GTRXDEV(Op tional) STR NCS(Mandato ry) SET GCELLSOFT( Optional) SET GCELLHOBA SIC(Optional) SET GCELLBASIC PARA(Optiona l) ADD BTSAUTOPL AN(Mandatory )

FREQS

Frequency List

BSC6900

FREQSCANR Frequency Scan LSTTYPE Result Type

BSC6900

FRINGEHOE N Edge HO Allowed BSC6900

Frequency multiplexing mode in the TRX. To enable a loose frequency multiplexing mode such as 4x3 multiplexing, set this parameter to LOOSE. To enable a tight List of the frequencies to be measured. This parameter is represented as a character string where the IDs of the TRXs to be measured are separated &, Type of a scanning result by in the period from the start of a frequency scanning task to the reporting of the scanning result. Frequency refers to the Whether to scanning enable the edge handover algorithm. When an MS makes a call at the edge of a cell, the call may drop if the received signal level is too low. To avoid

MRFD210301

GBFD510901

GBFD112401 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

FRULDTX

FR Uplink DTX

BSC6900

Whether the uplink DTX function is enabled for FR calls. For details, GBFDsee GSM Rec. 05.08. 114803

FSN

Slot No. of Father BTS BSC6900

Slot No. of the father BTS

GBFD510701

FSN

Slot No. of Father BTS BSC6900

FSRN

Subrack No. of Father BTS

BSC6900

ADD BTSCONNEC Slot No. for the port of the father T(Optional) BTS ADD BTSAUTOPL AN(Mandatory ) Subrack No. of the father BTS ADD BTSCONNEC Subrack No. for the port of the T(Optional) father BTS

GBFD111202

GBFD510701

FSRN

Subrack No. of Father BTS

BSC6900

FT

File Type

BSC6900

EXP Type of the file used for saving LOG(Optional) exported logs ADD ADJMAP(Man datory) Activation factor table index ADD TRMFACTOR (Mandatory) Activation factor table index

GBFD111202 GBFD111203 MRFD210305

FTI

Factor table index

BSC6900

GBFD118605

FTI

Factor table index

BSC6900

GBFD118605

FTI

Factor table index

BSC6900

SET BSCABISPRI MAP(Mandato ry) Activation factor table index SET GCELLHOBA ATCB difference between the SIC(Optional) overlaid underlaid subcells Durationand of the handover from full rate to half rate. If the cell load is SET greater than the preset threshold, GCELLHOBA the calls that meet the conditions SIC(Optional) for the handover fromrule, full rate to According to the P/N if the conditions for the handover from SET full rate to half rate are met for P GCELLHOBA seconds within N seconds, the SIC(Optional) handover is triggered. SET GCELLHOBA Path loss difference between the SIC(Optional) overlaid and Period of the underlaid handoversubcells from full rate to half rate. If the cell load is SET greater than the preset threshold, GCELLHOBA the calls that meet the conditions SIC(Optional) According for the handover fromrule, full rate to to the P/N if the conditions for the handover from SET full rate to half rate are met for P GCELLHOBA seconds within N seconds, the SIC(Optional) handover is triggered. If the available forward bandwidth is less than or equal to this value, ADD the forward congestion alarm is TRMLOADTH emitted and forward congestion (Optional) control is striggered. If the available forward bandwidth is greater than this value, the ADD forward congestion alarm is TRMLOADTH cleared and forward congestion (Optional) control is stopped. If the ratio of available forward bandwidth is greater than this ADD value, the forward congestion TRMLOADTH alarm is cleared and forward (Optional) congestion control is stopped. If the ratio of available forward bandwidth is less than or equal to ADD this value, the forward congestion TRMLOADTH alarm is emitted and forward (Optional) congestion control is triggered. If the available forward bandwidth is greater than this value, the ADD forward overload congestion alarm TRMLOADTH is cleared and forward overload (Optional) control is stopped.

GBFD111202

FULLTOHALF HOATCBOFF F-H ATCB Offset SET Overlay BSC6900 FULLTOHALF HODURATIO N F-H Ho Duration

GBFD510501

BSC6900

GBFD510501

FULLTOHALF HOLASTTIME F-H Ho Last Time BSC6900 FULLTOHALF HOPATHOFF F-H Pathloss SET Offset Overlay

GBFD510501

BSC6900

GBFD510501

FULLTOHALF HOPERIOD F-H Ho Period

BSC6900

GBFD510501

FULLTOHALF F-H Ho Stat. HOSTATTIME Time

BSC6900

GBFD510501

Forward FWDCONGB congestion W remain bandwidth BSC6900 Forward FWDCONGC congestion clear LRBW remain bandwidth BSC6900 Forward FWDCONGC congestion clear LRTH remain ratio Forward FWDCONGT congestion H remain ratio

GBFD118605

GBFD118605

BSC6900

GBFD118605

BSC6900

GBFD118605

Forward overload FWDOVLDCL congestion clear RRSVBW remain bandwidth BSC6900

GBFD118605

Forward overload FWDOVLDCL congestion clear RTH remain ratio BSC6900 Forward overload FWDOVLDRS congestion VBW remain bandwidth BSC6900 Forward overload congestion FWDOVLDTH remain ratio BSC6900 Forward FWDRESVHO handover TH reserved ratio Forward handover FWDRSVHOB reserved W bandwidth CS 2G 3G Load G2G3GLdBlc Balance Delta DeltaThrd Threshold 2G Load G2GLoadAdju Adjustment stCoeff Coefficient

If the ratio of available forward bandwidth is greater than this ADD value, the forward overload TRMLOADTH congestion alarm is cleared and (Optional) forward overload control is If the available forward bandwidth is less than or equal to this value, ADD the forward overload congestion TRMLOADTH alarm is emitted and forward (Optional) overload control is triggered. If the ratio of available forward bandwidth is less than or equal to ADD this value, the forward overload TRMLOADTH congestion alarm is emitted and (Optional) forward overload control is ADD TRMLOADTH Ratio of reserved forward (Optional) bandwidth for handover user ADD TRMLOADTH Reserved forward bandwidth for (Optional) handover user If the load balance between a 2G SET cell and a 3G cell is greater than OTHSOFTPA the threshold, load balance is RA(Optional) Coefficient triggered. used to modulate the SET load level of a 2G system so that GCELLHOINT the load level of the 2G system can ERRATLDB(O be compared with that of a 3G ptional) system. SET TCPARA(Opti onal) SET GCELLPSPW PARA(Optiona l)

GBFD118605

GBFD118605

GBFD118605

BSC6900

GBFD118605

BSC6900

GBFD118605

BSC6900

MRFD211402

BSC6900

MRFD211402

G711_Mode

G711 Mode

BSC6900

GAMMA

GATHET

GAMMA Offset Information Collection End Time Load Threshold of Offset Collection

BSC6900

G711 Mode. A/U law configuration, 0-A law (default), 1-U law Expected signal receiving strength on the BTS side when GPRS dynamic power control is implemented

GBFD118602

GBFD119115

BSC6900

GATHLOD

BSC6900

ADD AISSCFG(Opti End time for collecting the offset onal) information Cell load threshold for collecting ADD the offset information. If the load AISSCFG(Opti threshold is exceeded, the offset onal) information is not collected. ADD AISSCFG(Ma Whether to collect the offset ndatory) information

GBFD118201

GBFD118201

GATHON

Offset Information Collection Switch BSC6900

GBFD118201

GATHST

Offset Information Collection Start Time

BSC6900

GBRQOS

Support GBR QoS

BSC6900

ADD AISSCFG(Opti onal) SET GCELLPSOT HERPARA(Op tional)

GCChk

Group Call Check BSC6900

Start time for collecting the offset information Obtains the QoS parameter from the Aggregate BSS QoS Profile (ABQP) of packet flow context (PFC) when the MS and the network supportspecifies the PFC;whether obtains This parameter to enable the VGCS/VBS check SET function. If the BSS works BSCBASIC(O abnormally, the BTS may ptional) periodically send notification Format of the geographic ADD coordinates. The values include GPS(Optional) Whether "DEG" and "SEC". the assignment of channels in overlaid subcells is SET enabled for the VGCS service in GCELLGSMR the case of underlaid subcell (Optional) congestion. Generally, only of the Whether direct preemption the channels of other services is SET enabled for the VGCS service. If GCELLGSMR the value of this parameter is NO, a (Optional) handover is performed for the call Global routing management switch. SET If this switch is turned on, the IP GLOBALROU addresses in the controlled range TESW(Manda cannot be in the same network tory) segment. Delay of transmit diversity when SET GMSK is used. Generally, the GCELLBASIC parameter is applicable to general PARA(Optiona fading environments. In this case, l) the transmit diversity can obtain the SET GCELLGPRS( Mandatory) ADD GCELLQUICK SETUP(Optio nal) SET GCELLRESEL ECTPARA(Op tional)

GBFD118201

GBFD119901 GBFD510301 GBFD510302

GCDF

GCDF

BSC6900

VGCS Channel GCSCHNASS Assign in ULCHNEN Channel Enable VGCS IM GCSIMPREE Preemption MPTIONEN Enable Global route GLOBALROU management TESW switch Diversity Transmitter GMSKDELAY GMSK Delay

BSC6900

None GBFD510301 GBFD510302

BSC6900

GBFD510307

BSC6900

None

BSC6900

GBFD114101

GPRS

GPRS

BSC6900

Whether the current cell supports GPRS

GBFD114101

GPRS

Support GPRS

BSC6900

GPRSCELLR GPRS Cell ESELECTHY Reselect ESTERESIS Hysteresis

BSC6900

PDCH Channel GPRSCHPRI Priority Type

BSC6900

Whether the currently cell supports the GPRS value of the cell in the Hysteresis same routing area. When the MS in the ready state reselects a cell, if the original cell and the target cell are in the same type routing area, the EGPRS priority of the channel If this parameter is set to GPRS, SET the EDGE MSs cannot use this GTRXCHAN( channel. Optional) If this parameter is set to

GBFD114101

GBFD114101

GBFD114201

Threshold of GPRSHCSTH HCS Signal R Strength

BSC6900

GPRSPENAL GPRS Penalty TYTIME Time

BSC6900

SET GCELLSERV PARA(Optiona l) SET GCELLNCRE SELECTPAR A(Optional) SET GCELLNC2P ARA(Optional) SET GCELLNCRE SELECTPAR A(Optional) SET BTSDGPSBP( Optional) SET BTSUSCUBP(

GPRSRXQUA GPRS Quality LLIMIT Threshold

BSC6900

GPRSTEMPO GPRS FFSET Temporary Offset BSC6900

GPSORGLON ASS GPS or Glonass

BSC6900

Threshold of hierarchical cell structure (HCS) signal strength. The MS calculates the C31 according to the signal strength and itsused threshold the Timer whenand the selects MS calculates the C2 (used to evaluate the channel quality during cell reselection). The time information is transmitted in the transmission system Used for the GPRS quality statistics. When the transmission quality threshold is exceeded, the transmission quality is regarded deteriorated. This parameter is used to prevent repeated cell reselection of a fast moving MS. The MS does not select this cell when the duration of maintaining the BCCH signal Synchronization clock adopted when two satellite cards are used together. GPS:Trace GPS only. GLONASS:Trace GLONASS only. GPSGlonass:Trace GPS and

GBFD114101

GBFD114101

GBFD116201

GBFD114101

GBFD510401

GPS data report GPSPERIOD period

BSC6900

GRADEACCA Grade Access LLOW Allow

BSC6900

GROUPCALL Group Call Num NUM1 1

BSC6900

GROUPCALL Group Call Num NUM2 2 BSC Node GROUPINDE Redundancy X Group Index BSC Node Redundancy GROUPNAME Group Name

BSC6900

ADD GPS(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG BASIC(Option al) SET BTSCHNFALL BACK(Mandat ory) SET BTSCHNFALL BACK(Mandat ory)

Period for reporting GPS data Whether to allow hierarchical access and to reserve resources for high-priority MSs call that the Number of the VGCS BTS originates in the timeslot in the TRX in fallback mode. This parameter is represented in decimal, such 10000569. If the this Number of the as VGCS call that BTS originates in the timeslot in the TRX in fallback mode. This parameter is represented in decimal, such as 10000569. If this

None

GBFD116001

GBFD510309

GBFD510309

BSC6900

SET GBSCREDGR Index of the BSC Node P(Mandatory) Redundancy Group SET GBSCREDGR P(Optional) SET BTSFLEXABI SPARA(Optio nal)

GBFD113725

BSC6900

GROUPRELT Group Release SNUM TS Number

BSC6900

Name of the BSC Node Redundancy Group Maximum number of secondary links that are released in batches when the Abis resource preemption occurs on the Abis interface

GBFD113725

GBFD117301

GRPID

Transport Resource Group No. BSC6900 Transport Resource Group Type BSC6900

ADD RSCGRP(Man datory) SET BTSIP(Mandat Transport resource group number ADD RSCGRP(Man datory) SET GCELLSBC(O ptional) ADD GSMSCB(Ma

GBFD118605

GRPT

GS

Geography Scope

BSC6900

Type of the transport resource group Geographical coverage of a simple cell broadcast message. You can run "DSP GSMSCB" to query and obtain the information. This parameter, "Code", and

GBFD118605

GBFD113602

GSMCSBWR ATE CS ratio

BSC6900

ADD TRMLOADTH Ratio of bandwidth occupied by the GBFD(Optional) CS service in the GSM 118605 SET BSCBASIC(O ptional) SET GCELLCCUT RANSYS(Opti onal) SET GCELLPSOT HERPARA(Op tional) Standard priority for GSM CS highpriprity MSs. 15 is the highest priority. of neighboring cells that Number meet the following conditions: If "MBR" is indicated in a system message, the MS reports the number of neighboring cells at Whether to support the cell reselection from the GSM network to the TD network in the packet transmission mode

GSMCSUSER GSM CS High HIGHPRILEV Level Standard

BSC6900

GBFD118605

GSMFREQCN Serving Band UM Reporting GSM-to-TD Cell GSMTOTDAL Reselection LOWED Allowed

BSC6900

GBFD114401

BSC6900

GBFD114302

ICMP type which GUARDTYPE will be guarded BSC6900

GWIP

BTS SeGW IP Address BTS Security Gateway IP Address

BSC6900

GWIP

BSC6900

ADD ICMPGUARD( Packet type against the ICMP Mandatory) attack When the BTS is accessed from ADD the public network, the BTS BTSAUTOPL security network IP address must AN(Optional) IP be address configured. of the BTS security gateway. This parameter needs to SET be configured when the BTS BTSIP(Option connects to the BSC6900 through al) the public network. SET OTHSOFTPA Whether to support CS half rate RA(Optional) data services SET GCELLHOBA ATCB difference between the SIC(Optional) overlaid and underlaid subcells

None

GBFD118601

GBFD118601

Support Half HalfRateData Rata Data Support Service

BSC6900

GBFD113401

HALFTOFULL ATCBOFFSE H-F ATCB Offset T Overlay BSC6900

GBFD510501

HALFTOFULL HODURATIO N H-F Ho Duration

BSC6900

SET GCELLHOBA SIC(Optional) SET GCELLHOBA SIC(Optional)

HALFTOFULL HOLASTTIME H-F Ho Last Time BSC6900 HALFTOFULL HOPATHOFF H-F Pathloss SET Offset Overlay

Duration of the handover from half rate to full rate. If the cell load is less than the preset threshold, the calls that meet the conditions for the handover from half rate full According to the P/N rule, if to the conditions for the handover from half rate to full rate are met for P seconds within N seconds, the handover is triggered.

GBFD510501

GBFD510501

BSC6900

HALFTOFULL H-F Ho Stat. HOSTATTIME Time

BSC6900

SET GCELLHOBA Path loss difference between the SIC(Optional) overlaid and subcells According to underlaid the P/N rule, if the conditions for the handover from SET half rate to full rate are met for P GCELLHOBA seconds within N seconds, the SIC(Optional) handover is triggered. SET BTSRXUBP(O Whether the tower-top amplifier is ptional) installed on antenna tributary 1. SET BTSRXUBP(O Whether the tower-top amplifier is ptional) installed on antenna tributary 2.

GBFD510501

GBFD510501

HAVETT1

Antenna Tributary 1 Flag BSC6900

GBFD111202

HAVETT2

Antenna Tributary 2 Flag BSC6900

GBFD111202

HBINTER

Heartbeat interval BSC6900

ADD SCTPLNK(Opt Heartbeat interval when the SCTP GBFDional) server is idle 118602 ADD BTSRXUCHAI N(Mandatory) ADD G2GNCELL(O ptional) ADD G2GNCELL(O ptional) SET BTSBAT(Opti onal) SET BTSBAT(Opti onal) Number of the cabinet where the main board of the RXU chain or ring is located. According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for the handover to a different micro cell due to fast movement are met in P of N measurement reports, the if the According to the P/N rule, conditions for the handover to a different micro cell due to fast movement are met in P of N measurement reports, thethe Threshold for interrupting power supply to the TRXs. If the BTS works with the battery power supply, when the battery voltage is less than this the BTS Threshold for threshold, interrupting the power supply to the TMU. If the BTS works with the battery power supply, when the battery voltage is less than this threshold, the BTS

HCN

Head Cabinet No. BSC6900

GBFD111202

HCSLASTTIM HCS HO Valid E Time

BSC6900

GBFD510501

HCSSTATTIM HCS HO Watch E Time

BSC6900

GBFD510501

HIERPWRPA Hierarchical RA1 Power Para1

BSC6900

GBFD111202

HIERPWRPA Hierarchical RA2 Power Para2

BSC6900

GBFD111202

HiFreqBandSu Support High pport Frequency Band BSC6900 HIGHESTPRI ORITQUALFI Highest Priority RST for Quality First Highest-Priority HIGHLEVPRE MSs Rapid EM Preemption

BSC6900

BSC6900

HIGHPRIUSE Highest Priority RQUALFIRST User Quality First BSC6900

Type of a high frequency type supported by the BSC6900, Frequencies on DCS1800: 512-885 Frequencies onare PCS1900: 512-810 Full rate TCHs assigned preferentially to the MSs with priority levels equal to or less than this threshold, except when the MSs request only half or full rate This parameter specifies whether the MS with priority level 1 directly SET releases the preempted call. When OTHSOFTPA this parameter is set to Yes, the RA(Optional) access delay of MSs with high SET GCELLCHMG Whether to enable the priorityBASIC(Option based channel assignment al) algorithm SET BSCBASIC(O ptional) SET GCELLCHMG BASIC(Option al) SET BTSAPMUBP( Whether to enable load power-off Optional) against high temperature Whether to consider history priority records during channel SET assignment. GCELLCHMG If this parameter is set to YES, the AD(Optional) history priority records are SET GCELLGPRS( Optional) SET GCELLHOIUO (Optional) ADD GCNOPERAT OR(Optional) SET GCELLHOBA SIC(Optional) SET GCELLHOBA SIC(Optional) Whether the cell supports the MS with the DTM multi-timeslot capability Whether to assign a channel in the overlaid or underlaid subcell in the case of the intra-BSC incoming handover to the concentric cell. If this parameter set to SysOpt, Whether to allow is handover between different operators. If the BSC6900 supports RAN sharing, MSs in a cell of this operator can be handed over to a cell signal of other If the downlink received level of a neighbor cell is greater than "Min DL Level on Candidate Cell" plus "Min Access Level Offset", the neighbor cell can be listed in the of If the uplink received signal level a neighbor cell is greater than "Min UL Level on Candidate Cell" plus "Min Access Level Offset", the neighbor cell can be listed in the

GBFD110101

GBFD115001

GBFD115001

GBFD115001

HIGHTEMPL High Temp Load OADPWROFF Power Off BSC6900

GBFD111202

HISPRIOALL OW

History Record Priority Allowed

BSC6900

GBFD111005

HMCDTM

Support HMC DTM

BSC6900

GBFD119404

HOALGOPER Pref. Subcell in MLAY HO of Intra-BSC Handover Between Operators Allow

BSC6900

GBFD113201

HOBTWNOT HOPALLOW

BSC6900

HOCDCMIND Min DL Level on WPWR Candidate Cell

BSC6900

HOCDCMINU Min UL Level on PPWR Candidate Cell

BSC6900

GBFD118701 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

HOCELLIDTY Specify Index of PE Cell Handover to BSC6900

SET FHO(Mandato ry) Type of indexing the target cell

GBFD111203

HOCELLNAM Cell Name of E Handover to

BSC6900

HOCTRLSWI Current HO TCH Control Algorithm BSC6900 Handover HODIRFORE Direction CASTEN Forecast Enable BSC6900 Handover Direction HODIRLASTT Forecast Last IME Times BSC6900 Handover Direction HODIRSTATI Forecast Statistic ME Times BSC6900 Quick Handover HODOWNTRI Down Trigger GE Level FDD 3G Better Cell HO Valid Time

SET FHO(Mandato ry) SET GCELLHOBA SIC(Optional) SET GCELLHOEM SET GCELLHOFA ST(Optional) SET GCELLHOFA ST(Optional) SET GCELLHOFA ST(Optional) SET GCELLHOFA ST(Optional) ADD G3GNCELL(O ptional) ADD G3GNCELL(O ptional) SET GCELLHOUT RANFDD(Opti onal) ADD G2GNCELL(O ptional) SET FHO(Mandato ry) ADD GEXT2GCEL L(Optional) SET GCELLHOFA

Unique name of the target cell

GBFD111203

BSC6900

HODURT3G

BSC6900

TDD 3G Better HODURT3GT Cell HO Valid DD Time

BSC6900

Ec/No Threshold HOECNOTH3 for Better 3G Cell G HO BSC6900

Quick Handover HOLASTTIME Last Time

BSC6900

Whether to use handover algorithm generation 1 or 2 currently Handover directio forcast switch. When this parameter is set to YES, the BSC6900 can forecast the handover direction of the call in fast handover so that the bestP target This parameter indicates in the P/N rule for MS handover direction forcast. P/N rule: Among N handovers, the MS is handed over to Class B the This parameter indicates N in P/N rule for MS handover direction forcast. P/N rule: Among N handovers, the MS is handed over to Class B Fast handover can be triggered only when the downlink level of the serving cell is less than this parameter.to the P/N rule, if the According conditions for the handover to a better 3G cell are met for P seconds within N seconds, the handover Accordingis totriggered. the P/N rule, if the conditions for the handover to a better 3G cell are met for P seconds within N seconds, the handover is triggered. The 3G better cell handover can be triggered only when the Ec/No of a neighboring 3G cell is greater than this threshold for P/N a period time. According to the rule, of if the conditions for fast handover are met in P of N measurement reports, the handover is triggered. This parameter specifies the Type of handover in terms of connection transfer between chnnels or between cells Fast handover can be triggered only when the path loss difference between the serving cell and a neighbor cell on the chain is equal to or greater than this parameter.

MRFD210301

GBFD510103

GBFD510103

GBFD510103

GBFD510102 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD114301 GBFD114302

GBFD510102

HOMOD

Handover Scope BSC6900

HOOFFSET

Quick Handover Offset

BSC6900

GBFD111203 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

Handover to HOOLRXLEV Underlayer OFFSET RxLev Offset

BSC6900

HOOPTSEL

Inter-rat HO Preference

BSC6900

Inter UL/OL HOPENALTY Subcells HO TIME Penalty Time

BSC6900

SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLHOUT RANFDD(Opti onal) SET SET GCELLHOED BPARA(Optio nal) ADD GCELLMAGR P(Mandatory) SET GCELLMAIOP LAN(Mandator y) ADD GCELLMAGR P(Mandatory) SET GCELLHOUT RANFDD(Opti onal) SET SET OTHSOFTPA RA(Optional) ADD GCELLHOPA NTGRP(Optio nal) ADD GCELLHOPA NTGRP(Mand atory) SET GTRXHOP(O ptional) ADD GEXT2GCEL L(Optional) SET GCELLHOFA

If the cell is an enhanced concentric cell, this parameter with the current downlink received signal level and "UtoO HO Received Level specifies Threshold" This parameter whether a 2G cell or to a 3G cell is preferentially selected as the target cell for handover. When parameter is set to An MSthis cannot be handed over from the underlaid subcell to the overlaid subcell in this duration after the MS is handed over from the overlaid subcell to the underlaid Index of the frequency hopping data, used for a TRX to locate the frequency hopping sequence

GBFD113201 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

GBFD114402

HOPINDEX

Hop Index

BSC6900

GBFD113701

HOPINDEX

Hop Index

BSC6900

Logical number of the MA group

GBFD117002

HOPMODE

Hop Mode

BSC6900

HO Preference Threshold for 2G HOPRETH2G Cell BSC6900

HopSingleFre Hop Group Single qOptSwitch Freq Optimization BSC6900

Hop TRX Group HOPTRXHSN HSN

BSC6900

HOPTRXIND EX

Hop TRX Group Index

BSC6900

HOPTYPE

Hop Type

BSC6900

HOPUNISHV Quick Handover ALUE Punish Value

BSC6900

Implementation mode of frequency hopping If the receive level of the neighboring 2G cell that ranks the first in the candidate cell list is equal to or smaller than this threshold, the BSC preferentially If this parameter is set to ON, the channel on a single frequency of an MA group is allocated to an MS with thesequence non-FH attribute. Hoping number (HSN) of a hopping antenna group. If the value of this parameter is 0, the services over a TRX are adjusted to other TRXs hopping TRX index thatin a the hopping antenna index corresponds to. A hopping antenna enables signals of multiple TRXs to switch between several antennas instead of mode fixing of anthe Frequency hopping TRX. Frequency hopping assists in interference averaging and frequency diversity. If this parameter is set to RF_FH, To avoid ping-pong handover, the received signal of the original serving cell is decreased by "Quick handover punish value" in "Quick handover punish time" after fast

GBFD113701 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

GBFD113701

GBFD113703

GBFD113703

GBFD113701 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

HOREFTMR

BSC HO Protect Time

BSC6900

RSCP Threshold HORSCPTH3 for Better 3G Cell G HO BSC6900 Speech VER in HoSdcchSpee SDCCH HO REQ chVer ACK BSC6900 FDD 3G Better Cell HO Watch Time

ADD AISSCFG(Opti onal) SET GCELLHOUT RANFDD(Opti onal) SET SET MSGSOFTPA RA(Optional) ADD G3GNCELL(O ptional) ADD G3GNCELL(O ptional) ADD G2GNCELL(O ptional)

HOSTAT3G

BSC6900

TDD 3G Better HOSTAT3GT Cell HO Watch DD Time

BSC6900

HOSTATICTI Quick Handover ME Static Time

BSC6900

HOSTTYPE

The host type of signalling point

BSC6900

ADD OPC(Optional) SET BTSIP(Option al) ADD GEXT2GCEL L(Optional) SET GCELLHOBA SET GCELLHOFA ST(Optional) SET GCELLHOPA NT(Optional) SET GCELLHOPA NTQUICKSET UP(Mandatory )

Time for reserving the handover reference for one of the two BSCs that collect the offset information The 3G better cell handover is triggered only when the RSCP of a neighboring 3G cell is greater than this threshold forREQ a period of time. Whether an HO ACK message contains the information element Speech Version during an SDCCH handover. If a signaling channel handover between According to the P/N rule, if BSCs the conditions for the handover to a better 3G cell are met in P of N measurement reports, the handover is According totriggered. the P/N rule, if the conditions for the handover to a better 3G cell are met in P of N measurement reports, the handover is According totriggered. the P/N rule, if the conditions for fast handover are met in P of N measurement reports, the handover is triggered. This parameter specifies Indicates the host type of the the signalling point. When the BSC node redundancy feature is enabled, the primary BSC and the secondary BSC each

GBFD118201 GBFD114301 GBFD114302

GBFD111804 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

GBFD510102

GBFD113725

HOSTTYPE

HostType

BSC6900

HOTHRES

Inter-layer HO Threshold

BSC6900

Quick Handover HOUPTRIGE Up Trigger Level BSC6900

Cell Antenna HPANTMODE Hopping

BSC6900

Cell Antenna HPANTMODE Hopping

BSC6900

Host type of an IP BTS Handover threshold during the handovers between cells on different layers or of different priorities. This value is used to suppress inter-layer ping-pong Fast handover can be triggered only when the uplink signal level of the serving cell is less than this parameter. Whether to enable the TRX to support antenna hopping In a GSM cell, the BCCH broadcasts the frequency, frame number, system information, and Whether to enable the TRX to support antenna hopping In a GSM cell, the BCCH broadcasts the frequency, frame number, system information, and

GBFD113725 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

GBFD510102

GBFD113703

GBFD113703

HPN

Head Port No.

BSC6900

HPRIOR

Highest Priority

BSC6900

HPVFLAG

Hierarchical Power-off Config. Enabled BSC6900

ADD BTSRXUCHAI N(Mandatory) SET GCELLCHMG BASIC(Option al) SET BTSAPMUBP( Optional) SET BTSDPMUBP( SET BTSDPMUBP( Optional) SET GCELLCCCH( Optional) SET GCELLBASIC PARA(Optiona l) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLBASIC PARA(Optiona l) ADD GCELLMAGR P(Optional) ADD BTSRXUCHAI N(Mandatory) ADD GCELL(Option al) ADD BTSRXUCHAI N(Mandatory)

HPVTHD

Load Power-off Voltage

BSC6900

HRATESPT

Support Half Rate

BSC6900

HRDLDTX

HR Use Downlink DTX BSC6900

Load of UL-OL HRIUOLDRAT Cells Rate Select ESELALLOW Allowed BSC6900

The number of the optical port of the main board in the RXU chain or ring. Maximum priority level of an MS that can use reserved channel resources. If the priority level of an MS is greater than this parameter, the MS isto considered a low-priority Whether enable the configuration of power system parameters. In multi-mode scenario, the value of thispower-off parameter in onethreshold. mode Load voltage In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the corresponding parameter in Whether to support the half-rate service in this cell. It is one of the cell reselection parameters in system message 3. DTX function Whether the downlink is enabled for half rate (HR) calls. This function is also restricted by the DTX switch in the MSC. If the MSC allows the downlink DTX Whether to enable the BSC to for assign half or full rate channels to MSs according to the channel seizure ratio in the overlaid and underlaid subcells

GBFD111202

GBFD116001

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD113401 GBFD114801 GBFD113401

HRULDTX

HR Uplink DTX

BSC6900

HSN

HSN

BSC6900

HSN

Head Slot No.

BSC6900

HSNSW

HSN Modification Switch BSC6900

HSRN

Head Subrack No.

BSC6900

GBFD113201 GBFDWhether the uplink DTX function is 114803 enabled for HR calls. For details, GBFDsee GSM Rec. 05.08. Hopping sequence number (HSN), 113401 indicating 64 types of frequency hopping sequences. If this parameter is set to 0, the frequency GBFDhopping is performed in sequence. 113701 Number of the slot where the main board of the RXU chain or ring is located. The slot No. is unique in GBFDthe samedynamic BTS. use of HSNs is 111202 Whether enabled. If the functions of frequency hopping and Flex MAIO are enabled in a cell and the value GBFDof this parameter is ON, adjacent- 117001 Number of the subrack where the main board of the RXU chain or ring is located. The subrack No. is GBFDunique in the same BTS. 111202

HT

Hop Type High Temperature Critical Point High Temperature Delta Tout High Temperature Shutdown Flag

BSC6900

HTCP

BSC6900

HTDO

BSC6900

ADD BTSBFD(Man Bidirectional Forwarding Detection datory) Hop If theType. ambient temperature is higher than "High Temperature SET Critical Point", the temperature BTSDHEUBP( control system controls the Optional) difference between the inlet and If the outlet temperature is higher than "High Temperature Critical SET Point" and the difference between BTSDHEUBP( the outlet temperature and ambient Optional) temperature reaches the value of SET BTSAPMUBP( Whether to enable battery powerOptional) off against high temperature. ADD EMU(Optional ) Humidity alarm switch

GBFD118609

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

HTSDF

BSC6900

MRFD210304

HUM_MASK

Enable Humidity Alarm Reporting

BSC6900

MRFD210304

HUM_THD_HI Upper Limit of GH Humidity Alarm

BSC6900

ADD Upper limit of humidity. When the EMU(Optional humidity exceeds the upper limit, a MRFD) humidity alarm is reported. 210304 ADD EMU(Optional ) SET BTSAPMUBP( Optional) SET BTSDPMUBP( Optional) SET BTSAPMUBP( Optional) SET BTSDPMUBP( Optional) Lower limit of humidity. When the humidity is lower than the lower limit, a the humidity alarm is reported. When ambient humidity of the APMU is greater than the value of this parameter, the BTS reports an overhigh ambient humidity alarm. In multi-mode scenario, the value When the ambient humidity is greater than the value of this parameter, the BTS reports an overhigh ambient humidity alarm. In multi-mode scenario, the value When the ambient humidity of the APMU is less than the value of this parameter, the BTS reports an overlow ambient humidity alarm. In multi-mode scenario, the value When the ambient humidity is less than the value of this parameter, the BTS reports an overlow ambient humidity alarm. In multi-mode scenario, the value

HUM_THD_L Lower Limit of OW Humidity Alarm

BSC6900

MRFD210304

HUMALAMRT Upper Threshold HRESHOLDH of Humidity Alarm BSC6900

MRFD210304

HUMALAMRT Upper Threshold HRESHOLDH of Humidity Alarm BSC6900

MRFD210304

HUMALAMRT Lower Threshold HRESHOLDL of Humidity Alarm BSC6900

MRFD210304

HUMALAMRT Lower Threshold HRESHOLDL of Humidity Alarm BSC6900

MRFD210304

HYSON

Hysteresis for On BSC6900

SET BTSAIRCON( Delay for which the BTS waits to Optional) switch on the air conditioner

GBFD111202

IARXTMR

Inactive RX timer BSC6900

IASUDURAT

Duration

BSC6900

IASUPORT

Port No.

BSC6900

IASUSLCTTM Transmission U Board Type

BSC6900

IATXTMR

Inactive TX timer BSC6900

IBCA AMR FR IBCAAFRSOF Soft Block TBLKTHRD Threshold IBCA AMR HR IBCAAHRSOF Soft Block TBLKTHRD Threshold

BSC6900

BSC6900

This timer is started after a connection is established SET successfully. If a detection SCCPTMR(O message is not received when this GBFDptional) timer expires, the connection will 111804 STR TRANSPERF TST(Mandator GBFDy) Duration in IASU mode 111207 STR TRANSPERF Port number in IASU mode. For the TST(Mandator BTS3002C, the port number GBFDy) cannot be set to "E1PORT3". 111202 STR TRANSPERF TST(Mandator Type of the transmission board in GBFDy) IASUtimer mode 111202 This is started after a connection is established SET successfully. When this timer SCCPTMR(O expires, a detection message will GBFDptional) be sent toC/I theratio peerthat end. Minimum IBCA AMR 111804 FR services allow. An idle channel SET can be assigned to such a service GCELLCHMG only when the C/I ratio of the idle GBFDAD(Optional) Minimum channel isC/I greater thanIBCA this AMR 117002 ratio that HR services allow. An idle channel SET can be assigned to such a service GCELLCHMG only when the C/I ratio of the idle GBFDAD(Optional) channel is greater than this 117002 SET GCELLCHMG Whether to enable the IBCA AD(Optional) algorithm Length of the timer for a new call to wait for the measurement report SET (MR) on the signaling channel GCELLCHMG when dynamic measurement of the AD(Optional) Number BA2 list is during reports ofenabled measurement sampled for averaging path loss. A SET single measurement report may not GCELLCHMG reflect the actual network situations AD(Optional) When accurately. Therefore, the is BSC the IBCA algorithm enabled, this parameter is used to SET calculate the actual soft blocking GCELLCHMG threshold of an existing call. The AD(Optional) When formula is IBCA as follows: Actual the algorithm is soft enabled, this parameter is used to SET calculate the target CIR of an GCELLCHMG existing call. The formula is as AD(Optional) follows: Target CIR of an existing

IBCAALLOWE D IBCA Allowed

BSC6900

GBFD117002

IBCAASSWAI TMEASURER IBCA Assign PTTIME Waiting Mr Time BSC6900

GBFD117002

IBCACALLINF IBCA Call OFILTERLEN Information Filter BSC6900 IBCACALLSO IBCA Set-up Call FTBLOCKTH Soft Block OFFSET Threshold Offset BSC6900 IBCACALLTA Target CIR Offset RGETCIROFF of IBCA Set-up SET Call BSC6900

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

IBCADLPATH IBCA Downlink LOSSOFF Path Loss Offset BSC6900 IBCA Dyn IBCADYNCM Measure EASURENCE Neighbour Cell LLALLOWED Flag BSC6900 IBCAEHOASS WAITMEASU IBCA Urgent HO RERPTTIME Waiting Mr Time BSC6900

SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) ADD G2GNCELL(O ptional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET OTHSOFTPA RA(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional)

IBCAFLEXTS IBCA Flexible CALLOWED TSC Allowed IBCA Forced IBCAFORCED BTS BTSSYNCALL Synchronization OWED Allowed IBCA FR/EFR IBCAFRSOFT Soft Block BLKTHRD Threshold

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

IBCAHOASS WAITMEASU IBCA HO Waiting RERPTTIME Effective Mr Time BSC6900

IBCAHRSOFT IBCA HR Soft BLKTHRD Block Threshold

BSC6900

IBCAICDMRE IBCA ICDM Initial LEVOFFSET Level Offset BSC6900

IBCAICDMSW IBCA ICDM ITCH Switch

BSC6900

IBCA Info Report IBCAINBSCIN Period Within FORPTPRD BSC BSC6900 IBCAINITPCR IBCA Init. Power XLEVDLOFFS Control ET RexLevDL Offset BSC6900

Difference between uplink and downlink path losses, which is used to estimate the downlink path loss of a call when the downlink path loss cannot be computed directly Whether to measure the IBCA neighbor cells of the serving cell dynamically. If the dynamic measurement is enabled, when a call uses channel, the sends Length ofa the timer for a BSC call to measure the path loss in the neighboring cell with strong interference of the target cell. The call to be the handed over needs to Whether IBCA flexible TSC function is enabled. When this parameter is set to NO, the flexible TSC function is disabled and the configured TSC is used. When Whether the IBCA forced BTS the synchronization is allowed. When this parameter is set to YES, the synchronization procedure is performed even though the BTSs Minimum C/I ratio that IBCA FR/EFR services allow. An idle channel can be assigned to such a service only when the C/I ratio of the idle of channel is greater than this Length the timer for a call to wait for other valid MRs after receiving the first valid MR of the target cell if dynamic measurement of the BA2 list is enabled during handover. Minimum C/I ratio that IBCA HR services allow. An idle channel can be assigned to such a service only when the C/I ratio of the idle channel is greater this the In the ICDM matrixthan algorithm, signal strength (0-63) is divided into 10 levels. The signal strength that is smaller than or equal to the value of this parameter isthe at the initial Whether to enable ICDM algorithm for the cell. The ICDM algorithm helps to improve the precision in estimating the path loss of an IBCA neighbor cell and Period of information exchange between the BSC boards. The information helps to estimate the C/I ratio for the IBCA algorithm. Adds a specified offset to the downlink target receive level when power control algorithm III is used to calculate the initial transmit power of a BTS in the IBCA

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

IBCAINITPCR IBCA Init. Power XLEVULOFFS Control ET RexLevUL Offset BSC6900 IBCAINITPCR IBCA Init. Pwr XQUALDLOF Ctrl Rx Qual DL FSET Offset IBCAINITPCR IBCA Init. Pwr XQUALULOF Ctrl Rx Qual UL FSET Offset

SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) ADD G2GNCELL(O ptional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional)

BSC6900

BSC6900

IBCAIUOPAT IBCA IUO Path HLOSSOFF Loss Offset

BSC6900

IBCAMAIOUS IBCA MAIO MTD Using Method IBCA Max. IBCAMAXINT Interference FSRCNUM Source Num.

BSC6900

BSC6900

IBCANCELLF IBCA Neighbor LAG Cell Flag IBCANCELLP IBCA Pathloss ATHLOSSES Est of Non. MR TIMATE Ncell

BSC6900

BSC6900

IBCANEWCA LLCIROFFSE Target CIR Offset T of IBCA New Call BSC6900 IBCANHOASS WAITMEASU IBCA Natural HO RERPTTIME Waiting Mr Time BSC6900 IBCANONME IBCA Non ANCELLSTAT Measurement NUM Ncell Stat. Num

BSC6900

IBCAOPRREV Corrected Factor ISEFACTOR of IBCA Priority BSC6900

Adds a specified offset to the uplink target receive level when power control algorithm III is used to calculate the initial transmit power of an MS in the IBCA function Adds a specified offset to the downlink target receive quality when power control algorithm III is used to calculate the initial transmit power a BTS in the IBCA Adds aof specified offset to the uplink target receive quality when power control algorithm III is used to calculate the initial transmit power of MS in the IBCA functioncell), In an IUO cell (or a CoBCCH the path loss of an MS to the serving cell or a neighboring cell measured on the underlay is used together with this parameter to Determines the MAIO selection method for each timeslot. The Optimal MAIO policy selects the optimal MAIO being evaluated, while the Random MAIO policy The IBCA interference evaluation process only considers the interference of the strongest N existing calls on the newlyestablished call being Indicates whether this evaluated. neighboring cell is the IBCA neighboring cell of the serving cell. That is, when a cell is configured as the neighboring cell of the serving cell,level whether the Estimates the receive of the unmeasured IBCA neighboring cells. When a consecutive "IBCA Non Measurement Ncell Stat. Num" reports When measurement the IBCA algorithm is cover enabled, this parameter is used to calculate the target CIR of a new call. The formula is as follows: Target CIR of timer a new call = Target Length of the for a call to measure the path loss in the neighboring cell with strong interference of the target cell. The call to be handed over level needs Estimates the receive of to the unmeasured IBCA neighboring cells. When a consecutive "IBCA Non Measurement Ncell Stat. Num" measurement reports When the IBCA algorithm is cover enabled and the HSN is not 0, the IBCA priority and the SDCCH/PDCH priority are divided by this corrected factor respectively

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

IBCA Info Report IBCAOUTBSC Period Between INFORPTPRD BSC BSC6900

SET OTHSOFTPA RA(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) ADD G2GNCELL(O ptional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional)

IBCAPATHLO IBCA Pathloss SSOFF Offset

BSC6900

IBCAPLFILTF IBCA Path Lose ACTOR Filter Factor

BSC6900

IBCARXLEVO IBCA RxLev FFSET Offset

BSC6900

IBCASCELLP IBCA Service Cell ATHLOSS Pathloss BSC6900

IBCASOFTBL IBCA Soft Block KSAICOFF SAIC Offset

BSC6900

IBCASOFTBL IBCA Soft Block KSWITCH Switch IBCA SubIBCASUBCHN Channel HANDOVERA Handover LLOWED Allowed IBCA MAIO IBCATARGET Target C/I CIRTHRSH Threshold

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

Specifies a period during which the inter-BSC information exchange must be completed. The information is mainly used by IBCA for C/I the ratio estimation. When path loss of an MS to a neighboring cell cannot be measured based on the existing measurement results, it is estimated on the path loss Considers based the influence of history path loss information during the calculation of the ICDM algorithm path loss. The smaller the filtering coefficient, thereceive smallerlevel the of the Estimates the unmeasured IBCA neighboring cells. When a consecutive "IBCA Non Measurement Ncell Stat. Num" measurement reports cover Use this parameter when the path loss of an MS to serving cells cannot be measured based on the existing measurement MSs that support SAICresults can tolerate a lower carrier-to-interference ratio. This variable indicates the downward adjustment step of the soft blocking threshold of SAIC Whether to deny the access of a call when none of the MAIO evaluation results meets the C/I ratio requirement of the call during channel Whetherassignment the handover of the calls on the single channels is allowed (single channels are the two halfrate sub-channels on a timeslot, in which only is meets in the occupied Whether a one MAIO the access requirement. When the C/I ratio of a MAIO is higher than this threshold, the MAIO can be assigned to the call being

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

IBCAUSEDIU IUO IBCA OSUBLAY Allowed IBCAUSRDYN IBCA User Dyn CMEASUREN Measure CELL Neighbor Cell

BSC6900

BSC6900

IBCAWAFRS IBCA WAMR FR OFTBLKTHR Soft Block D Threshold BSC6900

SET Whether to enable the IBCA GCELLCHMG algorithm for the overlay and AD(Optional) underlay an IUO cell MS can Whether of a single IBCA dynamically measure the SET neighboring cells. When this GCELLCHMG parameter is set to YES, the AD(Optional) The neighboring cells where lowest C/I ratio that "IBCA can be tolerated by IBCA WAMR FR. The SET C/I ratio of an idle channel must be GCELLCHMG larger than this parameter. AD(Optional) Otherwise, it cannot be assigned.

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

ICBALLOW

ICB Allowed

BSC6900

ICF

Intelligent Control Flag BSC6900

This parameter is used to enable the Intelligent Combiner Bypass (ICB) function on the BCCH TRX of a cell. This parameter specifies whether Whether to enable the intelligent control of the diesel engine. If this SET parameter is set to ENABLE, the BTSAPMUBP( PMU will control the diesel engine Optional) automatically according to the SET GCELLBASIC PARA(Optiona l) ADD IPPATH(Optio nal) SET BSCPSTCDS CPMAP(Optio nal) SET BSCPSTCDS CPMAP(Optio nal) SET BSCPSTCDS CPMAP(Optio nal) ADD SCHTSK(Man datory) SET SCHTSKSW( ICMP packet length. It is the total length of the ICMP packet containing the IP header. DSCP corresponding to the interaction service with the THP level of PRIORITY1 DSCP corresponding to the interaction service with the THP level of PRIORITY2 DSCP corresponding to the interaction service with the THP level of PRIORITY3

GBFD111604

GBFD111202

ICMP packet ICMPPKGLEN Length

BSC6900

GBFD118605

DSCP of PRI.1 ICTHP1DSCP INTACT[QoS]

BSC6900

GBFD118603

DSCP of PRI.2 ICTHP2DSCP INTACT[QoS]

BSC6900

GBFD118603

DSCP of PRI.3 ICTHP3DSCP INTACT[QoS]

BSC6900

GBFD118603

ID

Task ID

BSC6900

Number of the scheduled task

GBFD111203

ID

Task ID

BSC6900

STR SCHTSK(Opti onal) Number of the scheduled task ADD BTSBRDCAP( Mandatory) Index This parameter indicates the idle SET code of the A interface. It is used TCPARA(Opti for the interconnection of the A onal) interfaces. SET E1T1LOP(Opti onal) SET GCELLCHMG BASIC(Option al)

GBFD111203

ID

Index

BSC6900

GBFD111202

Idle_Code

Idle Code

BSC6900

GBFD118602

IDLECODE

Idle code

BSC6900

IDLESDTHRE Idle SDCCH S Threshold N1

BSC6900

IDLE code When the number of idle SDCCH channels in a cell is smaller than this parameter, the system searches for available TCHs and transforms them into SDCCH

None

GBFD113001

IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

IDTYPE

BTS Index Type

BSC6900

IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

SET BTSEXCURSI ON(Mandatory ) Index type ADD BTSESN(Man datory) SET BSCABISPRI BTS index type ADD GCELLFREQ( Mandatory) ADD GCELLMAGR Type of an index ADD G2GNCELL(M andatory) SET GCELLHOINT ERRATLDB(M andatory) ADD PTPBVC(Man datory) SET GCELLEGPR SET BTSFMUABP( Mandatory) SET BTSNFCBBP( SET BTSSHARING (Mandatory) ADD BTSSFPMOD ADD SEMILINK(Ma ndatory) SET MSTOCELL(M andatory) TST SNDRSI(Man SET PSCELLTOD SP(Mandatory )

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

MRFD210301

IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type

MRFD210301

IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Type of an index

MRFD211402

IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Subscribers can specify the cell MRFDaccording to the index or the name. 210301 Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; BYID: query by BTS index.

IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

GBFD111202

IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type. BYNAME: query by name; BYID: query by index.

GBFD111202

IDX

Semipermanent Link Index

BSC6900

Index of the semipermanent link

GBFD114701

IDXTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Support the index based on the TLLI and IMSI mode

MRFD210301

IDXTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

IFCBSHAKEH If CB Shake AND Hand

BSC6900

Index type, supporting the index based onthe thehandshake cell and BSC mode. Whether mechanism is enabled at the Cb ADD interface. Currently, the BSC6900 GCBSADDR( and the CBC communications Optional) through the TCP/IP protocol. Thus,

GBFD111203

GBFD113601

IFNO

Outgoing Interface No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSIPRT(Man Number of the outgoing interface of GBFDdatory) a link 111202 SET Whether to set the middle BTSRXUBP(O frequency offset to positive offset ptional) or minus offset SET BTSRXUBP(O ptional) STR BTSLOG(Opti onal) ULD BTSLOG(Opti

IFOFFSETHI G

Positive or Minus Offset BSC6900

GBFD111202

IFOFFSETLO W Indication Offset

BSC6900

IFREPPRO

Report Process Flag

BSC6900

Ignore IGNOREMRN Measurement UM Report Number

BSC6900

IMEI

IMEI

BSC6900

IMMASSAINT IMM ASS A IF ERFTIMER Creation Timer Immediate Assignment IMMASSCBB Optimized

BSC6900

BSC6900

IMMASSDLS HIFT

Move Immediate Assignment Down to BTS BSC6900

IMMASSEN

TCH Immediate Assignment

BSC6900

Max Delay of IMMASSMAX IMM ASS DELAYTIME Retransmit Max Transmit IMMASSMAX Times of IMM SENDNUM ASS

BSC6900

BSC6900

Indication offset in the middle frequency offset configuration Whether to report the progress. "NO" indicates that the progress is not reported. "YES" indicates that the progress is reported. Number of invalid measurement reports allowed when the BSC6900 SET filters the measurement reports. GCELLHOFA When the number of received ST(Optional) measurement reports is no larger CHK INNSPCH(Ma ndatory) STR CALLRESLOP Value of an IMEI Timer for the BSC6900 waiting for SET a CC message after sending a CR GCELLTMR( message. If the timer expires, the Optional) seized SDCCH is released. The channel activation and SET immediate assignment messages GCELLBASIC are sent at the same time to PARA(Optiona accelerate the signaling l) processing, thus increasing the This parameter specifies whether SET to support the takeover of the GCELLPSOT packet immediate assignment by HERPARA(Op the BTS. It is relative to the uplink tional) immediate To improve Whether toassignment. allow immediate TCH SET assignment. If this parameter is set GCELLBASIC to YES, the BSC can assign a TCH PARA(Optiona immediately when there is no l) available SDCCH for in a channel Maximum time delay resending an immediate assignment SET message. Within the period GCELLCCTM specified by this parameter, an R(Optional) immediatenumber assignment Maximum of message retransmissions of an immediate SET assignment message. When the GCELLCCTM value of this parameter is reached, R(Optional) the immediate assignment

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD510102

GBFD111203

GBFD111804

GBFD110502

GBFD119202

GBFD110502

GBFD110502

GBFD110502

Use IMM ASS IMMASSRES Retransmit ENDEN Parameter

BSC6900

IMMASSTAAL TA Pref. of ImmeLOW Assign Allowed BSC6900 TA Threshold of IMMASSTATH Imme-Assign RES Pref

BSC6900

Whether the BSC6900 sends SET immediate assignment GCELLCCTM retransmission parameters to the R(Optional) BTS Whether to assign channels according to the access_delay SET value in channel request messages GCELLHOIUO during immediate channel (Optional) assignment When the access_delay value in the channel request message is SET smaller than this parameter, the GCELLHOIUO overlay channels are assigned (Optional) preferentially; otherwise, the ADD AISSCFG(Opti Whether to adjust the offset time onal) immediately after theWait BTSIndication is reset Timer carried by the information element when the SET BSC6900 sends an immediate GCELLTMR( assignment reject message to an Optional) MS. CHK INNSPCH(Ma ndatory) STR CALLRESLOP Value of an IMSI SET MSTOCELL(M andatory) International mobile subscriber TST identity of the MS. IMSI containing SNDRSI(Man the number 0 BSC6900 to 9. Timer for the waiting for a handover complete message SET after sending a handover request GCELLTMR( acknowledgment message in Optional) 2G/3G handover or inter-BSC Threshold for fine tuning the BTS ADD clock. If the offset of the BTS clock AISSCFG(Opti is smaller than the threshold, no onal) fine tuning is performed. ADD AISSCFG(Opti onal) Fine tuning period in the BSC Included angle formed by the major lobe azimuths of the antennas in SET two cells under one BTS. A major GCELLLCS(O lobe azimuth is measured from the ptional) due north to the direction of the cell

GBFD110502

GBFD113201

GBFD113201

IMMFNAD

Immediate Initial Adjust After Site Reset Enable BSC6900

GBFD118201

IMMREJWAIT INDTIMER T3122

BSC6900

GBFD110502

IMSI

IMSI

BSC6900

GBFD111203

IMSI

IMSI

BSC6900

INBSCHOTIM ER T3121

BSC6900

GBFD114101 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

INCHLOD

Fine Tuning Threshold

BSC6900

GBFD118201

INCHPRD

Fine Tuning Period in BSC

BSC6900

GBFD118201

INCLUDEANG Included Angle

BSC6900

GBFD115402

INCN

In Port Cabinet No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSCONNEC Number of the in-port cabinet on a GBFDT(Optional) BTS 111202

INDEN3

Independent E1 Port 3

BSC6900

SET BTSDOMUBP (Optional) SET GCELLHOBA SIC(Optional) SET GCELLHOBA SIC(Optional)

Intracell F-H HO INFHHOLAST Last Time

BSC6900

Intracell F-H HO INFHHOSTAT Stat Time

BSC6900

Whether to separate E1 from other optical fibers for the use of other devices. If this parameter is set to YES, other BTSs can connect to the BSC6900 the F-H The triggering through of intra-cell handovers must meet the P/N criteria, that is, when the condition for intra-cell F-H handovers is met for Ptriggering seconds during N seconds, The of intra-cell F-H handovers must meet the P/N criteria, that is, when the condition for intra-cell F-H handovers is met for P seconds during N seconds,

GBFD111202

GBFD115504

GBFD115504

INFOEXCHGL Info Exchange IST Content

BSC6900

ADD GNRNC(Mand Information exchange content to be MRFDatory) supported 211402 ADD EMU(Optional ) Infrared alarm switch For an AMR call, if the currently occupied channel is a full rate SET channel and the Radio Quality GCELLHOBA Indication (RQI) is always higher SIC(Optional) For thanan the threshold this AMR call, if set theby currently occupied channel is a half rate SET channel and the Radio Quality GCELLHOBA Indication (RQI) is always lower SIC(Optional) than the threshold set by this Power overload threshold for triggering incoming handover to the SET TRX under the prerequisite that the GTRXDEV(Op power amplifier of the TRX tional) provides the maximum output Initial coding mode used for full rate AMR calls. The four values 0, SET 1, 2, and 3 of this parameter GCELLCCAM respectively represent the lowest, R(Optional) low, high, and highest coding rates Initial coding mode used for half rate AMR calls. The four values 0, SET 1, 2, and 3 of this parameter GCELLCCAM respectively represent the lowest, R(Optional) low, high, and highest coding Initial coding mode used for rates broadband AMR calls. The three SET values 0, 1 and 2 of this parameter GCELLCCAM respectively represent the lowest, R(Optional) low and highest coding rates in the ADD SEMILINK(Op Specifies the timeslot mask in tional) BSC6900

INFRA_RED_ Infrared alarm MASK switch

BSC6900

MRFD210304

INHOF2HTH

F2H HO Threshold

BSC6900

GBFD115504

INHOH2FTH

H2F HO Threshold

BSC6900

GBFD115504

INHOPWROV Power Overload ERLOADTHR Threshold In Ho. ESHOLD In BSC6900

GBFD111005

INITCDMDF

AMR Starting Mode[F]

BSC6900

GBFD115501

INITCDMDH

AMR Starting Mode[H]

BSC6900

GBFD115502

AMR Starting INITCDMDWB Mode[WB]

BSC6900

GBFD115507

INMASK

In BSC Mask

BSC6900

GBFD114701

OL Subcell INNASSOPTE Assignment N Optimization

BSC6900

INNCELLEDG Inner Cell EDGE EHOEN HO Enable BSC6900

SET GCELLHOED BPARA(Optio nal) SET GCELLHOED BPARA(Optio nal)

Whether to assign channel requests in the overlay subcell to the underlay subcell according to "UL Subcell Lower Load Threshold". If the load of the

GBFD114402

Whether to allow underlay-tooverlay edge handovers

GBFD114402

INNCELLID

BSC Inner Cell Index

BSC6900

ADD EXTNCELL(M andatory) Index of the cell in the BSC ADD EXTNCELL(M andatory) SET GCELLHOED BPARA(Optio nal) SET GCELLHOED BPARA(Optio nal) SET GCELLHOED BPARA(Optio nal) SET GCELLHOED BPARA(Optio nal)

MRFD210301

INNCELLNAM BSC Inner Cell E Name Load HO of OL INNLOADHO Subcell to UL EN Subcell

BSC6900

Name of the cell in the BSC

MRFD210301

BSC6900

OL Subcell Load INNLOADHO Diversity HO PERI Period BSC6900 Step Length of INNLOADHO OL Subcell Load STEP HO BSC6900

Whether to allow underlay-tooverlay load handovers Overlay-to-underlay load handovers are performed by levels. This parameter indicates the duration of each level. Level step during overlay-tounderlay hierarchical load handovers In an enhanced dual-band network, if the load of the overlay subcell is higher than this parameter, the system cannot initiate an underlayto-overlay handover.

GBFD114402

GBFD114402

GBFD114402

INNSERIOVE Inner Cell Serious RLDTHRED OverLoad Thred BSC6900

GBFD114402

INPN

In BSC Port No.

BSC6900

ADD SEMILINK(Ma ndatory) Incoming BSC6900 port number ADD BTSCONNEC T(Mandatory) Number of a BTS port ADD DXXTSEXGR ELATION(Man datory) In-port number of a DXX SET GCELLLCS(O Mode of inputting the latitude and ptional) longitude of a cell location

GBFD114701

INPN

BTS In Port No.

BSC6900

GBFD111202

INPORTNO

DXX In Port No. Latitude and Longitude Input Mode

BSC6900

GBFD111203

INPUTMD

BSC6900

GBFD115402

INRBSCSDH OEN

Inter-BSC SDCCH HO ALLowed

BSC6900

SET GCELLHOCT Whether to allow inter-BSC RL(Optional) SDCCH handovers ADD SEMILINK(Ma ndatory) Incoming BSC6900 slot number

GBFD110608

INSN

In BSC Slot No.

BSC6900

GBFD114701

INSN

In Port Slot No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSCONNEC GBFDT(Optional) Number of the in-port slot on a BTS 111202 ADD SEMILINK(Ma Incoming BSC6900 subrack ndatory) number

INSRN

In BSC Subrack No.

BSC6900

GBFD114701

INSRN

In Port Subrack No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSCONNEC Number of the in-port subrack on a GBFDT(Optional) BTS 111202 ADD GSMSCB(Ma Time interval for sending a simple ndatory) cell broadcast message Hysteresis value during the handovers between cells on ADD different layers or of different G2GNCELL(O priorities. This value is used to ptional) suppress inter-layer ping-pong Type of an interference band SET statistics algorithm used when the GCELLSOFT( frequency scanning function is Optional) enabled Reduces ping-pong handovers ADD between cells on a same layer. G2GNCELL(O This parameter is invalid when ptional) cells are on different layers. SET Specifies an interval between two GCELLHOFIT consecutive interference PEN(Optional) handovers The triggering of interference handovers must meet the P/N SET criteria, that is, when P out of N GCELLHOBA measurement reports meet the SIC(Optional) The condition for interference triggering of interference handovers must meet the P/N SET criteria, that is, when P out of N GCELLHOBA measurement reports meet the SIC(Optional) condition for interference

INT

Broadcast Interval

BSC6900

Adjacent Cell INTELEVHOH Inter-layer HO YST Hysteresis Interfere Band INTERBANDS Stat Algorithm TATALGO Type

BSC6900

GBFD113602 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

BSC6900

INTERCELLH Inter-cell HO YST Hysteresis

BSC6900

INTERFEREH Penalty Time on OPENTIME Interfere HO

BSC6900

GBFD112401 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

INTERFEREL Interfere HO ASTTIME Valid Time

BSC6900

GBFD510501

INTERFERES Interfere HO TATTIME Static Time

BSC6900

GBFD510501

Interference HO INTERFHOEN Allowed

BSC6900

Whether to allow the interference handover algorithm. Interference SET handovers are triggered when the GCELLHOBA receive level is higher than the SIC(Optional) receive threshold while the transmit SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLOTHE XT(Optional) SET GCELLOTHE XT(Optional) SET GCELLOTHE XT(Optional) SET GCELLOTHE XT(Optional) SET GCELLOTHE XT(Optional) SET GCELLOTHE XT(Optional) ADD AISSCFG(Opti onal) SET GCELLOTHE XT(Optional) Whether to consider interference priorities during channel assignment Threshold used for interference measurement. The BSS measures the uplink quality of the radio channels occupied MSs, and calculates Thresholdby used for interference measurement. The BSS measures the uplink quality of the radio channels occupied by MSs, and calculates Threshold used for interference measurement. The BSS measures the uplink quality of the radio channels occupied by MSs, and calculates Threshold used for interference measurement. The BSS measures the uplink quality of the radio channels occupied by MSs, and calculates Threshold used for interference measurement. The BSS measures the uplink quality of the radio channels occupied MSs, and calculates Thresholdby used for interference measurement. The BSS measures the uplink quality of the radio channels occupied by MSs, and calculates Value of the timer for synchronization between BSCs. If a BSC fails to synchronize with the control BSC before the timer expires, the BSC starts to Period during which interference levels are averaged. The interference levels on idle channels are averaged before the BTS sends a radio resource indication

GBFD110601 GBFD510501

INTERFPRIAL Interf. Priority LOW Allowed

BSC6900

GBFD111005

INTERFTHRE Interference S0 Band Threshold 0 BSC6900

GBFD111005

INTERFTHRE Interference S1 Band Threshold 1 BSC6900

GBFD111005

INTERFTHRE Interference S2 Band Threshold 2 BSC6900

GBFD111005

INTERFTHRE Interference S3 Band Threshold 3 BSC6900

GBFD111005

INTERFTHRE Interference S4 Band Threshold 4 BSC6900

GBFD111005

INTERFTHRE Interference S5 Band Threshold 5 BSC6900 BSC Interior Clock INTERIORSY Synchronize NCTMR Protect Time BSC6900 Interference INTERPERIO Calculation D Period Inter-RAT Cell INTERRATCE Reselection LLRESELEN Enable

GBFD111005

GBFD118201

BSC6900

BSC6900

InterRatCsSer Inter-RAT CS viceLoadHoTh Service HO Load rd Threshold BSC6900

GBFD111005 GBFDSET This parameter specifies whether 114301 GCELLHOBA the reselection from 2G cells to 3G GBFDSIC(Optional) cells is allowed. 114302 SET GCELLHOINT Threshold for setting the flag of ERRATLDB(O accepting inter-RAT CS service MRFDptional) handover of a 2G cell 211402

INTERRATIN Inter-RAT In BSC BSCHOEN Handover Enable BSC6900 InterRATLoad Inter-RAT Load HoEcNoBand HO Bandwidth Width [EcNo]

BSC6900

Inter-RAT Load InterRATLoad HO EcNo at Start HoEcNoStart Point BSC6900 Inter-RAT InterRATLoad Hierarchy Load HoEcNoStep HO Step [EcNo] InterRATLoad Inter-RAT Load HoRSCPBand HO Bandwidth Width [RSCP] Inter-RAT Load InterRATLoad HO RSCP at HoRSCPStart Start Point

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

Inter-RAT InterRATLoad Hierarchy Load HoRSCPStep HO Step [RSCP] BSC6900 Inter-RAT Out INTERRATOU BSC Handover TBSCHOEN Enable InterRatServic Allow Inter-RAT eLoadHoSwitc Load HO in h Access State

SET GCELLHOBA SIC(Optional) SET GCELLHOINT ERRATLDB(O ptional) SET GCELLHOINT ERRATLDB(O ptional) SET GCELLHOINT ERRATLDB(O ptional) SET GCELLHOINT ERRATLDB(O ptional) SET GCELLHOINT ERRATLDB(O ptional) SET GCELLHOINT ERRATLDB(O ptional) SET GCELLHOBA SIC(Optional) SET GCELLHOINT ERRATLDB(O ptional)

This parameter specifies whether the handover from 3G cells to 2G cells is allowed. Width of load band [EcNo] during the inter-RAT hierarchical loadbased handover

GBFD114301 GBFD114302

MRFD211402

Initial EcNo value of the inter-RAT load-based handover band Step of changing the EcNo value during the inter-RAT hierarchical load-based handover Width of load band [RSCP] during the inter-RAT hierarchical loadbased handover

MRFD211402

MRFD211402

MRFD211402

Initial RSCP value of the inter-RAT MRFDload-based handover band 211402 Step of changing the RSCP value during the inter-RAT hierarchical load-based handover

BSC6900

BSC6900

INTERVAL

Relative Time

BSC6900

INTERVAL

Send PKT Interval[s]

BSC6900

INTFREQUEN Interference CY Frequency

BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether the handover from 2G cells to 3G cells isthis allowed. When parameter is set to Service-based, the inter-RAT handover is triggered on the basis of the service distribution. In this case, the target cell is selected Time span before the command is executed. The logs generated EXP within the time span are to be LOG(Optional) exported. STR ETHOAMLOO PTST(Optiona Interval for sending packets to test l) Ethernet OAM loop SET GCELLEXTM Frequency index of the interference SRPARA(Opti measurement in type 3 of an onal) extension measurement report

MRFD211402 GBFD114301 GBFD114302

MRFD211402 GBFD111203 MRFD210305

GBFD118630 GBFD110801 GBFD110802

Incoming OL INTOINNREX Subcell HO Level LEVTHRED TH BSC6900 INTRABSCCO DECHOCMDT IMER T25

SET GCELLHOED BPARA(Optio nal) SET GCELLTMR( Optional) SET GCELLTMR( Optional)

BSC6900

INTRABSCHO TIMER T3103A

BSC6900

Lower threshold of the overlay level during underlay-to-overlay handovers. When the receive level of an MS is higher than this threshold, the MS to can be switched The timer is used set the time when the BSC6900 waits for an Internal Handover Command message after a Internal Handover Required message is reported in Timer started after the BSC6900 delivers a handover command in an intra-BSC inter-cell handover. If the BSC6900 receives a handover complete message before this

GBFD114402

GBFD110601 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

INTRACELLF Intracell F-H HO HHOEN Allowed

BSC6900

INTRACELLH Intracell HO OEN Allowed

BSC6900

INTRACELLH OTIMER T3103C

BSC6900

SET Whether to allow AMR handovers. GCELLHOBA This parameter has no impact on GBFDSIC(Optional) dynamic non-AMR F-H handovers. 115504 GBFDSET 110601 GCELLHOBA Whether to allow intra-cell GBFDSIC(Optional) Timer handovers 510501 started after the BSC6900 delivers a handover command in GBFDSET an intra-BSC intra-cell handover. If 110601 GCELLTMR( the BSC6900 receives a handover GBFDOptional) complete message before this 510501 ADD GNRNC(Mand atory) SET GCELLHOINT ERRATLDB(O ptional) SET GCELLHOINT ERRATLDB(O ptional) SET GCELLHOINT ERRATLDB(O ptional)

INTRAMBSC

Co-MBSC

BSC6900

Whether it is an RNC under the same MBIC in GU mode Minimum Ec/No value of a 3G cell during the load-based GSM-toUMTS handover When the load of a cell is greater than or equal to Load HO Threshold, all the calls in the serving cell send handover requests simultaneously. Thus, the Minimum RSCP value of a 3G cell during the load-based GSM-toUMTS handover

MRFD211402

Inter-RAT Load IntRATLoadH HO EcNo OEcNoThr Threshold

BSC6900

MRFD211402

Inter-RAT IntRATLoadH Hierarchical Load oPeriod HO Period BSC6900 Inter-RAT Load IntRATLoadH HO RSCP ORSCPThr Threshold

MRFD211402

BSC6900

MRFD211402

INTSN

In BSC Start Timeslot No.

BSC6900

INTSNO

DXX In Time Slot No. BSC6900

ADD SEMILINK(Ma Incoming BSC6900 start timeslot ndatory) number ADD DXXTSEXGR ELATION(Man datory) Number of a DXX In-timeslot

GBFD114701

GBFD111203

INTV

Time Interval OMU Automatic Switchover Interval

BSC6900

INTV

BSC6900

INVALBSICE N

Invalid BSIC Reporting

BSC6900

Interval for executing the scheduled subtask. If the time ADD mode is set to "DAILY_C", SUBTSK(Opti "WEEKLY_C", or "MONTHLY_C", onal) you shouldswitchover set this parameter. Automatic interval. This parameter needs to be set only SET when "OMU automatic switchover ASWPARA(M switch" is set to "ON". The andatory) minimum automatic switchover SET GCELLCCUT Whether a measurement report RANSYS(Opti can contain the information about a onal) cell with an invalid BSIC ADD XPUVLAN(Ma ndatory) IP address EXP LOG(Optional) ADD SNTPSRVINF O(Mandatory) IP address of the server ADD NSVLLOCAL( Mandatory) IP address of the local NSVL ADD NSVLREMOT E(Mandatory) IP address of the remote NSVL SET BTSETHPOR T(Optional) DLD RETANTCFG( Mandatory) ULD BTSDEVFILE( IP address of a BTS port. It cannot be the same as any IP address configured IP address in of the the BSC6900. FTP server. When the FTPServer.exe file is downloaded through the FTP Tool button on the LMT, the address of the FTP server is the same as that The local IP address must be the ADD configured IP address (including IPPATH(Mand the IP address and port address of atory) the interface board). ADD DEVIP(Manda tory) IP address of the board ADD ETHIP(Manda Local IP address of the Ethernet tory) port

GBFD111203

GBFD111203

GBFD117501

IP

IP Address

BSC6900

MRFD210301

IP

IP Address

BSC6900

GBFD111203

IP

Local IP Address BSC6900

GBFD118603

IP

Remote IP Address

BSC6900

GBFD118603

IP

Physical IP

BSC6900

GBFD118601

IP

FTPServer IP

BSC6900

GBFD111202

IPADDR

Local IP address BSC6900

GBFD118605

IPADDR

IP address

BSC6900

MRFD211502

IPADDR

Local IP address BSC6900

MRFD211502

IPADDR

Packet source IP address BSC6900

ADD ICMPGUARD( Source IP address of the packet for Mandatory) preventing the ICMP attack None ADD VLANID(Mand atory) IP address of the next hop ADD ETHTRKIP(M Local IP address of the andatory) aggregation group ADD SGSNROUTE INFO(Mandat ory) IP address of the router ADD SGSN(Mandat ory) SET BTSIPCLKPA RA(Mandatory ) ADD SGSN(Option al) SET BTSIPCLKPA RA(Mandatory )

IPADDR

Next Hop IP address.

BSC6900

None

IPADDR

Local IP address BSC6900

MRFD210103

IPADDR

IP Address

BSC6900

GBFD118603

IPADDR1

IP Address1 Master Clock Server IP Address

BSC6900

IPADDR1

BSC6900

First IP address of the SGSN It must be the valid address of the A, B, or C type and cannot be the broadcast address or network address.

GBFD118603

GBFD118606

IPADDR2

IP Address2 Slave Clock Server IP Address

BSC6900

IPADDR2

BSC6900

Second IP address of the SGSN It must be the valid address of the A, B, or C type and cannot be the broadcast address or network address.

GBFD118603

GBFD118606

IPADDR3

IP Address3

BSC6900

ADD SGSN(Option al) Third IP address of the SGSN ADD SGSN(Option al) SET BTSETHPOR T(Optional) ADD BTSPPPLNK( SET BTSETHPOR T(Optional) ADD BTSPPPLNK(

GBFD118603

IPADDR4

IP Address4

BSC6900

IPEAAT

IP Frame Error Alarm Threshold BSC6900 IP Frame Error Alarm Clearance Threshold BSC6900

IPEADT

Fourth IP address of the SGSN When the number of error frames on the IP layer reaches the value of this parameter, the frame error alarm is generated. When the number of error frames on the IP layer decreases to the value of this parameter, the frame error alarm is cleared.

GBFD118603

GBFD118630

GBFD118630

IPHC

Head compress

BSC6900

ADD PPPLNK(Opti Whether to compress the packet onal) headers ADD MPGRP(Optio Whether to compress the IP nal) header of a MP group ADD ETHIP(Manda IP address index of the Ethernet tory) port ADD ETHTRKIP(M IP address index of the andatory) aggregation group ADD IPMUX(Option al) IP packet multiplex index

IPHC

Head compress

BSC6900

GBFD118611 GBFD118622 GBFD118611 GBFD118622

IPINDEX

IP address index BSC6900

None

IPINDEX

IP address index BSC6900

IPMUXINDEX IP MUX Index

BSC6900

MRFD210103 GBFD118604 GBFD118610

IPPHYTRANS IP Phy Trans TYPE Type

BSC6900

ADD Type of the physical IP BTS(Optional) transmission medium ADD BTSAUTOPL Type of IP physical transmission AN(Optional) cable medium, E1 or FE/GE. Whether to enable the heater. In multi-mode scenario, the value SET of this parameter in one mode BTSDHEUBP( must be the same as the value of Optional) the corresponding parameter in ADD AISSCFG(Ma Whether the BSC is a reference ndatory) BSC ADD G2GNCELL(O ptional) SET BTSIPCLKPA RA(Mandatory ) SET BTSIPCLKPA RA(Mandatory )

GBFD118601

IPPHYTRANS IP Physical Tran. TYPE Type BSC6900

GBFD118601

ISADDEDTMP DHEU Heater CONTROL Control Allowed

BSC6900

GBFD111202

ISBASICBSC Base BSC

BSC6900

GBFD118201

ISCHAINNCE Chain Neighbor LL Cell

BSC6900

Whether the cell is a chain neighboring cell

GBFD510103

ISCLKREDUC Clock Server Y Redundancy

BSC6900

Whether to support clock server redundancy configuration

GBFD118606

ISCLKREDUC Clock Server YBAK Redundancy

BSC6900

Whether to support clock server redundancy configuration

GBFD118606

ISCONFIGED RING Config Ring Is Configure ISCONFIGTH Check D Threadhold

BSC6900

BSC6900

Whether to enable the BTS to ADD support ring networking. IP BTS do BTS(Optional) not support this parameter. If this parameter is set to "YES", the check threshold for a specific ADD board is used. In this case, the BTSRXUBRD( following paramters are involved: Optional) Forward Bandwidth, Receive

GBFD117801

GBFD111202

EDGE Support in ISEDGESUPP External ORT Neighbour Cell BSC6900 Is First Class ISFIRSTCLAS Transport S Resource Group BSC6900 GPRS Support in ISGPRSSUPP External ORT Neighbour Cell BSC6900

ADD A service support attribute of a cell, GEXT2GCEL that is, whether an external GSM GBFDL(Optional) cell supports EDGE 114201 ADD RSCGRP(Man Whether to indicate the first class datory) transport resource group

GBFD118605

ADD A service support attribute of a cell, GEXT2GCEL that is, whether an external GSM GBFDL(Optional) cell supports GPRS 114101 ADD GTRX(Option Whether to enable the TRX to carry MRFDal) the main BCCH in the cell 210301 SET BSCBASIC(M Whether a BSC in the TC pool is andatory) the primary BSC Whether this location group is the main location group. If the value is ADD Yes, this location group is the main BTSLOCGRP( location group. If the value is No, Mandatory) this location group is the slave ADD A service support attribute of a cell, GEXT2GCEL that is, whether an external GSM L(Optional) cell supports NC2 Configuration mode of the IP subnetwork. Static configuration: fixed local NSVL and remote NSVL ADD parameters through manual NSE(Optional) configuration; Dynamic ADD IPMUX(Manda tory) Whether it is QOSPATH

Is Main BCCH ISMAINBCCH TRX

BSC6900

IsMainBSC

Is Main BSC

BSC6900

GBFD113726

ISMAINLOCG Is Main Local RP Group NC2 Support in ISNC2SUPPO External RT Neighbour Cell

BSC6900

GBFD510104

BSC6900

GBFD116201

ISNCMODE

Subnetwork Configure Mode

BSC6900

ISQOSPATH

IS QOSPATH

BSC6900

GBFD118603 GBFD118604 GBFD118610

ISSPTBSCAIS Support BSC S AISS

BSC6900

ADD Whether the Um interface software AISSCFG(Ma synchronization between BSCs is GBFDndatory) supported 118201

Demu Configure ISSPTDEMUS Information BSC6900

SET BTSENVALM( Whether multiple DEMUs are Mandatory) configured SET BTSOTHPAR A(Optional) ISSUPERBTS Whether to enable the BTS to support local switching SET If the BTS supports local switching, BTSLSW(Opti when the calling and called MSs onal) are both within the BTS or BTS SET BSCBASIC(O Whether to support the TC pool ptional) function it is a TC board.If the Whether board is for the TC subrack, set the ADD parameter to YES. BRD(Mandato If the board is not for the TC ry) subrack, set the parameter to NO. ADD SUBRACK(Op Whether the subrack is a remote tional) main TC subrack Whether to control the temperature difference between the air inlet and SET air outlet and that between the air BTSDHEUBP( outlet and ambient by the Optional) temperature control system. Whether to configure the transmission cabinet. The BTS SET uses this parameter to calculate BTSPSUFP(O the number of TRXs to be shut ptional) down. SET GCELLIDLEF DDBA1(Mand atory) Number of a row to be changed in SET a BA list Reserved parameter for cells. SET There are 30 parameters of this GCELLREV(M type, which can be used as new andatory) parameters in later versions. SET GCELLIDLEF DDBA1(Mand atory) SET Used for parameter control SET GCELLREV(M Value of a reserved parameter for andatory) cells

GBFD111202

ISSUPERBTS Is Supper BTS

BSC6900

GBFD117803

ISSUPPORTB Support BTS TSLSWITCH Local Switch

BSC6900

GBFD117702

IsSupportTcP Is Support Tc ool Pool

BSC6900

GBFD113726

ISTCBRD

TC board

BSC6900

MRFD210301

ISTCCENTRA Remote TC L Central DHEU Temperature Control

BSC6900

MRFD210301

ISTMPCTRL

BSC6900

GBFD111202

ISTRANCABC Tran. Cabinet ON Configured

BSC6900

GBFD111202

ITEM

NCCELL No.

BSC6900

MRFD210301

ITEMINDEX

Item Index

BSC6900

MRFD210301

ITEMVALID

Item Valid

BSC6900

MRFD210301

ITEMVALUE

Value

BSC6900

MRFD210301

ITFT

Interface Type

BSC6900

ITFType

Interface Type

BSC6900

Concentric Attribute BSC6900 Dynamic Channel Conversion IUOCHNTRA Parameter of N Concentric Cell BSC6900 IUO

ADD IPPATH(Mand atory) ADD ADJMAP(Man Type of the interface. adjacent node This is determined by the type of the ADD protocol currently used by the BTS. BTSIPRT(Man Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) is a datory) data link protocol. Multilink Concentric cell attributes ofPPP TRX. If the cell where a TRX is located is SET configured as a concentric cell, set GTRXIUO(Ma this parameter to OVERLAID or ndatory) UNDERLAID as required. If the cell SET GCELLPSCH Conversion policy of the dynamic M(Optional) channel of the of concentric cell The triggering concentric circle handovers must meet the P/N SET criteria, that is, when P out of N GCELLHOIUO measurement reports meet the (Optional) condition for concentric circle The triggering of concentric circle handovers must meet the P/N SET criteria, that is, when P out of N GCELLHOIUO measurement reports meet the (Optional) condition a for concentric circle Whether cell is a normal cell, concentric cell, or enhanced dual ADD band network cell. GCELL(Option In a concentric cell, the coverage al) areas of different TRXs form

GBFD118605

GBFD118605

GBFD113201

GBFD113201

IUOHODURA UO HO Valid TIME Time

BSC6900

GBFD113201

IUOHOSTATI UO HO Watch ME Time

BSC6900

IUOTP

Cell IUO Type

BSC6900

GBFD113201 GBFD113201 GBFD114402

J0 trace J0ALMSWITC mismatch alarm H switch

BSC6900

SET Switch for the J0 tracing mark OPT(Optional) mismatching alarm

None

J0BYTE_FOR MAT J0 Byte Format

BSC6900

J0RXVALUE

J0 expected incept value

BSC6900

J0TXVALUE

J0 transmit value BSC6900

SET OPT(Mandato ry) Byte display format value of J0 of J0. J0 None Expected receiving byte, also called the trace byte of the regenerator section on the SET optical port (RTIM), is one of the OPT(Optional) Sending optical port interconnection value of J0. J0 byte, also None called the trace byte of the regenerator section on the optical SET port (RTIM), is one of the optical OPT(Optional) port interconnection parameters None

J0TYPE

J0 type

BSC6900

SET OPT(Optional) J0 type

None

J1 trace J1ALMSWITC mismatch alarm H switch

BSC6900

SET Switch for the J1 tracing mark OPT(Optional) mismatching alarm

None

J1BYTE_FOR MAT J1 Byte Format

BSC6900

J1RXVALUE

J1 expected incept value

BSC6900

J1TXVALUE

J1 transmit value BSC6900

SET OPT(Mandato ry) Byte display format value of J1 of J1. J1 None Expected receiving byte, also called the trace byte of the high-order path on the optical SET port, is one of the optical port OPT(Optional) interconnection parameters. Sending value of J1. J1 byte,The also None called the trace byte of the highorder path on the optical port, is SET one of the optical port OPT(Optional) interconnection parameters None

J1TYPE

J1 type

BSC6900

SET OPT(Optional) J1 type SET COPTLNK(Op Switch for the J2 tracing mark tional) mismatching alarm SET COPTLNK(Op tional) Byte display format of J2 SET COPTLNK(Op tional) Byte length of J2 SET COPTLNK(Op tional) Expected receiving value of J2 SET COPTLNK(Op tional) SET OPT(Optional) SET COPTLNK(Op tional)

None

J2ALMSWITC J2 mismatch H alarm switch

BSC6900

None

J2BYTE_FOR MAT J2 Byte Format

BSC6900

None

J2MODE

J2 length

BSC6900

None

J2RXVALUE

J2 expected incept value

BSC6900

None

J2TXVALUE

J2 transmit value BSC6900

JAUTOADD

Automatic Append J Byte

BSC6900

JBF

LAPD Jitter Buffer Algorithm

BSC6900

Sending of J2 A zero orvalue a space used to fill in the J byte of the optical port based on the J byte of the peer equipment. If the J bytes are inconsistent, an alarm related to J byte Whether to enable the mismatch LAPD Jitter Buffer algorithm. This algorithm SET adds a buffering adaptation layer BTSJBF(Mand under the LAPD layer at the atory) receiving end. The function at this

None

None

GBFD118401

JITBUFDELA PS Jitter Buffer Y Delay

BSC6900

Default receive delay of the PS Jitter Buffer on the BTS. A greater SET value of this parameter indicates a BTSOTHPAR longer end-to-end delay for the PS GBFDA(Optional) service. 111612 SET OTHSOFTPA Whether the LAPD Jitter Buffer is RA(Optional) enabled on the BSC side Determines whether the last three SET bits of K2 indicates the single end MSP(Optional) and the dual K offset usedend in K sequencing. To reduce ping-pong handovers, the SET system performs K sorting based GCELLHOAD( on the downlink receive level of the Optional) candidate cells. But before doing ADD PPPLNK(Opti onal) ADD Duration of the PPP/MP link keepMPLNK(Optio Location alive timer ADD area code (LAC). MSs GCELL(Mand can freely move in the local atory) location area with no need of ADD location update. Reasonable local GEXT2GCEL Location allocationarea can code effectively lighten the (LAC). The MS SET can move within the local location BTSAUTOPL area without location update. The ANCFG(Optio reasonable classification of the nal) location areamode. is veryWhen important Aggregation this for parameter is set to static ADD aggregation, the LACP protocol is ETHTRK(Man activated; otherwise, the LACP datory) protocol is deactivated. SET Decimal value when the latitude GCELLLCS(M where a cell is located is indicated andatory) in the format of degree SET Decimal value when the longitude GCELLLCS(M where a cell is located is indicated andatory) in the format of degree SET Integer value when the latitude GCELLLCS(M where a cell is located is indicated andatory) in the format of degree

JITBUFSWIT Jitter Buffer CH switch

BSC6900

GBFD118601

K2MODE

K2 Mode

BSC6900

KBIAS

K Bias

BSC6900

KEEPALIVE

Keep-alive timer length[S]

BSC6900

GBFD111701 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD118611 GBFD118622

LAC

Cell LAC

BSC6900

MRFD210301

LAC1

Cell LAC

BSC6900

GBFD510702

LACPMODE

Aggregation Mode

BSC6900

MRFD210103

LATIDECI

Latitude Decimal Part BSC6900

GBFD115402

Latitude Degree LATIDEGREE Part

BSC6900

GBFD115402

LATIINT

Latitude Int Part

BSC6900

GBFD115402

Latitude Minute LATIMINUTE Part

BSC6900

SET Value of the minute part when the GCELLLCS(M latitude is indicated in the format of GBFDandatory) degree_minute_second 115402

LATISECOND Latitude Second DECI Decimal Part

BSC6900

SET Decimal value of the second part GCELLLCS(M when the latitude is indicated in the GBFDandatory) format of degree_minute_second 115402 SET Integer value of the second part GCELLLCS(M when the latitude is indicated in the GBFDandatory) format of degree_minute_second 115402 ADD GPS(Mandato Longitude of the GPS receiver ry) antenna ADD GPS(Mandato Longitude of the GPS receiver ry) antenna Delay statistics period. This parameter indicates the period to ADD collect the statistics information IPLOGICPOR about the link transmission delay. T(Optional) Note thatof the unitadjustment of this parameter Number delay suspension periods. This ADD parameter specifies the delay IPLOGICPOR statistics periods in which the T(Optional) bandwidth is not adjusted Bandwidth reduction delaywhen the threshold. This parameter is used ADD to trigger the function of bandwidth IPLOGICPOR reduction at the logical port when T(Optional) the link delay exceeds the value of ADD IPLOGICPOR Average delay reduction filtering T(Optional) index ADD IPLOGICPOR T(Optional) SET GCELLBASIC PARA(Optiona l)

LATISECOND Latitude Second INT Int Part

BSC6900

LATITUDE

GPS antenna latitude

BSC6900

None

LATITUDESE GPS antenna C latitude

BSC6900

None

LATPRD

Delay measure period [100ms] Delay adjust suspend period [LATTH] Rate down threshold for delay [ms] average delay down filter mantissa

BSC6900

GBFD118605

LATSUSTM

BSC6900

GBFD118605

LATTH

BSC6900

GBFD118605

LATUDK

BSC6900

GBFD118605

LATUPK

average delay up filter mantissa BSC6900

LAYER

Layer of The Cell BSC6900

LAYER

Layer of the cell

BSC6900

Lb Congestion LBCongestPro Protection Timer tect1 1 BSC6900

Average delay increase filtering index where a cell is located. The Layer network designed by Huawei has four layers: Umbrella (layer 4), Macro (layer 3), Micro (layer 2), and Pico(layer 1). Each layerof can A network basically consists four layers, namely, Umbrella, Macro, ADD Micro, and Pico. Cell priorities GEXT2GCEL influence the sorting of neighboring L(Optional) cells during handovers Timer of increasing the as Lbwell flowas control level when the BSC ADD receives an SMLC congestion GEXTSMLC( indication. If the BSC receives Optional) another SMLC congestion

GBFD118605 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

None

Lb Congestion LBCongestPro Protection Timer tect2 2 BSC6900

ADD GEXTSMLC( Optional)

Timer of decreasing the Lb flow control level. If no SMLC congestion indication is received within the valid period of the timer, the BSC decreases the flow control None

LDRFOUH

LDR Fourth

BSC6900

SET GBFDLDR(Optional) Fourth action taken for load control 118601

LDRFST

LDR First

BSC6900

SET LDR(Optional) First action taken for load control

GBFD118601

LDRSND

LDR Second

BSC6900

LENO

Local entity No.

BSC6900

SET LDR(Optional) ADD M3LE(Mandat ory) ADD M3DE(Mandat

Second action taken for load control

GBFD118601

The local entity number uniquely identifies a local entity.

LEVEL

Log Level

BSC6900

EXP LOG(Optional) Level of the log

GBFD118602 GBFD111203 MRFD210305

LEVEL

Log Level

BSC6900

COL LOG(Optional) Log level to be collected. SET ALMML(Mand atory) alarm mask switch. ADD ETHMD(Optio nal) Class of the maintenance domain SET GCELLBASIC PARA(Optiona Whether to support the reporting of l) the main to diversity level Whether allow inter-layer and inter-level handovers. The interSET layer and inter-level handover GCELLHOBA algorithm is achieved through the SIC(Optional) Hysteresis setting of different layers and value during the handovers between cells on SET different layers or of different GCELLHOBA priorities. This value is used to SIC(Optional) suppress inter-layer ping-pong

GBFD111203

LEVEL

Alarm Mask Switch

BSC6900

None

Level

MD LEVEL

BSC6900

LEVELRPT

Level Report Switch

BSC6900

LEVHOEN

Level HO Allowed BSC6900

Inter-layer HO LEVHOHYST Hysteresis

BSC6900

GBFD118630 GBFD110801 GBFD110802 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

LEVLAST

Layer HO Valid Time

BSC6900

LEVSTAT

Layer HO Watch Time BSC6900

LGCAPPTYP Logical function E type

BSC6900

LGCAPPTYP Logical function E type

BSC6900

LGCAPPTYP Logic function E type

BSC6900

The triggering of inter-layer handovers must meet the P/N ADD criteria, that is, when the condition G2GNCELL(O for inter-layer handovers is met for ptional) a consecutive during N The triggering P of seconds inter-layer handovers must meet the P/N ADD criteria, that is, when the condition G2GNCELL(O for inter-layer handovers is met for ptional) a consecutive P type seconds during N Logical function of the board OAM:Operation And Maintenance Process ADD TDM_Switching:TDM switching BRD(Optional) process CON PATCH(Optio nal) LOD PATCH(Optio Logical function type of the board ADD PPPLNK(Man datory) ADD MPGRP(Mand Logical function type

GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

MRFD210301

MRFD210301 GBFD118611 GBFD118622

LGCUSAGET Application type YPE of POUc_TDM

BSC6900

ADD Application type of the POUc_TDM MRFDBRD(Optional) board 210301 ADD PBSL(Optiona The Logical Index of PB signaling l) link Lower humidity threshold for the environment alarm box to report an SET alarm indicating that the ambient BTSEXD(Opti humidity is too low. If the ambient onal) humidity of the BTS is lower than SET The occur threshold of 20258 LICALMTHD( alarm,you can set it from 90% to Mandatory) 99% SET The recover threshold of 20258 LICALMTHD( alarm,you can set it from 90% to Mandatory) 99% LOP LAPDLNK(Ma ndatory) EXP GCELLTEMP LATE(Optional )

LGIDX

PbSL Logical Index

BSC6900

GBFD111203

LHUMTHD

Lower Humidity Threshold

BSC6900

GBFD111202

Alarm occur LICALMCTHD threshold

BSC6900

MRFD210304

Alarm recover LICALMRTHD threshold

BSC6900

MRFD210304

LINKNO

Link No.

BSC6900

LISTTYPE

Query Type

BSC6900

Key field used to identify one LAPD GBFDlink of the parameters to be 111203 Type displayed when a cell template is queried. The value "DIFFERENCE" indicates that the parameters in the cell template that are different from None

LKTATE

Link rate type

BSC6900

ADD MTP3LNK(Opt ional) Rate type of the designated link SET ALMPORT(Op tional) Lower limit for triggering an alarm SET BTSENVALM PORT(Option Lower limit of an alarm. It is valid al) for the analog port. SET The loopback channel number E1T1LOP(Opti when the port loopback mode is set onal) to single channelof local Upper threshold the loopback low noise amplifier. When the working SET voltage of the low noise amplifier BTSRXUBP(O attenuator in the RXU board is ptional) smaller than this of value, an alarm Lower threshold the low noise is amplifier. When the working SET voltage of the low noise amplifier BTSRXUBP(O attenuator in the RXU board is ptional) greater than this value, an alarm is Optical interface tributary numbering method. This parameter SET indicates the sequence of OPT(Optional) tributaries in an SDH frame. ADD SEMILINK(Op tional) Rate the semipermanent linklink. Initial of bearing tag of the M3UA This parameter can be set to either ADD active mode or standby mode. For M3LNK(Optio details about the relevant bearer nal) tag, see the parameter "Traffic Link loadthe sharing. In the value, the number of 1s (represented by n) ADD determines the maximum number MTP3LKS(Opt (2^n) of links for the load sharing. ional) For example, indicates that Signaling link B0000 mask corresponding to the M3UA link set. It is used for ADD the M3UA link load sharing. It is M3LKS(Option valid only when the working mode al) ofthe theload signaling linkis set is set to the ADD If of a cell lower than GEXT2GCEL value of this parameter, the cell L(Optional) can admit the users handed over ADD from other cells with higher load. GEXT3GCEL Otherwise, the cell rejects such

GBFD111804

LL

Lower Limit

BSC6900

MRFD210304

LL

Lower Limit

BSC6900

MRFD210301

LLCN

Channel No.

BSC6900

None

LNA1

LNA Threshold1

BSC6900

GBFD111202

LNA2

LNA Threshold2

BSC6900

GBFD111202

LNKNUMMOD Tributary E Numbering

BSC6900

None

LNKRATE

Semipermanent Link Rate

BSC6900

GBFD114701

LNKREDFLA G

Initial bearing traffic active tag

BSC6900

GBFD118602

LNKSLSMAS Signalling link K mask

BSC6900

GBFD111804

LNKSLSMAS Signalling link K mask Load handover Load Accept LoadAccThres Threshold

BSC6900

BSC6900

GBFD118602 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

MSC Pool Load LOADBALAN Balancing CEALG Algorithm Select

BSC6900

LOADBROAD NC2 Load CASTPERIOD Broadcast Period BSC6900

Type of load balancing algorithm of the MSC Pool. Generally, the ADD BSC6900 chooses an MSC GCNOPERAT according to the obtained network OR(Optional) Intervals resource that indication (NRI). In somea the BSC broadcasts SET cell's traffic load to its neighbor BSCPSSOFT cells. The uplink load and downlink PARA(Optiona load indicate the traffic situation of l) a cell. The uplink load = number of SET BTSPMUBP( Optional) SET GCELLHOBA SIC(Optional) ADD GEXT2GCEL L(Optional) ADD GEXT3GCEL L(Optional) SET GCELLHOFIT PEN(Optional) SET GCELLHOFIT PEN(Optional) SET GCELLHOAD( Optional) SET GCELLHOAD( Optional) SET GCELLHOAD( Optional) SET BTSDPMUBP( Optional)

GBFD117401

GBFD116201

LOADCURRE Load Current NTDIV Shunt Coefficient BSC6900

LoadHoEn

Load Handover Support

BSC6900

LoadHoEnExt Load Handover 2G Support

BSC6900

LoadHoEnExt Load Handover 3G Support

BSC6900

LOADHOPEN Penalty Time on TIME Load HO

BSC6900

LOADHOPEN Penalty Value on VALUE Load HO BSC6900

LOADHOPERI Load HO Step OD Period

BSC6900

LOADHOSTE Load HO Step P Level

BSC6900

LOADOFFSE Load HO T Bandwidth

BSC6900

LOADPWROF Load Power-off FEN Allowed State

BSC6900

Load current shunt coefficient This parameter specifies whether a traffic load-sharing handover is enabled. The load handover helps to reduce cell congestion, improve success rate channel Indicates thatof if a 2G neighboring cell supports load handovers, the BSC adds the load information of the local cells in the signaling procedures related toneighboring this Indicates that if a 3G cell supports load handovers, the BSC adds the load information of the local cells in the signaling procedures to this After a load related handover succeeds, the BSC punishes the former serving cell during "Penalty Time on Load HO" by subtracting "Penalty Value on Load HO" from After a load handover succeeds, the BSC punishes the former serving cell during "Penalty Time on Load HO" by subtracting "Penalty Value Load HO" from When the load on of a cell reaches or exceeds "Load HO Threshold", all the calls that are using this cell as the serving cell generate handover requests at theload same time, which In hierarchical handovers, starting from "Edge HO DL RX_LEV Threshold", a "Load HO Step Level" is added to the upper handover threshold after every In the handover algorithm of the first generation, load handovers can be performed only when the receive level of the current serving cell is in the range "Edge HO DL Whether to enable load power-off. In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the corresponding parameter in

GBFD111202 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

GBFD111202

Cell Load LOADRESEL Reselection ALLOW Allowed

BSC6900

SET GCELLNC2P ARA(Optional) SET GCELLNC2P ARA(Optional) SET GCELLNC2P ARA(Optional) SET GCELLNC2P ARA(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional)

LOADRESEL Load Reselect MAXRXLEV Level Threshold

BSC6900

Load Reselection LOADRESEL Receive RXTHRSH Threshold BSC6900 LOADRESEL STARTTHRS Load Reselection H Start Threshold BSC6900

LOADSHARE Balance Traffic ALLOW Allowed

BSC6900

Whether to allow the cell load reselection. If this parameter is set to PERMIT and "NC2 Load Reselection Switch" is set to Support, the load of the target cell Threshold for allowing the MS to reselect a cell during load reelection. When the receive level of the serving cell is lower than this threshold, the load reselection is When the uplink load or downlink load of the target cell is lower than this threshold, it can accept the MSs from the serving cell due to load reselection. When the uplink load or downlink load of the cell exceeds this threshold, the load reselection decision is made. If this parameter is set to YES, the channel assignment algorithm II randomly selects the start range for channel traversal; otherwise, the algorithm selects the channel next

GBFD116201

GBFD116201

GBFD116201

GBFD116201

GBFD111005

LOADTHSW

TRM Load Threshold switch BSC6900

SET BSCABISPRI MAP(Optional) TRM load threshold switch SET GBSCREDGR P(Mandatory) Local BSC identity ADD Local IP address of PPP link. The PPPLNK(Man IP address of the PPP link on the datory) BSC side. ADD MPGRP(Mand atory) Local IP address of the MP group

GBFD111202

LocalBSCID

Local BSC ID

BSC6900

LOCALIP

Local IP address BSC6900

LOCALIP

Local IP address BSC6900

GBFD113725 GBFD118611 GBFD118622 GBFD118611 GBFD118622

LOCALIP

Local IP Address BSC6900

ADD BTSPPPLNK( GBFDMandatory) Local IP address of BTS PPP Link. 118611 ADD BTSMPGRP( Local IP address of BTS MLPPP Mandatory) Group. ADD NSVLLOCAL( Mandatory) Identifies a local NSVL

LOCALIP

Local IP Address BSC6900

GBFD118611

LOCALNSVLI Local NSVL ID

BSC6900

GBFD118603

LOCALPORT NO Local Port No.

BSC6900

LOCGRPNO

Location Group No.

BSC6900

LOCGRPNO

Location Group No.

BSC6900

Filter of Location LOCINFOKEY Information BSC6900

ADD SGSNROUTE INFO(Mandat ory) ADD BTSLOCGRP( Mandatory) ADD BTSRXU2LO ADD BTSOBJALM SHLD(Mandat ory) EXP ALMLOG(Opti onal) STA ALMLOG(Opti

GBFDIdentifies the local port of the router 118603

Number of the location group under GBFDthe BTS. It is unique for each BTS. 510104

LOCIP1

First local IP address

BSC6900

LOCIP2

Second local IP address

BSC6900

Number ofof a this location group can The value parameter include one or two conditions. "&" is used to concatenate the conditions, and the records are obtained when the two IP conditions Identifies the first local address that communicates with the peer ADD end. When it is set to 0, it is invalid. SCTPLNK(Ma This IP address must be first ndatory) configured onsecond the corresponding Identifies the local IP address that communicates with ADD the peer end. When it is set to 0, it SCTPLNK(Opt is invalid. This IP address must be ional) first configured on the

GBFD510104

MRFD210304

GBFD118602

LOCKST

Set Locked/Unlock

BSC6900

GBFD118602 GBFDSET 111203 OPLOCK(Man Whether to lock all the non-default MRFDdatory) local accounts 210305 ADD SCTPLNK(Ma ndatory) Local SCTP port number SET LODCTRL(Ma ndatory) board start load control. LOD BTSSW(Optio nal) LOD BTSPATCH(O Mode of software loading CPU usage threshold for log flow control. When the average CPU SET usage of sliding windows reaches FCCPUTHD( or exceeds the threshold, log flow Optional) control is triggered. Packet queue usage threshold for log flow control. When the average SET packet queue usage of sliding FCMSGQTHD windows reaches or exceeds the (Optional) threshold, log flow control is

LOCPN

Local SCTP port No. BSC6900

GBFD118602

LODCTRL

Board Start Load Control. BSC6900

MRFD210301

LODMODE

Loading Mode

BSC6900

GBFD111202

LOGCTHD

Log control threshold

BSC6900

WRFD040100

LOGCTHD

Log control threshold

BSC6900

WRFD040100

LOGPORTFL AG Logic Port Flag

BSC6900

LOGPORTNO Logic Port No.

BSC6900

Logic Port Slot LOGPORTSN No.

BSC6900

LOGRTHD

Log restore threshold

BSC6900

LOGRTHD

Log restore threshold

BSC6900

ADD Whether the SCTP is bound to a SCTPLNK(Ma logical port. For details, see "ADD ndatory) IPLOGICPORT". Logical port No. bound by the ADD SCTP. For details, see the SCTPLNK(Ma parameter "Logic port No." of the ndatory) "ADD IPLOGICPORT". Logical port slot No. bound by the ADD SCTP. For details, see the SCTPLNK(Ma parameter "Slot No." of the "ADD ndatory) IPLOGICPORT". CPU usage threshold for recovery from log flow control. When the SET average CPU usage of sliding FCCPUTHD( windows is lower than the Optional) threshold, log flow control is for Packet queue usage threshold recovery from log flow control. SET When the average packet queue FCMSGQTHD usage of smooth windows is lower (Optional) than the threshold, log flow control SET FCSW(Option al) Whether to control the log flow COL LOG(Mandato ry) STR BTSLOG(Man datory) ULD BTSLOG(Man

None

None

None

WRFD040100

WRFD040100

LOGSW

Log control switch

BSC6900

WRFD040100

LOGTYPE

Log File Type

BSC6900

LOGTYPE

Log Type

BSC6900

The log type to be collected. Type of the log. "COMLOG" indicates a common log. "CMPLOG" indicates a compressed log.

GBFD111203

GBFD111202

LONGIDECI

Longitude Decimal Part

BSC6900

SET Decimal value when the longitude GCELLLCS(M where a cell is located is indicated andatory) in the format of degree

GBFD115402

LONGIDEGR Longitude Degree EE Part BSC6900

SET Value of the degree part when the GCELLLCS(M latitude is indicated in the format of GBFDandatory) degree_minute_second 115402 SET Integer value when the longitude GCELLLCS(M where a cell is located is indicated andatory) in the format of degree

LONGIINT

Longitude Int Part BSC6900

GBFD115402

LONGIMINUT Longitude Minute E Part BSC6900

SET Value of the minute part when the GCELLLCS(M longitude is indicated in the format GBFDandatory) of degree_minute_second 115402

Longitude LONGISECO Second Decimal NDDECI Part BSC6900

LONGISECO Longitude NDINT Second Int Part

BSC6900

Decimal value of the second part SET when the longitude is indicated in GCELLLCS(M the format of andatory) degree_minute_second Integer value of the second part SET when the longitude is indicated in GCELLLCS(M the format of andatory) degree_minute_second

GBFD115402

GBFD115402

LONGITUDE

GPS antenna longitude

BSC6900

ADD GPS(Mandato ry) Latitude of the GP receiver antenna None ADD GPS(Mandato Latitude of the GPS receiver ry) antenna

LONGITUDES GPS antenna EC longitude

BSC6900

None

LoopLevel

Loop Level

BSC6900

LOOPMODE

Loopback Type

BSC6900

STR BTSTST(Opti MRFDonal) Loop type level 210301 1. Local loop:Make loop test on the STR local board at system side, while FRPORTLOO the system platform will send test P(Mandatory) frames. None SET E1T1(Optional ) Loop Detect Switch LOP LAPDLNK(Ma ndatory) Loopback type of LAPD link on When the load an SDCCH the TRX that is in loose frequency SET reuse and is in the compatible GCELLCHMG band of the BCCH is lower than AD(Optional) this threshold, the SDCCH is STR CALLRESLOP (Mandatory) Direction an external voice Loopbackof point. There are 14 loop loopback points. Whether a STR loopback point is available depends CALLRESLOP on the subrack configuration mode (Mandatory) in the BSS and the transmission SET E1T1LOP(Ma ndatory) Loopback type

LOOPSW

Loop Detect Switch

BSC6900

None

LOOPTYPE

Loop type

BSC6900

GBFD111203

LOOSESDCC IBCA Loose Trx HLOADTHRE SDCCH Load D Threshold

BSC6900

GBFD117002

LOPDIR

Loop Direction

BSC6900

GBFD111203

LOPLOC

Loop Position

BSC6900

GBFD111203

LOPT

Loop type

BSC6900

None

LOPT

Loop type.

BSC6900

SET OPTLOP(Man datory) Loopback type STR CALLRESLOP (Optional) Time of an external voice loop Number of suspension periods after the bandwidth adjustment is ADD performed based on the packet IPLOGICPOR drop ratio. This parameter specifies T(Optional) the delay to statistics periods in which Whether permit the preemption of lower-level sublink resources. If SET the value of this parameter is YES, GCELLSOFT( a CS domain service can preempt Optional) the sublink resources of the PS The CS services are preferred. SET This parameter indicates that the BTSFLEXABI CS services are permitted to SPARA(Optio preempt the dynamic Abis nal) resources on the sublink of the SET GCELLOTHB ASIC(Optional Whether to permit the low noise ) amplifier (LNA) bypass SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) Whether to assign overlay channels in an IUO cell based on the receive conditions Whether to level power off the TRX in the case of overlow temperature of SET the BTS cabinet. BTSAPMUBP( If this parameter is set to "Yes", the Optional) BTS powers off the TRX Whether to power off the and TRX of a BTS when the temperature of the SET BTS cabinet is too low. BTSDPMUBP( In multi-mode scenario, the value Optional) of this parameter in one mode STR TRANSPERF TST(Mandator y) Loopback mode ADD IPPATH(Mand Number of the IP logical port that atory) carries the IP path ADD IPLOGICPOR T(Optional) Logical port number

None

LOPTIME

Loop Time

BSC6900

GBFD111203

Suspend times after bandwidth LOSTSUSTM adjusted

BSC6900

GBFD118605

LOWLEVSUB Low-level Sublink RESPREEMP Resource TFLG Preempt Switch BSC6900 LOWLEVSUB RESPREEMP Low Lev Sub Res TFLG Preempt Flag BSC6900

GBFD117301

GBFD117301

LOWNOISES Diversity LNA WH Bypass Permitted BSC6900 LOWRXLEVO Allocate OL LFORBIDSWI Channel Based TCH on RX Level

GBFD111202

BSC6900

GBFD113201

Low Temperature LOWTEMPLO StartLoadPowerADPWROFF off Allowed State BSC6900 Low Temperature LOWTEMPLO StartLoadPowerADPWROFF off Allowed State BSC6900

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

LPBKMODE

Loop Back Mode BSC6900

GBFD111202

LPN

IP Logic Port No. BSC6900

GBFD118605

LPN

Logic port No.

BSC6900

None

LPN

Logic port No.

BSC6900

SET BTSIP(Mandat ory) Logical port number ADD IPPATH(Mand Number of the IP logical port that atory) carries the IP path ADD IPLOGICPOR T(Mandatory) SET GCELLEGPR SPARA(Optio nal)

None

LPNSN

IP Logic Port Slot No. BSC6900

GBFD118605

LPNTYPE

Type of the logic port BSC6900

LQCMODE

Link Quality Control Mode

BSC6900

LSDF

Load Shutdown Flag

BSC6900

LSDV

Load Shutdown Voltage

BSC6900

Type of logical to port It is applicable the radio transmission environment to improve the link quality. Link adaptation (LA) indicates adjusting the coding ofpower the channel Whether tomode enable shutdown upon low voltage of the battery. SET In multi-mode scenario, the value BTSAPMUBP( of this parameter in one mode Optional) must be the same as the value of Load power-off voltage threshold. If "Load Shutdown Flag" is set to SET "Enable" and the load voltage is BTSAPMUBP( lower than the value of this Optional) parameter, the load is automatically

None

GBFD114201

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

LSRTRD

LDR Third

BSC6900

SET LDR(Optional) Third action taken for load control

LSTCMD

Whether Include List Command BSC6900

EXP Whether to include the list LOG(Optional) command CMP TBLDATA(Opt Query results can be displayed ional) vertically or horizontally

GBFD118601 GBFD111203 MRFD210305

LstFormat

Result list format BSC6900

MRFD210301

LT

Load type

BSC6900

LOD BRD(Optional) Loading type SET LOGLIMIT(Ma ndatory) Type of the log EXP LOG(Mandato ry) Type of the log

LT

Log Type

BSC6900

LT

Log Type

BSC6900

None GBFD111203 MRFD210305 GBFD111203 MRFD210305

LTCP

Low Temperature Critical Point BSC6900 Lower Temperature Threshold

SET BTSDHEUBP( Optional) SET BTSEXD(Opti onal) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET BTSRXUBP(O ptional) SET BTSRXUBP(O ptional) SET BTSAPMUBP( Optional)

LTEMTHD

BSC6900

Uplink Long-term LTFERLOWT FER Lower H Threshold BSC6900

LTFERTGT

Uplink Long-term FER Target BSC6900 Uplink Long-term FER Upper Threshold BSC6900

LTFERUPTH

LTTHADJFA

Uplink Threshold Adjust Factor BSC6900

Lvl1Vswr

Lvl1 Vswr

BSC6900

Lvl2Vswr

Lvl2 Vswr

BSC6900

LVSDF

Low Voltage Shutdown Flag

BSC6900

Temperature control threshold for low temperature. When the ambient temperature is less than "Low Temperature Critical Point", the temperature control system Lower temperature threshold for the environment alarm box to report an alarm indicating that the ambient temperature is too low. If the ambient of the Lower voice temperature quality threshold associated with the automatic adjustment of the AMR handover uplink thresholdThe value of this parameter must be smaller than or Target voice quality value associated with the automatic adjustment of the uplink threshold of AMR handover Upper voice quality threshold associated with the automatic adjustment of the AMR handover uplink threshold Factor of uplink threshold adjustment. It indicates the linear relation between the threshold adjustment value and the logarithmic The level 1 FER. Voltage Standing Wave Ratio (VSWR) threshold. When the VSWR is higher than this parameter, the TRX will report a level-1 VSWR alarm. At this time, The level 2 Voltage Standing Wave Ratio (VSWR) threshold. When the VSWR is higher than this parameter, the TRX will report a level-2 VSWR alarm.Voltage" At this time, Whether "Shutdown is valid. In multi-mode base station scenario, the value of this parameter in different modes must

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD115506

GBFD115506

GBFD115506

GBFD115506

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

M3UA service M3UASRVPN listening port No. BSC6900

SET SCTPSRVPO Number of the M3UA service RT(Optional) listening port ADD XPUVLAN(Ma ndatory) MAC address of the VLAN When the number of error frames SET on the MAC layer reaches the BTSETHPOR value of this parameter, the frame T(Optional) error alarm is generated.

GBFD118602

MAC

MAC Address

BSC6900

MRFD210301

MACEAAT

MAC Frame Error Alarm Threshold BSC6900

GBFD118630

MACEADT

MAC Frame Error Alarm Clearance Threshold BSC6900

MACODINGM ARFCN Coding OD Scheme

BSC6900

MAIDX

MA Index

BSC6900

MAINBCCHP Power Derating WDTACTCHE Active Channel N Enabled

BSC6900

MAINBCCHP Power Derating WRDTEN Enabled

BSC6900

MAINBCCHP Power Derating WRDTETIME End Time MAINBCCHP WRDTRANG Power Derating E Range

BSC6900

BSC6900

MAINBCCHP Power Derating WRDTSTIME Start Time BTS Interface Board Bar Code MAINDEVTAB 1

BSC6900

BSC6900

PTU Main Dev. MAINDEVTAB Tab

BSC6900

MAINLOCGR Main Location PNO Group No.

BSC6900

When the number of error frames SET on the MAC layer decreases to the BTSETHPOR value of this parameter, the frame T(Optional) error alarm is cleared. Coding mode in which an ARFCN is sent to an MS during an SET assignment or handover. If the GCELLSOFT( parameter is set to CA_MA, an Optional) ARFCN isaindicated through the CA ADD Identifies maintenance group. ETHMA(Mand Maintenance group: maintenance atory) alliance (MA), which is a ADD component of the maintenance ETHMEP(Man domain (MD). Maintenance domain This parameter specifies whether to reduce the transmit power of the SET channels with the power derating GCELLOTHE function enabled of the non-BCCH XT(Optional) This timeslots on thespecifies BCCH TRX. When parameter whether to enable the Enhanced BCCH SET Power Consumption Optimization GCELLOTHE feature. Generally, the BCCH TRX XT(Optional) transmits signals at the maximum This parameter specifies the end SET time of the period during which the GCELLOTHE power of the non-BCCH timeslots XT(Optional) on the BCCH TRX is derated. This parameter specifies the range SET of power derating over the nonGCELLOTHE BCCH timeslots on the BCCH XT(Optional) TRX. This parameter specifies the start SET time of the period during which the GCELLOTHE power of the non-BCCH timeslots XT(Optional) on BCCH is derated. Barthe code 1 of TRX the interface board of the BTS. This parameter is the ADD electronic serial number of the BTSESN(Man active PTU board. An electronic datory) serial number uniquely identifies an ADD BTSAUTOPL AN(Mandatory Bar code 1 of the BTS interface ) board ADD BTSBINDLOC Number of main location group. GRP(Mandato Each cell contains only one main ry) location group. Number of the port to which the ADD active OML of the BTS is BTS(Optional) connected

GBFD118630

GBFD113701

GBFD118630

GBFD111609

GBFD111609

GBFD111609

GBFD111609

GBFD111609

GBFD111202

GBFD118601

GBFD510104

MAINPORTN O Main Port No

BSC6900

MRFD210206

MainVer

Main Version No.of TMU

BSC6900

MAIO1

MAIO 1

BSC6900

MAIO10

MAIO 10

BSC6900

MAIO11

MAIO 11

BSC6900

MAIO12

MAIO 12

BSC6900

MAIO2

MAIO 2

BSC6900

MAIO3

MAIO 3

BSC6900

MAIO4

MAIO 4

BSC6900

MAIO5

MAIO 5

BSC6900

MAIO6

MAIO 6

BSC6900

MAIO7

MAIO 7

BSC6900

MAIO8

MAIO 8

BSC6900

SET BTSAUTODL Main version No. of the TMU board DACTINFO(M software. It is configured according andatory) to the actual situation. Mobile allocation index offset 1. SET Start frequency number, which is GCELLMAIOP the number of the frequency where LAN(Optional) frequency hopping starts Mobile allocation index offset 10. SET Start frequency number, which is GCELLMAIOP the number of the frequency where LAN(Optional) frequency hopping starts Mobile allocation index offset 11. SET Start frequency number, which is GCELLMAIOP the number of the frequency where LAN(Optional) frequency hopping starts Mobile allocation index offset 12. SET Start frequency number, which is GCELLMAIOP the number of the frequency where LAN(Optional) frequency hopping starts Mobile allocation index offset 2. SET Start frequency number, which is GCELLMAIOP the number of the frequency where LAN(Optional) frequency hopping starts Mobile allocation index offset 3. SET Start frequency number, which is GCELLMAIOP the number of the frequency where LAN(Optional) frequency hopping starts Mobile allocation index offset 4. SET Start frequency number, which is GCELLMAIOP the number of the frequency where LAN(Optional) frequency hopping starts Mobile allocation index offset 5. SET Start frequency number, which is GCELLMAIOP the number of the frequency where LAN(Optional) frequency hopping starts Mobile allocation index offset 6. SET Start frequency number, which is GCELLMAIOP the number of the frequency where LAN(Optional) frequency hopping starts Mobile allocation index offset 7. SET Start frequency number, which is GCELLMAIOP the number of the frequency where LAN(Optional) frequency hopping starts Mobile allocation index offset 8. SET Start frequency number, which is GCELLMAIOP the number of the frequency where LAN(Optional) frequency hopping starts

GBFD111202

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

GBFD117002

MAIO9

MAIO 9

BSC6900

Feed Tri. 0 TMA MAJORALMU Over Critical P0 Alarm Threshold BSC6900 Feed Tri. 1 TMA MAJORALMU Over Critical P1 Alarm Threshold BSC6900 Feed Tri. 2 TMA MAJORALMU Over Critical P2 Alarm Threshold BSC6900 Feed Tri. 3 TMA MAJORALMU Over Critical P3 Alarm Threshold BSC6900 Feed Tri. 4 TMA MAJORALMU Over Critical P4 Alarm Threshold BSC6900 Feed Tri. 5 TMA MAJORALMU Over Critical P5 Alarm Threshold BSC6900

MANAME

MA Name

BSC6900

MANAME

MA Name

BSC6900

Mobile allocation index offset 9. SET Start frequency number, which is GCELLMAIOP the number of the frequency where LAN(Optional) frequency hopping starts Critical alarm threshold against excessive TMA feed current of SET feed tributary 0. When the actual BTSDATUBP( current is greater than the specified Optional) value, TMA threshold feed current critical Criticalaalarm against excessive TMA feed current of SET feed tributary 1. When the actual BTSDATUBP( current is greater than the specified Optional) value, TMA feed current critical Criticalthe alarm threshold against excessive TMA feed current of SET feed tributary 2. When the actual BTSDATUBP( current is greater than the specified Optional) value, the TMA feed current critical Critical alarm threshold against excessive TMA feed current of SET feed tributary 3. When the actual BTSDATUBP( current is greater than the specified Optional) value, the TMA feed current critical Critical alarm threshold against excessive TMA feed current of SET feed tributary 4. When the actual BTSDATUBP( current is greater than the specified Optional) value, the TMA feed current critical Critical alarm threshold against excessive TMA feed current of SET feed tributary 5. When the actual BTSDATUBP( current is greater than the specified Optional) value, the TMA feed current critical ADD ETHMA(Mand atory) PING BTSCFM(Man Name of the MA ADD BTSETHMA( Mandatory) ADD Name of the maintenance BTSETHLCM association.

GBFD117002

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MASK

Subnet mask

BSC6900

MASK

Subnet mask

BSC6900

MASK

Subnet mask

BSC6900

GBFD118630 GBFD118630 MRFD210301 GBFDADD 118611 PPPLNK(Man Subnet mask corresponding to the GBFDdatory) local IP address of the PPP link 118622 GBFDADD 118611 MPGRP(Mand Subnet mask of the MP group in GBFDatory) BSC. 118622 ADD ETHIP(Manda tory) ADD EMSIP(Manda Subnet mask of the board None

MASK

Packet source mask

BSC6900

MASK

Subnet mask

BSC6900

ADD ICMPGUARD( Mandatory) ADD IPRTBIND(Ma ndatory) ADD ETHTRKIP(M

Mask of the source IP network segment of the packet against the ICMP attack

None

Subnet mask

None

MASK

Mask

BSC6900

ADD GCBSADDR( Mandatory) Subnet mask of the CBC SET BTSETHPOR T(Optional) IP subnet mask of a BTS port ADD BTSPPPLNK( Mandatory) Subnet mask of BTS PPP link. ADD BTSMPGRP( Mandatory) ADD BTSAUTOPL AN(Mandatory ) SET BTSIPCLKPA RA(Mandatory )

GBFD113601

MASK

IP Mask

BSC6900

GBFD118601

MASK

Subnet Mask

BSC6900

GBFD118611

MASK

Subnet Mask

BSC6900

Master Clock MASTERIPAD Server IP DR Address

BSC6900

MASTERIPAD Clock Server IP DR Address 1

BSC6900

Subnet mask of BTS MLPPP Group. IP address of the main clock server. It must be a legal A/B/C type address but not a broadcast address or network address. It must be the valid address of the A, B, or C type and cannot be the broadcast address or network address.

GBFD118611

GBFD118606

GBFD118606

MAXADJPCV MAX Up Adj. PC AL Value by Qual. BSC6900

MAXASSOCR Association max ETR retrans BSC6900

SET Step of upward power adjustment GCELLPWR2( according to the quality of the Optional) received signals If the number of the association retransmissions exceeds this ADD value, the parameter is deleted SCTPLNK(Opt automatically. The value must be ional) greater than Path max retrans. ADD IPLOGICPOR Maximum bandwidth for dynamic T(Optional) adjustment at the logical port Number of consecutive intra-cell handovers allowed in a cell. When SET the interval between two intra-cell GCELLHOAD( handovers is lower than a certain Optional) time threshold, these two intra-cell

GBFD110703

GBFD118602

MAXBW

Max bandwidth [64kbps]

BSC6900

MAX Consecutive HO MAXCNTNUM Times

BSC6900

GBFD118605 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

Retry Times of MaxDlAssRetr Downlink TBF yTimes Reassignment Retry Times of MaxDlEstRetr Downlink TBF yNum Establishment MAXDROPP WRTHRESH OLD

BSC6900

BSC6900

SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona l) SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona l) SET BTSBAKPWR (Optional) ADD BTSAUTOPL AN(Mandatory ) SET SET BTSAUTOPL ANCFG(Optio nal)

Maximum number of attempts to resend the downlink assignment messages

GBFD114101

Number of attempts to re-establish GBFDthe downlink TBF 114101 This parameter specifies the largest step of each TRX power reduction. Maximum number of TRXs that can be configured for one cell. For the BTS3900B GSM, when the "Frequency and BSIC Plan Switch" is ON, the number "Maximum TRX that Maximum of TRXs can be configured for one cell. For the BTS3900B GSM, when the "Frequency and BSIC Plan Switch" is ON, the "Maximum TRX

Max Drop Power Threshold BSC6900

GBFD111605

MAXFQNUM

Maximum TRX Number

BSC6900

GBFD510702

Maximum TRX MAXFQNUM1 Number

BSC6900

MAXFRAMEL Maximum Frame EN Length[byte] BSC6900 Max BTS Num of MAXLOADBT Parallel Software SNUM Load BSC6900

ADD IPMUX(Option Maximum multiplexing frame al) length. SET OTHSOFTPA RA(Optional) Maximum number of BTSs that are allowed to concurrently download software under a parameter BSC The value of this cannot be less than the maximum ADD PPPMUX sub-frame length PPPLNK(Opti (MUXMAXSFL). This parameter onal) can be associated with the ADD MPGRP(Optio Maximum length of the PPP nal) multiplexing frame SET PWDPOLICY( Maximum number of retries when Optional) the user logs in SET ALMCAPACIT Maximum capacity for storing the Y(Optional) alarm log SET BTSDPMUBP( Maximum output power of the Optional) diesel

GBFD510702 GBFD118604 GBFD118610

MAXMFLEN

PPP mux max mux-frame length BSC6900

GBFD111202 GBFD118611 GBFD118622

MAXMFLEN

PPP mux max mux-frame length BSC6900

None

MaxMissTime Maximum Retry s Times

BSC6900

MRFD210305

MAXNUM

Max Alarm Log Number

BSC6900

MRFD210304

MAXOUTPUT Diesel Max POWER Output Power

BSC6900

GBFD111202

MAXPATHRE TR Path max retrans BSC6900 Pb Link Check MaxPbLinkCh Max TimeOut kNum Number

BSC6900

If the number of the path retransmissions exceeds this ADD value, the parameter is deleted SCTPLNK(Opt automatically. The value must be ional) smaller than Association max Retransmission times of Pb link check (LapdCheck) messages. SET When a BSC sends a Pb link OTHSOFTPA check message to an external PCU RA(Optional) and fails to receive a response SET GTRXBASE( Optional)

GBFD118602

GBFD114101

MAXPDCHNU Maximum M Number of PDCH BSC6900 Maximum Rate MAXPDCHRA Threshold of TE PDCHs in a Cell Retry Times of MaxPollingRet Downlink TBF ryTimes Polling

BSC6900

BSC6900

MAXRECHAR Charge GECURRENT Coefficient

BSC6900

MAXRECHAR Charge GECURRENT Coefficient Max Resend Times of Phy.Info. Max Retransmissions for Radio Priority 1 Max Retransmissions for Radio Priority 2 Max Retransmissions for Radio Priority 3 Max Retransmissions for Radio Priority 4

BSC6900

MAXRESEND

BSC6900

MAXRETRAN S1

BSC6900

MAXRETRAN S2

BSC6900

MAXRETRAN S3

BSC6900

MAXRETRAN S4

BSC6900

Maximum number of PDCHs that can be assigned in the the PDCH TRX ratio Maximum value of in a cell. The number of available SET TCHs and PDCHs in a cell is set to GCELLPSCH a fixed value. The PDCH ratio is: M(Optional) available PDCH/(TCH/F + static SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona Maximum number of attempts to l) resend thecurrent polling coefficient messages when Maximum the battery is charged. When the SET battery is charged, the maximum BTSPMUBP( current can be 0.01 to 0.99 times of Optional) the capacity of thecoefficient battery cabinet. Maximum current when the battery is charged. When the SET battery is charged, the maximum BTSDPMUBP( current can be 0.05 to 0.25 times of Optional) the capacity of the cabinet. Maximum times forbattery a Physical Information message to be SET transmitted. When the GCELLHOAD( retransmission times exceeds this Optional) parameter and the BTS still cannot Maximum retransmission for radio priority 1. The 2bit Radio Priority SET message carried by the MS in the GCELLPRAC Packet Channel Request message H(Optional) has four levels of priorities. Level 1 Maximum retransmission for radio priority 2. The 2bit Radio Priority SET message carried by the MS in the GCELLPRAC Packet Channel Request message H(Optional) has four levels of priorities. Level 1 Maximum retransmission for radio priority 3. The 2bit Radio Priority SET message carried by the MS in the GCELLPRAC Packet Channel Request message H(Optional) has four levels of priorities. Level 1 Maximum retransmission for radio priority 4. The 2bit Radio Priority SET message carried by the MS in the GCELLPRAC Packet Channel Request message H(Optional) has four levels of priorities. Level 1

GBFD113101

GBFD113101

GBFD114101

GBFD111202

GBFD111202 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

GBFD119110

GBFD119110

GBFD119110

GBFD119110

MAXSFLEN

PPP mux max sub-frame length BSC6900

Maximum PPPMUX sub-frame length. If the PPP frame length is ADD larger than this value, the PPPMUX PPPLNK(Opti multiplexing is performed. The onal) value of this parameter cannot be ADD MPGRP(Optio Maximum length of the PPP nal) multiplexing frame Huawei power control algorithm II divides three quality zones SET according to the quality of the GCELLPWR2( receive signals. When the power is Optional) downwardly adjusted Huawei power controlaccording algorithm to II divides three quality zones SET according to the quality of the GCELLPWR2( receive signals. When the power is Optional) downwardly adjusted Huawei power controlaccording algorithm to II divides three quality zones SET according to the quality of the GCELLPWR2( receive signals. When the power is Optional) downwardly adjusted according to Maximum time advance (TA). The SET value of this parameter is GCELLBASIC determined by that of "Cell PARA(Optiona Extension Type" in the "ADD l) GCELL" command. SET Number of measurement reports GCELLCCAD( (MRs) used for averaging the time Optional) advance before the call drops Whether to initiate a forcible call SET drop when the time advance GCELLCCAD( exceeds "MAX TA Drop Call Optional) Threshold" Whether the time advance after SET filtering exceeds the threshold. If GCELLCCAD( the threshold is exceeded, a Optional) forcible call drop is initiated. STR POSAVE(Opti onal) Maximum positioning time. SET GTRXBASE( Optional)

GBFD118611 GBFD118622

MAXSFLEN

PPP mux max sub-frame length BSC6900 MAX Down Adj.Value Qual.Zone 0 MAX Down Adj.Value Qual.Zone 1 MAX Down Adj.Value Qual.Zone 2

None

MAXSTEP0

BSC6900

GBFD110703

MAXSTEP1

BSC6900

GBFD110703

MAXSTEP2

BSC6900

GBFD110703

MAXTA

Max TA

BSC6900

GBFD110901

MAXTADROP MAX TA Drop CALLFILTER Call Filter

BSC6900

GBFD111004

MAXTADROP Max TA Drop Call CALLSWITCH Switch BSC6900 MAXTADROP CALLTHRES MAX TA Drop HOLD Call Threshold

GBFD111004

BSC6900

GBFD111004

MAXTIME

MAXTSOCP

Maximum time for posave Maximum Number of Occupied Abis Timeslots

BSC6900

None

BSC6900

Maximum number of (16 kbit/s) Abis timeslots that the PDCHs can GBFDuse in the TRX 117301

MAXTTL

MAX TTL

BSC6900

TRC IPADDR(Optio Maximum TTL value of the sent nal) TRACERT packet

None

MAX Up Adj. PC MAXVALADJ Value by RX RX_LEV BSC6900

SET Step of upward power adjustment GCELLPWR2( according to the quality of the Optional) received signals

GBFD110703

MBFDCHKN

MBFD Check Index

BSC6900

ADD Detection index. The index is a IPRTBIND(Ma unique value ranging from 0 to 31 if GBFDndatory) it is not specified. 118609 STR IPCHK(Manda tory) Local IP address for the multi-hop Used for requesting MS to BFD report the measurement SET information of neighboring cells in GCELLCCBA multiple frequency bands. This SIC(Optional) For parameter is carried in the system the purpose of accurately reflecting the radio environment of SET a network, filtering is performed on GCELLHOFIT the measured values in several PEN(Optional) For consecutive measurement reports. the purpose of accurately reflecting the radio environment of SET a network, filtering is performed on GCELLHOFIT the measured values in several PEN(Optional) consecutive measurement reports. COL SYNCINFO(M Number of the BTS. The BTS is andatory) numbered uniquely in a BSC. COL SYNCINFO(M andatory) ADD GCNOPERAT OR(Mandatory ) ADD SET BTSAUTOPL ANCFG(Optio nal)

MBFDLOCALI Multi hop BFD P detect local ip

BSC6900

GBFD118609

MBR

Multi-band report BSC6900 Filter Length for SDCCH MEAN_BEP

GBFD114401

MBSIGNLEN

BSC6900

GBFD117501

MBTRAFFLE Filter Length for N TCH MEAN_BEP BSC6900

GBFD117501

MBTSID

Second BTS Index

BSC6900

GBFD118201

MBTSNAME

Second BTS Name

BSC6900

MCC

MCC

BSC6900

MCC1

Cell MCC

BSC6900

Name of the BTS. The BTS is named uniquely in a BSC. Mobile country code. This parameter identifies the country where a mobile subscriber is located, for example, the Chinese MCC is 460. country code (MCC). Local mobile It is used to identify the country that the mobile subscriber belongs to. For example, the MCC of China is 460.

GBFD118201

MRFD210301

MCCLASS

MC PRI number

BSC6900

ADD Number of MC priorities. This MPGRP(Optio parameter is valid when the MP nal) group type is MC. ADD BTSMPGRP( Optional) Number of MC prioritie levels.

GBFD510702 GBFD118611 GBFD118622

MCCLASS

MC PRI Number BSC6900

GBFD118611

MCELLID

Second Cell Index

BSC6900

Second Cell MCELLNAME Name Cabinet No. of Management Board

BSC6900

MCN

BSC6900

ADD NCELL(Mand atory) COL SYNCINFO(M ADD NCELL(Mand atory) COL SYNCINFO(M SET BTSFMUABP( Optional) SET BTSAPMUBP(

Number of the cell. The cell is numbered uniquely in a BSC.

MRFD210301

Name ofNo. cellof 2.the management Cabinet board. The management board refers to the TMU or RXU that directly communicates with the board. The configuration of this

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

MCPA MCPAOPTAL Optimization G Switch GSM Multi MCSTANDAR Carrier BTS D Standard

BSC6900

SET If the MCPA Optimization Switch is GCELLCHMG turned on, the MCPA priority GBFDAD(Optional) update mode is adjusted. 111005 SET BTSPSUFP(O Standard for the GSM multi-carrier ptional) BTS ADD ETHMD(Mand atory) ADD ETHMA(Mand Identifies a maintenance domain Level of the maintenance ADD domain.The priority of the BTSETHMD( maintenance domain ranks from 0 Optional) to 7 from low to high. ADD ETHMD(Mand atory) PING BTSCFM(Man name of the MD ADD BTSETHMD( Mandatory) ADD BTSETHMA( Name of the maintenance domain. SET Whether to allow the MS to the GCELLPSI1(O send the PS measurement report ptional) to the network side ADD GNRNC(Mand atory) Common measurement period SET GCELLCCUT RANSYS(Opti Type of the measurement report onal) (MR) reported by the MS

BSC6900

GBFD111202

MDIDX

MD INDEX

BSC6900

MDLEVEL

MD Level

BSC6900

GBFD118630 GBFD118630 MRFD210301

MDName

MD NAME

BSC6900

MDNAME

MD Name

BSC6900

GBFD118630 GBFD118630 MRFD210301

Allow MR MEASORDER Command or not BSC6900

GBFD119102

MEASPERIO D

Measurement Period

BSC6900

MRFD211402

MEASURETY Measurement PE Report Type

BSC6900

GBFD117501

MEPID

MEP ID

BSC6900

MEPID

MEP ID

BSC6900

ADD ETHMEP(Man datory) ADD BTSETHLCM EP(Mandatory ) ADD

MEPTYPE

MEP Type

BSC6900

MHF

MP/MC list head option BSC6900

GBFD118630 GBFDIdentifies a maintenance end point 118630 (MEP) of a maintenance MRFDassociation. The type of the maintenance point 210301 added to the maintenance group. ADD LocalMep indicates a local ETHMEP(Man maintenance point and GBFDdatory) RemoteMep indicates a remote 118630 GBFDADD 118611 MPGRP(Optio GBFDnal) MP/MC sequence header option 118622 ADD BTSMPGRP( Frame encapsulation format Optional) supported by MP/MC. Minimum receive level for a neighbor cell to become a SET candidate cell during cell GCELLNC2P reselection. When the receive level ARA(Optional) of the serving cell is lower than the ADD IPLOGICPOR Minimum bandwidth for dynamic T(Optional) adjustment at the logical port Selects 3G candidate cells. If the measured value of a 3G ADD neighboring cell is lower than this GEXT3GCEL threshold, the 3G neighboring cell L(Optional) will be removed from among Minimum receive level offset.the An MS can be handed over to a ADD neighboring cell only when the G2GNCELL(O downlink level of the neighboring ptional) cell is greater than the sum of "Min Threshold for triggering prompt alarm clearance when the ANT_A SET tributary antenna current is too BTSRXUBP(O heavy. When the actual current is ptional) higher than the configured value, Threshold for triggering prompt alarm clearance when the ANT_B SET tributary antenna current is too BTSRXUBP(O heavy. When the actual current is ptional) higher than the threshold configured value, Warning alarm against excessive TMA feed current of SET feed tributary 0. When the actual BTSDATUBP( current is greater than the specified Optional) value, a TMA feed current warning

Identifies a maintenance point in the maintenance alliance A maintenance point is an edge node of the MA.

MHF

MP/MC List Head Option BSC6900

GBFD118611

MINACCRXLE Cell Reselection V Level Threshold

BSC6900

GBFD116201

MINBW

Min bandwidth [64kbps]

BSC6900

GBFD118605

MINECNOTH Min Ec/No RES threshold

BSC6900

Min Access Level Offset BSC6900 ANT_A ALD Current Minor MinorAlmThd Alarm Occur A Threshold BSC6900 ANT_B ALD Current Minor MinorAlmThd Alarm Occur B Threshold BSC6900 MINOFFSET Feed Tri. 0 TMA MINORALMU Over Warning P0 Alarm Threshold BSC6900

GBFD114301 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

Feed Tri. 1 TMA MINORALMU Over Warning P1 Alarm Threshold BSC6900 Feed Tri. 2 TMA MINORALMU Over Warning P2 Alarm Threshold BSC6900 Feed Tri. 3 TMA MINORALMU Over Warning P3 Alarm Threshold BSC6900 Feed Tri. 4 TMA MINORALMU Over Warning P4 Alarm Threshold BSC6900 Feed Tri. 5 TMA MINORALMU Over Warning P5 Alarm Threshold BSC6900 ANT_A ALD Current Minor Alarm Clear MinorClrThdA Threshold BSC6900 ANT_B ALD Current Minor Alarm Clear MinorClrThdB Threshold BSC6900 Min Power Level MINPWRLEV For Directed DIRTRY Retry BSC6900

SET BTSDATUBP( Optional) SET BTSDATUBP( Optional) SET BTSDATUBP( Optional) SET BTSDATUBP( Optional) SET BTSDATUBP( Optional) SET BTSRXUBP(O ptional) SET BTSRXUBP(O ptional)

MINRESTIME TCH Minimum TCH Recovery Time

BSC6900

MINRSCPTH Min RSCP RES threshold Min interval of BFD packet receive [ms]

BSC6900

SET GCELLHOCT RL(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG Minimum time required for a TCH BASIC(Option to transform to a SDCCH and then al) transform back to a TCH Selects 3G candidate cells. If the measured value of a 3G ADD neighboring cell is lower than this GEXT3GCEL threshold, the 3G neighboring cell L(Optional) will be removed from among the

Warning alarm threshold against excessive TMA feed current of feed tributary 1. When the actual current is greater than the specified value, the TMA threshold feed current Warning alarm against excessive TMA feed current of feed tributary 2. When the actual current is greater than the specified value, the TMA threshold feed current Warning alarm against excessive TMA feed current of feed tributary 3. When the actual current is greater than the specified value, the TMA threshold feed current Warning alarm against excessive TMA feed current of feed tributary 4. When the actual current is greater than the specified value, the TMA threshold feed current Warning alarm against excessive TMA feed current of feed tributary 5. When the actual current is greater than the specified value, the TMA feed current Threshold for triggering prompt alarm clearance when the ANT_A tributary antenna current is too heavy. When the actual current is lower than for thetriggering configured value, Threshold prompt alarm clearance when the ANT_B tributary antenna current is too heavy. When the actual current is lower than retry, the configured In a direct when the value, receive level of a neighboring cell is no smaller than this parameter, the neighboring cell can be a candidate cell for the direct retry.

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

GBFD110607

GBFD113001 GBFD114301 GBFD114302

MINRXINT

BSC6900

STR IPCHK(Option Minimum interval at which two BFD GBFDal) packets are received. 118609 ADD BTSBFD(Opti Minimum interval at which the BTS GBFDonal) receives BFD packets 118609

MINRXINTER Minimum RX VAL Interval

BSC6900

MINTXINT

Min interval of BFD packet send [ms] BSC6900

STR IPCHK(Option Minimum interval between sent al) BFD packets ADD BTSBFD(Opti onal) STR ETHMIRROR PORT(Mandat ory) STR ETHMIRROR PORT(Mandat ory) STR ETHMIRROR PORT(Mandat ory) ADD GCNOPERAT OR(Mandatory ) ADD SET BTSAUTOPL ANCFG(Optio nal)

GBFD118609

MINTXINTER Minimum TX VAL Interval

BSC6900

Minimum interval at which the BTS GBFDsends BFD packets 118609

Mirror Dest Port MIRRORDPN No.

BSC6900

Mirror destination Ethernet port number

None

Mirror Source MIRRORSPN Port No.

BSC6900

Mirror Ethernet port number

None

MIRRORTYP E Mirror Type

BSC6900

MNC

MNC

BSC6900

Mirror type None Mobile network code. This parameter identifies the public land mobile network (PLMN) where a MRFDmobile subscriber is homed. 210301

MNC1

Cell MNC

BSC6900

MOCACCESS MOC Access CPURATE CPU Rate

BSC6900

MODE

System clock working mode

BSC6900

MODE

Signalling link mode

BSC6900

Mobile network code (MNC). It is used to identify the PLMN that the mobile subscriber belongs to. Usage threshold of the CPU for calling access. If the usage of the SET CPU exceeds the threshold, the BSCFCPARA( calling access request is Optional) transferred to other CPU for clock. Working mode of the system Working modes of the system SET clock are as follows: CLKMODE(M (1) MANUAL: In this mode, you andatory) must specify a clock source and SCTP link work mode. Server mode: BSC6900 starts the listening ADD and waits for the peer to send the SCTPLNK(Ma SCTP-INIT message. Client mode: ndatory) BSC6900 actively sends the SCTPSET QUICKCFG(M andatory) configuration mode SWP MBSCMODE( Mandatory) CHK MODEDATA( Working mode after switchover

GBFD510702

GBFD111705

MRFD210502

GBFD118602

MODE

Configure Mode

BSC6900

MRFD210301

MODE

Mode after Switchover

BSC6900

MRFD210301

MODE

Backup mode

BSC6900

MODE

Check mode

BSC6900

MODE0

Feed Tri. 0 Alarm Mode BSC6900

MODE1

Feed Tri. 1 Alarm Mode BSC6900

MODE2

Feed Tri. 2 Alarm Mode BSC6900

MODE3

Feed Tri. 3 Alarm Mode BSC6900

MODE4

Feed Tri. 4 Alarm Mode BSC6900

MODE5

Feed Tri. 5 Alarm Mode BSC6900

MONITORPE RIOD Monitor Period

BSC6900

MONITORTIM E Monitor Time

BSC6900

Month

Month

BSC6900

MOVESPEED Quick Move THRES Speed Threshold BSC6900

SET Backup mode of the switch MSP(Optional) Working protection group mode of a port. When this parameter is set to STR CHECK_ON_STANDBY_PORT, IPCHK(Option the connectivity check is performed al) on the mode standby When this Alarm of port. feed tributary 0. There are three alarm modes. SET Alarm mode 1 has only one type of BTSDATUBP( alarms. The alarm current is fixed Optional) and greater the tributary normal 1. Alarm modethan of feed There are three alarm modes. SET Alarm mode 1 has only one type of BTSDATUBP( alarms. The alarm current is fixed Optional) and greater the tributary normal 2. Alarm modethan of feed There are three alarm modes. SET Alarm mode 1 has only one type of BTSDATUBP( alarms. The alarm current is fixed Optional) and greater the tributary normal 3. Alarm modethan of feed There are three alarm modes. SET Alarm mode 1 has only one type of BTSDATUBP( alarms. The alarm current is fixed Optional) and greater the tributary normal 4. Alarm modethan of feed There are three alarm modes. SET Alarm mode 1 has only one type of BTSDATUBP( alarms. The alarm current is fixed Optional) and greater the tributary normal 5. Alarm modethan of feed There are three alarm modes. SET Alarm mode 1 has only one type of BTSDATUBP( alarms. The alarm current is fixed Optional) and greater than the normal STR BTSRACKTE MPMON(Man datory) Monitoring period STR BTSRACKTE MPMON(Man datory) Monitoring duration SET BTSAUTODL DACTINFO(M Month when the TMU board andatory) software is released A quick handover can be initiated SET only if the rate of an MS is higher GCELLHOFA than this parameter during a ST(Optional) certain period of time.

GBFD111701

GBFD118609

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD510102

MP Group Frame Error Alarm MPGRPEAAT Threshold BSC6900 MP Group Frame Error Alarm Clearance MPGRPEADT Threshold BSC6900

MPGRPN

MP Group No.

BSC6900

When the number of error frames ADD on the MP group reaches the value BTSMPGRP( of this parameter, the frame error Optional) alarm is generated. When the number of error frames ADD on the MP group decreases to the BTSMPGRP( value of this parameter, the frame Optional) error alarm is cleared. ADD MPGRP(Mand atory) ADD MPLNK(Mand MP group number ADD IPLOGICPOR T(Optional) MP group number ADD BTSMPGRP( Mandatory) ADD Number of an MLPPP group on a BTSMPLNK(M BTS. It ismultiplexing unique in a BTS. Timeslot mode at the Abis interface of the BTS. The BTS supports two multiplexing modes: ADD statistical multiplexing on a 64 BTS(Optional) Number kbit/s timeslot physical SET of theand serial port where the BTSFMUABP( board is located. The management Optional) board refers to the TMU or RXU SET that directly communicates with the BTSAPMUBP( board. The configuration of this ADD BTSMPGRP( Optional) Is Support MCPPP. ADD MPGRP(Optio nal) SET MPUBIND(Ma ndatory) ADD BRD(Mandato SET MPUBIND(Ma ndatory) ADD BRD(Mandato

GBFD118611

GBFD118611 GBFD118611 GBFD118622

MPGRPN

MP Group No.

BSC6900

None

MPGRPN

MLPPP Group No.

BSC6900

GBFD118611

MPMODE

Multiplexing Mode

BSC6900

GBFD111301

MPN

Connect Port No. BSC6900

GBFD111202

MPSWITCH

MCPPP Switch

BSC6900

MPTYPE

MP type

BSC6900

MP type

GBFD118611 GBFD118611 GBFD118622

MPUSLOT

MPU Slot No.

BSC6900

Number of the slot where the MPU MRFDsubsystem is located 210301

MPUSUBRAC MPU Subrack K No. MR. MRCOMPRE Compensation G Allowed

BSC6900

BSC6900

Number of the subrack where the MPU subsystem is located Whether power control algorithm II allows measurement report SET compensation. GCELLPWR2( When making a power control Optional) decision, the BSC retrieves a

MRFD210301

GBFD110703

MRMISSCOU Allowed MR NT Number Lost

BSC6900

MRMISSNUM MRMissNumber

BSC6900

If the number of measurement reports lost consecutively is no SET larger than this value, linear GCELLHOFIT interpolation is performed for the PEN(Optional) values in the lost measurement When the number of the lost SET measurement reports exceeds this GCELLPWR3( parameter during a power control Optional) period, the power control stops. SET Frequency at which the BTSs GCELLHOCT submit pre-processed RL(Optional) measurement reports to the BSC SET BTSRXUBP(O Attenuation factor for the TMA of ptional) antenna tributary 1 SET BTSRXUBP(O Attenuation factor for the TMA of ptional) antenna 2 Switch oftributary measurement report collection within a specified scope. SET If the specified scope is a site, the GMRSCOPE( switch applies to all the cells at the Mandatory) site; control if the specified scope is a cell, The switch of measurement report collection includes OFF (do SET not collect), ON_WITH_SDCCH GMRCTRL(M (collect measurement reports for andatory) SDCCHs and TCHs), and ADD BTSPPPLNK( Maximum length of a received Optional) packet. The value of this parameter ADD is negotiated at both ends of a BTSMPLNK(O communication. ADD AISSCFG(Opti Number of MSs used when the onal) offset information collected Whether to collectis the information about the MSs of different SET capabilities in a cell. This GCELLSOFT( parameter has no impact on Optional) services. capacity of the MSC. This Available parameter is valid only when the ADD MSC pool function is enabled. It is GCNNODE(O set according to the actual capacity ptional) of the MSC. ADD GCNOPERAT OR(Mandatory Number of bits occupied by the ) NRI in the TMSI

GBFD110601 GBFD510501

GBFD117601

MRPREPROC Sent Freq.of FREQ preprocessed MR BSC6900

GBFD110802

MRRUATTEN Antenna Tributary FACTOR1 1 Factor BSC6900

GBFD111202

MRRUATTEN Antenna Tributary FACTOR2 2 Factor BSC6900

GBFD111202

MRSCOPES WITCH

MR Collection Scope Switch

BSC6900

GBFD111203

MRSWITCH

MR Collection Control Switch

BSC6900

GBFD111203

MRU

Max Receive Unit BSC6900

GBFD118601

MS

Number of MSs

BSC6900

GBFD118201

MSCAPABLE STATSWITC MS Capability H Statistic Switch MSC Available Capability<K User number>

BSC6900

GBFD110501

MSCCAP

BSC6900

GBFD117401

MSCNRILEN

Length of NRI in TMSI

BSC6900

GBFD117401

MSC NULL-NRI MSCNULLNRI Value

BSC6900

ADD GCNOPERAT OR(Optional) ADD GCNOPERAT OR(Optional) ADD GCNNODE(O ptional) SET GCELLCCUT RANSYS(Opti onal)

MSCPOOLAL MSC Pool LOW Function Enabled BSC6900 MSC Administrable MSCSTATUE State

BSC6900

MSCVER

MSC Version Indication

BSC6900

Special NRI that is coded together with common NRIs. This parameter is used to indicate that the BSC routes the service initiated by the MS to theto MSC in non Whether enable the OFFLOAD MSC pool function on the BSC6900. The MSC pool function enables up to 32 MSCs to provide services for mobile subscribers BSC6900. Administrative statein ofathe MSC. This parameter is valid only when the MSC pool function is enabled. It is set according to the actual operating state of the MSC. A call Protocol version of the MSC that is connected to the BSC6900. The supported signaling varies with the protocol versions.

GBFD117401

GBFD117401

GBFD117401

GBFD111804

MSIPFAILIND DELAY TREESTABLISH BSC6900

MSISDN

MSISDN

BSC6900

MSISDNPREF IX1 MSISDN prefix 1 BSC6900

MSISDNPREF IX2 MSISDN prefix 2 BSC6900

MSISDNPREF IX3 MSISDN prefix 3 BSC6900

MSISDNPREF IX4 MSISDN prefix 4 BSC6900

MSISDNPREF IX5 MSISDN prefix 5 BSC6900

MsisdnPrfxList Prefix Number for 2StartBscLs1 BSC 1 BSC6900

SET GCELLTMR( Optional) Call reestablishment timer CHK INNSPCH(Ma ndatory) STR CALLRESLOP MSISDN prefix value 1. When matching the call specified by the mobile SET number, the BSC6900 adds the BSCBASIC(O MSISDN prefix 1 according to the ptional) value of this parameter. MSISDN prefix 2. When For matching the call specified by the mobile SET number, the BSC6900 adds the BSCBASIC(O MSISDN prefix 2 according to the ptional) value of this parameter. MSISDN prefix 3. When For matching the call specified by the mobile SET number, the BSC6900 adds the BSCBASIC(O MSISDN prefix 3 according to the ptional) value of this parameter. MSISDN prefix 4. When For matching the call specified by the mobile SET number, the BSC6900 adds the BSCBASIC(O MSISDN prefix 4 according to the ptional) value of this parameter. MSISDN prefix 5. When For matching the call specified by the mobile SET number, the BSC6900 adds the BSCBASIC(O MSISDN prefix 5 according to the ptional) value of this parameter. For If "Options for BSC Local Switch" is set to PREFIXNUMBER, and the SET first digits in the MSISDN of the BSSLS(Option called or calling are the same as al) the value of this parameter, the

GBFD110503

GBFD111203 GBFD117701 GBFD117702 GBFD117701 GBFD117702 GBFD117701 GBFD117702 GBFD117701 GBFD117702 GBFD117701 GBFD117702

GBFD117701

MsisdnPrfxList Prefix Number for 2StartBscLs10 BSC 10 BSC6900

SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al)

MsisdnPrfxList Prefix Number for 2StartBscLs2 BSC 2 BSC6900

MsisdnPrfxList Prefix Number for 2StartBscLs3 BSC 3 BSC6900

MsisdnPrfxList Prefix Number for 2StartBscLs4 BSC 4 BSC6900

MsisdnPrfxList Prefix Number for 2StartBscLs5 BSC 5 BSC6900

MsisdnPrfxList Prefix Number for 2StartBscLs6 BSC 6 BSC6900

MsisdnPrfxList Prefix Number for 2StartBscLs7 BSC 7 BSC6900

MsisdnPrfxList Prefix Number for 2StartBscLs8 BSC 8 BSC6900

MsisdnPrfxList Prefix Number for 2StartBscLs9 BSC 9 BSC6900

MsisdnPrfxList Prefix Number for 2StartBtsLs1 BTS 1 BSC6900

MsisdnPrfxList Prefix Number for 2StartBtsLs10 BTS 10 BSC6900

MsisdnPrfxList Prefix Number for 2StartBtsLs2 BTS 2 BSC6900

If "Options for BSC Local Switch" is set to PREFIXNUMBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the is If "Options for BSC Local Switch" set to PREFIXNUMBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the is If "Options for BSC Local Switch" set to PREFIXNUMBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the is If "Options for BSC Local Switch" set to PREFIXNUMBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the is If "Options for BSC Local Switch" set to PREFIXNUMBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the is If "Options for BSC Local Switch" set to PREFIXNUMBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the is If "Options for BSC Local Switch" set to PREFIXNUMBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the is If "Options for BSC Local Switch" set to PREFIXNUMBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the is If "Options for BSC Local Switch" set to PREFIXNUMBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the is If "Options for BSC Local Switch" set to PREFIXNUMBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the is If "Options for BSC Local Switch" set to PREFIXNUMBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the is If "Options for BSC Local Switch" set to PREFIXNUMBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the

GBFD117701

GBFD117701

GBFD117701

GBFD117701

GBFD117701

GBFD117701

GBFD117701

GBFD117701

GBFD117701

GBFD117702

GBFD117702

GBFD117702

MsisdnPrfxList Prefix Number for 2StartBtsLs3 BTS 3 BSC6900

SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al)

MsisdnPrfxList Prefix Number for 2StartBtsLs4 BTS 4 BSC6900

MsisdnPrfxList Prefix Number for 2StartBtsLs5 BTS 5 BSC6900

MsisdnPrfxList Prefix Number for 2StartBtsLs6 BTS 6 BSC6900

MsisdnPrfxList Prefix Number for 2StartBtsLs7 BTS 7 BSC6900

MsisdnPrfxList Prefix Number for 2StartBtsLs8 BTS 8 BSC6900

MsisdnPrfxList Prefix Number for 2StartBtsLs9 BTS 9 BSC6900

MsisdnSegList Avoid Number for 2AvoidBscLs1 BSC 1 BSC6900 MsisdnSegList 2AvoidBscLs1 Avoid Number for 0 BSC 10 BSC6900

MsisdnSegList Avoid Number for 2AvoidBscLs2 BSC 2 BSC6900

MsisdnSegList Avoid Number for 2AvoidBscLs3 BSC 3 BSC6900

MsisdnSegList Avoid Number for 2AvoidBscLs4 BSC 4 BSC6900

If "Options for BSC Local Switch" is set to PREFIXNUMBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the is If "Options for BSC Local Switch" set to PREFIXNUMBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the is If "Options for BSC Local Switch" set to PREFIXNUMBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the is If "Options for BSC Local Switch" set to PREFIXNUMBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the is If "Options for BSC Local Switch" set to PREFIXNUMBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the is If "Options for BSC Local Switch" set to PREFIXNUMBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the is If "Options for BSC Local Switch" set to PREFIXNUMBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value thisin parameter, the of If the first of digits the MSISDN the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching function is disabled. If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching function is disabled. If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching function is disabled. If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching function is disabled. If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching function is disabled.

GBFD117702

GBFD117702

GBFD117702

GBFD117702

GBFD117702

GBFD117702

GBFD117702

GBFD117701

GBFD117701

GBFD117701

GBFD117701

GBFD117701

MsisdnSegList Avoid Number for 2AvoidBscLs5 BSC 5 BSC6900

SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al) SET BSSLS(Option al)

MsisdnSegList Avoid Number for 2AvoidBscLs6 BSC 6 BSC6900

MsisdnSegList Avoid Number for 2AvoidBscLs7 BSC 7 BSC6900

MsisdnSegList Avoid Number for 2AvoidBscLs8 BSC 8 BSC6900

MsisdnSegList Avoid Number for 2AvoidBscLs9 BSC 9 BSC6900

MsisdnSegList Avoid Number for 2AvoidBtsLs1 BTS 1 BSC6900 MsisdnSegList 2AvoidBtsLs1 Avoid Number for 0 BTS 10 BSC6900

MsisdnSegList Avoid Number for 2AvoidBtsLs2 BTS 2 BSC6900

MsisdnSegList Avoid Number for 2AvoidBtsLs3 BTS 3 BSC6900

MsisdnSegList Avoid Number for 2AvoidBtsLs4 BTS 4 BSC6900

MsisdnSegList Avoid Number for 2AvoidBtsLs5 BTS 5 BSC6900

MsisdnSegList Avoid Number for 2AvoidBtsLs6 BTS 6 BSC6900

If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching function is disabled. If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching function is disabled. If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching function is disabled. If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching function is disabled. If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching function is disabled. If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BTS local switching function is disabled. If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BTS local switching function is disabled. If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BTS local switching function is disabled. If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BTS local switching function is disabled. If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BTS local switching function is disabled. If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BTS local switching function is disabled. If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BTS local switching function is disabled.

GBFD117701

GBFD117701

GBFD117701

GBFD117701

GBFD117701

GBFD117702

GBFD117702

GBFD117702

GBFD117702

GBFD117702

GBFD117702

GBFD117702

MsisdnSegList Avoid Number for 2AvoidBtsLs7 BTS 7 BSC6900

MsisdnSegList Avoid Number for 2AvoidBtsLs8 BTS 8 BSC6900

MsisdnSegList Avoid Number for 2AvoidBtsLs9 BTS 9 BSC6900 EN Quick PBGT MSLEVSTRQ HO ALG When PBGT MS Leaves BTS

If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same SET as the value of this parameter, the BSSLS(Option BTS local switching function is al) disabled. If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same SET as the value of this parameter, the BSSLS(Option BTS local switching function is al) disabled. If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same SET as the value of this parameter, the BSSLS(Option BTS local switching function is al) disabled. SET Whether to enable "Triggering the GCELLHOFA quick PBGT algorithm only when ST(Optional) an MS is far from the BTS" Maximum number of Channel Request messages that can be SET sent by an MS in an immediate GCELLCCBA assignment procedure. SIC(Optional) After the MS initiates the SET MSPCMD(Ma Control command of the MSP ndatory) switchover protection group SET GCELLPSCH Threshold of the MS Receiver M(Optional) Diversity (MSRD) mode PDCH Downlink multiplex threshold in the Mobile Station SET Receiver Diversity (MSRD) mode. GCELLPSCH When this parameter is set to "80", M(Optional) the MS does not adopt the MSRD SET Number of the subrack where the BTSFMUABP( board is located. The management Optional) board refers to the TMU or RXU SET that directly communicates with the BTSAPMUBP( The board. configuration of this M The criteria supports setting minimum values for the downlink ADD receive level of neighboring cells. GEXT2GCEL The M criteria is met only when , L(Optional) Estimated downlink level of When the number of received measurement reports on the SET downlink transmission quality GCELLNC2P (Packet Downlink Ack/Nack ARA(Optional) message) is greater than or equal Duration of the flow control timer F SET of the MS. The MS sends the flow BSSGPPARA( control message according to this Optional) duration.

GBFD117702

GBFD117702

GBFD117702

BSC6900

GBFD510102

MSMAXRETR AN MS MAX Retrans BSC6900

GBFD111003

MSPCMD

MSP Control Command

BSC6900

GBFD111701

MSRDMCSLE MSRD MCS V Threshold MSRD PDCH MSRDPDCHL Multiplex EV Threshold Subrack No. of Management Board

BSC6900

GBFD510801

BSC6900

GBFD510801

MSRN

BSC6900

MSRXMIN

Min DL level on candidate Cell

BSC6900

GBFD111202 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

MS Rx Quality MSRXQUALS Statistic TATTHRSH Threshold

BSC6900

GBFD116201

MSTF

MS Flow Control Timer BSC6900

GBFD119001

MSTSERVAC Master Service TDELAY Active Delay

BSC6900

Maximum TX MSTXPWRM Power for Access AX PCH BSC6900 Self-healing Switch for Memory Overload BSC6900

SET GBSCREDGR P(Optional) SET GCELLSERV PARA(Optiona l) SET SLFSLVSW(O ptional)

If no handshake message is received from the peer within the delay, the master service is activated.

GBFD113725

Maximum TX power for the MS to access the PCH

GBFD114101

MSW

MTCACCESS MTC Access CPURATE CPU Rate

BSC6900

Switch for the self-healing of the OMU when the OMU process memory is overloaded None Usage threshold of the CPU for called access. If the usage of the SET CPU exceeds the threshold, the BSCFCPARA( called access request is transferred GBFDOptional) to other CPU for processing. 111705 CHK E1T1CRS(Ma ndatory) Detection method ADD MTP3LNK(Ma ndatory) Identify an MTP2 link Metric system. The values of this ADD parameter include "MET" and GPS(Optional) "IMP". ADD SCTPLNK(Opt ional) Maximum transport unit SET ETHPORT(Op tional) Maximum transmission unit

MTHD

Method

BSC6900

None

MTP2LNKN

MTP2 link No.

BSC6900

GBFD111804

MTRLGY

Metrology

BSC6900

None

MTU

MTU value

BSC6900

GBFD118602

MTU

MTU[Byte]

BSC6900

None

MTU

MTU Hierarchical Power Supply Para.<0.1v>

BSC6900

SET Maximum size of a packet that can BTSETHPOR be transmitted or received on a FE GBFDT(Optional) port. 118611 SET BTSBAT(Opti onal) SET GCELLSERV PARA(Optiona l)

MTVT

BSC6900

MULTIBANDR Multi-Band EP Report

BSC6900

Bus voltage of the battery rack of the BTS point report value, Multi-band including "report six cells with the strongest signal at each frequency point", "report one cell with the strongest signal at each frequency

GBFD111202

GBFD114101

MUTECHECK CLASS1PERI Period of Mute OD Detect Class1 MUTECHECK CLASS2SWIT Mute Detect CH Class2 Switch

BSC6900

Period of performing class-1 mute detection. If the bad frame rate SET reaches "Bad Frame Threshold of GCELLSOFT( Mute Detection Class 1" within the GBFDOptional) period specified by this parameter, 111203 SET GCELLSOFT( Whether to enable the class-2 Optional) mute detection Period of performing the class-2 mute detection. After the BTS or SET TC initiates a class-2 mute GCELLSOFT( detection request, the class-2 mute Optional) detection fails if there is no Time for prohibiting the call from SET accessing the corresponding GCELLSOFT( channel where one-way audio is Optional) detected on the Abis interface. Whether to forcibly release a call SET after the forced handover fails in GCELLSOFT( the case of one-way audio on the Optional) Abis interface ADD PPPLNK(Opti Maximum time waiting for onal) multiplexing

BSC6900

GBFD111203

MUTECHECK Period of Mute PEIROD Detect Class2

BSC6900

GBFD111203

MUTEFORBIT Access CALLTMINTV Prohibited Upon AL One-Way Audio BSC6900 Forced Call Release Upon Failed Handover MUTERELCA in One-Way LLEN Audio BSC6900

GBFD111203

MUXTIME

PPP mux framing out-time[us] BSC6900

GBFD111203 GBFD118611 GBFD118622

MUXTIME

PPP mux framing out-time[us] BSC6900

MUXTYPE

IP MUX Type

BSC6900

ADD MPGRP(Optio Frame timeout duration of the PPP nal) multiplexing group None GBFDADD 118604 IPMUX(Manda GBFDtory) IP packet multiplexing type 118610 SET BTSCABPAR Minimum number of reserved GBFDA(Optional) working status TRXs of the cabinet 111202 STR IPCHK(Option al) BFD local description mark System parameter in the LAPD protocol. The value of this SET parameter specifies the maximum BTSRINGATT number of times when a frame is R(Optional) retransmitted. Error control is performed on the I frame sent over the LAPDm layer SET between the BTS and MS. If the GCELLCCTM MS detects errors in an I frame, the R(Optional) BTS should resend the I frame.

MWTRXNO

Min Quantity of Working TRXs

BSC6900

MYDISCRIMI My discriminator NATOR of BFD

BSC6900

GBFD118609

N200

N200

BSC6900

GBFD117801

N200ESTAB

N200 of Establish BSC6900

GBFD111002

N200FFULL

N200 of FACCH/Full Rate BSC6900

SET GCELLCCTM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCTM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCTM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCTM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCTM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCTM R(Optional) SET GCELLSTAN DARDOPTPA RA(Optional) SET GCELLSTAN DARDOPTPA RA(Optional) SET GCELLSTAN DARDOPTPA RA(Optional)

N200FHALF

N200 of FACCH/Half Rate BSC6900

N200PARAS WITCH

Use LAPDm N200

BSC6900

N200REL

N200 of Release BSC6900

N200SACCH

N200 of SACCH

BSC6900

N200SDCCH N200 of SDCCH BSC6900

N3101

Maximum Value of N3101

BSC6900

N3103

Maximum Value of N3103

BSC6900

N3105

Maximum Value of N3105

BSC6900

N391

Parameter of DTE [N391]

BSC6900

ADD BC(Optional)

N392

Parameter of DTE [N392]

BSC6900

ADD BC(Optional)

N393

Parameter of DTE [N393]

BSC6900

ADD BC(Optional)

Error control is performed on the I frame sent over the LAPDm layer between the BTS and MS. If the MS detects errors in an I frame, the BTS should the I frame. Error controlresend is performed on the I frame sent over the LAPDm layer between the BTS and MS. If the MS detects errors in an I frame, the BTS should the sends I frame. Whether theresend BSC6900 the LAPDm N200 parameter to the BTS. If this parameter is set to YES, the BSC the LAPDm N200 Error sends control is performed on the I frame sent over the LAPDm layer between the BTS and MS. If the MS detects errors in an I frame, the BTS should the I frame. Error controlresend is performed on the I frame sent over the LAPDm layer between the BTS and MS. If the MS detects errors in an I frame, the BTS should the I frame. Error controlresend is performed on the I frame sent over the LAPDm layer between the BTS and MS. If the MS detects errors in an I frame, the BTS should resend theN3101 I frame. Maximum value of the counter. In the dynamic uplink allocation mode, the network side enables multiple MSs to share the same uplink channel through Maximum value of the N3101 the counter. When the uplink transmission ends, if the network side receives the last RLC data block, the network sends an Maximum value of side the N3105 counter. After the downlink TBF is set up successfully, the N3105 is started on the network side. After the downlink RLC data block is link Counter on the DTE side. After integrity is verified according to "Parameter of DTE [N391]", the global state query request is originated on the DTE side. Counter on the DTE side, recording the checking times "Parameter of DTE [N393]". After link integrity is verified according to "Parameter of DTE [N392]", the state is restored. Counter on the DTE side, recording the checking times "Parameter of DTE [N393]". After link integrity is verified according to "Parameter of DTE [N392]", the state is restored.

GBFD111002

GBFD111002

GBFD111002

GBFD111002

GBFD111002

GBFD111002

GBFD114101

GBFD114101

GBFD114101

GBFD510002

GBFD510002

GBFD510002

NACCSPT

Support NACC

BSC6900

Whether to support the network assisted cell change (NACC). The SET NACC is used in the network GCELLGPRS( control modes NC0, NC1 or NC2. GBFDOptional) The NACC enables the network to 116301 ADD OPC(Mandato ry) Name of the OSP ADD N7DPC(Mand atory) Name of the DSP ADD MTP3RT(Man datory) Name of an MTP3 route ADD MTP3LKS(Ma ndatory) Name of the signalling link set ADD MTP3LNK(Ma ndatory) Name of the MTP3 link ADD ADJNODE(Ma ndatory) Name of the adjacent node ADD M3LE(Mandat Local entity name. The local entity ory) name must be unique. ADD M3DE(Mandat ory) Name of the destination entity

NAME

OSP name

BSC6900

GBFD111804

NAME

DSP name

BSC6900

GBFD111804

NAME

Signalling Route name

BSC6900

GBFD111804

NAME

Signalling link set name BSC6900

GBFD111804

NAME

Signalling link name

BSC6900

GBFD111804

NAME

Adjacent Node Name

BSC6900

GBFD118605

NAME

Local entity name BSC6900

GBFD118602

NAME

Destination entity name BSC6900

GBFD118602

NAME

M3UA route name

BSC6900

ADD The M3UA route names and the M3RT(Mandat M3UA routes are in the one-to-one GBFDory) matching relation. 118602 ADD Name of the M3UA link set. The M3LKS(Mand name of the M3UA signalling link atory) set must be unique. M3UA signaling link name. The ADD M3UA link names and the M3UA M3LNK(Mand links are in the one-to-one atory) matching relation.

NAME

M3UA Signalling link set name BSC6900

GBFD118602

NAME

M3UA Signaling link name

BSC6900

GBFD118602

NAME

PCU Name

BSC6900

ADD PCU(Mandato ry) Name of the PCU SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLPSPW PARA(Optiona l) SET GCELLBASIC PARA(Optiona l) ADD GIBCAPNCG RP(Mandatory ) ADD GIBCAPNCG RP(Mandatory ) ADD GIBCAPNCG RP(Mandatory ) ADD GIBCAPNCG RP(Mandatory ) Whether to preferentially allocate loose multiplexing frequencies to non-AMR users of the collision Filter consistent signal strength of power control. When sampling must be performed (NAVGI) times before the MS obtains the measurement Whether to efficient enable the Tandem Free Operation (TFO) function on the BTS through a CHANNEL ACTIVATION or MODE MODIFY message Uniform number of neighboring cell 1 index within a BSC6900, which uniquely identifies a cell and is in the range 0 to 5047.

GBFD114101

Assign Non-AMR NAMRLFRMT User Loose Fre. RXALLOWED Reuse TRX BSC6900

GBFD111005

NAVGI

N_AVG_I

BSC6900

NBAMRTFOS WITCH TFO Switch

BSC6900

GBFD119115 GBFD115501 GBFD115502 GBFD-

NBR2GNCEL Neighbor 2G Cell L1ID 1 Index BSC6900

MRFD210301

NBR2GNCEL Neighbor 2G Cell L1NAME 1 Name BSC6900

NBR2GNCEL Neighbor 2G Cell L2ID 2 Index BSC6900

Name of of neighboring neighboring GSM GSM cell cell 2. 1 Index Uniform number of a cell index within a BSC6900, which uniquely identifies a cell and is in the range 0 to 5047.

GBFD117002

MRFD210301

NBR2GNCEL Neighbor 2G Cell L2NAME 2 Name BSC6900

Name of neighboring GSM cell 2

GBFD117002

NBR2GNCEL Neighbor 2G Cell LID Index BSC6900

ADD Uniform number of a cell index G2GNCELL(M within a BSC6900 andatory) , which uniquely identifies a cell. ADD G2GNCELL(M andatory) Name ofnumber a cell of a neighboring Uniform cell index within a BSC, which ADD uniquely identifies a cell. G3GNCELL(M The value range of the index of a andatory) 3G external cell is 5048 to 8047. ADD G3GNCELL(M andatory) Name of a neighboring cell

MRFD210301

NBR2GNCEL Neighbor 2G Cell LNAME Name BSC6900

MRFD210301

NBR3GNCEL Neighbor Cell LID Index

BSC6900

MRFD210301

NBR3GNCEL Neighbor Cell LNAME Name

BSC6900

MRFD210301

NBRCELLSWI Neighbor Cell TCH Plan Switch

BSC6900

SET BTSAUTOPL ANCFG(Optio nal)

When this switch is on, it indicates that the data of the adjacent cell is generated automatically. When this switch is off, it indicates that these GBFDdata must be configured manually. 510702

NBRCI

Neighbour Cell CI BSC6900

ADD G2GNCELL(M andatory) Cell ID of a neighboring cell ADD G2GNCELL(M Local Area Code (LAC) of a andatory) neighboring cell ADD G2GNCELL(M Mobile Country Code (MCC) of a andatory) neighboring cell ADD G2GNCELL(M Mobile Network Code (MNC) of a andatory) neighboring Whether thecell PCU of the cell supports the 64 neighboring cells. SET This parameter determines the GCELLGPRS( capability of reporting the number Optional) of the neighboring of the Whether to involvecells the load of BSC the SET target cell in the algorithm for NC2 BSCPSSOFT cell reselection. If this parameter is PARA(Optiona set to Support, the load of the l) target cell issupport involved in network the Whether to the control 2 (NC2). The NC2 enables SET the network side to control the cell GCELLGPRS( reselection for the MS when the Optional) MS reports thecode measurement ADD Network color that is provided GCELL(Option by the telecom operator. The NCC al) is used to identify networks from ADD area to area. The NCC is unique GEXT2GCEL nationwide. ADD Network color code. It is used to GCELLQUICK uniquely identify different public SETUP(Optio land mobile network (PLMN) of the nal) adjacent country. A set of NCCs of the cells to be SET measured by the MS. This GCELLIDLEB parameter is an information ASIC(Optional element (IE) in the system ) information type 2 and 6 NCC bitmap of the measurement SET report sent by the MS. The MS GCELLEXTM reports only the NCC bitmap of the SRPARA(Opti BSIC and the cell measurement onal) report that matches the bitmap.

MRFD210301

NBRLAC

Neighbour Cell LAC

BSC6900

MRFD210301

NBRMCC

Neighbour Cell MCC

BSC6900

MRFD210301

NBRMNC

Neighbour Cell MNC

BSC6900

NBRSPT64

Support 64 Neighbour Cells

BSC6900

MRFD210301 GBFD116201 GBFD116301

NC2 Load NC2LoadRese Reselection l Switch

BSC6900

GBFD116201

NC2SPT

Support NC2

BSC6900

GBFD116201

NCC

NCC

BSC6900

MRFD210301

NCC

NCC

BSC6900

NCCPERMIT NCC Permitted

BSC6900

NCCPERMIT ED NCC Permitted

BSC6900

MRFD210301 GBFD110401 GBFD110402 GBFD110801 GBFD110802

Neighbor Cell NCELLFILTE Filter Length MR R Number BSC6900

NCELLFLTLE Filter Length for N Ncell RX_LEV NeighborCell NcellInterFLev Interfere Level elThres0 Thresh 0 NeighborCell NcellInterFLev Interfere Level elThres1 Thresh 1 NeighborCell NcellInterFLev Interfere Level elThres2 Thresh 2 NeighborCell NcellInterFLev Interfere Level elThres3 Thresh 3 NeighborCell NcellInterFLev Interfere Level elThres4 Thresh 4 NeighborCell NcellInterFLev Interfere Level elThres5 Thresh 5 NeighborCell NcellInterFLev Interfere Level elThres6 Thresh 6 NeighborCell NcellInterFLev Interfere Level elThres7 Thresh 7

BSC6900

For the purpose of accurately reflecting the radio environment of SET a network, filtering is performed on GCELLHOFA the measured values in several ST(Optional) For consecutive measurement reports. the purpose of accurately reflecting the radio environment of SET a network, filtering is performed on GCELLHOFIT the measured values in several PEN(Optional) consecutive measurement reports. SET OTHSOFTPA Neighboring cell interference level RA(Optional) threshold 0 SET OTHSOFTPA Neighboring cell interference level RA(Optional) threshold 1 SET OTHSOFTPA Neighboring cell interference level RA(Optional) threshold 2 SET OTHSOFTPA Neighboring cell interference level RA(Optional) threshold 3 SET OTHSOFTPA Neighboring cell interference level RA(Optional) threshold 4 SET OTHSOFTPA Neighboring cell interference level RA(Optional) threshold 5 SET OTHSOFTPA Neighboring cell interference level RA(Optional) threshold 6 SET OTHSOFTPA Neighboring cell interference level RA(Optional) threshold 7

GBFD510102 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

BSC6900

GBFD510901

BSC6900

GBFD510901

BSC6900

GBFD510901

BSC6900

GBFD510901

BSC6900

GBFD510901

BSC6900

GBFD510901

BSC6900

GBFD510901

BSC6900

NCHOCBLOC NCH Occupy KNUM Block Number

BSC6900

NCHSTARTB LOCK NCH Start Block

BSC6900

GBFD510901 GBFDSET 510301 GCELLGSMR Number of blocks occupied by the GBFD(Optional) NCH in the group call service 510302 GBFDSET Number of the start block occupied 510301 GCELLGSMR by the NCH in the group call GBFD(Optional) service 510302

NCO

Network Control Mode

BSC6900

Network control mode for cell reselection of the MS. There are SET three modes. NC0: normal MS GCELLPSBA control. The MS shall perform GBFDSE(Optional) autonomous cell re-selection. NC1: 119107 ADD The DSP and OSP are in the N7DPC(Optio associated mode or non associated GBFDnal) mode. 111804 ADD XPUVLAN(Ma ndatory) IP address mask of the VLAN Minimum interval between two consecutive emergency handovers SET performed by an MS. During this GCELLHOCT interval, no emergency handover is RL(Optional) allowed. ADD OMUIPRT(Ma ndatory) IP address of the next hop. ADD IPRT(Mandato ry) Next hop ADD IPRTBIND(Ma ndatory) Next hop ADD BTSIPRT(Man datory) ADD BTSIPRTBIN IP address of the next hop ADD OPC(Mandato ry) Network ID DLD Name of the file to be downloaded. TCFILE(Mand The file name must be complete atory) and does not contain a wildcard. This parameter is related to the paging channel of the system. SET There are three network operation GCELLPSBA modes: network operation mode I, SE(Optional) network operation mode II, and SET BTSALMPOR No Mains Supply Alarm Cabinet T(Mandatory) No.

NEIGHBOR

Adjacent flag

BSC6900

NETMASK

Net Mask

BSC6900

NEWURGHO Min Interval for MININTV Emerg. HO

BSC6900

MRFD210301 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

NEXTHOP

Forward Route Address

BSC6900

None

NEXTHOP

Forward route address

BSC6900

None

NEXTHOP

Forward route address

BSC6900

None

NEXTHOP

Forward Route Address

BSC6900

GBFD118611

NI

Network ID

BSC6900

GBFD111804

NM

Download file name

BSC6900

MRFD210301

NMO

Network Operation Mode

BSC6900

GBFD119108

NMSACN

No Mains Supply Alarm Cabinet No. BSC6900

GBFD111202

NMSAPN

No Mains Supply Alarm Port No. BSC6900

SET BTSALMPOR T(Mandatory) No Mains Supply Alarm Port No. SET BTSALMPOR T(Mandatory) No Mains Supply Alarm Slot No. SET BTSALMPOR No Mains Supply Alarm Subrack T(Mandatory) No. SET PWRPARA(O ptional) Lower limit of input voltage 1 SET PWRPARA(O ptional) Upper limit of input voltage 1 SET PWRPARA(O ptional) Lower limit of input voltage 2 SET PWRPARA(O ptional) Upper limit of input voltage 2 SET PWRPARA(O ptional) Lower limit of input voltage 3 SET PWRPARA(O ptional) Upper limit of input voltage 3 SET PWRPARA(O ptional) Lower limit of input voltage 4 SET PWRPARA(O ptional) Upper limit of input voltage 4 SET PWRPARA(O ptional) Lower limit of input voltage 5

GBFD111202

NMSASN

No Mains Supply Alarm Slot No. BSC6900 No Mains Supply Alarm Subrack No. BSC6900

GBFD111202

NMSASRN

GBFD111202

Lower limit of NO1M48ALM No.1 input -48V[THDDOWN V] BSC6900 Upper limit of NO1M48ALM No.1 input -48V[THDUP V] BSC6900 Lower limit of NO2M48ALM No.2 input -48V[THDDOWN V] BSC6900 Upper limit of NO2M48ALM No.2 input -48V[THDUP V] BSC6900 Lower limit of NO3M48ALM No.3 input -48V[THDDOWN V] BSC6900 Upper limit of NO3M48ALM No.3 input -48V[THDUP V] BSC6900 Lower limit of NO4M48ALM No.4 input -48V[THDDOWN V] BSC6900 Upper limit of NO4M48ALM No.4 input -48V[THDUP V] BSC6900 Lower limit of NO5M48ALM No.5 input -48V[THDDOWN V] BSC6900

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

Upper limit of NO5M48ALM No.5 input -48V[THDUP V] BSC6900 Lower limit of NO6M48ALM No.6 input -48V[THDDOWN V] BSC6900 Upper limit of NO6M48ALM No.6 input -48V[THDUP V] BSC6900 NOAMRFULL TOHALFHOA Non-AMR F-H Ho LLOW Allowed BSC6900 NOAMRFULL Non-AMR F-H Ho TOHALFHOA ATCB Adjust TCBADJSTEP Step BSC6900 NOAMRFULL TOHALFHOA Non-AMR F-H Ho TCBTHRESH ATCB Threshold BSC6900 NOAMRFULL Non-AMR F-H Ho TOHALFHOP Pathloss Adjust ATHADJSTEP Step BSC6900 NOAMRFULL Non-AMR F-H Ho TOHALFHOP Pathloss ATHTHRESH Threshold BSC6900 NOAMRFULL TOHALFHOQ Non-AMR F-H Ho UALTHRESH Qual. Threshold BSC6900 NOAMRFULL TOHALFTHR Non-AMR F-H ESH Traffic Threshold BSC6900 NOAMRHALF TOFULLHOA Non-AMR H-F Ho TCBTHRESH ATCB Threshold BSC6900 NOAMRHALF Non-AMR H-F Ho TOFULLHOP Pathloss ATHTHRESH Threshold BSC6900

SET PWRPARA(O ptional) Upper limit of input voltage 5 SET PWRPARA(O ptional) Lower limit of input voltage 6 SET PWRPARA(O ptional) Upper limit of input voltage 6 SET GCELLHOBA Whether to allow non-AMR voice FSIC(Optional) Decides H handover the offset of the current ATCB together with other two SET parameters: "F-H Ho Period" and GCELLHOBA period of triggering a F-H SIC(Optional) handover, thus selecting target When the ATCB value of non-AMR SET full rate voice is no smaller than GCELLHOBA this parameter, the condition for SIC(Optional) Decides non-AMR F-H handovers is met. the current path cost offset together with other two parameters: SET "F-H Ho Period" and period of GCELLHOBA triggering a F-H handover, thus SIC(Optional) selecting users for F-H When thetarget path loss value of nonAMR full rate voice is no larger SET than this parameter, the condition GCELLHOBA for non-AMR F-H handovers is SIC(Optional) met. Quality threshold for non-AMR F-H handovers. When the uplink SET receive quality and downlink GCELLHOBA receive quality of a user are both SIC(Optional) smaller than this parameter, a F-H When the load of a cell is no SET smaller than this threshold, nonGCELLHOBA AMR F-H handovers are triggered SIC(Optional) in the cell. When the ATCB value of non-AMR SET half rate voice is no larger than this GCELLHOBA threshold, the condition for nonSIC(Optional) When AMR H-F is met. the handovers path loss value of nonAMR half rate voice is no smaller SET than this threshold, the condition GCELLHOBA for non-AMR H-F handovers is SIC(Optional) met.

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

GBFD510501

GBFD510501

GBFD510501

GBFD510501

GBFD510501

GBFD510501

GBFD510501

GBFD510501

GBFD510501

NOAMRHALF Allow Non-AMR TOFULLHOQ H-F QualityUALALLOW based HO

BSC6900

NOAMRHALF TOFULLHOQ Non-AMR H-F Ho UALTHRESH Qual. Threshold BSC6900 NOAMRHALF TOFULLTHR Non-AMR H-F ESH Traffic Threshold BSC6900

SET Whether to trigger non-AMR H-F GCELLHOBA handovers according to the uplink SIC(Optional) and downlink receive quality H-F Quality threshold for non-AMR handovers. When the receive SET quality of a user is no smaller than GCELLHOBA this parameter, the user meets the SIC(Optional) condition for H-F handovers.

GBFD510501

GBFD510501

SET When the load of a cell is no larger GCELLHOBA than this threshold, non-AMR H-F GBFDSIC(Optional) handovers are triggered in the cell. 510501 ADD ADJNODE(Ma ndatory) Type of the node Decisions ofadjacent no-downlink measurement report handovers SET can be made only when the GCELLHOEM number of consecutive no-downlink G(Optional) measurement reports in the current

NODET

Adjacent Node Type

BSC6900

Cons.No Dl NODLMRHOA Mr.HO Allowed LLOWLIMIT Limit

BSC6900

NODLMRHOE No Dl Mr.HO N Allowed

BSC6900

NODLMRHO QUALLIMIT

No Dl Mr.Ul Qual HO Limit BSC6900

NOMINALCA Norminal PACITY Capacity{AH}

BSC6900

NONAMRCAL Allow III Power LPCALLOWE Control For NonD AMR BSC6900

NONDRXPER IOD Non-DRX Period BSC6900 A ALD Cur-Minor NormalCurDur Alarm N-Cur A Duration BSC6900 B ALD Cur-Minor NormalCurDur Alarm N-Cur B Duration BSC6900

GBFD118605 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFDSET Whether to enable the no-downlink 110601 GCELLHOEM measurement report handover GBFDG(Optional) algorithm 510501 When a certain number of nodownlink measurement reports are GBFDSET received consecutively and the 110601 GCELLHOEM uplink receive quality is no smaller GBFDG(Optional) than this parameter, no-downlink 510501 Normal output capacity of the battery group in specific SET discharging conditions (such as BTSPMUBP( discharge rate, temperature, and GBFDOptional) final voltage). Generally, the 111202 Whether to enable the III power SET control algorithm for Non-AMR GCELLPWR3( calls. If enabled, power control is GBFDOptional) performed on Non-AMR calls. 117601 SET GCELLNWCT RLMSRPARA( Period when the cell is in the non- GBFDOptional) DRX state When the ANT_A tributary antenna 119107 current abnormally check mode is SET set to Mode 3, the parameter ALD BTSRXUBP(O Current Prompt Alarm is checked MRFDptional) by periodical pulse. The periodical When the ANT_B tributary antenna 210304 current abnormally check mode is SET set to Mode 3, the parameter ALD BTSRXUBP(O Current Prompt Alarm is checked MRFDptional) by periodical pulse. The periodical 210304

Cell Normal NORMALRES Reselection ELALLOW Allowed

BSC6900

Whether to allow the cell normal reselection. If this parameter is set SET to PERMIT and "NC2 Load GCELLNC2P Reselection Switch" is set to GBFDARA(Optional) Support, the load of the target cell 116201 SET BTSCABPAR Normal work temperature threshold A(Optional) of the cabinet Whether to discard paging messages without TMSIs and allSET cell paging messages that OTHSOFTPA considerably increase the load on RA(Optional) the BSC system Maximum number of measurement periods in which there is no traffic. SET If the number of measurement GTRXRLALM( periods in which there is no traffic Optional) reaches this parameter, the mode BTS If the BTS works in fallback and uplink VGCS connection is idle SET for a period specified by this BTSFALLBAC parameter, the BTS disables the K(Optional) VGCS connection automatically. TRC IPADDR(Optio Number of TRACERT packets sent nal) to each TTL For the purpose of accurately reflecting the radio environment of SET a network, filtering is performed on GCELLHOFIT the measured values in several PEN(Optional) consecutive measurement reports. For the purpose of accurately reflecting the radio environment of SET a network, filtering is performed on GCELLHOFIT the measured values in several PEN(Optional) consecutive measurement reports. ADD Network resource indication that NRIMSCMAP( specifies a CN node in the MSC Mandatory) pool ADD Identifies the mapping relation from NRISGSNMA the NRI to the SGSN uniquely with P(Mandatory) the operator Controls the name values of the FDD_Indic0 field, the SET NR_OF_FDD_CELLS field, and the OTHSOFTPA FDD_Cellinformation field in RA(Optional) 2quater and MI when 3G ADD NSE(Mandato ry) ADD NSVC(Mandat Identifies a unique NSE

NORTHD

Normal Work TEMP Threshold BSC6900

GBFD111202

NOTMSIALLC ELLPAGINGLI Discard TMSI All MITFLAG Cell Paging BSC6900

GBFD111705

NOTRASP

Statistical Period of No-traffic BSC6900

GBFD111004

NOVGCSTIM No VGCS Call E Time Number of TRACERT Packages Per NQUERIES TTL Filter Length for SDCCH NRBSDCCHF NBR_RCVD_BL FLEN OCK Filter Length for TCH NRBTCHFFL NBR_RCVD_BL EN OCK

BSC6900

GBFD510309

BSC6900

None

BSC6900

GBFD117501

BSC6900

GBFD117501

NRI

NRI Value

BSC6900

GBFD117401

NRI

NRI Value

BSC6900

GBFD119701

Support NRofFDDCell NR_of_FDD_cell Flag s Writing BSC6900

GBFD111101

NSEI

NSE Identifier

BSC6900

GBFD119001

NSEI

NSE Identifier

BSC6900

NCell Filter NSIGSTRFLT Length for LEN SDCCH Level

BSC6900

ADD GCELLQUICK The identifier of a network service SETUP(Optio entity (NSE).An NSE manages a nal) group of NSVCs.of accurately For the purpose reflecting the radio environment of SET a network, filtering is performed on GCELLHOFIT the measured values in several PEN(Optional) consecutive measurement reports. SET GCELLLCS(O Whether the cell is located in the ptional) south latitude or north latitude ADD NSVC(Mandat ory) ADD NSVC(Mandat ory) BLK NSVC(Mandat

GBFD119001 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

NSLATI

NS Latitude

BSC6900

GBFD115402

NSVCI

NSVC Identifier

BSC6900

NSVC ID, identifies a unique NSVC. This ID must be negotiated GBFDwith the peer SGSN. 510002

NSVCIDX

NSVC Index Normal Temperature Delta Tin Normal Temperature Delta Tout

BSC6900

NTDI

BSC6900

NTDO

BSC6900

NSVC index, identifies a unique NSVC. If the inlet temperature is between "High Temperature Critical Point" SET and "Low Temperature Critical BTSDHEUBP( Point" and the difference between Optional) the inlet temperature and the If the outlet temperature is between "High Temperature Critical Point" SET and "Low Temperature Critical BTSDHEUBP( Point" and the difference between Optional) the outlet temperature and the inlet SET GCELLGSMR Number of retransmissions of the (Optional) VGCS UPLINK GRANT message SET Ratio of the minimum guarantee ETHPORT(Op bandwidth of the OAM stream to tional) the port bandwidth ADD PPPLNK(Opti Minimum guarantee bandwidth of onal) the OAM stream ADD MPGRP(Optio Minimum guarantee bandwidth of nal) the OAM stream ADD IPLOGICPOR Minimum guarantee bandwidth of T(Optional) the OAM stream

GBFD510002

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

NY2

Ny2

BSC6900

GBFD510301

OAMFLOWB W

OAM flow min bandwidth[%]

BSC6900

OAMFLOWB W

OAM flow min bandwidth[%]

BSC6900

OAMFLOWB W

OAM flow min bandwidth[%]

BSC6900

OAMFLOWB W

OAM flow min bandwidth[%]

BSC6900

None GBFD118611 GBFD118622 GBFD118611 GBFD118622 GBFDGBFD118605 GBFD111202

OAMFLOWB W

OAM flow min bandwidth[%]

BSC6900

OAMFLOWD DSCP of OAM SCP flow

BSC6900

ADD Ratio of the minimum guarantee ETHTRK(Opti bandwidth of the OAM stream to onal) the port bandwidth DSCP value of the OAM stream. The data of the OAM stream are SET not added to queues 0 to 5 for QUEUEMAP( transmission. Instead, the data of Mandatory) the OAM stream is added to the SET QUEUEMAP( Optional) SET BTSANTANG LE(Mandatory ) STR TRXBURSTT ST(Mandatory ) ADD OBJALMSHL D(Mandatory) ADD BTSOBJALM SHLD(Mandat ory) SET FHO(Mandato ry) SET GCELLPSOT HERPARA(Op tional)

GBFD111202 MRFD210103

GBFD111202

OAMMINBWK OAM flow min EY bandwidth switch BSC6900

Minimum guarantee bandwidth switch of the OAM stream

GBFD111202

OBJECTTYPE Operate Object

BSC6900

Operation object

MRFD210602

OBJECTTYPE Object Type

BSC6900

Type of the object

GBFD111207

OBJTP

Object Type

BSC6900

Shield type of the alarm. "ALL" indicates one shield type instead of MRFDall types. 210304

OBJTP

Object Type

BSC6900

Type of the alarm shield object

MRFD210304

OBJTYPE

Object Type Preempt Switch of Streaming Resource

BSC6900

OccupyStrea mingSwitch

BSC6900

Object index types used when commands are executed When the PDCHs are insufficient, the streaming service with high priority can preempt the PDCHs that are seized by the streaming service with low priority. After the

MRFD210301

GBFD119901

OLTOULHOA OL to UL HO LLOW Allowed

BSC6900

OMLBKUP

Configure Backup OML

BSC6900

OMLDETECT OML Detection SWITCH Switch

BSC6900

SET GCELLHOIUO Whether to allow overlay-to(Optional) underlay handovers This parameter specifies whether to configure the backup OML. SET When YES is configured in the BTSOMLBAC BTS, an OML is configured in KUP(Optional) If timeslot 31 of portSwitch 0 and is port 1 to OML Detection set SET OFF, then the OML timeslot BTSOMLDET automatic detection is not ECT(Mandator supported. In this case, the OML is y) carried on the default timeslots. If

GBFD113201

GBFD113728

GBFD111202

OmlDetectTim OML Lapd Link e Detect Time

BSC6900

SET This parameter specifies the OTHSOFTPA detecting time of Abis-Bypass site RA(Optional) OML when it is broken. SET BSCABISPRI Differentiated service code of the MAP(Optional) specified OML SET The summation of average downBTSBWPARA bandwidth of OML&ESL link in (Mandatory) BTS. SET The summation of average upBTSBWPARA bandwidth of OML&ESL link in (Mandatory) BTS. SET BSCABISPRI Service priority of the specified MAP(Optional) Priority OML of services on the OML. The operation and maintenance SET link (OML) is used to transfer the BSCSRVPRI( OM information between the Optional) BSC6900 and BTS. This parameter SET BSCABISPRI MAP(Optional) Specified OML Vlan Id SET BTSLAPDWS( Size of the OML/ESL/EML Optional) Downlink LAPD window ADD EMSIP(Option External virtual IP address of the al) OMU ADD EMSIP(Option al) EXP LOG(Optional) ADD OP(Mandatory ) ADD GCELLOSPM AP(Mandatory )

GBFD116601

OMLDSCP

OML DSCP BTS OML&ESL Average Downbandwidth BTS OML&ESL Average Upbandwidth

BSC6900

GBFD111202

OMLESLDL

BSC6900

GBFD111202

OMLESLUL

BSC6900

GBFD111202

OMLPRI

OML Priority

BSC6900

GBFD111202

OMLSP

OML Service PRI BSC6900

GBFD118605

OMLVLANID

OML VlanId OML/ESL/EML LAPD Downlink Window Size OMU External Network Virtual IP

BSC6900

GBFD111202

OMLWS

BSC6900

GBFD118601

OMUIP

BSC6900

GBFD111202

OMUMASK

OMU External Network Mask

BSC6900

Subnet mask of the OMU in the external network

OP

Operator

BSC6900

OPC

OSP Code

BSC6900

GBFD111202 GBFD111203 MRFDAccount of the operator Code of the original signaling point 210305 (OSP) in the signaling network. In MRFDthe signaling network, each 210301 signaling point is identified by a GBFDsignaling point code. 118701

OPC

OSP Code

BSC6900

OPCIDX

OPC Index

BSC6900

OperatorType Operator Type

BSC6900

OPINDEX

Operator Index

BSC6900

ADD GCELLQUICK SETUP(Mand atory) BLK ACIC(Mandat ory) ADD AE1T1(Manda ADD GCNOPERAT OR(Mandatory ) ADD GCNOPERAT OR(Mandatory )

Code of the signaling point of the local office in the signaling network. In the signaling network, each signaling point has a corresponding GBFDsignaling point code. 111202

Uniquely identifies an OSP. see "ADD OPC" command. Primary operator or secondary operator. Primary operator is an operator that provides equipment, whereas secondary operator is an operator Index of the operator. This parameter uniquely identifies an operator.

GBFD111803

GBFD118701

GBFD118701

OPINDEXSET OP INDEX SET

BSC6900

OPMODE

Operation Mode

BSC6900

OPMODE

Operation Mode

BSC6900

OPMODE

Operation Mode

BSC6900

ADD GCBSADDR( Operator index set to which the Mandatory) CBC belongs It is one key filed of identifying A BLK interface CIC status and indicates ACIC(Mandat the alignment mode of A interface ory) circuit. It is one key filed of identifying Ater BLK interface timeslot status and ATERE1T1(M indicates the alignment mode of andatory) Ater interface circuit. It is one key filed of identifying A BLK interface timeslot status and AE1T1(Manda indicates the alignment mode of A tory) interface circuit. BLK PBCIC(Manda tory) ADD GCNNODE(M andatory) ADD GCNOPERAT It is one key filed of identifying Pb interface CIC status and indicates the Pb interface CIC.

GBFD118701

GBFD111803

GBFD111801

GBFD111803

OPMODE

Operation Mode

BSC6900

GBFD111203

OPNAME

Operator Name

BSC6900

OPTILAYER

Assign Optimum Layer BSC6900

OPTILEVTHR Assign-optimumES level Threshold BSC6900

Name of the operator. This parameter uniquely identifies an operator assignment policies used Channel when TCHs are assigned in an IUO SET cell: SysOpt: The system selects GCELLHOIUO the preferentially-assigned service (Optional) layer and assigns channels Preferentially assigns channels on the overlay when the uplink receive SET level on the SDCCH is no smaller GCELLHOIUO than "Assign-optimum-level (Optional) Threshold" and the TA is smaller

GBFD118701

GBFD113201

GBFD113201

OPTITATHRE TA Threshold of S Assignment Pref BSC6900

OPTL

TRX Priority

BSC6900

Preferentially assigns channels on the overlay when the uplink receive SET level on the SDCCH is no smaller GCELLHOIUO than "Assign-optimum-level (Optional) Threshold" and the TA is the smaller This parameter specifies TRX priority in channel assignment. The SET smaller this parameter is, the GTRXDEV(Op higher the TRX priority is. For two tional) TRXs with other conditions

GBFD113201

GBFD111005

OPTM

Optical interface standard

BSC6900

SET OPT(Optional) Optical interface standard SWP BTSBRD(Man datory) Type of the operation SET BTSFORBIDT The operation type can be S(Mandatory) "FORBID" or "RESTORE". ADD GNRNC(Mand atory) ADD BTSTOPCON FIG(Mandator y) CON PATCH(Optio nal) LOD PATCH(Optio ADD GCELLQUICK SETUP(Optio nal)

None

OPTP

Operation Type

BSC6900

GBFD111202

OPTYPE

Operate Type

BSC6900

GBFD111202

OPX

OPX

BSC6900

ORIPORT

Originally E1/T1 Port No.

BSC6900

Iur-g signaling point index of an internal RNC in mode If "Port Type" is GU set to "TOPEXTOUTPORT", this parameter determines the extended E1/T1 port through which the timeslots on the source E1/T1

MRFD211402

MRFD211501

OT

Operation type

BSC6900

OTHERFREQ Other Frequency BSC6900 OtoU HO OTOURECEI Received Level VETH Threshold UL Subcell OUTASSOPT Assignment EN Optimization

BSC6900

BSC6900

OUTBSCHOC LEARTIMER T8

BSC6900

Operation type of the command. Ordinary frequency. Multiple frequencies are separated by "&". For example, "22&33&44&55" are allocated to TRXs in ascending order. One of the parameters that decide the underlay and overlay areas in SET an enhanced IUO cell. The GCELLHOIUO underlay and overlay areas are (Optional) decided by Received Whether to "OtoU assignHO channel SET requests initiated in the underlay GCELLHOED subcell to the overlay or underlay BPARA(Optio subcells according to "UL Subcell nal) General Overload Threshold". If the The timer is used to set the time when the BSC6900 waits for a SET handover success message after a GCELLTMR( handover command is sent in an Optional) outgoing BSC handover. If the

MRFD210401

GBFD110101

GBFD113201

GBFD114402 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

OUTBSCHOC MDTIMER T7 Inter BSC Load OutBscLoadH Information oEn Allowed

BSC6900

SET GCELLTMR( Optional) SET GCELLHOAD( Optional) SET GCELLHOED BPARA(Optio nal) SET GTRXDEV(Op tional) SET GCELLHOED BPARA(Optio nal) SET GCELLHOED BPARA(Optio nal) SET GCELLHOED BPARA(Optio nal) SET GCELLHOED BPARA(Optio nal) SET GCELLHOED BPARA(Optio nal) SET GCELLHOED BPARA(Optio nal)

The timer is used to set the time when the BSC6900 waits for an HO REQ ACK message after a Handover Request message is reported in an outgoing BSC

BSC6900

UL Subcell OUTGENOVE General Overload RLDTHRED Threshold BSC6900 OUTHOPWR Power Overload OVERLOADT Threshold In Ho. HRESHOLD Out BSC6900 Outgoing OL OUTINNREXL Subcell HO Level EVTHRED TH BSC6900

OUTLOADHO Load HO ENABLE Allowed MOD Step LEN OUTLOADHO of UL Load HO MODPERI Period

BSC6900

BSC6900

UL Subcell Load OUTLOADHO Hierarchical HO PERIOD Periods BSC6900 Step Length of OUTLOADHO UL Subcell Load STEP HO BSC6900

GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFDWhether to use external 2G 110601 neighboring cells as the target cells GBFDof loadthe handovers 510501 When load of the underlay subcell is higher than this parameter, some of the calls in the underlay subcell will be switched to GBFDthe overlay subcell, and channels 114402 Power overload threshold for triggering outgoing handover from the TRX under the prerequisite that the power amplifier of the TRX GBFDprovides the maximum output level 111005 Lower threshold of the overlay during overlay-to-underlay handovers. When the receive level of an MS is higher than this GBFDthreshold, the MS can beof switched 114402 Whether to switch some the calls in the underlay subcell to the overlay when the load of the underlay is higher than this GBFDparameter If the underlay load is higher than 114402 "UL Subcell Serious Overload Threshold", the underlay-to-overlay handover period subtracts a value GBFDthat equals this of threshold from "UL 114402 When the load the underlay subcell exceeds "UL Subcell General Overload Threshold", all the calls that are using this cell as GBFDthe serving cell generate handover 114402

OUTLOWLOA UL Subcell Lower DTHRED Load Threshold BSC6900

Level step during underlay-tooverlay hierarchical load handovers When the load of the underlay subcell is lower than this parameter, some of the calls in the overlay subcell will be switched to the underlay subcell, and channels

GBFD114402

GBFD114402

OUTMASK

Out BSC Mask

BSC6900

ADD SEMILINK(Op Specifies the timeslot mask out tional) BSC6900 ADD SEMILINK(Ma ndatory) Outgoing BSC6900 port number

GBFD114701

OUTPN

Out BSC Port No. BSC6900

GBFD114701

OUTPORTNO DXX Out Port No. BSC6900

DXX Out Time OUTPORTTS Slot No. Cannel 0 Digital Control Signal Level Cannel 1 Digital Control Signal Level Cannel 2 Digital Control Signal Level Cannel 3 Digital Control Signal Level

BSC6900

ADD DXXTSEXGR ELATION(Man datory) ADD DXXTSEXGR ELATION(Man datory) SET BTSDTMUBP( Optional) SET BTSDTMUBP( Optional) SET BTSDTMUBP( Optional) SET BTSDTMUBP( Optional) ADD BTSLOCGRP( Mandatory)

Number of the outgoing port of the GBFDDXX 111203

OUTPUT0

BSC6900

OUTPUT1

BSC6900

OUTPUT2

BSC6900

OUTPUT3

BSC6900

OUTPUTPO WER

Output Power

BSC6900

Number of the outgoing timeslot of the DXX Level of the accessed alarm signal. If the alarm signal has high level, this parameter should be set to 0. Otherwise, it should be set to 1. Level of the accessed alarm signal. If the alarm signal has high level, this parameter should be set to 0. Otherwise, it should be set to 1. Level of the accessed alarm signal. If the alarm signal has high level, this parameter should be set to 0. Otherwise, it should be set to 1. Level of the accessed alarm signal. If the alarm signal has high level, this parameter should be set to 0. Otherwise, it should set togroup. 1. Output power of the be location For a location group that consists of MRRU or GRRU boards, the default output power is 15W. For a location group that consists of

GBFD111203

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD510104

OUTPUTPO WER1

Output Power

BSC6900

ADD BTSLOCGRP( GBFDMandatory) Output power of the location group 510104 ADD BTSLOCGRP( Optional) SET GCELLHOED BPARA(Optio nal)

OUTPUTPO WERUNIT

Output Power Unit

BSC6900

UL Subcell OUTSERIOVE Serious Overload RLDTHRED Threshold BSC6900 Cell Out-ofOUTSERVICE Service Alarm ALM Switch

Output power unit of the location group the load of the underlay When subcell is higher than this parameter, the underlay-to-overlay load handover period subtracts a period that equals "Step Length of

GBFD510104

GBFD114402

BSC6900

SET Whether to report a cell out-ofGCELLSOFT( service alarm after a cell is out of Optional) service ADD SEMILINK(Ma ndatory) Outgoing BSC6900 slot number

GBFD111202

OUTSN

Out BSC Slot No. BSC6900

GBFD114701

OUTSN

Load Outlet Slot No.

BSC6900

ADD ABISLOADSH ARE(Mandato Slot number of the load outlet ry) interface board ADD SEMILINK(Ma ndatory) SET GCELLHOINT ERRATLDB(O ptional)

GBFD111203

OUTSRN

Out BSC Subrack No. BSC6900

Allow Inter-RAT OutSysLoadH Load HO in oEn Connect State

BSC6900

OUTSYSSER VHOREASSI Service Handover GNEN Reassign BSC6900

OUTSYSSER Service Based VICEHOEN Handover Switch BSC6900

Outgoing BSC6900 subrack number This parameter specifies whether to allow the inter-RAT load handover in connection mode (after is complete). Whenthe theassignment Service Handover field in an ASS REQ message is 0, a SET direct retry process targeted at a OTHSOFTPA 3G network is initiated. If the direct RA(Optional) When retry fails, system is decides this the parameter set to Open, the BSS decides whether to SET hand over the current service to OTHSOFTPA the 3G network according to the RA(Optional) contents of the "Service Handover"

GBFD114701

MRFD211402

GBFD114321

GBFD114321

OUTTIMER

Load Info Timeout Timer

BSC6900

ADD Validity period for the BSC to keep GNRNC(Optio the load information about a 3G MRFDnal) neighboring cell on the RNC 211402 ADD SEMILINK(Ma Outgoing BSC6900 start timeslot ndatory) number Abnormally alarm raise threshold triggered by too heavy current of SET the ANT_A tributary antenna. BTSRXUBP(O When the actual current is higher ptional) than the configured value, the ALD Abnormally alarm raise threshold triggered by too heavy current of SET the ANT_B tributary antenna. BTSRXUBP(O When the actual current is higher ptional) than the configured value, the ALD Abnormally alarm raise threshold triggered by too heavy current of SET the RET tributary antenna. When BTSRXUBP(O the actual current is higher than the ptional) configured value, ALD Current Abnormally alarm the clearance threshold triggered by too heavy SET current of the ANT_A tributary BTSRXUBP(O antenna. When the actual current ptional) is lower than the configured Abnormally alarm clearance value, threshold triggered by too heavy SET current of the ANT_B tributary BTSRXUBP(O antenna. When the actual current ptional) is lower than the configured value,

OUTTSN

Out BSC Start Timeslot No.

BSC6900

GBFD114701

ANT_A ALD Over OverCurAlmT Current Occur hdA Threshold BSC6900 ANT_B ALD Over OverCurAlmT Current Occur hdB Threshold BSC6900 RET ALD Over OverCurAlmT Current Occur hdRET Threshold

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

BSC6900

MRFD210304

ANT_A ALD Over OverCurClrTh Current Clear dA Threshold BSC6900 ANT_B ALD Over OverCurClrTh Current Clear dB Threshold BSC6900

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

RET ALD Over OverCurClrTh Current Clear dRET Threshold

BSC6900

SET BTSRXUBP(O ptional) SET BTSRXUBP(O ptional) SET BTSRXUBP(O ptional) SET GCELLCCCH( Optional)

A ALD Cur-Minor Alarm Over-Cur OverCurDurA Duration BSC6900 B ALD Cur-Minor Alarm Over-Cur OverCurDurB Duration BSC6900

OVERLOADIN Overload TV Indication Period BSC6900

Abnormally alarm clearance threshold triggered by too heavy current of the RET tributary antenna. When the actual current is lower than the configured value, When the ANT_A tributary antenna current abnormally check mode is set to Mode 3, the parameter ALD Current Prompt Alarm is checked by periodical pulse. The periodical When the ANT_B tributary antenna current abnormally check mode is set to Mode 3, the parameter ALD Current Prompt Alarm is checked by periodical pulse. periodical Interval for the BTS The transmitting overload messages to the BSC6900. This parameter is used to control the reporting frequency of overload messages by the channel

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

GBFD111003

OVERTHD

Derating TEMP Threshold CPU Usage for Critical Paging FC

BSC6900

P11

BSC6900

P12

CPU Usage for Major Paging FC BSC6900

P13

CPU Usage for Minor Paging FC BSC6900

P14

CPU Usage for Slight Paging FC BSC6900

PaAdjVol

PA Intelligent Adjust Voltage

BSC6900

Move Packet PACKASSDL Assignment SHIFT Down to BTS

BSC6900

SET BTSCABPAR Temperature threshold of the A(Optional) derating function of the cabinet Threshold for critical flow control. When the usage of the CPU SET exceeds the threshold, the CPUS BSCFCPARA( performs critical flow control for Optional) paging messages. Threshold for major flow control. When the usage of the CPU SET exceeds the threshold, the CPUS BSCFCPARA( performs major flow control for Optional) paging messages. Threshold for minor flow control. When the usage of the CPU SET exceeds the threshold, the CPUS BSCFCPARA( performs minor flow control for Optional) paging messages. Threshold for slight flow control. When the usage of the CPU SET exceeds the threshold, the CPUS BSCFCPARA( performs slight flow control for Optional) paging messages. This parameter specifies whether the multi-carrier transceiver unit SET supports the Multi-Carrier BTSOTHPAR Intelligent Voltage Regulation A(Optional) feature. to support the function of Whether SET moving the packet assignment GCELLPSOT down to the BTS. To improve the HERPARA(Op access speed of the MS, after the tional) packet assignment is moved down SET Average number of paging GCELLSOFT( messages allowed in a cell in a Optional) period

GBFD111202

GBFD111705

GBFD111705

GBFD111705

GBFD111705

GBFD111612

GBFD119202

PAGINGAVG Average Paging CAPACITYIN Message Number PERIOD In Period BSC6900

GBFD111705

PAGINGLIFE BTS Paging TIME Lifetime

BSC6900

Lifetime of a paging message in the queue of the BTS. The setting SET of this parameter must be GCELLSOFT( consistent with the setting of timer Optional) T3113 in the core network; SET GCELLSOFT( Optional) SET GCELLCCBA SIC(Optional) SET GCELLPSBA SE(Optional) SET GCELLPSBA SE(Optional) SET GCELLPSBA SE(Optional) SET GTRXDEV(Op tional) SET BTSAUTODL DACTINFO(M andatory) SET BTSAUTODL DACTINFO(M andatory) Maximum number of paging messages allowed in a cell in a period For the BTS, this parameter is used to determine paging retransmissions. This parameter and the number of paging times configured in the MSC determine This parameter sets the PAN_DEC value used by the counter N3102 of the MS. When the timer T3182 of the MS expires, the N3102 reduces the value of PAN_DEC. the This parameter sets the 0: PAN_INC value used by the counter N3102 of the MS. When receiving the packet uplink acknowledged or unacknowledged sent by RAN_MAX value,message the maximum value of the N3102. 4: the value of PAN_MAX is 4; 32: the value of PAN_MAX is 32. Value N indicates that PAN_DEC is N; Not use: this Priority level at which the BSC shuts down the power amplifier of the TRX when the intelligent shutdown function is enabled. If this parameter is set smaller, the

GBFD110303

PAGINGMAX MAX Paging CAPACITYIN Message Number PERIOD In Period BSC6900

GBFD111705

PAGTIMES

Paging Times

BSC6900

GBFD110303

PANDEC

PAN_DEC

BSC6900

GBFD114101

PANINC

PAN_INC

BSC6900

GBFD114101

PANMAX

PAN_MAX

BSC6900

GBFD114101

PAOPTILEVE Priority of Shut L Down TRX

BSC6900

GBFD111602

PatchNo

Patch No.

BSC6900

Patch number of the TMU board software

GBFD111202

PatchNo1

Patch Number

BSC6900

Patch number of the TMU board software

GBFD111202

PATHCHK

IP path check flag

BSC6900

ADD IPPATH(Optio nal) IP path check flag ADD IPPATH(Mand atory) Uniquely identifies an IP path ADD IPMUX(Manda tory) ADD IPPATHBIND( IP path ID,Identifying an IP path.

GBFD118605

PATHID

IP path ID

BSC6900

GBFD118605

PATHID

IP path ID

BSC6900

None

PATHLOSS

Path Loss of Different Frequency Band BSC6900

SET GCELLPWRB Transmission loss difference ASIC(Optional between radio frequencies on ) different bands SET Whether to perform path lossGCELLHOBA based sorting in a better cell SIC(Optional) handover algorithm ADD IPPATH(Optio nal) CON PATCH(Optio nal) LOD PATCH(Optio SET GCELLPSPW PARA(Optiona l) SET GCELLHOBA SIC(Optional) ADD G2GNCELL(O ptional) ADD G2GNCELL(O ptional) ADD G2GNCELL(O ptional) SET OTHSOFTPA RA(Optional) SET GCELLPWRB ASIC(Optional ) SET GCELLPSPW PARA(Optiona l)

GBFD117602

PATHLOSSH Pathloss Ho. OEN Enable

BSC6900

GBFD510501

PATHT

IP path type

BSC6900

Type of the IP path

GBFD118605

PATTYPE

Patch type

BSC6900

Patch type

MRFD210301

PB

Pb

BSC6900

PBGTHOEN

PBGT HO Allowed

BSC6900

PBGTLAST

PBGT Valid Time BSC6900

PBGTMARGI PBGT HO N Threshold

BSC6900

PBGTSTAT

PBGT Watch Time

BSC6900

MAX Retrans PbMtnMsgRe Maintenance Msg Send on Pb-I BSC6900

BTS power attenuation on the measured Whether toPBCCH use the PBGT handover algorithm. PBGT handovers are based on path loss. The PBGT handover algorithm searches in real forhandovers cells that The triggering of time PBGT must meet the P/N criteria, that is, when the condition for PBGT handovers is met for a consecutive P seconds during to N seconds, a PBGT handovers a neighboring cell are allowed only when the downlink level difference between the neighboring cell and the serving cell larger than this parameter. The is triggering of PBGT handovers must meet the P/N criteria, that is, when the condition for PBGT handovers is met for a consecutive P secondstimes during N an seconds, a Maximum for external PCU to retransmit a PB interface maintenance message. When the PCU fails to receive a response to a PB interface maintenance Minimum interval between two consecutive power control commands Channel used for the measured receiving power. It is used to set the measured receiving power level of the channel and control the power of the uplink.

GBFD119115

GBFD110601

GBFD110601

GBFD110601

GBFD110601

GBFD114101

PCADJPERIO D PC Interval

BSC6900

GBFD110703

PCMEASCHA PC_MEAS_CHA N N BSC6900

GBFD119115

PCU

PCU No

BSC6900

It is one key filed of identifying Pb BLK interface CIC status and indicates PBCIC(Manda the PCU No. corresponding to the tory) Pb interface CIC. ADD PCU(Mandato PCU number, identifying a unique ry) PCU.

GBFD111203

PCUINDEX

PCU No.

BSC6900

GBFD114101

PCUNO

PCU No.

BSC6900

ADD PBE1T1(Mand Port number of the E1/T1 of the Pb GBFDatory) interface 111203 SET GCELLGPRS( Mandatory) SET BTSFLEXABI SPARA(Optio nal) SET GCELLPSCH M(Optional) SET GCELLSOFT( Optional) SET GCELLPSCH M(Optional) SET GCELLPSCH M(Optional)

PCUNO

PCU No.

BSC6900

PCU Support PCUPREEMP PREEMPT_ABIS TFLAG _LINK Message BSC6900 PDCH Downlink PDCHDWNLE Multiplex V Threshold

BSC6900

PDCHPWRSA PDCH Power VEN Saving Enable

BSC6900

PDCHREFOR MING PDCH Reforming BSC6900 PDCH Uplink Multiplex PDCHUPLEV Threshold

BSC6900

Number of the PCU to which the current cell belongs Whether the PCU supports the PREEMPT_ABIS_LINK message. If the BTS supports the FLEXABIS function, the CS service can preempt the timeslots on the Abis PDCH downlink multiplex threshold, Indicating the maximum TBFs on the downlink PDCH (parameter value/10). This parameter specifies whether to enable the Power Optimization Based on Channel Type feature. The working voltage of the TRX varies with modulation mode of Whether to the preempt the channels carrying the CS service when the channels for the PS service are insufficient "Level of Preempting Dynamic Channel" is set to PDCH uplink multiplex threshold, indicating the maximum TBFs on the uplink PDCH (parameter value/10).

GBFD114101

GBFD111203

GBFD113101

GBFD111606

GBFD113101

GBFD113101

PDTMRVALU E PENDING timer

BSC6900

ADD M3LKS(Option GBFDal) Pending timer of the M3UA link set 118602 SET GBSCREDGR P(Mandatory) Peer BSC identity SET BTSIP(Mandat ory) ID of the peer BSC6900

PeerBSCID

Peer BSC ID

BSC6900

GBFD113725

PEERBSCID

Peer BSC ID

BSC6900

GBFD118601

PEERBSCIP

Peer BSC IP

BSC6900

SET BTSIP(Mandat IP address of the peer BSC6900 ory) on the homing BSC6900 side

GBFD118601

PEERBSCMA SK Peer BSC Mask

BSC6900

SET BTSIP(Mandat Subnet mask of the port IP address GBFDory) at the peer BSC6900. 118601 SET BTSIP(Mandat Identifier of the peer BTS on the ory) homing BSC6900 side ADD Peer IP address of the PPP link. PPPLNK(Man The IP address of the PPP link on datory) the peer side of the BSC. ADD MPGRP(Mand atory) Peer IP address of the MP group. STR IPCHK(Manda Detects the IP address of the tory) gateway

PEERBTSID

Peer BTS ID

BSC6900

PEERIP

Peer IP address

BSC6900

PEERIP

Peer IP address

BSC6900

GBFD118601 GBFD118611 GBFD118622 GBFD118611 GBFD118622

PEERIP

Peer IP address

BSC6900

GBFD118609

PEERIP

Peer IP Address

BSC6900

ADD BTSPPPLNK( IP address of the peer end of BTS GBFDMandatory) PPP Link. 118611 ADD BTSMPGRP( IP address of the peer end of BTS GBFDMandatory) MLPPP Group. 118611 ADD SCTPLNK(Ma First destination IP address. The ndatory) invalid value is 0. ADD SCTPLNK(Opt Second destination IP address. ional) The invalid value is 0.

PEERIP

Peer IP Address

BSC6900

PEERIP1

First destination IP address Second destination IP address

BSC6900

GBFD118602

PEERIP2

BSC6900

GBFD118602

PEERIPADDR Peer IP address

BSC6900

ADD IPPATH(Mand The peer IP address should not be GBFDatory) the same as the local address. 118605 ADD IPPATH(Optio nal) Subnet mask of the peer IP

PEERMASK

Peer subnet mask

BSC6900

GBFD118605

PEERPN

Destination SCTP port No.

BSC6900

PEERVERSIO N Peer Version

BSC6900

PENALTYEN

Penalty Allowed

BSC6900

PENALTYLAS Cell Penalty TTM Duration

BSC6900

PENALTYRXL EV Cell Penalty Level BSC6900

ADD SCTPLNK(Ma ndatory) Destination SCTP port number SET BTSLOADCT RL(Mandatory ) Peer Software Version Whether to punish the target cell when a handover fails or to punish SET the current serving cell when a GCELLHOCT handover is of more TA or bad RL(Optional) quality. Penalty duration for cell reselection. Cell penalty can be SET performed only in this duration. GCELLNC2P When this parameter is set to a ARA(Optional) When greater value, the MS cannot the cell reselection failure message is received or the load SET cell reselection is initiated, the "Cell GCELLNC2P Penalty Level" is subtracted from ARA(Optional) the receive level of the target cell to SET Timer of penalty on a neighboring GCELLHOFIT cell when a handover fails due to PEN(Optional) faults of data configration. ADD IPPATH(Optio nal) Ping check period of IP Path STR NCS(Mandato Measurement period for each ry) frequency group ADD PPPLNK(Opti Compression flag of the PPP link onal) protocol domain ADD MPGRP(Optio nal) ADD BTSPPPLNK( Optional) ADD BTSMPGRP(

GBFD118602

GBFD111202 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

GBFD116201

PENALTYTIM ER CfgPenaltyTimer BSC6900

GBFD116201 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

PERIOD

Ping Check Period

BSC6900

GBFD118605

PERIOD

Measurement Period

BSC6900

PFC

Protocal field compress

BSC6900

PFC

Protocol field compress

BSC6900

Compression flag of the PPP link protocol domain

GBFD510901 GBFD118611 GBFD118622 GBFD118611 GBFD118622

PFC

Support Protocol Field Compress BSC6900

PFCSUP

PFC Support

BSC6900

Whether to compress the protocol field of the PPP link. Whether to support packet flow context (PFC). The PFC flow is ADD used to control the QoS of the NSE(Optional) packet service of the MS.

GBFD118611

GBFD119901

Paging Message PGCLASSIFI Classifying NGALLOWED Allowed BSC6900 PGMAXMSG Max Paging NUMINPERIO Message Num in D Period BSC6900

Whether to support the paging message classification function: SET 0,close; BSCFCPARA( 1,paging message classification Optional) flow control; Maximum number of paging SET messages that the BSC6900 can BSCFCPARA( process over the A interface within Optional) a measurement period

GBFD111705

GBFD111705

PGSTATPERI Paging Statistical OD Period BSC6900

SET BSCFCPARA( Measurement period for calculating GBFDOptional) the arrival rate of paging messages 111705 SET PHBMAP(Man Value of the per-hop behavior datory) (PHB) ADD IPMUX(Manda tory) SET GCELLIDLEB ASIC(Optional )

PHB

Per-Hop Behavior BSC6900

PHB

PHB Cell Reselect Parameters Indication

BSC6900

PI

BSC6900

Private Key PKPEnableSt Password a Enabled State

BSC6900

PKTCOUNT

PKT Count

BSC6900

PKTLEN

PKT Size[Byte]

BSC6900

PHB type of the IPMUX to be enabled Cell Reselect Parameters Indication (PI), sent on the broadcast channel, indicates whether "Cell Reselect Offset", "Cell Reselect Temporary Offset" Whether to enable the private keyin password SET DISABLE: indicating that the CERTFILE(Op private key password is disabled tional) ENABLE: indicating that the private STR ETHOAMLOO Indicates the number of the PTST(Optiona packets for remote loopback test of l) the OAM in the Ethernet STR ETHOAMLOO Indicates the length of the packets PTST(Optiona for the remote loopback test of the l) OAM in the Ethernet STR FRPORTLOO P(Mandatory) ADD BTSABISMUX FLOW(Option al)

GBFD118605 GBFD118604 GBFD118610

GBFD110402

MRFD210305

GBFD118630

GBFD118630

PKTLEN

Packet Length

BSC6900

PKTLENTHR Maximum Frame ES Length BSC6900

PKTSI

PACKET SI

BSC6900

Loopback packet length Maximum multiplexing frame length. The length of the multiplexed packet must not exceed the maximum multiplexing frame length. If the length of the Whether the cell supports the PACKET SI STATUS flow. In the SET PACKET SI STATUS flow, the MS GCELLGPRS( sends the Packet PSI/SI Status Optional) message to indicate that the MS

None

GBFD118604

GBFD119801

PKTSIZE

Size of packet

BSC6900

PKTSIZE

PKT Size

BSC6900

PING IP(Optional) PING MAC(Optional ) PING BTSCFM(Opti SET GCELLPRAC H(Optional) SET GTRXDEV(Op tional) SET GCELLPRAC H(Optional) SET GCELLPRAC H(Optional) SET GTRXDEV(Op tional) SET GCELLPRAC H(Optional) SET GTRXDEV(Op tional) ADD IPLOGICPOR T(Optional) ADD IPLOGICPOR T(Optional)

Indicates the size of the PING packet, neither IP header nor ICMP header is included. None

PL1

PL16QAM

Persistence Level 1 BSC6900 16QAM Transmitter Power Reduce Level BSC6900

PL2

Persistence Level 2 BSC6900

PL3

PL32QAM

Persistence Level 3 BSC6900 32QAM Transmitter Power Reduce Level BSC6900

PL4

Persistence Level 4 BSC6900

PL8PSK

TRX 8PSK Level BSC6900 Packet lost measure period [100ms]

PLPRD

BSC6900

PLTH

Packet discard threshold[0.001]

BSC6900

Sent packet level size 1 of the radio Persistence access priority. During MS access, the access priority of the MS is set. If the priority of the MS is higher than the Power attenuation level of all the other timeslots of the BCCH except for timeslot 7 in 16QAM. The attenuation level ranges from 0 to 50, with the step 0.2 dB. When Persistence levelof 2 of the radio access priority. During MS access, the access priority of the MS is set. If the priority of the MS is higher than the Persistence level 3 of the radio access priority. During MS access, the access priority of the MS is set. If the priority attenuation of the MS is higher than the Power level of all the other timeslots of the BCCH except for timeslot 7 in 32QAM. The attenuation level ranges from 0 to 50, with the step 0.2 dB. When Persistence levelof 4 of the radio access priority. During MS access, the access priority of the MS is set. If the priority of the MS is higher than the Power attenuation level of the EDGE TRX. There are 50 power attenuation levels. At each level, the power is attenuated by 0.2 dB. The spectrum requirements are Statistics period of the packet drop ratio. This parameter indicates the period for collecting the statistics information about the packet drop ratio. Note that the unit of this Packet drop ratio threshold for speed reduction. When the packet drop ratio exceeds the value of this parameter, the rate of the logical port is reduced. Note that the unit

GBFD118630

GBFD119110

GBFD114201

GBFD119110

GBFD119110

GBFD114201

GBFD119110

GBFD114201

GBFD118605

GBFD118605

PLYPOINT

Play Point

BSC6900

SET TCPLYVOICE (Mandatory) Point at which to play sound

GBFD111203

PLYSWITCH

Play Switch

BSC6900

PLYTIME

Play Time Performance monitor control threshold Performance monitor control threshold Interval for Sending Cell Paging Package Number of Cell Pagings in One Package

BSC6900

PMCTHD

BSC6900

PMCTHD

BSC6900

PMI

BSC6900

PMNUM

BSC6900

SET TCPLYVOICE (Mandatory) Whether to sound enableplaying. sound playing Duration of If this parameter is set to 0, the sound is SET played repeatedly. If this parameter TCPLYVOICE exceeds the duration of the record (Optional) file, the void threshold sound is played for the CPU usage for performance monitoring. When the SET average CPU usage of sliding FCCPUTHD( windows reaches or exceeds the Optional) threshold, performance monitoring Packet queue usage threshold for performance monitoring. When the SET average packet queue usage of FCMSGQTHD sliding windows reaches or (Optional) exceeds the threshold, Interval for sending cell paging SET group packets when Paging GCELLSOFT( Messages Optimize at Abis Mandatory) Interface is enabled Number of cell paging group SET packets when Paging Messages GCELLSOFT( Optimize at Abis Interface is Mandatory) enabled SET GCELLSOFT( Optional) Whether to enable Paging Messages Optimize at Abis Interface CPU usage threshold for recovery from performance monitoring. SET When the average CPU usage of FCCPUTHD( sliding windows is lower than the Optional) threshold, performance monitoring Packet queue usage threshold for recovery from performance SET monitoring. When the packet FCMSGQTHD queue usage of sliding windows is (Optional) lower than the threshold, SET FCSW(Option Whether to monitor the RRM al) performance SET SCUPORT(O ptional) Number of the port SET ALMPORT(Ma ndatory) Port No. of environment alarm

GBFD111203

GBFD111203

WRFD040100

WRFD040100

GBFD110303

GBFD110303

PMOAFLAG

Cell Paging Package Switch Performance monitor restore threshold Performance monitor restore threshold Performance monitoring flow control switch

BSC6900

GBFD110303

PMRTHD

BSC6900

WRFD040100

PMRTHD

BSC6900

WRFD040100

PMSW

BSC6900

WRFD040100

PN

Port No.

BSC6900

MRFD210301

PN

Port No.

BSC6900

MRFD210304

PN

Port No.

BSC6900

PN

Port No

BSC6900

PN

Port No

BSC6900

PN

BM Port No

BSC6900

Port No. of the XPU board. If you SET do not specify this parameter, all XPUPORT(Op ports of the XPU board are tional) queried. Number of the E1/T1 port on the Ater interface board. E1 mode: ADD 0~31 (EIU), 0~62(OIU), ATERE1T1(M 0~251(POUc). T1 mode: andatory) 0~31(EIU), 0~83(OIU), ADD AE1T1(Manda tory) BLK AE1T1(Manda Port number It is one key field of identifying the BLK block of the Ater timeslot and ATERE1T1(M indicates the port No. of the Ater andatory) interface timeslot. ADD PBE1T1(Mand Port number of the E1/T1 of the Pb atory) interface Number of the port where the alarm is generated, only the ports ADD for data transmission are OBJALMSHL supported, such as E1/T1 port, D(Mandatory) channelized optical port tributary, SET MSPCMD(Ma ndatory) SET Indicates the port number for MSP(Mandato running this command. SET E1T1LOP(Opti onal) E1/T1 port number LOP E1T1(Optional ) SET E1T1(Optional E1/T1 port number STR E1T1TST(Opti onal) E1/T1 port number SET OPTLOP(Man Indicates the port number for datory) running this command. SWP ETHPORT(Ma ndatory) Port number

MRFD210301

GBFD111801

GBFD111803

None

PN

Port No.

BSC6900

GBFD111203

PN

Port No.

BSC6900

MRFD210304

PN

Port No.

BSC6900

None

PN

Port No.

BSC6900

None

PN

Port No.

BSC6900

None

PN

Port No.

BSC6900

None

PN

Port No.

BSC6900

None

PN

Port No.

BSC6900

GBFD111701

PN

Port No.

BSC6900

SET OPT(Optional) Port number SET COPTLNK(Op tional) Port number SET ETHPORT(Op tional) ADD ETHREDPOR Ethernet port ADD IPLOGICPOR T(Optional) FE/GE port number STR IPCHK(Option al) STR ETHOAMLOO Ethernet port STR FRPORTLOO P(Optional) Port number CHK E1T1CRS(Ma ndatory) E1/T1 port number ADD BC(Mandatory ) Port number ADD PBSL(Mandat ory) ADD BTSAUTOPL AN(Mandatory ) SET BTSENVALM PORT(Mandat ory) ADD SET BTSFORBIDT S(Mandatory) ADD BTSPPPLNK(

None

PN

Port No.

BSC6900

None

PN

Port No.

BSC6900

None

PN

Physics port No.

BSC6900

None

PN

Port No.

BSC6900

GBFD118609

PN

Port No.

BSC6900

None

PN

Port No.

BSC6900

None

PN

Port No.

BSC6900

GBFD510002

PN

Port No.

BSC6900

Port number of Pb signaling link

GBFD111203

PN

Port No.

BSC6900

Port No. of the BSC6900 board connected with the BTS

GBFD111202

PN

Port No.

BSC6900

Alarm port number

MRFD210304

PN

Port No.

BSC6900

GBFDNumber of the port on the BTS side 111202

PN

Port No.

BSC6900

SET BTSOMLTS( Mandatory)

GBFDNumber of the port on the BTS side 111202

PN

Port No.

BSC6900

ADD Number of the port through which BTSCONNEC the BTS is connected to the T(Mandatory) BSC6900 SET BTSETHPOR T(Mandatory) ADD BTSETHLCM EP(Mandatory ) SET GCELLPSOT HERPARA(Op tional) SET GCELLPSOT HERPARA(Op tional) SET GCELLPSOT HERPARA(Op tional) SET GCELLPSOT HERPARA(Op tional)

GBFD111202

PN

Port No.

BSC6900

PN

Port No. Transmission Delay of POC Service

BSC6900

POCDELAY

BSC6900

Max. GBR for POCGBRMAX POC Service

BSC6900

Min. GBR for POCGBRMIN POC Service

BSC6900

Number of the FE or GE port Number of the Ethernet port. The number must be consistent with that of the port carrying the FE connectiontransmission of the IP BTS. Maximum delay of the POC service (push to talk over cellular). The transmission delay of the POC service must be relatively small. Thebandwidth network side must Maximum of the POC service (push to talk over cellular). The transmission delay of the POC service must be relatively small. The network side must support Minimum bandwidth of the POCthe service (push to talk over cellular). The transmission delay of the POC service must be relatively small. The network side must support the

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD119905

GBFD119905

GBFD119905

PocSup

POC Support

BSC6900

Power Output PODECTHRE Reduction S Threshold

BSC6900

POERRTHRE Power Output S Error Threshold

BSC6900

POINTDESIN Rollback Point FO Description

BSC6900

Rollback Point POINTNAME Name

BSC6900

Whether to support the push to talk over cellular (POC) service This parameter specifies a condition for generating a BTS SET alarm. When the output power of a GCELLOTHE TRX of a transmitter is lower than a XT(Optional) This fixed parameter level, an error is generated. specifies a condition for generating a BTS SET alarm. When the output power of a GCELLOTHE TRX of a transmitter is lower than a XT(Optional) fixed level, an error is generated. ADD ROLLBACKP OINT(Optional ) description of the rollback point. BEG ROLLBACK(M andatory) BEG FORWARD(M name of the rollback point.

GBFD119905

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

MRFD210301

MRFD210301

Port

Destination Port

BSC6900

PORT

Port

BSC6900

ADD FTPSCLTDP This port is provided by the FTP ORT(Mandato server to be visited by the FTP ry) client. Number of the port where to set up the link after the BTS ring is SWP swapped. If this parameter is set to BTSRING(Opt 0, the BTS works on a forward ring. ional) If this parameter is set to 1, the

GBFD111203

GBFD117801

PORT

Port

BSC6900

SWP Number of the port where to set up BTSOMLLINK the link after the main and backup GBFD(Optional) OMLs of the BTS are swapped 113728 ADD DXXCONNEC T(Mandatory) Number of the DXX port

PORTNO

DXX In Port No.

BSC6900

GBFD111203

PORTNUM

DXX Port Number

BSC6900

PORTPROTY PE Port protocol type BSC6900

ADD Maximum number of ports on the DXX(Optional) DXX ADD PORTFLOWC TRLPARA(Ma ndatory) Port protocol type SET XPUPORT(M Whether to enable the panel port of andatory) the XPU board Indicates the type of the physical port used by the local maintenance ADD point in the maintenance group. FE ETHMEP(Man indicates the FE port and TRUNK datory) indicates the aggregation group. Type of the port. If this parameter ADD is set to "TOPEXTOUTPORT", the BTSTOPCON local E1/T1 ports are used to FIG(Mandator extend the transmission of other y) boards. That is, the timeslots on SET GCELLCCUT Whether to transmit the 2Quater RANSYS(Opti message on the BCCH Norm onal) channel or the BCCH Ext channel LOD BTSPATCH(M andatory) CON BTSPATCH(M Type of the patch operation Rated maximum output power of SET the diesel engine. Refer to the BTSAPMUBP( rated output power described on Optional) the diesel engine label.

GBFD111203

None

PortSwitch

Panel Port Switch BSC6900

MRFD210301

PORTTYPE

Port Type

BSC6900

GBFD118630

PORTTYPE

Port Type 2Quater Message POS2QUATE Transmission R Channel

BSC6900

MRFD211501

BSC6900

GBFD114323

POT

Patch Operation Type

BSC6900

GBFD111202

POWER

Rated Power

BSC6900

GBFD111202

POWER_REL Switch for Relay AY1 1

BSC6900

ADD EMU(Optional ) Relay switch 1 ADD EMU(Optional ) Relay switch 2 ADD EMU(Optional ) Relay switch 3 ADD EMU(Optional ) Relay switch 4 ADD EMU(Optional ) Relay switch 5 ADD EMU(Optional ) Relay switch 6 SET BTSPMUBP( Optional) SET GCELLBASIC PARA(Optiona l) SET GCELLBASIC PARA(Optiona l) SET BTSPMUBP( Optional)

MRFD210301

POWER_REL Switch for Relay AY2 2

BSC6900

MRFD210301

POWER_REL Switch for Relay AY3 3

BSC6900

MRFD210301

POWER_REL Switch for Relay AY4 4

BSC6900

MRFD210301

POWER_REL Switch for Relay AY5 5

BSC6900

MRFD210301

POWER_REL Switch for Relay AY6 6

BSC6900

MRFD210301

POWERCUR Battery Shunt RENTDIV Coefficient 16QAM Transmitter POWERRED Power Reduce UCE16QAM Level 32QAM Transmitter POWERRED Power Reduce UCE32QAM Level

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

Battery current shunt coefficient Power attenuation level of timeslot 7 of the BCCH in 16QAM. The attenuation level ranges from 0 to 50, with the step of 0.2 dB. When the EDGE TRX sends signals in Power attenuation level of timeslot 7 of the BCCH in 32QAM. The attenuation level ranges from 0 to 50, with the step of 0.2 dB. When the EDGE TRX sends signals in

GBFD111202

GBFD510804

GBFD510804

POWERTYPE Power Type

BSC6900

Power type managed by the PMU

GBFD111202

Cabinet Power POWERTYPE System Type

BSC6900

POWL

Power Level

BSC6900

SET BTSPOWERT Type of the power supply system of YPE(Optional) the cabinet This parameter specifies the transmit power level of the TRX. SET The greater this parameter is, the GTRXDEV(Op smaller the transmit power is. tional) When this parameter is set to "0",

GBFD111202

MRFD210301

POWT

Power Type

BSC6900

PPPEAAT

PPP Frame Error Alarm Threshold BSC6900 PPP Frame Error Alarm Clearance Threshold BSC6900

PPPEADT

This parameter specifies the maximum transmit power SET supported by the power amplifier of GTRXDEV(Op the TRX. The macro BTS and the tional) mini BTS support different power When the number of error frames ADD on the PPP layer reaches the value BTSPPPLNK( of this parameter, the frame error Optional) alarm is generated. When the number of error frames ADD on the PPP layer decreases to the BTSPPPLNK( value of this parameter, the frame Optional) error alarm is cleared. ADD PPPLNK(Opti onal) PPP link number of BSC. ADD MPLNK(Optio nal) PPP link number ADD IPLOGICPOR T(Optional) ADD BTSPPPLNK( Mandatory) ADD BTSMPLNK(M ADD PPPLNK(Opti onal) ADD MPGRP(Optio ADD PORTFLOWC TRLPARA(Opt ional)

MRFD210301

GBFD118611

PPPLNKN

PPP link No.

BSC6900

PPPLNKN

PPP sub-link No. BSC6900

GBFD118611 GBFD118611 GBFD118622 GBFD118611 GBFD118622

PPPLNKN

PPP link No.

BSC6900

PPP link number

None

PPPLNKN

PPP Link No.

BSC6900

PPPMUX

PPP mux

BSC6900

Priority queue number BSC6900 Preempted Call Not Released PREEMFORH After Handover ONOTREL Failure BSC6900 PDCH Preemption Allowed During PREEMFORH Handover Due to OPDCH Preemption BSC6900 PQNUM Emergency Call Preemption Permitted

PREEMPTIO NPERMIT

BSC6900

Number BTS PPP link. frame Whetherof to a enable the PPP multiplexing function. If this parameter is set to ENABLE, the PPP frame multiplexing function is enabled. If this parameter is set to This parameter applies to the FG2a and GOUa boards. For the FG2c, GOUc, or POUc board, this parameter is always set to 2. This parameter specifies whether the preempted call is released after SET the handover failure. If this OTHSOFTPA parameter is set to No, MSs with RA(Optional) This high priorities can accesswhether the parameter specifies to preempt PDCHs when no TCH SET is available during the handover of OTHSOFTPA the preempted call. When this RA(Optional) If parameter is set to Yes, call this parameter is set tothe ON, the BSC initiates a TCHF preemption SET when receiving a link establishment GCELLCCAD( indication from an MS in an Optional) emergency call.

GBFD118611 GBFD118611 GBFD118622

None

GBFD115001

GBFD115001

GBFD110202

PREMRSAMP Preprocess MR LE Sample Ratio

BSC6900

PRI

Route Priority

BSC6900

PRIACCTHR

Packet Access Priority Support Priority Based Flow Control

BSC6900

PRIFCEN

BSC6900

PRIMMESPP Transfer Original T MR BSC6900

PRINTCTHD

Print control threshold

BSC6900

PRINTCTHD

Print control threshold

BSC6900

PRINTRTHD

Print restore threshold

BSC6900

PRINTRTHD

Print restore threshold

BSC6900

SET GMRCTRL(O Sampling rate of pre-processed ptional) measurement reports. Priority of a route. A smaller value of this parameter indicates a higher ADD priority. The BTS preferentially BTSIPRT(Opti selects the route with a high priority onal) to transfer information. Access priority of the MS that is allowed to access the cell. The MS SET sends the packet channel request GCELLPSBA containing the 2-bit radio priority SE(Optional) message. The priority of the 2-bit This parameter specifies whether to support flow control based on SET priority. When this parameter is set BSCFCPARA( to on, the system preferentially Optional) admits the calls initiated Whether the BTSs send by theVIP original measurement reports to SET the BSC after pre-processing them. GCELLHOCT When this parameter is set to YES, RL(Optional) Printing the BTSs sendsthreshold. the original and control If the CPU usage of sliding windows SET reaches or exceeds the threshold, FCCPUTHD( printing flow control is triggered on Optional) the serial port. threshold. When Printing control the packet queue usage of sliding SET windows reaches or exceeds the FCMSGQTHD threshold, printing flow control is (Optional) triggered on thethreshold. serial port. Printing control If the CPU usage of sliding windows is SET lower than the threshold, printing FCCPUTHD( flow control on the serial port is Optional) stopped. Printing control threshold. When the packet queue usage of sliding SET windows is lower than the FCMSGQTHD threshold, printing flow control on (Optional) the serial port is stopped. SET FCSW(Option al) SET GCELLBASIC PARA(Optiona l)

GBFD110802

GBFD118601

GBFD114101

GBFD111705

GBFD110802

WRFD040100

WRFD040100

WRFD040100

WRFD040100

PRINTSW

Print Flow control switch BSC6900

PRIOR

Cell Priority

BSC6900

PRIOR

Cell Priority

BSC6900

Whether to control the printing flow on the serial port This parameter controls handover between cells at the same layer. Generally, the cells at the same layer are set with the same priority. If theparameter cells at the same layer This controls the have handovers among cells on a same ADD layer. A smaller priority value GEXT2GCEL indicates a higher priority. Cells L(Optional) with higher priorities are

WRFD040100 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

Flex Abis Prior PRIORABISL Choose Load OADTHRED Thred

BSC6900

Cell HCS Prior PRIORCLASS Class

BSC6900

PRIORITY

Route priority

BSC6900

PRIORITY

Signalling link priority

BSC6900

SET BTSFLEXABI SPARA(Optio nal) SET GCELLSERV PARA(Optiona l) ADD MTP3RT(Opti onal) ADD M3RT(Optiona ADD MTP3LNK(Opt ional) ADD M3LNK(Optio ADD IPRT(Mandato ry) SET BTSOTHPAR A(Mandatory) SET BTSOTHPAR A(Mandatory) SET BTSOTHPAR A(Mandatory)

If the static Abis resource load is greater than the value of "Fix Abis Prior Choose Abis Load Thred" and the dynamic Abis resource load is greater than the value of this Priority of the hierarchical cell structure (HCS). 0: indicates the lowest priority; 7: indicates the highest priority.

GBFD117301

GBFD114101

Route priority. The highest priority is represented by 0.

GBFD111804

PRIORITY

Priority

BSC6900

Preferential PRIVATEPRO Customized BEFST Detection Type Number of PRIVATEPRO Customized BENUM Detection Types Subsidiary PRIVATEPRO Customized BESND Detection Type

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

Priority of the signaling link. 0 indicates the highest priority. Route priority. The boards FG2a, GOUa, UOIa(IP), FG2c, and GOUc support the configuration of routes with different priorities. Suppose two or more routes are configured Preferential customized detection type when the customized sequence is used for port detection. Number of customized detection types involved when the customized sequence is used for port detection. Subsidiary customized detection type when the customized sequence is used for port detection. This parameter is valid only when Number of Customized

GBFD111804

None

GBFD118601

GBFD118601

GBFD118601

PrivKey

Private Key File Name BTS Port Detection Sequence

BSC6900

SET CERTFILE(Op tional) Name of the private key file SET BTSOTHPAR Port detection sequence used A(Optional) during BTS startup. Identifies the DSP protocol type, including ITUT(International ADD Telecommunication Union N7DPC(Optio Telecommunication nal) Standardization Sector),

MRFD210305

PROBESEQ

BSC6900

GBFD118601

PROT

SS7 protocol type BSC6900

GBFD111804

PROT

Frame Relay Protocol Type

BSC6900

ADD BC(Optional)

Protocol type of the trunk frame

GBFD510002

PROTECTDE Protection Delay LAYTIME for Detection BSC6900 Dyn. Turning Off PROTECTTIM Cell Protection E Time BSC6900

SET BTSABISTRO P(Optional) SET GCELLDYNT URNOFF(Opti onal)

ProtectTimeTr TRX Power-on xPowerOn Protection Time

BSC6900

PS

Port select

BSC6900

SET BSCDSTPA(O ptional) SET E1T1(Optional ) CHK E1T1CRS(Ma Port selection

The transmission resource in the Abis timeslot is considered as faulty only when the BTS detects that the Abis timeslot is faulty in the delay. The transmission This parameter specifiesresource a period of time during which a cell cannot be enabled or disabled to prevent frequent cell enabling or disabling operations. Thatis is, after a cell isthe This parameter set to prevent BSC from frequently enabling or disabling the TRX. After a TRX is powered on, the BSC is not allowed to disable the TRX within

GBFD111202

GBFD111610

GBFD111602

None

PS

Port select

BSC6900

SET OPT(Optional) Port selection SET COPTLNK(Ma ndatory) Port selection ADD TRMFACTOR GSM PS data service downlink (Optional) factor ADD TRMFACTOR (Optional) GSM PS data service uplink factor Whether to support PS Handover(PS HO). The PS HO is ADD used to reduce the interval of the NSE(Optional) cell reselection of the MS. ADD TRMMAP(Opti onal) PS high PRI data path ADD TRMMAP(Opti onal) PS high PRI data priority ADD GCELL(Option Priority of the PS high priority al) service

None

PS

Port select

BSC6900

None

PSDATADL

GSM PS data service downlink factor BSC6900 GSM PS data service uplink factor

GBFD118605

PSDATAUL

BSC6900

GBFD118605

PSHOSUP

PS Handover Support

BSC6900

GBFD119502

PSHPRIDATA PS high PRI data PATH path BSC6900

None

PSHPRIDATA PS high PRI data PRI priority BSC6900

None

PSHPSP

PS High PRI Service PRI

BSC6900

GBFD111705

PSI1RPT

PSI1 Repetition Period

BSC6900

PSISTATUSIN Support PSI D Status Message

BSC6900

Period for sending the packet message PSI. If the period is too SET long, the message PSI cannot be GCELLPSI1(O obtained in realtime. If the period is ptional) too short, the message PSI is Whether the BSC supports the SET state message PSI. The state GCELLPSI1(O message PSI refers to PSI ptional) STATUS. ADD TRMMAP(Opti onal) PS low PRI data path ADD TRMMAP(Opti onal) PS low PRI data priority ADD GCELL(Option Priority of the PS low priority al) service Threshold of the receive level for SET triggering the handover of the PS GCELLHOIUO services from the overlaid subcell (Optional) to the underlaid subcell SET GCELLCCAC Minimum access level of the CESS(Optiona random access channel (RACH) in l) the PS domain ADD Minimum voltage level for BTSLOCGRP( accessing PS services of the Optional) location group SET Maximum number of messages in BSCFCPARA( the statistical period for the arrival Optional) of PS resource requests SET BSCFCPARA( Optional) SET BTSAPMUBP( Optional) SET BTSDPMUBP( SET BTSAPMUBP( Optional) SET BTSDPMUBP(

GBFD119102

GBFD119102

PSLPRIDATA PS low PRI data PATH path

BSC6900

GBFD118605

PSLPRIDATA PS low PRI data PRI priority

BSC6900

GBFD118605

PSLPSVP

PS Low PRI Service PRI

BSC6900

GBFD111705

PS OtoU HO PSOTOUREC Receive Level EIVETHRSH Threshold

BSC6900

GBFD113201

PSRACHACC PS RACH Min. LEV Access Level

BSC6900

GBFD111003

PSRACJACC PS Min.Access LEV Level PSRESREQM Max PS SGNUMINPE Resource REQ RIOD Num in Period PS Resource PSRESREQS REQ Statistical TATPERIOD Period

BSC6900

GBFD510104

BSC6900

GBFD111705

BSC6900

PSU0

DPSU 0 Configured

BSC6900

PSU1

DPSU 1 Configured

BSC6900

Statistical period for the arrival of PS resource requests Whether to enable the DPSU0 to supply power for the BTS. In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value to of Whether to enable the DPSU1 supply power for the BTS. In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of

GBFD111705

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

PSU2

DPSU 2 Configured

BSC6900

SET BTSAPMUBP( Optional) SET BTSDPMUBP( Optional) SET BTSDPMUBP( Optional) SET BTSDPMUBP( Optional) SET BTSDPMUBP( Optional) SET BTSDPMUBP( Optional) SET BTSDPMUBP( Optional) SET GCELLHOIUO (Optional) SET BTSOTHPAR A(Optional)

PSU2

DPSU 2 Configured

BSC6900

PSU3

DPSU 3 Configured

BSC6900

PSU4

DPSU 4 Configured

BSC6900

PSU5

DPSU 5 Configured

BSC6900

PSU6

DPSU 6 Configured

BSC6900

PSU7

DPSU 7 Configured

BSC6900

PS UtoO HO PSUTOOREC Receive Level EIVETHRSH Threshold

BSC6900

PSUTURNIN GOFFENABL PSU Turning Off E Enable BSC6900 Self-healing Switch for OMU Process

Whether to enable the DPSU2 to supply power for the BTS. In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value to of Whether to enable the DPSU2 supply power for the BTS. In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value to of Whether to enable the DPSU3 supply power for the BTS. In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value to of Whether to enable the DPSU4 supply power for the BTS. In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value to of Whether to enable the DPSU5 supply power for the BTS. In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value to of Whether to enable the DPSU6 supply power for the BTS. In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value to of Whether to enable the DPSU7 supply power for the BTS. In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of Threshold of the receive level for triggering the handover of the PS services from the underlaid subcell to the overlaid subcell This parameter specifies whether the BTS is allowed to enable the PSU Smart Control feature. When this parameter is set to YES, the BTS automatically enables or

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD113201

GBFD111608

PSW

BSC6900

SET SLFSLVSW(O Switch for the self-healing of the ptional) OMU processes SET ALMPORT(Ma ndatory) Port type of environment alarm ADD Number of the port that provides SNTPSRVINF the time information on the SNTP O(Mandatory) server

None

PT

Port Type

BSC6900

MRFD210304

PT

Port

BSC6900

GBFD111203

PT

Cell Reselect Penalty Time

BSC6900

Cell Reselect Penalty Time (PT) is used to ensure the safety and SET validity of cell reselection because GCELLIDLEA it helps to avoid frequent cell GBFDD(Optional) reselection. For details, see GSM 110402 ADD NSE(Mandato ry) Subnet protocol type SET BTSENVALM PORT(Option al) Alarm port type SET E1T1(Optional ) Line coding method SET E1T1(Optional ) Receiving frame structure SET E1T1(Optional ) Sending frame structure SET E1T1(Optional ) Frame structure ADD BTSABISHDL CPATH(Mand atory) Number of a BTS HDLC path. It is ADD unique in one [BTS]. SET ETHPORT(Ma ndatory) Ethernet port type Power system type. When the PMU is installed on the rack, you SET can select the custom power BTSAPMUBP( system type. Optional) In multi-mode scenario, the value SET CERTFILE(Op tional) SET BTSAUTODL DACTINFO(O ptional)

PT

Subnet Protocol Type

BSC6900

GBFD119001

PT

Port Type

BSC6900

MRFD210304

PTCODE

Line code

BSC6900

None

PTRXT

Frame receive Structure

BSC6900

None

PTTXT

Frame send Structure

BSC6900

None

PTTYPE

Frame Structure

BSC6900

None

PTUID

HDLC Path Index In BTS BSC6900

GBFD118401

PTYPE

Port type

BSC6900

None

PTYPE

Power System Type

BSC6900

GBFD111202

PubCert

Certificate File Name

BSC6900

PV

BTS Patch Version

BSC6900

MRFDName of the certificate file This parameter specifies the patch 210305 version loaded to the BTS. This parameter can be set to only a hot patch version. You can use GBFDeither of the following methods to 111202

PV

Patch Version

BSC6900

PVC Utilization PVCUSERAT Report Period ETIMER Timer

BSC6900

LOD BTSPATCH(M andatory) CON BTSPATCH(M SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona l) SET CERTFILE(Ma ndatory) ADD OP(Mandatory ) DLD LICENSE(Man DLD RETANTCFG( Mandatory) ULD BTSDEVFILE(

Number of the version Period timer of patch PVC utilization report. This timer is started during initialization. When the timer expires, the PVC utilization information is reported.

GBFD111202

GBFD510002

PWD

Private Key Password

BSC6900

PWD

Password

BSC6900

PWD

User Password

BSC6900

MRFD210305 GBFD111203 MRFDPassword User password for the FTP server. 210305 When the FTPServer.exe file downloaded through the LMT is installed, the user password is GBFDadmin. 111202 Private key password

PwdMinLen

Minimum Password Length BSC6900

SET PWDPOLICY( Minimum length of the user Optional) password STR BTSTST(Man datory) Power level SET PWRALMSW( First alarm switch of power Optional) distribution monitoring board SET PWRALMSW( Optional) SET GCELLPWRB ASIC(Optional ) SET GCELLPWR3( Optional) SET GCELLPWRB ASIC(Optional )

MRFD210305

PWL

Power Level

BSC6900

GBFD111202

PWRALMSS W1

First Alarm Switch

BSC6900

MRFD210304

PWRALMSS W2

Second Alarm Switch

BSC6900

PWRBCDALL Power Forecast OWD Allowed

BSC6900

Second alarm switch of power distribution board Whether to monitoring allow active power control. If this parameter is set to YES, the system performs power forecast in the process of initial access assignment or service

MRFD210304

GBFD117602

PWRCTRLOP III Power Control TIMIZEDEN Optimized Enable BSC6900

Whether to enable the optimized power control algorithm III Whether to enable power control algorithm II or power control algorithm III

GBFD117601

PWRCTRLS W

Power Control Switch

BSC6900

GBFD110703

PWRDIV

Power Deviation

BSC6900

PWRDIVIND

Power Deviation Indication

BSC6900

PWRLOCATI Location Group ON Power Switch

BSC6900

PWRMODE

Power Class

BSC6900

PWROFFPRO TECTSTARTT Power-off Protect IME Start Time BSC6900

PWRPRIORA Power Priority LLOW Allowed

BSC6900

PWRSPNR

Power Finetune

BSC6900

PwrSwitchA

ANT_A ALD Power Switch

BSC6900

PwrSwitchB

ANT_B ALD Power Switch

BSC6900

PwrSwitchRE RET ALD Power T Switch BSC6900

Min DSCP of Q0MINDSCP queue 0

BSC6900

Min DSCP of Q1MINDSCP queue 1

BSC6900

If a class 3 MS on the DCS1800 band does not receive the original power command after random access, the power that the MS GBFDusesMS is the MS maximum transmit 111003 The does not receive the original power command after random access. This parameter indicates whether the power GBFDdeviation is added to the class 3 111003 Whether to enable the power amplifier for all location groups. SET 0x01 indicates that the TRX power GCELLSOFT( amplifier is enabled for all location GBFDOptional) groups. 0x00 indicates that the 510104 ADD BTSBRDCAP( Mandatory) ADD GBFDBTSRXUBRD( Time Power mode. between the time 111202 interval when the BTS detects that the SET external power supply is shut down BTSBAKPWR and the time when the backup GBFD(Optional) power decreasespecifies function is started. 111605 This parameter whether to enable the TRX with good powerSET saving performance. When this GCELLCHMG parameter is set to YES, the TRX GBFDAD(Optional) Finetune with goodof power-saving the TRX power. During 111005 the static finetune of the TRX SET power, the BSC adjusts the TRX GTRXDEV(Op power at a step of 0.2 dB. In some MRFDtional) scenarios, the losses vary 210301 When the ANT_A tributary antenna SET power switch is ON, it is allowed to BTSRXUBP(O configure related parameters of the GBFDptional) ANT_A tributary. 111202 When the ANT_B tributary antenna SET power switch is ON, it is allowed to BTSRXUBP(O configure related parameters of the GBFDptional) ANT_B tributary. 111202 When the RET tributary antenna SET power switch is ON, it is allowed to BTSRXUBP(O configure related parameters of the GBFDptional) RET tributary. 111202 Minimum DSCP of queue 0. The IP SET packets with DSCP in a relation QUEUEMAP( that "Min DSCP of queue 0" <= Optional) DSCP <= DSCP 63 is added to queue 0. Minimum of queue 1. The IP None packets with DSCP in a relation SET that "Min DSCP of queue 1" <= QUEUEMAP( DSCP < "Min DSCP of queue 0" is Optional) added to queue 1. None SET GCELLCCAC CESS(Optiona l) SET GCELLCCAC CESS(Optiona l)

Min DSCP of Q2MINDSCP queue 2

BSC6900

SET QUEUEMAP( Optional) SET QUEUEMAP( Optional) SET QUEUEMAP( Optional) SET GCELLCCUT RANSYS(Opti onal) SET GCELLHOBA SIC(Optional) SET GCELLHOAD( Optional) SET GCELLHOAD( Optional) SET GCELLHOAD( Optional) SET GCELLCCUT RANSYS(Opti onal) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLPSOT HERPARA(Op tional)

Min DSCP of Q3MINDSCP queue 3

BSC6900

Min DSCP of Q4MINDSCP queue 4

BSC6900

QCI

Qsearch C Initial BSC6900

MS Fast Moving QCKMVHOEN HO Allowed

BSC6900

QCKSTATCN MS Fast-moving T Watch Cells

BSC6900

QCKTIMETH

MS Fast-moving Time Threshold

BSC6900

QCKTRUECN MS Fast-moving T Valid Cells

BSC6900

QI

Qsearch I

BSC6900

QLENSD

Filter Length for TCH Qual.

BSC6900

QLENSI

Filter Length for SDCCH Qual.

BSC6900

QOSOPT

Support QoS Optimize

BSC6900

Minimum DSCP of queue 2. The IP packets with DSCP in a relation that "Min DSCP of queue 2" <= DSCP < "Min DSCP of queue 1" is added to queue Minimum DSCP 2. of queue 3. The IP packets with DSCP in a relation that "Min DSCP of queue 3" <= DSCP < "Min DSCP of queue 2" is added to queue Minimum DSCP 3. of queue 4. The IP packets with DSCP in a relation that "Min DSCP of queue 4" <= DSCP < "Min DSCP of queue 3" is added to queue 4. The IP packets This parameter specifies the threshold of the signal level for cell reselection in connection mode before ""Qsearch C"" isfast obtained. Whether to enable the moving micro-cell handover algorithm. The fast moving micro-cell handover algorithm enables fast moving MSs to switch over tois macro-cells, This parameter used in the thus P/N criteria decision: If an MS quickly passes through N out of P microcells lately, the BSC enables the fast moving micro-cell handover A time threshold determined based on the radius of a cell and the moving speed of an MS. If the MS crosses the cell in a time period shorter than thisis threshold, the This parameter used in the P/N criteria decision: If an MS quickly passes through N out of P microcells lately, the BSC enables the fast micro-cell handover Thismoving parameter specifies the level threshold for cell reselection in idle mode. In idle mode, if the signal level of the serving cell is below [0, 7] or For the purpose of accurately reflecting the radio environment of a network, filtering is performed on the measured values in several consecutive measurement reports. For the purpose of accurately reflecting the radio environment of a network, filtering is performed on the measured values in several consecutive measurement Whether to support QoC reports. optimization. The GSN equipment for the GPRS provides flexible QoS mechanisms for different subscribers. The QoS level is also

None

None

None GBFD114301 GBFD114302 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD114301 GBFD114302 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

GBFD119902

QP

Qsearch P

BSC6900

QSEARCHC

Qsearch C

BSC6900

QTRU Signal QTRUCHANM Merge Avoid ANGSWITCH Switch

BSC6900

QTRUDNPW RLASTTIME

Qtru Down Power Inadequate Last Time BSC6900 Qtru Down Power Inadequate Stat Time BSC6900 Multi-Density TRX Power Sharing

QTRUDNPW RSTATTIME

This parameter specifies one threshold of the signal level for cell reselection in packet transfer mode. packet transfer mode, if signal the In connection mode, if the level is below [0-7] or above [8-15], the MS starts to search for 3G cells. For example, if this parameter is setis to 5 and the This parameter used to if avoid allocating the calls whose signal SET strengths differ greatly to the same GCELLSOFT( timeslot. Optional) The BSC measures the to signal P/N criteria is used determine low downlink power for SET multi-density carriers. If the GCELLCHMG downlink power of a multi-density AD(Optional) The carrier remains during P/N criterialow is used to a determine low downlink power for SET multi-density carriers. If the GCELLCHMG downlink power of a multi-density AD(Optional) carrier remains low during a SET GCELLCCUT RANSYS(Opti onal) SET GCELLCCUT RANSYS(Opti onal) SET Whether to use the statistical GCELLCHMG multiplexing algorithm for multiAD(Optional) Maximum density power number of times that the BTS finds that the air conditioner SET needs to be switched off. If the BTSAIRCON( number of times that the BTS finds Optional) that the airnumber conditioner needs to the be Maximum of times that BTS finds that the air conditioner SET needs to be switched on. If the BTSAIRCON( number of times that the BTS finds Optional) that the air conditioner needs to be

GBFD114301 GBFD114302 GBFD114301 GBFD114302 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

QTRUPWRS HARE

BSC6900

GBFD111005

QUALOFFTIM Qualified Times ES for Off

BSC6900

GBFD111202

QUALONTIM Qualified Times ES for On MAX Down Adj. PC Value by Qual.

BSC6900

GBFD111202

QUALSTEP

BSC6900

Query Classmark QUERYCMAF after In-BSC HO TERINBSCHO Enabled BSC6900

SET Step of downward power GCELLPWR2( adjustment according to the quality GBFDOptional) of the received signals 110703 GBFDSET Whether to query the classmark of 110601 GCELLSOFT( the call in an incoming BSC GBFDOptional) handover 510501 SET GCELLHOBA Whether to allow the fast handover SIC(Optional) Auxiliary algorithmdevices of rack 0. This parameter contains eight bits. SET The eight bits, from the most BTSAUXEQP( significant bit to the least significant Optional) bit, indicate whether to install a

Quick Handover QUICKHOEN Enable SubRack0 Auxiliary Equipment

BSC6900

GBFD510102

R0AuxDev

BSC6900

GBFD111202

R0BatAllow

SubRack0 Storage Battery Config Permit SubRack0 Storage Battery Capacity SubRack0 Storage Battery Coefficient SubRack0 Storage Battery Type SubRack1 Auxiliary Equipment SubRack1 Storage Battery Config Permit SubRack1 Storage Battery Capacity SubRack1 Storage Battery Coefficient SubRack1 Storage Battery Type SubRack2 Auxiliary Equipment SubRack2 Storage Battery Config Permit SubRack2 Storage Battery Capacity

BSC6900

SET BTSBAT(Opti Whether to configure a battery rack GBFDonal) for rack 0 111202 SET BTSBAT(Man Capacity of the battery rack datory) configured rack 0 charging Ratio of thefor maximum current of the battery pack SET configured for rack 0 to the BTSBAT(Man capacity of the battery pack. For datory) example, assume that the battery SET BTSBAT(Man Type of the battery rack configured datory) for rack 0devices of rack 1. This Auxiliary parameter contains eight bits. SET The eight bits, from the most BTSAUXEQP( significant bit to the least significant Optional) bit, indicate whether to install a

R0BatCap

BSC6900

GBFD111202

R0BatCoeff

BSC6900

GBFD111202

R0BatType

BSC6900

GBFD111202

R1AuxDev

BSC6900

GBFD111202

R1BatAllow

BSC6900

SET BTSBAT(Opti Whether to configure a battery rack GBFDonal) for rack 1 111202 SET BTSBAT(Man Capacity of the battery rack datory) configured rack 1 charging Ratio of thefor maximum current of the battery pack SET configured for rack 1 to the BTSBAT(Man capacity of the battery pack. For datory) example, assume that the battery SET BTSBAT(Man Type of the battery rack configured datory) for rack 1devices of rack 2. This Auxiliary parameter contains eight bits. SET The eight bits, from the most BTSAUXEQP( significant bit to the least significant Optional) bit, indicate whether to install a

R1BatCap

BSC6900

GBFD111202

R1BatCoeff

BSC6900

GBFD111202

R1BatType

BSC6900

GBFD111202

R2AuxDev

BSC6900

GBFD111202

R2BatAllow

BSC6900

SET BTSBAT(Opti Whether to configure a battery rack GBFDonal) for rack 2 111202 SET BTSBAT(Man Capacity of the battery rack datory) configured for rack 2

R2BatCap

BSC6900

GBFD111202

R2BatCoeff

SubRack2 Storage Battery Coefficient SubRack2 Storage Battery Type

BSC6900

Ratio of the maximum charging current of the battery pack SET configured for rack 2 to the BTSBAT(Man capacity of the battery pack. For datory) example, assume that the battery SET BTSBAT(Man Type of the battery rack configured datory) for rack The NS 2 performs location management based on routing ADD areas during GPRS packet GEXT2GCEL services. Each routing area has a L(Optional) routing identifier, which is The NSarea performs location management based on routing ADD areas during GPRS packet GEXT3GCEL services. Each routing area has a L(Optional) routing area identifier. SET GCELLGPRS( Optional) SET BTSAUTOPL ANCFG(Optio nal) ADD GCELLQUICK SETUP(Optio nal) SET BTSAUTOPL ANCFG(Optio nal) SET GCELLCCAC CESS(Optiona l)

GBFD111202

R2BatType

BSC6900

GBFD111202

RA

RAC

BSC6900

MRFD210301

RA

Route Area

BSC6900

MRFD210301

RA

Routing Area

BSC6900

Identifies the routing area of the current cell

GBFD114101 GBFD510701

RA

Route Area

BSC6900

Route area of the current cell GBFD510701 Route area of the current cell

RA

Route Area

BSC6900

RA1

Route Area

BSC6900

Route area of the current cell

GBFD510702

RACHACCLE CS RACH Min. V Access Level

BSC6900

RACHBUSYT RACH Busy HRED Threshold Average RACH RACHLDAVE Load Timeslot RSLOT Number

BSC6900

BSC6900

Minimum access level of the random access channel (RACH) in the CS domain of the MS random Level threshold access for the BTS to determine SET the RACH busy state. When the GCELLCCBA receive level of the random access SIC(Optional) Number burst timeslot is greater than this in of RACH burst timeslots a RACH load measurement. SET The value of this parameter GCELLCCCH( indicates the interval during which Optional) the BSC6900 determines whether ADD Minimum voltage level for BTSLOCGRP( accessing CS services of the Optional) location group

GBFD111003

GBFD111003

GBFD111003

RACJACCLE CS Min.Access V Level

BSC6900

GBFD510104

RACOLOR

Routing Area Color Code

BSC6900

Allow MS to RANDACCES Access to SRETRY Another Cell

BSC6900

RANERRTHR Random Access ED Error Threshold BSC6900 Accessorial RARESELEC Hysteresis of Cell THYST Selection BSC6900

SET GCELLPSBA SE(Optional) SET GCELLRESEL ECTPARA(Op tional) SET GCELLCCAC CESS(Optiona l) SET GCELLRESEL ECTPARA(Op tional)

Routing area color code of the GPRS cell

GBFD114101

Whether to allow the MS to access another cellthreshold of the training Correlation sequence for the random access. As defined in the GSM recommendation, the system can determine the received Hysteresis whether of cell selection in different routing area. When a standby or ready MS starts cell reselection, if the original cell and the target cell are in the different

GBFD114101

GBFD111003

GBFD114101

RATE

Rate

BSC6900

RATECTRLS AMR Rate W Control Switch

BSC6900

RATSCCHEN Is Ratscch ABLED Function Enabled BSC6900

RAWMRSAM Raw MR Sample PLE Ratio BSC6900

RBPTYPE

Type of Rollback Point BSC6900

RCDT

Result Recording Type BSC6900

RCN

Chain No.

BSC6900

SET BTSETHPOR T(Optional) Port rate of the IP interface board Switch for controlling the AMR rate. Value 0 indicates that C/I is used to SET control the AMR rate. Value 1 GCELLCCAM indicates that BER is used to R(Optional) control the AMR rate. This parameter specifies whether SET the RATSCCH function is enabled GCELLCCAM during the call establishment R(Optional) procedure. Original measurement report SET sampling rate (for each call, one GMRCTRL(O out of four measurement reports is ptional) collected) LASTRBP indicates the last rollback point. The system BEG automatically takes the position FORWARD(M where the current configuration andatory) command is executed as the Type of recording the execution result RUN 1. REC_ALL: indicating that the BATCHFILE( execution results of all the Optional) commands areRXU recorded no ADD Number of the chain ormatter ring. BTSRXUCHAI The value scope is 0~11 for NonN(Mandatory) SingleRAN BTS and 0~249 for SET SingleRAN BTS. The RXU chain BTSBREAKP No. is unique in the same BTS. A CBN The first RXU chain number when BTSRXUCHAI combining two RXU chains to be N(Mandatory) one RXU ring.

GBFD118601

GBFD115506

GBFD115506

GBFD110801

MRFD210301

GBFD111203

GBFD111202

RCN1

First RXU Chain No.

BSC6900

GBFD111202

RCN2

Second RXU Chain No.

BSC6900

RCVMD

Receive Mode

BSC6900

RDC

Rate down coefficient [%]

BSC6900

CBN The second RXU chain number BTSRXUCHAI when combining two RXU chains to N(Mandatory) RF be one RXU ring. of the TRX. receive mode The BTS3012, BTS3012AE, SET BTS3012II, BTS3006C, and GTRXDEV(Op BTS3002E do not support Main tional) Diversity. Speed reduction efficient of the logical port. When detecting link ADD congestion through IPPM, the IPLOGICPOR system reduces the bandwidth rate T(Optional) of the logical port by using the SET GCELLCCBA Whether to allow the reassignment SIC(Optional) Whether function to re-assign the radio channels on a different band or on SET the same band. This can help GCELLCCAD( minimize the decrease in service Optional) quality due to interference, faulty SET GCELLHOIUO (Optional) SET GCELLHOIUO (Optional) SET GCELLHOIUO (Optional) SET GCELLHOIUO (Optional)

GBFD111202

MRFD210301

GBFD118605

REASSEN

Allow Reassign

BSC6900

GBFD112501

REASSFREQ Frequency Band BAND of Reassign BSC6900 RECEIVEQUA LTHRSHAMR ReceiveQualThrs FR hAMRFR BSC6900 RECEIVEQUA LTHRSHAMR ReceiveQualThrs HR hAMRHR BSC6900

RECLEVHYS RX_LEV T Hysteresis

BSC6900

RECLEVTHR RX_LEV ES Threshold

BSC6900

GBFD112501 GBFDIUO cell receive quality threshold 113201 (AMRFR), which is used for IUO GBFDhandover decision 115501 GBFDIUO cell receive quality threshold 113201 (AMRHR), which is used for IUO GBFDhandover decision One of the parameters that decide 115502 the underlay and overlay areas. The underlay and overlay areas are determined by "RX_QUAL GBFDThreshold", "RX_LEV Threshold", One of the parameters that decide 113201 the underlay and overlay areas. The underlay and overlay areas are determined by "RX_QUAL GBFDThreshold", "RX_LEV Threshold", 113201

RECLEVUOH RX_LEV for UO OALLOW HO Allowed

BSC6900

RecordDiscar Record dedPagingInfo Discarded Paging Flag Msg BSC6900 Decrease rate RECOVERTH alarm recover D threshold

SET Whether to use the downlink GCELLHOIUO receive level as a condition in IUO (Optional) handover decision With traffic control enabled, the BSC discards some paging SET messages. This parameter OTHSOFTPA specifies whether to record detailed RA(Optional) information of paging messages ADD IPLOGICPOR Speed reduction alarm recovery T(Optional) threshold

GBFD113201

GBFD111705

BSC6900

GBFD118605

RX_QUAL RECQUALTH Threshold

BSC6900

One of the parameters that decide the underlay and overlay areas. SET If "Enhanced Concentric Allowed" GCELLHOIUO is set to OFF, the underlay and GBFD(Optional) overlay areas are determined by 113201 SET Whether to use the downlink GCELLHOIUO receive quality as a condition in (Optional) IUO handover decision ADD BRD(Mandato ry) SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona l) SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona l)

RECQUALUO RX_QUAL for HOALLOW UO HO Allowed

BSC6900

GBFD113201

RED

Backup BSC6900 Interval to Reduce Transmission ReduceTrans Bandwidth when BwInt Congested BSC6900 Number of Transmission Bandwidth to ReduceTrans Reduce when BwNum Congested BSC6900

Whether to back up the data of the MRFDboard 210301

Interval for releasing the secondary GBFDlinks in the congestion state 111705 Secondary link bandwidth that is released each time in the congestion state

GBFD111705

REF2MCLK2S RC Port for LINE2

BSC6900

Port for output LINE2(The actual SET value range may differ on the LMT MRFDCLK(Optional) ) 210502 Back-up port for output LINE2(The SET actual value range may differ on MRFDCLK(Optional) the LMT ) 210502 Port for output LINE1(The actual SET value range may differ on the LMT MRFDCLK(Optional) ) 210502 Back-up port for output LINE(The SET actual value range may differ on CLK(Optional) the LMT )

REF2MCLK2S Back-up port for RCBAK LINE2

BSC6900

REF2MCLKS RC Port for LINE1

BSC6900

REF2MCLKS Back-up port for RCBAK LINE1

BSC6900

MRFD210502

REF2MCLKS Switch of panel W1 2M BITS1

BSC6900

SET CLK(Optional) Switch of panel BITS1(2M)

MRFD210502

REF2MCLKS Switch of panel W2 2M BITS2

BSC6900

REFUSELOC Use SGSN clock ALCLK source BSC6900

SET CLK(Optional) Switch of to panel Whether use BITS2(2M) SGSN clock source.Only the Gb interface board needs to set this parameter. If the SET SGSN clock and the MSC clock CLK(Optional) have different clock sources, the

MRFD210502

MRFD210502

REGION

Region Information

BSC6900

REHOSTABS ReHost Absolute TIME Time BSC6900

REHOSTDEL ReHostDelayTim AYTIME e BSC6900

REHOSTTYP E ReHost Type Reinitialize Neighbour Cell Table

BSC6900

Region information of the IP BTS configured with local switching. SET Local switching can be performed BTSLSW(Opti between only the BTSs that have onal) the same region information. SET GREDGRPPR IMHOSTPOLI CY(Mandatory ) Absolute time of re-homing SET GREDGRPPR IMHOSTPOLI CY(Mandatory ) Delay time of re-homing SET GREDGRPPR IMHOSTPOLI CY(Mandatory ) Policy type of re-homing ADD Whether to re-initialize the AISSCFG(Ma neighboring cell pair for software ndatory) synchronization Cabinet number of the associated SET module. The associated two BTSRXUBP(M MRFUs or GRFUs must be in the andatory) same cell. Whether to enable the configuration of the "Extend SET Connection" attribute. The "Extend BTSDFCUBP( Connection" attribute describes the Optional) cascading relationship of the SET BTSRXUBP(O Function to be performed by two ptional) associated modules SET BTSRXUBP(M Slot number of the associated andatory) module SET BTSRXUBP(M Subrack number of the associated andatory) module Number of the DFCB that Tributary is cascaded to the DFCU. The SET "Extend Connection" attribute BTSDFCUBP( describes the cascading Optional) relationship of the DFCB, which ADD TRMMAP(Opti onal) ADD TRMFACTOR Remark

GBFD117702

GBFD113725

GBFD113725

GBFD113725

REINITTBL

BSC6900

GBFD118201

Associated Board RELATEDCN CN BSC6900 Extend Connection RELATEDFC Configuration UENABLED Enabled BSC6900

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

RELATEDMO Associated Board DFUNC Function BSC6900

GBFD111202

Associated Board RELATEDSN SN BSC6900

GBFD111202

RELATEDSR Associated Board N SRN BSC6900

GBFD111202

RELATEDTR Cascading ACK Tributary

BSC6900

GBFD111202

REMARK

Remark

BSC6900

GBFD118605

REMARK

Route use description

BSC6900

ADD IPRT(Mandato Purpose description of the route ry) record ADD NSVLREMOT Remote NSVL ID of the Gb IP E(Mandatory) route A key parameter that indicates how many times the BSC6900 ADD broadcasts cell messages. You can GSMSCB(Ma obtain the cell broadcast times by ndatory) running the "DSP GSMSCB" SET Whether to enable the Repeated GCELLCCBA Downlink FACCH function for the SIC(Optional) If cell the cell supports the Repeated Downlink FACCH function and the SET measured downlink quality is lower GCELLCCBA than the downlink quality threshold, SIC(Optional) the BTS enables the repeated SET GCELLCCBA SIC(Optional) SET BTSENVALM PORT(Option al)

None

REMOTENSV LI Remote NSVL ID BSC6900

GBFD118603

REP

Repeat

BSC6900

GBFD113602

REPEATDLFA Repeated SET Downlink FACCH BSC6900 Repeated REPEATDLFA Downlink FACCH THRED Threshold BSC6900

GBFD113721

GBFD113721

REPEATSAS Repeated ET SACCH

BSC6900

Whether to enable the Repeated SACCH function for the cell

GBFD113721

RESALMID

Reserved Alarm ID.

BSC6900

ResCheckAllo ResCheckAllowe wed d BSC6900

RESELHYST

Cell Reselection Hysteresis

BSC6900

Whether to reserve the binding of the alarmto ID and theresource alarm port Whether perform checks on the resource usage SET system and resource management OTHSOFTPA system. Resource checks can RA(Optional) prevent resource hanging Indicating that during cell in case reselection, the level of the target SET cell should meet the following GCELLNC2P condition: Level of target cell > ARA(Optional) [MAX (level of serving cell, "Cell SET GCELLNC2P NC2 cell reselection interval in the ARA(Optional) The same cell of received Packet number Measurement Report messages on SET the receive level of the serving cell GCELLNC2P is measured continuously. When ARA(Optional) If the statistical is greater than the number value of times when the receive level of the serving cell SET within "Normal Cell Reselection GCELLNC2P Watch Period" is lower than "Cell ARA(Optional) Reselection Level Threshold" is

MRFD210304

GBFD111203

GBFD116201

RESELINTER Cell Reselect VAL Interval Normal Cell RESELWATC Reselection HPERIOD Watch Period Normal Cell RESELWORS Reselection ENLEVTHRS Worsen Level H Threshold

BSC6900

GBFD116201

BSC6900

GBFD116201

BSC6900

GBFD116201

ReservedDyn Number of PdchPreTran Reserved Num Dynamic Channel BSC6900 Reserved TCH Number for PA Turning On

ReservedIdle Ch

BSC6900

This parameter specifies the number of the reserved PDCHs SET that are not used for channel GCELLPSCH converstion in the dynamic M(Optional) transferable channel pool. This parameter specifies the number of idle channels that SET should be reserved on a cell after GCELLOTHE the TRX is shut down. When the XT(Optional) number of idle channels on a cell is SET OTHSOFTPA RA(Optional) Whether to withhold link breakdown alarms in case of BTS resets to data configurations If OMLdue links break down after BTS resets caused by data SET configurations and recover within OTHSOFTPA the period specified by this RA(Optional) parameter, configuration reset SET PWDPOLICY( Interval for resetting the counter Optional) when the user fails to log in

GBFD113101

GBFD111602

ResetAlmDela BTS Reset Alarm ySwitch Delay Switch BSC6900

GBFD111202

ResetAlmDela BTS Reset Alarm yTime Delay Time BSC6900 Reset Interval of RESETINTER Account Lock VAL Counter

GBFD111202

BSC6900

MRFD210305

RESETRETR Y Reset Retry

BSC6900

SET BSCNSPARA( Retry times after the peer response GBFDOptional) timer expires during NSVC reset 114101 SET BTSOTHPAR The waiting time from BTS detect A(Optional) OML disconnect to BTS reset.

RESETTIME

BTS Reset Time BSC6900

GBFD111612

RESETTIMER Reset Timer

BSC6900

SET BSCNSPARA( Duration of the peer response timer GBFDOptional) during NSVC reset 114101 TST SNDRSI(Man Reason for activating the radio datory) status procedure Whether the HO RQD messages sent by the BSC to an MSC carry SET response request cells. Response OTHSOFTPA request cells are optional. They are RA(Optional) used to inform the MSC whether it DLD LICENSE(Opti onal) ULD Whether to resume broken LICENSE(Opti download

RESID

Reason

BSC6900

GBFD119001

RespReqSel

Response on OutBSC HO Req BSC6900

REST

Resume Broken Downloads Flag

BSC6900

Sub-protocol RESTARTTM negotiate out R time[S]

BSC6900

GBFD111804 GBFD111203 MRFD210403 GBFDADD 118611 PPPLNK(Opti Duration of the PPP/MP link restart GBFDonal) timer 118622

Sub-protocol RESTARTTM negotiate out R time[S]

BSC6900

RESTYPE

Alarm Restore Type

BSC6900

RESUMETIM ER Resume Timer

BSC6900

REVCHANNU Reserved M Channel Number BSC6900

RFMAXPWR DEC

Max RC Power Reduction

BSC6900

RFRESINDPR Radio Resource D Report Period

BSC6900

RFT

Execute Interval

BSC6900

RFUCFGBYS Configure RFU LOT by Slot

BSC6900

RGPSINDICA TION GPS or RGPS

BSC6900

RIMSUP

RIM Support

BSC6900

ADD MPLNK(Optio Duration of the PPP/MP link restart nal) timer EXP ALMLOG(Opti onal) STA ALMLOG(Opti Restoration type of the alarm Time for the BSC to initiate the ADD common measurement or GNRNC(Optio information exchange procedure nal) after this procedure failsthe BSC When assign channels, SET ensures that the sum of the GCELLCHMG number of channels occupied by BASIC(Option high-priority users and the number al) of idle channels reserved for highMaximum number of levels that the BTS RF power decreases. This SET parameter is used to control the GCELLOTHE decrease in the BTS RF power. If XT(Optional) Interval the value issending too large, the BTS for the radio resource indication messages. The SET TRX reports the interference level GCELLCCCH( for each of the channels that have Optional) been idle for the whole Interval for executing the scheduled subtask ADD The unit is determined according SUBTSK(Opti to the time mode. onal) 1. If the time mode is set to 1. This parameter specifies whether to configure the DRFU, MRFU, GRFU, or XRFU by slot or ADD link. BTS(Optional) 2. When card setting the BTS tois support Satellite protocol that enabled to communicate with the SET satellite card connecting to the BTSDGPSBP( DGPS. If "RGPS" is specified, it Optional) indicates to that the RGPS satellite Whether support ran information management (RIM). IN the RIM procedure, RANs(Radio Access ADD Network) can exchange messages NSE(Optional) through the core network.

GBFD118611 GBFD118622

MRFD210304

MRFD211402

GBFD116001

MRFD210301

GBFD111004

GBFD111203

GBFD110000

GBFD510401

GBFD116301

RLCN

Channel No.

BSC6900

RLT

Radio Link Timeout

BSC6900

SET The loopback channel number E1T1LOP(Opti when the port loopback mode is set onal) to TDM loopback Time forremote disconnecting a call when None the MS fails to decode the SACCH. SET Once a dedicated channel is GCELLCCBA assigned to the MS, the counter S GBFDSIC(Optional) is enabled and the initial value is 111004

Remote TC Subrack Ater RMTTCATER Transmission TRANSMODE Mode

BSC6900

RNCID

RNC ID

BSC6900

RNCINDEX

Neighboring RNC Index BSC6900

RNCINDEX

Neighboring RNC Index BSC6900

SET BSCBASIC(O Transmission mode on the Ater ptional) interface of the remote TC subrack RNC ID of a 3G external cell. The ADD value of this parameter must be GEXT3GCEL consistent with the data L(Mandatory) configuration RNC. Internal indexat ofthe a neighboring RNC. This parameter is set to 255 ADD when the neighboring RNC that GEXT3GCEL serves the 3G external neighboring L(Optional) is not configured. You can use the ADD GNRNC(Mand atory) ADD Internal index of a neighboring GIURGCONN RNC

GBFD116902

MRFD210301

MRFD211402

MRFD211402

RNCNAME

Neighboring RNC Name BSC6900

ADD Name of a neighboring RNC. The GNRNC(Mand name is used to uniquely identify a MRFDatory) neighboring RNC. 211402 SET CERTFILE(Op tional) Name of the root certificate file ADD SGSNROUTE INFO(Mandat ory) Identifies a router uniquely ADD SGSNROUTE INFO(Mandat ory) Router port number SET GCELLSOFT( Optional) SET GCELLNWCT RLMSRPARA( Optional) SET GCELLNWCT RLMSRPARA( Optional)

RootCert

Root Certificate File Name

BSC6900

MRFD210305

ROUTENO

Route No.

BSC6900

GBFD118603

ROUTEPORT NO Route Port No.

BSC6900

GBFD118603

RPTDLVQIAL Report Downlink LOWED VQI Allowed BSC6900 Cell Reselection MR Period in RPTPERIODI Packet Idle Mode BSC6900 Cell Reselection MR Period in Packet Transfer RPTPERIODT Mode BSC6900 Decrease rate alarm report threshold

Whether to allow the BTS to report the downlink voice quality index GBFD(VQI) 116801

Cell reselection measurement report period in packet idle mode Cell reselection measurement report period in packet transmission mode

GBFD119107

GBFD119107

RPTTHD

BSC6900

ADD IPLOGICPOR Speed reduction alarm report T(Optional) threshold

GBFD118605

RPTVOICE

Report Speech Quality Filter Length for SDCCH REP_QUANT

BSC6900

SET GCELLOTHB ASIC(Optional ) SET GCELLHOFIT PEN(Optional) SET GCELLHOFIT PEN(Optional)

RQSIGNLEN

BSC6900

Filter Length for RQTRAFFLE TCH N REP_QUANT

BSC6900

Whether to allow the BTS to report the voice quality index (VQI). If this parameter is set to Report, the BTS reports the VQI. The BSC6900 collects the traffic on a For the purpose ofstatistics accurately reflecting the radio environment of a network, filtering is performed on the measured values in several consecutive measurement reports. For the purpose of accurately reflecting the radio environment of a network, filtering is performed on the measured values in several consecutive measurement reports.

GBFD116801

GBFD117501

GBFD117501

RSCGRPN

Rscgrp No.

BSC6900

ADD IPPATH(Mand Resource group number of the atory) PATH ADD The parameter indicates whether RSCGRP(Man the resource group is shared or is datory) used by a management specific telecom carrier. Resource mode. The logical port working in the SHARE ADD mode can be shared by multiple IPLOGICPOR carriers. The logical port working in T(Optional) the EXCLUSIVE mode be Timer for punishing the can neighboring cells when handover failures occur SET due to resource-related causes, GCELLHOFIT such as resources being PEN(Optional) insufficient This parameter adjusts "Min RSCP ADD threshold" to enable the selection G3GNCELL(O of 3G candidate cells based on cell ptional) priorities This parameter determines the layers of 3G neighboring cells. If ADD the measured value of a 3G GEXT3GCEL neighboring cell is lower than this L(Optional) threshold, the 3G neighboring cell

GBFD118605

Resource RSCMNGMO Management DE Mode Resource RSCMNGMO management DE mode

BSC6900

None

BSC6900

RSCPENALT YTIMER RscPenaltyTimer BSC6900

RSCPOFF

RSCP Offset

BSC6900

RSCP Threshold for Layer of 3G RSCPTHRES Cell BSC6900

GBFD118605 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD114301 GBFD114302 GBFD114301 GBFD114302

RSDSRC

RSD alarm source

BSC6900

SET OPT(Optional) RSD alarm triggering source

None

RSFSRC

RSF alarm source

BSC6900

GPRS RSLCTOFFE Reselection R Offset

BSC6900

SET OPT(Optional) SET GCELLNCRE SELECTPAR A(Optional)

RSF alarm triggering source

None

Used for calculating C2. The MS with a large value can be assigned GBFDwith high access priority. 114101

RSLDL

BTS RSL Average Downbandwidth

BSC6900

SET BTSBWPARA Average down-bandwidth of RSL (Mandatory) link in BTS. SET BSCABISPRI Differentiated service code of the MAP(Optional) specified RSL SET BSCABISPRI MAP(Optional) RSL service priority SET BTSBWPARA Average up-bandwidth of RSL link (Mandatory) in BTS. SET BSCABISPRI MAP(Optional) Specified RSL Vlan Id SET BTSLAPDWS( Optional) Size of the RSL LAPD window LCK CMCTRL(Man reason for locking the configuration datory) and management control rights. Threshold of the level difference between a neighboring cell and the SET serving cell, based on which the OTHSOFTPA BSC filters the measured values in RA(Optional) the measurement and Name of the resultreports file generated after the command is executed. If RUN this parameter is not specified, the BATCHFILE( name of the result file is Optional) automatically generated in the

GBFD111202

RSLDSCP

RSL DSCP

BSC6900

GBFD111202

RSLPRI

RSL Priority BTS RSL Average Upbandwidth

BSC6900

GBFD111202

RSLUL

BSC6900

GBFD111202

RSLVLANID

RSL VlanId

BSC6900

GBFD111202

RSLWS

RSL LAPD Window Size

BSC6900

GBFD118601

RSNDES

Lock Reason Relative Signal Strength Threshold

BSC6900

MRFD210301

RSSThres

BSC6900

GBFD510901

RSTF

Result File Name BSC6900

GBFD111203

RSTFUN

Restart switch

BSC6900

RSTIME

Restart Timer

BSC6900

Max Channel RSVCHMFOR Num Reserved ECNUM for EC

BSC6900

ADD OPC(Optional) ADD BTSPPPLNK( Optional) ADD BTSMPLNK(O SET GCELLCHMG BASIC(Option al)

Whether to enable the restart function

GBFD111804

Timer Maximum number of TCH channels reserved for emergency call users

GBFD118611

GBFD110202

Reserved RSVDPARA1 Parameter 1

BSC6900

RSVDPARA1 Reserved 0 Parameter 10

BSC6900

Reserved RSVDPARA2 Parameter 2

BSC6900

Reserved RSVDPARA3 Parameter 3

BSC6900

Reserved RSVDPARA4 Parameter 4

BSC6900

Reserved RSVDPARA5 Parameter 5

BSC6900

Reserved RSVDPARA6 Parameter 6

BSC6900

Reserved RSVDPARA7 Parameter 7

BSC6900

Reserved RSVDPARA8 Parameter 8

BSC6900

Reserved RSVDPARA9 Parameter 9

BSC6900

SET TRANSPATC HPARA(Optio nal) SET TRANSPATC HPARA(Optio nal) SET TRANSPATC HPARA(Optio nal) SET TRANSPATC HPARA(Optio nal) SET TRANSPATC HPARA(Optio nal) SET TRANSPATC HPARA(Optio nal) SET TRANSPATC HPARA(Optio nal) SET TRANSPATC HPARA(Optio nal) SET TRANSPATC HPARA(Optio nal) SET TRANSPATC HPARA(Optio nal)

Parameter 1 reserved for future use.

None

Parameter 10 reserved for future use.

None

Parameter 2 reserved for future use.

None

Parameter 3 reserved for future use.

None

Parameter 4 reserved for future use.

None

Parameter 5 reserved for future use.

None

Parameter 6 reserved for future use.

None

Parameter 7 reserved for future use.

None

Parameter 8 reserved for future use.

None

RsvIdleChanN Reserve Idle um Channel Number BSC6900

Parameter 9 reserved for future use. Number of reserved idle channels. None If this parameter is set too small, SET the TRX may be frequently BSCDSTPA(O enabled/disabled; if this parameter GBFDptional) is set too large, idle TRX will not be 111602

RT

Revertive type

BSC6900

SET Recovery mode of the MSP MSP(Optional) protection group

GBFD111701

RTCONTEXT Routing Context

BSC6900

ADD M3LE(Optiona l) ADD M3DE(Option

Routing context. The routing context identifies a specified route. If the routing context is to be configured, its value must be GBFDnegotiated between the two ends. 118602

RTCPBWRAT RTCP Bandwidth IO Usage BSC6900

RTCPSWITC H Enable RTCP

BSC6900

ADD GCNNODE(O Ratio of the RTCP path bandwidth ptional) to the A interface bandwidth Whether to enable the real-time transport control protocol (RTCP) ADD function. The BSC6900 and the GCNNODE(O MSC negotiate whether and how to ptional) compress the data over the A ADD OMUIPRT(Ma ndatory) destination IP address. ADD OMUIPRT(Ma ndatory) routing mask. ADD BTSIPRT(Opti Index of a route. The index is onal) unique in to a BTS. It is used calculate the round-trip time of the protocol stack and the ADD RTO value. The value must be SCTPLNK(Opt smaller than "RTOBETA". In the ional) case of the value of round-trip the It is used to fixed calculate the time of the protocol stack and the ADD RTO value. The value must be SCTPLNK(Opt greater than "RTOALPHA". In the ional) case of the fixed value of the When the "RTOMIN" and ADD "RTPMAX" parameters are set to SCTPLNK(Opt fixed values, the larger the value is, ional) the longer the check of the link is. When the "RTOMIN" parameter is ADD set to a fixed value, the larger the SCTPLNK(Opt value is, the longer the check of the ional) link is. When the "RTOMAX" parameter is ADD set to a fixed value, the larger the SCTPLNK(Opt value is, the longer the check of the ional) link is. SET Whether to measure the delay on GCELLBASIC the link between the BTSs that PARA(Optiona serve the calling MS and the called l) MS respectively

GBFD118602

GBFD118602

RTDEST

Destination Network Address BSC6900

None

RTDESTMAS Destination K Address Mask

BSC6900

None

RTIDX

Route Index

BSC6900

GBFD118601

RTOALPHA

RTO alpha value BSC6900

GBFD118602

RTOBETA

RTO beta value

BSC6900

GBFD118602

RTOINIT

RTO initial value BSC6900

GBFD118602

RTOMAX

RTO max value

BSC6900

GBFD118602

RTOMIN

RTO min value

BSC6900

GBFD118602

Measure Link RTPSWITCH Delay Switch

BSC6900

GBFD115506

RTTIPDCHM RTTI PDCH ULTIPLEXTH Multiplex RESH Threshold

BSC6900

SET GCELLPSCH M(Optional) ADD BTSIPRT(Man datory) ADD IPLOGICPOR T(Optional)

RTTYPE

Route Type

BSC6900

RUS

Rate up step [kbps] Rate up step adjust period [PLPRD]

BSC6900

RUSPRD

BSC6900

RVer

R-Version No.

BSC6900

ADD IPLOGICPOR T(Optional) SET BTSAUTODL DACTINFO(M R-version number of the BTS andatory) software ADD IPPATH(Mand atory) Receive bandwidth of IP path ADD RSCGRP(Man datory) SET GCELLSERV PARA(Optiona l)

Maximum number of RTTI TBFs that can be multiplexed on the PDCH. A PDCH can be assigned when the number of RTTI TBFs on it is smaller than the value of BTS this Type of the route. When the does not support IP over E1, the parameter Route Type needs to be set to NEXTHOP(Next Hop). When the BTSport supports over E1, the Logical speedIP increase step. When detecting the available bandwidth increase through IPPM, the system increases the bandwidth the logical Bandwidth of increase stepport by adjustment period. This parameter indicates the period to increase the bandwidth of the logical port. Note that the actual bandwidth increase

GBFD510805

GBFD118601

GBFD118605

GBFD118605

GBFD111202

RXBW

Backward Bandwidth

BSC6900

GBFD118605

RxBw

Backward Bandwidth

BSC6900

Receive bandwidth

GBFD118605

Minimum RXLEVACCMI Receiving level N for Access Interfere HO Qual. Thresh Offset for AMR RXLEVOFF FR

BSC6900

BSC6900

RXMIN

Minum Access RXLEV

BSC6900

RXQCKFALL Rx_Level_Drop HOEN HO Allowed

BSC6900

RXQUAL1

Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 1 for Non-AMR FR BSC6900

Minimum receiving power level for the MS in the cell to access the system For AMR FR voice services, a fixed amount of offset is added to the SET corresponding grade of the GCELLAMRQ received signal quality for the UL(Optional) interference handover of non-AMR SET GCELLBASIC Minimum received signal level of PARA(Optiona the MS. This level is reported in the l) system information. Whether to use the emergency SET handover algorithm in case the GCELLHOBA receive level of the MSs drops SIC(Optional) rapidly, thus preventing call drops. Threshold for the interference SET handover of Non-AMR FR voice GCELLAMRQ services. AMRFR refers to UL(Optional) Adaptive Multi-Rate Full Rate.

GBFD114101

GBFD115501

GBFD111101 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

RXQUAL10

Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 10 for Non-AMR FR BSC6900 Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 11 for Non-AMR FR BSC6900 Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 12 for Non-AMR FR BSC6900 Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 2 for Non-AMR FR BSC6900 Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 3 for Non-AMR FR BSC6900 Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 4 for Non-AMR FR BSC6900 Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 5 for Non-AMR FR BSC6900 Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 6 for Non-AMR FR BSC6900 Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 7 for Non-AMR FR BSC6900 Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 8 for Non-AMR FR BSC6900 Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 9 for Non-AMR FR BSC6900

RXQUAL11

RXQUAL12

RXQUAL2

RXQUAL3

RXQUAL4

RXQUAL5

RXQUAL6

RXQUAL7

RXQUAL8

RXQUAL9

RXUCHAINN O RXU Chain No

BSC6900

Threshold for the interference SET handover of Non-AMR FR voice GCELLAMRQ services. AMRFR refers to UL(Optional) Adaptive Multi-Rate Full Rate. Threshold for the interference SET handover of Non-AMR FR voice GCELLAMRQ services. AMRFR refers to UL(Optional) Adaptive Multi-Rate Full Rate. Threshold for the interference SET handover of Non-AMR FR voice GCELLAMRQ services. AMRFR refers to UL(Optional) Adaptive Multi-Rate Full Rate. Threshold for the interference SET handover of Non-AMR FR voice GCELLAMRQ services. AMRFR refers to UL(Optional) Adaptive Multi-Rate Full Rate. Threshold for the interference SET handover of Non-AMR FR voice GCELLAMRQ services. AMRFR refers to UL(Optional) Adaptive Multi-Rate Full Rate. Threshold for the interference SET handover of Non-AMR FR voice GCELLAMRQ services. AMRFR refers to UL(Optional) Adaptive Multi-Rate Full Rate. Threshold for the interference SET handover of Non-AMR FR voice GCELLAMRQ services. AMRFR refers to UL(Optional) Adaptive Multi-Rate Full Rate. Threshold for the interference SET handover of Non-AMR FR voice GCELLAMRQ services. AMRFR refers to UL(Optional) Adaptive Multi-Rate Full Rate. Threshold for the interference SET handover of Non-AMR FR voice GCELLAMRQ services. AMRFR refers to UL(Optional) Adaptive Multi-Rate Full Rate. Threshold for the interference SET handover of Non-AMR FR voice GCELLAMRQ services. AMRFR refers to UL(Optional) Adaptive Multi-Rate Full Rate. Threshold for the interference SET handover of Non-AMR FR voice GCELLAMRQ services. AMRFR refers to UL(Optional) Adaptive Multi-Rate Full Rate. ADD TRXBIND2PH YBRD(Mandat Number of the RXU chain to which ory) the RXU belongs

GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

GBFD111202

RXUCHAINN O RXU Chain No.

BSC6900

SET Number of the RXU chain. The BTSRXUBP(M RXU chain No. is unique in one andatory) BTS. ADD BTSRXUBRD( Number of the RXU chain where Mandatory) the board is located ADD TRXBIND2PH YBRD(Mandat ory) Index type of the RXU SET BTSRXUBP(M andatory) Type of the RXU board index ADD TRXBIND2PH YBRD(Mandat ory) Name of the RXU

GBFD111202

RXUCHAINN O RXU Chain No.

BSC6900

GBFD111202

RXUIDTYPE

RXU Index Type BSC6900

GBFD111202

RXUIDTYPE

RXU Index Type BSC6900

GBFD111202

RXUNAME

RXU Name

BSC6900

GBFD111202

RXUNAME

RXU Name

BSC6900

SET BTSRXUBP(M Name of the RXU board. The RXU GBFDandatory) name is unique in one BTS. 111202 ADD BTSRXUBRD( Mandatory) Name of an RXU ADD TRXBIND2PH YBRD(Mandat Position number of the RXU on the ory) RXU chain SET BTSRXUBP(M Position No. of the RXU board on andatory) the RXU chain ADD BTSRXUBRD( Position of the RXU board on an Mandatory) RXU chain

RXUNAME

RXU Name

BSC6900

GBFD111202

RXUPOS

RXU Chain Position

BSC6900

GBFD111202

RXUPOS

RXU Chain Position

BSC6900

GBFD111202

RXUPOS

RXU Board Position

BSC6900

GBFD111202

RXUTYPE

RXU Board Type BSC6900

S1SWITCH

S1 value setting switch

BSC6900

SET BTSRXUBP(M GBFDandatory) Type of the RXU board Whether to enable the switch to set 111202 the S1 value. S1 byte, also called the synchronization status byte, is SET one of the optical connection OPT(Optional) parameters. None

S1VALUE

S1 Value

BSC6900

SET OPT(Optional) SET BTSDEMUBP( Optional) SET BTSAPMUBP( Optional)

SAADIS

Special Analog Alarm Enabled

BSC6900

SAAF

Special Analog Alarm Flag

BSC6900

SaGsmrMsc

Trunking MSC

BSC6900

SAICALLOWE D Saic Allowed

BSC6900

Power Control SAICTHREDA Threshold Adjust PDTVALUE for SAIC BSC6900 Power Control SAICTHREDA threshold Adjust PDTVALUE for SAIC

BSC6900

SALOG

Special Analog Alarm Enabled

BSC6900

SAMECVGCE Same Coverage LLID Cell No

BSC6900

SAMECVGCE Same Coverage LLIDTYPE Cell Index Type SAMECVGCE Same Coverage LLLOADSTAT Cell Load Stat. TM Time SAMECVGCE Same Coverage LLLOADTHR Cell Load D Threshold

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

ADD GCNNODE(O ptional) SET GCELLPWRB ASIC(Optional Whether an MS supports the SAIC ) function Adjustment step of the downlink signal quality threshold in power SET control algorithm III for MSs that GCELLPWR2( support SAIC. The network side Optional) uses a lower downlink quality Adjustment step of the signal downlink signal quality threshold in power SET control algorithm III for MSs that GCELLPWR3( support SAIC. The network side Optional) uses a lower downlink signal quality The value of this parameter consists of five bits, which SET determines whether to enable the BTSDPMUBP( alarms. "0" indicates that the Optional) analog alarm is enabled, and "1" SET GCELLDYNT URNOFF(Man Index of a cell with the same datory) coverage as the current cell SET GCELLDYNT URNOFF(Man Index type used when the datory) command is executed The BSC6900 checks the load of SET the same coverage cell of the GCELLDYNT target cell once a minute. When URNOFF(Opti the number of times in which the onal) load of thecan same cell is A cell that be coverage disabled is SET allowed to be disabled only when GCELLDYNT the load of the same coverage cell URNOFF(Opti is lower than this threshold for a onal) period.

S1 sending value. It is a synchronization status byte used by the local end to examine the quality of the received clock signals before the local end switches a clock Whether to enable the to special analog alarm. In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the as the value of The value ofsame this parameter consists of 32 bits, each of which determines whether to enable the corresponding special analog alarm. "0" indicates that the alarm Whether the MSC independently processes the trunking services. When this parameter is set to YES, the MSC independently processes the trunking services, that is, the

None

MRFD210304

GBFD111202

GBFD510301

GBFD118103

GBFD118103

GBFD118103

MRFD210304

GBFD111610

GBFD111610

GBFD111610

GBFD111610

SAMECVGCE Same Coverage LLNAME Cell Name

BSC6900

SAMULFRM

SACCH MultiFrames

BSC6900

SAS

Special Alarm Switcher

BSC6900

SASE

Special Alarm Switch Enabled

BSC6900

SASV

Special Alarm Switch Valid Vol. Level BSC6900

SET GCELLDYNT URNOFF(Man datory) Name of the same coverage cell This parameter is used by the BTS to inform the BSC6900 of radio link SET connection failure. GCELLCCBA When the BTS receives the SIC(Optional) SACCH measurement report from The value of this parameter consists of three bits, which SET determines whether to enable the BTSDPMUBP( alarms. "0" indicates that the alarm Optional) is enabled, "1" the indicates that Whether to and enable special alarm switch. SET In multi-mode scenario, the value BTSDEMUBP( of this parameter in one mode Optional) must be the same as value of Level specifications ofthe special Boolean value alarms. Two SET specifications are available: high BTSDEMUBP( level and low level. By default, only Optional) alarms of the door status sensor SET Whether to enable the energy BTSDOMUBP saving function of the TRX for the (Optional) BTS3002E. Whether to enable the special Boolean alarms, that is, water SET sensor alarm (bit 0), smog sensor BTSAPMUBP( alarm (bit 1), and door sensor Optional) alarm (bit 2). All the Boolean COL SYNCINFO(M Number of the BTS. The BTS is andatory) numbered uniquely in a BSC. COL SYNCINFO(M andatory) SET GCELLCCUT RANSYS(Opti onal) SET BSCPSTCDS CPMAP(Optio nal)

GBFD111610

GBFD111004

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

SAVEENABL ED

Energy Saving Support

BSC6900

GBFD111202

SBAF

Special Bool Alarm Flag

BSC6900

GBFD111202

SBTSID

First BTS Index

BSC6900

GBFD118201

SBTSNAME

First BTS Name

BSC6900

SCALEORDE R SCALE_ORDER BSC6900

Name of the BTS. The BTS is named uniquelyindicates in a BSC. This parameter that when the MS reports the EMR, it adds the value of this parameter to the received signal level, and then converts the result into the RXLEV

GBFD118201

GBFD117501

SCDSCP

DSCP of STREAM[QoS]

BSC6900

SCELLFILTE R

Serving Cell Filter Length MR Number BSC6900

DSCP corresponding to the streaming service receives When the network measurement reports, in SET consideration of the accuracy of a GCELLHOFA single measurement report, the ST(Optional) measurement values in certain

GBFD118603

GBFD510102

SCELLID

First Cell Index

BSC6900

SCELLNAME First Cell Name

BSC6900

SCHEME

Coding Scheme

BSC6900

ADD NCELL(Mand atory) COL SYNCINFO(M ADD NCELL(Mand atory) COL SYNCINFO(M SET GCELLSBC(O ptional) ADD GSMSCB(Ma STR BTSTST(Opti onal) ADD SUBTSK(Man datory) ADD SUBCMD(Ma

Number of the cell where the TRX reside. The cell is numbered uniquely in a BSC.

MRFD210301

Name of cell 1.

GBFD111202

A key parameter that indicates the coding scheme of a simple cell GBFDbroadcast message 113602

SCHNNO

Sub Channel No. BSC6900

SCMD

Command String BSC6900

GBFDNumber of string the sub-channel Command of the scheduled 111202 subtask. This command can be only a service command, and the system command cannot be added GBFDto the scheduled subtask. 111203

SCOPETYPE Scope Type Subrack Communication Path Index

BSC6900

SET GMRSCOPE( Type of querying the scope of GBFDMandatory) collecting the measurement report 111203 ADD SRCONPATH (Optional) ADD GEXT3GCEL L(Mandatory) SET GCELLHOFD EXP ALMLOG(Opti onal) STA ALMLOG(Opti ADD SCTPLNK(Ma ndatory) ADD M3LNK(Mand

SCPIDX

BSC6900

SCRAMBLE

Scrambling Code or Cell Parameter Id BSC6900

Indicates the index of the intersubrack connection path Scrambling code of a 3G cell. The scrambling code is used to differentiate terminals or cells. It is used after spread spectrum. Therefore, it does not change the

GBFD111203 GBFD114301 GBFD114302

SCSN

Start Serial No.

BSC6900

Start serial number of the alarm record SCTP link number of XPU board. This number identifies an SCTP link uniquely.

MRFD210304

SCTPLNKN

SCTP link No.

BSC6900

GBFD118602

SD

Start Date

BSC6900

ADD SUBTSK(Man Date when the scheduled task is datory) started EXP Start date of the alarm record. By ALMLOG(Opti default, the start date is 2000-01onal) 01.

GBFD111203

SD

Start Date

BSC6900

MRFD210304

SD

Start Date

BSC6900

STA Start date of the alarm record. By ALMLOG(Opti default, the start date is 2000-01onal) 01. SET ALMCAPACIT Maximum number of days for Y(Optional) storing history alarms

MRFD210304

SD

Alarm Log Saved Time BSC6900

MRFD210304

SDALMTHD

SD Alarm Threshold

BSC6900

SET MSP(Optional) SD alarm triggering threshold STR BTSLOG(Opti onal) Start date SET TZ(Mandatory ) ADD GCELLQUICK SETUP(Optio nal)

GBFD111701

SDATE

Start Date

BSC6900

GBFD111202

SDAY

Start date

BSC6900

SDCCHNUM

SDCCHChannel Number

BSC6900

Waiting for MR SDCCHWaitM on SDCCH REn Switch Duration for SDCCHWaitM Waiting MR on RTimeLen SDCCH DL Level Threshold for SDDROPSTA SDCCH Call TDLLEV Drop DL Quality Threshold for SDDROPSTA SDCCH Call TDLQUAL Drop UL Level Threshold for SDDROPSTA SDCCH Call TULLEV Drop UL Quality Threshold for SDDROPSTA SDCCH Call TULQUAL Drop

BSC6900

Start date of the daylight saving time (DST) Number of SDCCH channels. Rules for SDCCH channel allocation: 1. Allocate channels 1 and 3 of main frequency B preferentially. 2. Allocate channels Whether a call must camp on the SET SDCCH for a specific duration GCELLHOAD( before being assigned with a traffic Optional) channel. SET GCELLHOAD( Optional) SET GCELLOTHE XT(Optional) SET GCELLOTHE XT(Optional) SET GCELLOTHE XT(Optional) SET GCELLOTHE XT(Optional) Duration for a call camping on the SDCCH before being assigned with a traffic channel. Level threshold for measuring the number of call drops on SDCCH. When call drop occurs on the SDCCH, the BSC6900 determines whetherthreshold the downlink receive level Quality for measuring the number of call drops on SDCCH. When call drop occurs on the SDCCH, the BSC6900 determines whether the downlink quality level Level threshold for measuring the number of call drops on SDCCH. When call drop occurs on the SDCCH, the BSC6900 determines whetherthreshold the uplink receive level the is Quality for measuring number of call drops on SDCCH. When call drop occurs on the SDCCH, the BSC6900 determines whether the uplink quality level

MRFD210301

MRFD210301

GBFD110502

BSC6900

GBFD110502

BSC6900

GBFD111004

BSC6900

GBFD111004

BSC6900

GBFD111004

BSC6900

GBFD111004

SDDYN

SDCCH Dynamic Allocation Allowed BSC6900

SET GCELLBASIC PARA(Optiona l)

Whether to allow SDCCH dynamic allocation, that is, whether to allow dynamic conversion between TCHs GBFDand SDCCHs. 113001

SDENABLE

SD Enable

BSC6900

SDFASTHOS WITCH SD Quick HO

BSC6900

SDFLAG

Shut Down Enabled

BSC6900

SDHOMININT Min Interval for V SDCCH Hos

BSC6900

SET MSP(Optional) Enable SD Whether to enable the SDCCH quick handover test function. If this SET parameter is set to Yes, the GCELLSOFT( BSC6900 initiates intra-cell Optional) SDCCH handover as soon as the This parameter specifies whether the BSC6900 automatically shuts SET down the power amplifier of the GTRXDEV(Op TRX to save power when the BTS tional) is powered batteries after a to After a new by SDCCH is assigned an MS, the MS can be handed over SET to another channel only if the time GCELLHOCT during which the MS occupies the RL(Optional) SDCCH is longer than the period SET Maximum number of discarded GCELLPWR3( MRs allowed on the SDCCH in a Optional) power period Period control in which level penalty is performed on the neighboring cells ADD of the cell where a fast-moving MS GEXT2GCEL is located. The neighboring cells L(Optional) must located atpenalty the Macro, Level be value of the that is performed on the neighboring cells ADD of the cell where a fast-moving MS GEXT2GCEL is located. The neighboring cells L(Optional) must be located at the Macro, SET BSCPSTCDS CPMAP(Optio DSCP corresponding to the nal) signaling

GBFD111701

GBFD113503

GBFD111605 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

SDMRCUTNU M SdMrCutNum

BSC6900

SDPUNTIME

Penalty Time on Tast Moving HO

BSC6900

SDPUNVAL

Penalty on Fast Moving HO

BSC6900

GBFD117601 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

SDSCP

DSCP of Signaling

BSC6900

GBFD118603

SDSFPRI

SDSF Priority

BSC6900

SDT

Shutdown Temperature Sliding Time Window Alarm Disappear

BSC6900

SDTMWDAL MDIS

BSC6900

SET Specifies the SF and SD event MSP(Optional) priority High temperature threshold for triggering power shutdown of the SET battery. If the power shutdown BTSAPMUBP( upon battery high temperature is Optional) enabled andwindow the battery Sliding time for collecting ADD statistics on the alarms that BTSALMMGM disappear in a specified period of RULE(Mandat time.Sampling time window. In the ory) period specified by this parameter,

GBFD111701

GBFD111202

MRFD210304

SDTMWDAL MOC

Sliding Time Window Alarm Occurrence

BSC6900

SDV

Shutdown Voltage

BSC6900

SEARCH3G

3G Search PRIO BSC6900

SELFVERSIO N Self Version

BSC6900

Sliding time window for collecting statistics on the alarms that occur in a specified period of time.This parameter is similar to the sampling time window.for In triggering the Low voltage threshold power shutdown of the battery. If SET the power shutdown upon low BTSAPMUBP( voltage is enabled and the load Optional) voltage is lower than the value of SET GCELLCCUT Whether to allow the MS to search RANSYS(Opti for a 3G cell when the BSIC must onal) be decoded SET BTSLOADCT RL(Mandatory ) Self Software Version ADD BTSALMMGM RULE(Mandat ory) SET OTHSOFTPA RA(Optional) SET OTHSOFTPA RA(Mandatory ) SET GCELLSOFT( Optional) SET AITFOTHPAR A(Optional) SET OTHSOFTPA RA(Optional) SET GCELLGSMR (Optional) SET GCELLGSMR (Optional) This parameter specifies whether the SI Type 3 message contains the 2QUATER indicator. Whether to report BSS INVOKE TRACE message. When the parameter is set to YES, the BSC sends a BSS INVOKE TRACE message to the MSC if receiving Whether to report the classmark queried by the BSC6900 to the MSC Whether to send a CONFUSION message to the MSC. This parameter specifies whether to send a message carrying fault location information to the MSC if If this parameter is set to No, the BSC responds with an SAPI N'Reject message against the DL short message after hangup. Priority of the notification message transmission on the FACCH. From high to low, the priorities are A, B, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4. No priority is the lowest. of When the priority of the Priority the paging message transmission on the FACCH. From high to low, the priorities are A, B, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4. No priority is the lowest. When the priority of the

MRFD210304

GBFD111202

GBFD117501

GBFD111202

Send2QuterFl Support Sent ag 2QUATER Spt BSS Invoke Trace SendBssInvok Rpt[end2end eTrace user trace]

BSC6900

GBFD111101

BSC6900

Send Classmark SENDCMAFT ENQ Result to ERINBSCHO MSC Enabled BSC6900

GBFD116401 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

SendConfusio Sent Confusion nToMSC Message to MSC BSC6900 SENDDOWNL Send Downlink INKMESSAG Message after E Hanging up Send FACCH SENDFACCH Notification NOTPRI Priority

GBFD111804

BSC6900

GBFD110203

BSC6900

GBFD510307

SENDFACCH Send FACCH PAGPRI Paging Priority

BSC6900

GBFD510307

BSC Auto Link SENDSAMBE Flag

BSC6900

SET BTSOTHPAR A(Optional) The time for BTS reset.

GBFD111612

SENDSI2TER Send System FLAG Information 2ter

BSC6900

SET Whether the BSC sends the OTHSOFTPA System Information Type 2ter RA(Optional) message. SET OTHSOFTPA RA(Optional) Whether the BSC sends the System Information Type 5ter message. Whether the SI Type 3 message contains the 3G Early Classmark SET Sending Restriction field. The 3G OTHSOFTPA Early Classmark Sending RA(Optional) Restriction field is used to notify the SPT BTSRXUCHAI N(Mandatory) Split position on the RXU chain Whether to enable the BTS to support the separation between the physical and logical. Whether the ADD BTS supports the separate mode. BTS(Optional) When a BTS is in separate mode, Number of the command listening SET port of the server. You should not FTPSSRV(Ma use any port number occupied by ndatory) other applications. Number of the data port of the SET server in active mode. You should FTPSSRV(Ma not use any port number occupied ndatory) by other applications. ADD BTSRETANT( Mandatory) ADD FTPSCLTDP ORT(Mandato ry)

GBFD111101

SENDSI5TER Send System FLAG Information 5ter

BSC6900

GBFD111101

SendUtranEC Send 3G Class SCFlag Flag

BSC6900

GBFD111101

SEPARATEP OS Separate Position BSC6900

GBFD111202

SEPERATEM ODE Separate Mode The Command SERCMDPOR Port of FTP T Server

BSC6900

GBFD111202

BSC6900

GBFD111203

The Source Date SERDATAPO Port of FTP RT Server BSC6900

GBFD111203

SERIALNO

Device Serial No. BSC6900

Delivery serial number of the RET antenna

MRFD210602

ServerIP

FTP Server IP Address

BSC6900

IP address of the FTP server to be GBFDvisited by the FTP client 111203

ServiceMode

Service mode

BSC6900

SET Service mode of the BSC6900. BSCBASIC(O This parameter specifies ptional) configuration mode of subracks.

GBFD118602

SERVICEMO DE Service Type

BSC6900

SERVICEMO DE Service Type

BSC6900

ADD BTS(Optional) Service bearer mode of the BTS ADD BTSAUTOPL AN(Mandatory ) Service bearer mode of the BTS

GBFD118601

GBFD510601

ServiceName Service Name

BSC6900

SERVICETYP E Service Type SETDIESELE Diesel Engine NGINEENABL Configure ED Enabled

BSC6900

BSC6900

SETENVPAR ENV TEMP CFG AENABLED Enabled BSC6900

SETENVPAR ENV TEMP CFG AENABLED Enabled BSC6900 Environment Humidity SETHUMPAR Configure AENABLED Enabled BSC6900

SFPPORTNO SFP Port No

BSC6900

EXP LOG(Optional) Name of the command function Service type of the BTS. The QoS SET processing depends on the DSCP, BTSVLAN(Ma VLAN ID, and VLAN priority that ndatory) vary according to the service type. SET BTSAPMUBP( Optional) Whether to enable the diesel SET engine parameters to be BTSDPMUBP( configured Whether to enable the environment temperature alarm parameters of SET the APMU to be configured. The BTSAPMUBP( APMU of the APM30 type does not Optional) support this parameter. Whether to enable the environment temperature parameters to be SET configured. BTSDPMUBP( In multi-mode scenario, the value Optional) of this parameter inthe one mode SET Whether to enable environment BTSAPMUBP( humidity alarm parameters of the Optional) board to be configured. SET In multi-mode scenario, the value BTSDPMUBP( Number of this parameter in port. one mode of the SFP If the switching relation is added on the ADD SFP port, it indicates that the SFP BTSSFPMOD port is used to connect the BBU E(Mandatory) and no RXU chain or ring can be ADD SGSNNODE( Optional) Available capacity of the SGSN ADD SGSN(Mandat ory) ADD GCNOPERAT OR(Mandatory )

GBFD111203 MRFD210305

GBFD118601

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

SGSNCAP

Configure Capacity<K User Number> BSC6900

GBFD119701

SGSNNAME

SGSN Name

BSC6900

SGSN NRI SGSNNRILEN Length

BSC6900

SGSNNULLN SGSN NullNRI RI Value

BSC6900

SGSNPOOLA LLOW Allow SGSN Pool BSC6900

Name of the SGSN Length of the NRI or NULL-NRI. The length determines the maximum value of the NRI and NULL-NRI. Special NRI. Each SGSN pool has one NULL-NRI. When the NRI ADD value in the TLLI of the MS GCNOPERAT uplink/downlink service data equals OR(Optional) Whether NULL-NRI, BSC6900 reselects to the enable the SGSN pool function. With SGSN pool, a ADD BSC6900 is connected to multiple GCNOPERAT SGSNs in the pool, and load OR(Optional) balancing and resource sharing

MRFD210301

GBFD119701

GBFD119701

GBFD119701

SGSNR

Protocol Version Supported by SGSN BSC6900

SGSN SGSNSTATU Management S Status

BSC6900

SHAREINCPU Share in CPU RATE Rate

BSC6900

SHARESN

Load Sharing Slot No. BSC6900

SET GCELLPSBA Protocol version supported by the SE(Optional) SGSN Administrative state of the SGSN. The value "ALLOW" indicates that ADD the SGSN can handle the PS SGSNNODE( services normally. The value Optional) "UNISTALL" indicates the Usage threshold of thethat CPU for call access from other CPU. If the SET usage of the CPU exceeds the BSCFCPARA( threshold, the call access request Optional) is discarded. ADD ABISLOADSH ARE(Mandato Slot number of the load sharing ry) interface board SET BTSSHARING (Optional) Whether to allow sharing SET ALMSHLD(Ma ndatory) Shield flag of the alarm This parameter specifies the delay SET time before shutting down the BTSBAKPWR TRXs when the BTS experiences a (Optional) power failure. Whether the BSC sends a System Information Type 2ter message to SET a non-dualband cell. When the OTHSOFTPA parameter is set to YES, the cell RA(Optional) does not send the System SET GCELLHOBA Whether to enable a handover SIC(Optional) between signaling channels ADD AISSCFG(Opti onal) ADD MTP3RT(Man datory) ADD MTP3LKS(Ma ADD M3RT(Mandat ory) ADD M3LKS(Mand Number of times that the downlink signal strength exceeds the threshold

GBFD114101

GBFD119701

GBFD111705

GBFD111203

SHARINGALL OW Sharing Allow

BSC6900

GBFD118701

SHLDFLG

Shield Flag

BSC6900

MRFD210304

SHUTDOWN TRXSTARTTI Shutdown TRX ME Start Time[T2]

BSC6900

GBFD111605

SI2TerSwitch SI 2ter Switch

BSC6900

SIGCHANHO SDCCH HO EN Allowed

BSC6900

GBFD111101 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

SIGLAST

Signal Strength Duration Times

BSC6900

GBFD118201

SIGLKSX

Signalling link set index BSC6900

Uniquely identifies a signaling link set

GBFD111804

SIGLKSX

Signalling link set index BSC6900

Uniquely identifies a signaling link set

GBFD111804

SIGLNKID

Signaling link ID

BSC6900

SIGLW

Signaling Load Weight

BSC6900

SIGLW

Signaling Load Weight

BSC6900

ADD M3LNK(Mand ID of an M3UA link in the specified atory) link set local weight over the local Signaling NSVL. When this parameter is set ADD to a larger value, the NS is more NSVLLOCAL( likely to select this IP point Optional) according to the load sharing Signaling local weight over the remote NSVL. When this ADD parameter is set to a larger value, NSVLREMOT the NS is more likely to select this E(Optional) IP point according to the load

GBFD118602

GBFD118603

GBFD118603

SIGNALSP

Signal Service PRI Signal Strength Observation Times

BSC6900

SET BSCSRVPRI( Priority of the signaling service.0 is GBFDOptional) the highest priority. 118605 ADD AISSCFG(Opti Number of times that the downlink onal) signal is of measured Number measurement reports used for averaging the signal SET quality of signaling channels. This GCELLHOFIT parameter helps avoid sharp drop PEN(Optional) of signal levels caused by Raileigh ADD MTP3LNK(Ma ID of an MTP3 link in a specified ndatory) link set of measurement reports Number used for averaging the signal SET strength of signaling channels. This GCELLHOFIT parameter helps avoid sharp drop PEN(Optional) of signal levels caused by Raileigh Minimum interval between the SET successful TBF establishment and BSCPSSOFT the first initiation of the Packet PARA(Optiona Timeslot Reconfiguration l) procedure Single pass exclude MSISDN number 1. Certain numbers, such SET as the premium rate number, are BSCBASIC(O not used for the single pass check. ptional) The number is stored in character Single pass exclude MSISDN number 10. Certain numbers, such SET as the premium rate number, are BSCBASIC(O not used for the single pass check. ptional) The number is stored in character Single pass exclude MSISDN number 11. Certain numbers, such SET as the premium rate number, are BSCBASIC(O not used for the single pass check. ptional) The number is stored in character

SIGOBS

BSC6900

SIGQUAFLTL Filter Length for EN SDCCH Qual

BSC6900

GBFD118201 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

SIGSLC

Signalling link code

BSC6900

SIGSTRFLTL Filter Length for EN SDCCH Level

BSC6900

GBFD111804 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

Interval Between SilenceTicksO Resource fResReq Request BSC6900 Single Pass SinglePassEx Exclude Msisdn cludeMsisdn1 Number 1 SinglePassEx Single Pass cludeMsisdn1 Exclude Msisdn 0 Number 10 SinglePassEx Single Pass cludeMsisdn1 Exclude Msisdn 1 Number 11

GBFD119303

BSC6900

GBFD111203

BSC6900

GBFD111203

BSC6900

GBFD111203

SinglePassEx Single Pass cludeMsisdn1 Exclude Msisdn 2 Number 12 SinglePassEx Single Pass cludeMsisdn1 Exclude Msisdn 3 Number 13 SinglePassEx Single Pass cludeMsisdn1 Exclude Msisdn 4 Number 14 SinglePassEx Single Pass cludeMsisdn1 Exclude Msisdn 5 Number 15 SinglePassEx Single Pass cludeMsisdn1 Exclude Msisdn 6 Number 16 SinglePassEx Single Pass cludeMsisdn1 Exclude Msisdn 7 Number 17 SinglePassEx Single Pass cludeMsisdn1 Exclude Msisdn 8 Number 18 SinglePassEx Single Pass cludeMsisdn1 Exclude Msisdn 9 Number 19 Single Pass SinglePassEx Exclude Msisdn cludeMsisdn2 Number 2 SinglePassEx Single Pass cludeMsisdn2 Exclude Msisdn 0 Number 20 Single Pass SinglePassEx Exclude Msisdn cludeMsisdn3 Number 3 Single Pass SinglePassEx Exclude Msisdn cludeMsisdn4 Number 4

BSC6900

SET BSCBASIC(O ptional) SET BSCBASIC(O ptional) SET BSCBASIC(O ptional) SET BSCBASIC(O ptional) SET BSCBASIC(O ptional) SET BSCBASIC(O ptional) SET BSCBASIC(O ptional) SET BSCBASIC(O ptional) SET BSCBASIC(O ptional) SET BSCBASIC(O ptional) SET BSCBASIC(O ptional) SET BSCBASIC(O ptional)

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

Single pass exclude MSISDN number 12. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is stored in character Single pass exclude MSISDN number 13. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is stored in character Single pass exclude MSISDN number 14. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is stored in character Single pass exclude MSISDN number 15. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is stored in character Single pass exclude MSISDN number 16. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is stored in character Single pass exclude MSISDN number 17. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is stored in character Single pass exclude MSISDN number 18. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is stored in character Single pass exclude MSISDN number 19. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is stored in character Single pass exclude MSISDN number 2. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is stored in character Single pass exclude MSISDN number 20. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is stored in character Single pass exclude MSISDN number 3. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is stored in character Single pass exclude MSISDN number 4. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is stored in character

GBFD111203

GBFD111203

GBFD111203

GBFD111203

GBFD111203

GBFD111203

GBFD111203

GBFD111203

GBFD111203

GBFD111203

GBFD111203

GBFD111203

Single Pass SinglePassEx Exclude Msisdn cludeMsisdn5 Number 5 Single Pass SinglePassEx Exclude Msisdn cludeMsisdn6 Number 6 Single Pass SinglePassEx Exclude Msisdn cludeMsisdn7 Number 7 Single Pass SinglePassEx Exclude Msisdn cludeMsisdn8 Number 8 Single Pass SinglePassEx Exclude Msisdn cludeMsisdn9 Number 9

BSC6900

SET BSCBASIC(O ptional) SET BSCBASIC(O ptional) SET BSCBASIC(O ptional) SET BSCBASIC(O ptional) SET BSCBASIC(O ptional)

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

Single pass exclude MSISDN number 5. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is stored in character Single pass exclude MSISDN number 6. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is stored in character Single pass exclude MSISDN number 7. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is stored in character Single pass exclude MSISDN number 8. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is stored in character Single pass exclude MSISDN number 9. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is stored in character

GBFD111203

GBFD111203

GBFD111203

GBFD111203

GBFD111203

SIPADDR

Source IP address

BSC6900

PING IP(Mandatory) Source IP address TRC IPADDR(Optio nal) Source IP address

None

SIPADDR

Source IP address

BSC6900

None

SITES

Sites

BSC6900

SITESYNCZO NE Site Sync Zone

BSC6900

SLAVEIPADD Clock Server IP R Address 2

BSC6900

SLAVELOCG Sub-Location RPNO Group No.

BSC6900

SLPTYPE

Self Loop Type

BSC6900

COL Log of which site need to be LOG(Optional) collected. Zone where the BTS synchronizes with other BTSs. Only two BTSs SET with the same synchronization zone BTSAISS(Man can be synchronized in a datory) synchronization task. SET The IP address must be a valid BTSIPCLKPA class A, B, or C address, and it RA(Mandatory cannot be a broadcast address or ) network address. ADD BTSBINDLOC No. of the location group under the GRP(Mandato BTS. The location group No. is ry) unique for each BTS. Self-loop type. The precautions are STR as follows: TRANSPERF 1. If the self-loop type is set to TST(Mandator "E1SELFLOOP" and the BTS type y) is BTS3002C, BTS3001C, or

GBFD111203

GBFD118201

GBFD118606

GBFD510104

GBFD111207

SLSMASK

Signalling route mask

BSC6900

SLVSERVAC Slave Service TDELAY Active Delay

BSC6900

SM

StartType

BSC6900

Signaling route load sharing. In the value, the number of 1s ADD (represented by n) determines the N7DPC(Optio maximum number (2) of routes for nal) the load sharing. For example, If no handshake message is SET received from the peer within the GBSCREDGR delay, the slave service is P(Optional) activated. Type of the start date. "WEEK" indicates that the start date is a SET weekday. "DATE" indicates that the TZ(Mandatory start date is a month day. ) "DATEWEEK" indicates the start ADD GEXTSMLC( Mandatory) ADD GEXTSMLC( Mandatory)

GBFD111804

GBFD113725

MRFD210301

SMLCIDX

SMLC Index

BSC6900

Index of the SMLC

None

SMLCMode

SMLC Mode

BSC6900

Whether the built-in SMLC or external SMLC is used in the BSS. None

SMOKE_MAS Enable Smoke K Alarm Reporting

BSC6900

ADD EMU(Optional ) Smog alarm switch SET TZ(Mandatory ) SET FCCPUTHD( Optional) SET FCMSGQTHD SWP BRD(Mandato ry) STR BKP(Mandator

MRFD210304

SMONTH

Start month

BSC6900

SMWINDOW Filter window

BSC6900

Month in which DST starts Number of CPU usage samples involved in the calculation of the average CPU usage in the sliding window

MRFD210301

WRFD040100

SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

Number of the slot

MRFD210301

SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

DLD TCFILE(Mand MRFDatory) Number of the slot 210301 ADD MTP3LNK(Opt ional) ADD Number of the slot where the XPU SCTPLNK(Ma board is located None ADD M3LNK(Mand Number of the slot where the XPU GBFDatory) board is located 118602

SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

SN

Slot No

BSC6900

SET PHBMAP(Man datory) ADD ATERE1T1(M Number of the slot BLK ATERE1T1(M andatory) BLK AE1T1(Manda tory) ADD PBE1T1(Mand EXP ALMLOG(Opti onal) STA ALMLOG(Opti

None

SN

BM Slot No

BSC6900

A key field used to identify the Ater timeslot and indicate the number of the Ater interface timeslot None

SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

Number of the slot

GBFD111203

SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

SN

Main Board Logic slot No. BSC6900

SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

Number of the slot where the alarm is generated Number of the slot where the alarm ADD is generated, the number of the slot OBJALMSHL where the OMU board is positioned D(Optional) is not supported SET E1T1LOP(Ma ndatory) LOP Indicates the slot number for E1T1(Mandat running this command SWP ETHPORT(Ma ndatory) ADD Slot number for running this ETHREDPOR command ADD GCBSADDR( Mandatory) Number of the slot. The subrack SET number and slot number uniquely TCPLYVOICE identify a board. ADD GIURGCONN (Mandatory) SWP BTSRING(Opt ional) SWP BTSOMLLINK ADD BTSBFD(Opti onal) ADD BTSIPRTBIN Slot No. of the subsystem where the Iur-g common connection is established

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

None

None

MRFD210301

SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

MRFD211402

SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

Number of the slot where the BTS board is located

GBFD111202

SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

Number of the slot where the BTS board is located

GBFD118609

SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

ADD NSE(Mandato Slot number of the XPU board ry) bound to the NSE

MRFD210301

SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

SN

Port Slot No.

BSC6900

ADD PBSL(Mandat ory) ADD BTSSFPMOD E(Optional) SET BTSFORBIDT

Slot number of board to which Pb signaling link belongs

GBFD111203

Number of the slot where the port is located

GBFD111202

SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

SNDMD

Send Mode

BSC6900

ADD BTSCONNEC Slot number of the BSC6900 board T(Mandatory) that is connected the BTS RF send mode of to the TRX. The BTS3006C and BTS3002E do SET not support Wide Band Combining, GTRXDEV(Op Power Booster Technology, DPBT, tional) or Transmitter Independent or

GBFD111202

MRFD210301

DRRU Sending SndRcvMode Receiving Mode

BSC6900

SET BTSRXUBP(O The connection mode between the GBFDptional) DRRU and the antenna. 111202 SET BTSRXUBP(O The connection mode between the GBFDptional) DRFU and the antenna. 111202 SET BTSRXUBP(O The connection mode between the GBFDptional) MRRU/GRRU and the antenna. 111202 SET BTSRXUBP(O The connection mode between the GBFDptional) MRFU/GRFU and the antenna. 111202 SET BTSRXUBP(O ptional) SET SNTPCLTPA RA(Mandatory )

DRFU Sending SndRcvMode1 Receiving Mode MRRU/GRRU Sending SndRcvMode2 Receiving Mode MRFU/GRFU Sending SndRcvMode3 Receiving Mode BTS3900E Sending SndRcvMode4 Receiving Mode

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

The connection mode between the GBFDBTS3900E and the antenna. 111202

SP

Sync Period

BSC6900

SPC

OSP code[Whole Number] BSC6900

Synchronization period of the SNTP client service As an integer, the OSP code can be expressed by a decimal digit or a hexadecimal digit. If the OSP ADD code is expressed by a OPC(Optional) hexadecimal digit, H' is added ADD OPC(Mandato Number of bits contained in the ry) signaling point code

GBFD111203

GBFD111804

SPCBITS

OSP code bits

BSC6900

GBFD111804

SPCDNF

OSP code[Divided Number]

BSC6900

ADD OSP code expressed in the form of GBFDOPC(Optional) segments 8-8-8 111804 ADD PBE1T1(Mand atory) ADD OPC(Optional) ADD N7DPC(Optio nal) SET GCELLCCBA SIC(Optional) SET BTSFMUABP( Optional) SET BTSFMUABP( Optional)

SPCIC

Start PCIC

BSC6900

SPDF

Signal point data format BSC6900

SPECACC

Special Access Control Class

BSC6900

SPECIALSWI Special Alarm TCH Switch Special Alarm SPECIALSWI Valid Level TCHERLEVEL Configuration

BSC6900

BSC6900

Start CIC of the E1/T1 of the Pb interface Data format of the specified signaling point. When this parameter is set to "WNF", the SPC is expressed in the form of an integer number. This parameter is used for load control. It determines whether the users of special access class are allowed to access the network. Value 1 indicates that access is not The value of this parameter consists of seven bits. Each bit determines whether to enable the one-way Boolean alarm. "0" indicates the parameter one-way Boolean The valuethat of this consists of five bits. Each bit determines whether the one-way Boolean alarm is triggered by low level or high level. "0" indicates that

GBFD111203

GBFD111804

GBFD111003

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

Speech VER SpeechVerInA Send Flag in ASS ssCmp CMP BSC6900 Speech VER SpeechVerinH Send Flag in HO oPerform Perform BSC6900 SpeechVerSend SpeechVerInH Flag in HO REQ oReqAck ACK

SET Whether to contain the information MSGSOFTPA element of Speech_Ver in the GBFDRA(Optional) Assignment Complete message 111804 SET Whether to contain the information MSGSOFTPA element of Speech_Ver in the GBFDRA(Optional) Handover Perform message 111804 SET Whether to contain the information MSGSOFTPA element of Speech_Ver in the GBFDRA(Optional) HO_REQ_ACK message 111804 SET MSGSOFTPA RA(Optional) SET BTSCHNFALL BACK(Mandat ory) SET BTSCHNFALL BACK(Mandat ory) Whether to contain the information element of Speech Ver in the HO_RQD message Speech version mode that the BTS uses for the VGCS call number in the timeslot in the TRX in fallback mode Speech version mode that the BTS uses for the VGCS call number in the timeslot in the TRX in fallback mode

BSC6900

SpeechVerInH HO_RQD oRqd Speech VER

BSC6900

GBFD111804

SPEECHVER Speech Version MODE1 Mode 1

BSC6900

GBFD510309

SPEECHVER Speech Version MODE2 Mode 2

BSC6900

GBFD510309

SPEECHVER SION Speech Version

BSC6900

SET BTSCHNFALL BACK(Mandat ory) SET ETHPORT(Op tional) SET GCELLHOAD( Optional) SET GCELLHOAD( Optional) SET GCELLPSBA SE(Optional) ADD GCNOPERAT OR(Optional)

SPEED

ETHPORT SPEED

BSC6900

SPEEDPUNIS Penalty on MS H Fast Moving HO

BSC6900

SPEEDPUNIS Penalty Time on HT Fast Moving HO

BSC6900

Support SPGCCCCHS SPLIT_PG_CYC UP LE on CCCH BSC6900

SpprtCB

Support Cell Broadcast

BSC6900

Speech version configured on the TRX timeslot when the BTS works in fallback mode. When "CHNTYPE" of the TRX timeslot is set toover "FULLTCH", value 0 of this Rate the GE electrical port. When this parameter is set to 1000M, the GE electrical port performs negotiation at the rate of 1000 If,the however, Level Mbit/s. value of penaltythe that is performed on the neighboring cells of the cell where a fast-moving MS is located. The neighboring cells must be at the Macro, Period inlocated which penalty is performed on the neighboring cells of the cell where a fast-moving MS is located. The neighboring cells must be located at the Macro, Whether to support SPLIT_PG_CYCLE on CCCH. The parameter SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is used to define the DRX period. You can specify whether the paging This parameter specifies whether the BSC6900 supports the cell broadcast function and whether the BSC6900 supports simple cell broadcast or standard cell

GBFD510309

None GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

GBFD114802

GBFD113601

Allow Common SPTCOMMM Measurement at EAS Iur-g

BSC6900

ADD Whether to support the common GNRNC(Optio bidirectional measurement nal) procedure on the Iur-g interface. ADD GNRNC(Optio nal) SET GCELLGPRS( Optional) SET GCELLGPRS( Optional) SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona l) ADD GCNNODE(O ptional) Whether to support the bidirectional information exchange procedure the Iur-g interface. Whether toon support In Inter-RAT Inter-cell PS Handover. The MS in the UMTS cell can be handed over to the BSC local cell through PS handoversupport algorithm. Whether Out Inter-RAT Inter-Cell PS Handover. The MS in the BSC local cell can be handed over to the UMTS cell through PS handoverthe algorithm. Whether function of Network Assisted Cell Change (NACC) resource guarantee is allowed. In NC2 or NACC cell reselection, if this parameter is set to YES, Whether the BSC forwards the paging message from the trunking MSC to the MS. When this parameter is set to YES, the BSC forwards the paging message from

MRFD211402

SPTINFOEXC Allow Info HG Exchange at Iur-g BSC6900 Support In InterSPTINTERRA RAT Inter-cell PS TINBSCPSHO Handover BSC6900 SPTINTERRA Support Out InterTOUTBSCPS RAT Inter-Cell HO PS Handover BSC6900 Support NACC SPTNACCRes Resource Guarantee Guarantee Support Paging Message from Trunking MSC

MRFD211402

GBFD119502

GBFD119502

BSC6900

GBFD116301

SptPaging

BSC6900

GBFD510301

SptPbLapdCh Support Pb Lapd eck Check BSC6900

SET OTHSOFTPA RA(Optional) SET OTHSOFTPA RA(Optional) SET OTHSOFTPA RA(Optional) SET OTHSOFTPA RA(Optional) SET BSCBASIC(O ptional) SET GCELLGPRS( Optional) SET BTSRXUBP(O ptional)

SptPbResChe Support Pb ck Resource Check BSC6900 Support Pb SptPbSglPass Single Pass Check Check

BSC6900

SptPCICChec Support PCIC k Check

BSC6900

SptRanSharin Support RAN g Sharing

BSC6900

Support Reduced SPTREDUCE Latency LATENCY Capability BSC6900

RanSharing SPTSHARING Support

BSC6900

Whether to enable the layer 3 check mechanism on the LAPD links. If the PCU_BSC_LAPD_CHECK_ACK messageto cannot be received on Whether enable the enhanced resource check on the Pb interface. The introduction of enhanced resource check is to improve the efficiency ofenable resource and Whether to thechecking single pass check function on the Pb links between the BSC and the external PCU. When the Pb link is in single pass mode, a corresponding alarm Whether to enable the PCIC check function on the Pb links between the BSC and the external PCU. When the configuration of the PCIC of the BSC is inconsistent Whether to support RAN Sharing.RAN sharing refers to the technique that the GBSS equipment is categorized into multiple logical GBSS equipment, Cell supports reduced latency capability. This parameter is used to reduce the latency during the transmission, thus improving the user experience for conversational whether the main operator enables the RanSharing function. If the RanSharing function is enabled, one to three co-operators can be configured to share the BSS.

GBFD114101

GBFD114101

GBFD114101

GBFD114101

GBFD118701

GBFD510805

GBFD118701

SPTSTATEF WL

Support State Firewall

BSC6900

SPX

OSP index

BSC6900

SRANMODE

Is Support Normalized Data Configuration BSC6900

SRANMODE

Is Support SingleRAN Mode BSC6900

SRANMODE

Is Support SingleRAN Mode BSC6900

SET FTPSCLT(Opt Whether the FTP client supports ional) the state firewall ADD OPC(Mandato ry) ADD N7DPC(Mand Whether Uniquely a identifies an OSP base station supports normalized data configuration. ADD Normalized data configuration BTS(Mandator means that the cabinets, subracks, y) slots, transmission ports, and userWhether the data configuration of ADD the SingleRAN BTS supports BTSAUTOPL normalized SingleRAN mode. AN(Mandatory Normalized SingleRAN mode ) means that the rules of definingof Whether the data configuration the SingleRAN BTS supports ADD normalized SingleRAN mode. BTSCABINET Normalized SingleRAN mode (Optional) means that the rules of defining

GBFD111203

GBFD111804

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

SRC2GNCEL LID Source Cell Index BSC6900

SRC2GNCEL Source Cell LNAME Name

BSC6900

ADD G2GNCELL(M andatory) ADD GIBCAPNCG ADD G2GNCELL(M andatory) ADD GIBCAPNCG

A cell Index must be unique in one BSC6900 . It is used to uniquely identify a cell.

GBFD110601 GBFD510501

SRC3GNCEL LID Source Cell Index BSC6900

MRFDName of a cell A source cell index must be unique 210301 in one BSC. It is used to uniquely ADD identify a source cell. G3GNCELL(M The value of this parameter ranges MRFDandatory) from 0 to 2047. 210301 ADD G3GNCELL(M andatory) Name of a source cell ADD G2GNCELL(M andatory) Source cell ID to be executed: The The batch file content of the batch file consists of RUN service commands to be executed BATCHFILE( in batches. The source file is Mandatory) located in the FTP subdirectory of ADD Priority of the clock source.There CLKSRC(Man are four priorities (in descending datory) order): 1, 2, 3, 4. SET CLKMODE(M andatory) Priority of the clock source Whether the currently used ADD handover algorithm in the source G2GNCELL(O cell is HO Algorithm I or HO ptional) Algorithm II

SRC3GNCEL Source Cell LNAME Name

BSC6900

MRFD210301

SRCCI

Source Cell CI

BSC6900

MRFD210301

SRCF

Source File Name

BSC6900

GBFD111203

SRCGRD

Clock source priority

BSC6900

MRFD210502

SRCGRD

Clock source priority

BSC6900

Current HO SRCHOCTRL CTRL Algorithm SWITCH in Source Cell

BSC6900

MRFD210502 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

SRCIP

Source IP Address

BSC6900

ADD BTSBFD(Man GBFDdatory) Source IP address of BFD Session. 118609 ADD G2GNCELL(M Local area code (LAC) of the andatory) source cell ADD G2GNCELL(M Mobile country code (MCC) of the andatory) source cell

SRCLAC

Source Cell LAC BSC6900

MRFD210301

SRCMCC

Source Cell MCC BSC6900

MRFD210301

SRCMEPID

MEP ID

BSC6900

PING MAC(Mandato ry) TRC Identifies a maintenance point in MAC(Mandato the maintenance group

None

SRCMNC

Source Cell MNC BSC6900

ADD G2GNCELL(M Mobile network code (MNC) of the MRFDandatory) source cell 210301 ADD TSCROSS(Ma ndatory) Source of timeslot cross ADD CLKSRC(Man datory) Type of the clock source. ADD TSCROSS(Ma ndatory) SWP BRD(Mandato ry) STR BKP(Mandator ADD SUBRACK(Ma ndatory) SET CLK(Mandator ADD MTP3LNK(Opt ional) ADD SCTPLNK(Ma ADD RSCGRP(Man datory) SET PHBMAP(Man

SRCPORTNO Source port No.

BSC6900

None

SRCT

Clock source type

BSC6900

MRFD210502

Source timeslot SRCTSMASK mask

BSC6900

Source timeslot mask

None

SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

Number of the subrack

MRFD210301

SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

Number of the subrack

MRFD210301

SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

Number of the subrack where the XPU board is located

None

SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

Number of the subrack

None

SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

SRN

BM Subrack No

BSC6900

ADD M3LNK(Mand atory) Number of the subrack It is one key field of identifying the BLK Ater timeslot and indicates the ATERE1T1(M subrack No. of the Ater interface andatory) timeslot.

GBFD118602

None

SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

COL LOG(Optional) Number of the subrack.

None

SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

EXP ALMLOG(Opti onal) STA ALMLOG(Opti ADD ETHMD(Mand atory) ADD ETHTRK(Man ADD GCBSADDR( Mandatory) SET TCPLYVOICE ADD GIURGCONN (Mandatory) SWP BTSRING(Opt ional) SWP BTSOMLLINK ADD BTSBFD(Opti onal) ADD BTSIPRTBIN

Number of the subrack where the indicator alarm to be queried is generated

MRFD210304

The subrack number for running this command

None

The subrack number uniquely identifies a subrack. Subrack No. of the subsystem where the Iur-g common connection is established

MRFD210301

SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

MRFD211402

SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

Number of the subrack where the BTS board is located

GBFD111202

SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

Number of the subrack where the BTS board is located

GBFD118609

SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

ADD NSE(Mandato Subrack number of the XPU board MRFDry) bound to the NSE 210301 ADD PBSL(Mandat ory) ADD BTSSFPMOD E(Optional) SET BTSFORBIDT

SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

Subrack number of board to which GBFDPb signaling link belongs 111203

SRN

Port Subrack No. BSC6900

Number of the subrack where the port is located

GBFD111202

SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSCONNEC Subrack number of the BSC6900 GBFDT(Mandatory) board that is connected to the BTS 111202 ADD Number of the subrack at one end SRCONPATH of the inter-subrack connection GBFD(Mandatory) channel 111203 ADD Number of the subrack at the other SRCONPATH end of the inter-subrack connection GBFD(Mandatory) channel 111203

SRN1

Subrack 1 No

BSC6900

SRN2

Subrack 2 No

BSC6900

SRName

Subrack name

BSC6900

ADD SUBRACK(Ma ndatory) Name of the subrack to be added SET BTSTMA(Man datory) Number of the tributary SET CLK(Mandator y) Type of the subrack EXP ALMLOG(Opti onal) Sequence ofweight alarm over records Traffic local the local NSVL. When this parameter is set ADD to a larger value, the NS is more NSVLLOCAL( likely to select this IP point Optional) according toweight the load sharing Traffic local over the remote NSVL. When this parameter is set ADD to a larger value, the NS is more NSVLREMOT likely to select this IP point E(Optional) according to the load sharing The parameter specifies which type SET of service TRXs should be BTSPSUFP(O preferentially processed when the ptional) PSU is faulty. ADD Service type of the IP interface BTSABISMUX board. The service type can be CS FLOW(Manda speech, CS data, PS high priority, tory) or PSalow priority. After handovr due to bad quality is successful, the penalty on the SET original serving cell is performed GCELLHOFIT within the "Penalty Time after BQ PEN(Optional) HO": the receive level of the SET CPUTHD(Opti CPU usage alarm clearance onal) threshold CPU usage alarm threshold. When the CPU usage exceeds the SET threshold, a CPU usage alarm is CPUTHD(Opti reported. "CPU occupancy alarm onal) clearance threshold" is smaller DSP usage alarm clearance SET threshold. When the DSP usage is CPUTHD(Opti lower than the threshold, the DSP onal) usage alarm is cleared.

MRFD210301

SRNO

Tributary No.

BSC6900

GBFD111202

SRT

Subrack type

BSC6900

MRFD210502

SRTORD

Sort Order

BSC6900

MRFD210304

SRVLW

User Data Load Weight

BSC6900

GBFD118603

SRVLW

User Data Load Weight

BSC6900

GBFD118603

SRVPRIPOLI Service Priority CY Policy

BSC6900

GBFD111202

SRVTYPE

Service Type

BSC6900

Penalty Level SSBQPUNISH after BQ HO SSCPUAVEU CPU occupancy SAGEALMTH alarm clearance D threshold SSCPUMAXU SAGEALMTH CPU occupancy D alarm threshold SSDSPAVEU DSP occupancy SAGEALMTH alarm clearance D threshold

BSC6900

GBFD118605 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

BSC6900

MRFD210304

BSC6900

MRFD210304

BSC6900

MRFD210304

SSDSPMAXU SAGEALMTH DSP occupancy D alarm threshold

BSC6900

SSLENSD

Filter Length for TCH Level

BSC6900

SSLENSI

Filter Length for SDCCH Level

BSC6900

SSN

Subsystem No.

BSC6900

DSP usage alarm threshold. When the DSP usage exceeds the SET threshold, a DSP usage alarm is CPUTHD(Opti reported. "DSP occupancy alarm onal) clearance threshold" is smaller When the network receives measurement reports, the SET measurement values in several GCELLCHMG straight measurement reports are AD(Optional) filtered to reflect the radio operating When the network receives measurement reports, the SET measurement values in several GCELLCHMG straight measurement reports are AD(Optional) filtered to reflect the radio operating STR BKP(Optional) ULD RSTINFO(Ma ndatory) Number of the subsystem

MRFD210304 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

MRFD210301

SSN

Subsystem No.

BSC6900

ADD No. of the subsystem where the IurGIURGCONN g common connection is MRFD(Mandatory) established 211402 EXP ALMLOG(Opti Start synchronization number of the onal) alarmthe record After time advancing handover is successful, the penalty on the SET original serving cell is performed GCELLHOFIT within the "Penalty Time after TA PEN(Optional) HO": the receive level of the SET TZ(Mandatory ) Start of DST The operation time of the log record should be after this time. If EXP this parameter is not specified, the LOG(Optional) start time is not limited. If the time mode is set to ADD "DAILY_T", "WEEKLY_T", or SUBTSK(Man "MONTHLY_T", you should set this datory) parameter. The operation time of the log record should be after this time. If COL this parameter is not specified, the LOG(Optional) start time is not limited. EXP ALMLOG(Opti Start time of the alarm record. By onal) default, the start time is 00:00:00.

SSSN

Start Sync Serial No. BSC6900

Penalty Level SSTAPUNISH after TA HO

BSC6900

MRFD210304 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

ST

StartTime

BSC6900

ST

Start Time

BSC6900

MRFD210301 GBFD111203 MRFD210305

ST

Start Time

BSC6900

ST

Start Time

BSC6900

GBFD111203 GBFD111203 MRFD210305

ST

Start Time

BSC6900

MRFD210304

ST

Start Time

BSC6900

STA ALMLOG(Opti Start time of the alarm record. By onal) default, the start time is 00:00:00. ADD GSMSCB(Ma ndatory) EXP ALMLOG(Opti onal) STA ALMLOG(Opti

MRFD210304

ST

Start Time

BSC6900

A key parameter that indicates the date and time when the BSC6900 GBFDbroadcasts cell messages 113602

STARTAID

Start Alarm ID

BSC6900

STARTCBSH ORTMSGFLO Prefer Variable WCTRL Bitmap Code STARTCHRE QARRIVALCT CHAN REQ RL Arrival Control

BSC6900

MRFDStart number of the alarm record 210304 Whether to preferentially use the SET variable bitmap code when BSCFCPARA( encoding the FH frequency in the GBFDOptional) assignment or handover command 113701 SET This parameter indicates whether BSCFCPARA( the arrival of channel request Optional) messages controlled. It indicates is the start CIC of the A interface CIC segment. When BLK operation mode is set to OPC ACIC(Mandat index, DPC group index, BSC ID, ory) orindicates CIC, the the parameter is of the Pb It start CIC interface CIC segment. If the BLK search object mode is set to PBCIC(Manda search by the specified range, the tory) parameter is mandatory. ADD This parameter specifies the start BSCDSTPAD date of a period during which the ATE(Mandator TRX Intelligent Shutdown feature is y) disabled. When the environment temperature reaches the specified SET value of this parameter, the heater BTSDHEUBP( is started. Optional) In multi-mode scenario, the value ADD This parameter specifies the start BSCDSTPAD month of a period during which the ATE(Mandator TRX Intelligent Shutdown feature is y) disabled.

BSC6900

GBFD111705

STARTCIC

Start CIC

BSC6900

GBFD111803

STARTCIC

Start CIC

BSC6900

GBFD111203

StartDayDSTP Prohibit Close A TRX Start Day

BSC6900

GBFD111602

STARTHEAT Heater Startup TEMP Temperature

BSC6900

GBFD111202

StartMonthDS Prohibit Close TPA TRX Start Month BSC6900

GBFD111602

STARTPGAR Paging Arrival RIVALCTRL Control STARTPSRE PS Resource SREQARRIVA REQ Arrival LCTRL Control

BSC6900

SET This parameter indicates whether BSCFCPARA( the arrival of paging messages are GBFDOptional) controlled. 111705 SET This parameter indicates whether BSCFCPARA( the arrival of PS resource request Optional) messages is controlled.

BSC6900

GBFD111705

STARTSUBT Start Sub S Timeslot No.

BSC6900

STARTTIME

Fallback Start Time

BSC6900

Time When the StartTimeTAC Function Is loseTrxPA Enabled

BSC6900

SET BTSFORBIDT S(Optional) Number the start sub-timeslot Time for of which the BTS waits to start the fallback function after the SET OML is interrupted. With this BTSFALLBAC parameter, the BTS does not start K(Optional) the fallback function when the OML This parameter specifies the start SET time for dynamically enabling the BSCDSTPA(O TRX Intelligent Shutdown feature ptional) each day. BLK ATERE1T1(M It indicates the start CIC of the Ater andatory) interface CIC segment. It indicates the start CIC of the A interface CIC segment. When BLK Operation mode is set to subrack AE1T1(Manda number, slot number, port number, tory) or CIC, the parameter is SET BTSFORBIDT S(Mandatory) Number startthe timeslot Whetherof to the enable smart temperature control mechanism of SET the FMUA. Smart temperature BTSFMUABP( control refers to the mechanism Optional) adopted FMUA adjust the Whether by to the enable the to smart temperature control mechanism of SET the NFCB. Smart temperature BTSNFCBBP( control refers to the mechanism Optional) adopted by the the start NFCB to adjust the Number of CIC. The C/C of each E1/T1 timeslot can be ADD calculated on the basis of this AE1T1(Manda parameter. Assume that the start tory) CIC is 100, the CIC of the E1

GBFD111202

GBFD510309

GBFD111602

STARTTS

Start TS

BSC6900

GBFD111801

STARTTS

Start TS

BSC6900

GBFD111803

STARTTS

Start Timeslot No. Smart Temperature Control Smart Temperature Control

BSC6900

GBFD111202

STC

BSC6900

GBFD111202

STC

BSC6900

GBFD111202

STCIC

Start CIC

BSC6900

GBFD111803

STCN

Out Port Cabinet No. BSC6900

STD

Start Date

BSC6900

STEP

Measurement Step

BSC6900

ADD BTSMONITO Number of the cabinet where the GBFDRTS(Optional) outgoing port of the BTS is located 111202 GBFDADD 111203 OP(Mandatory Start date. The input format is MRFD) YYYY&MM&DD. 210305 Number of frequencies measured STR in each group (excluding the NCS(Mandato frequencies in the original BA GBFDry) table). 510901

STFLG

Satellite flag

BSC6900

ADD MTP3LNK(Opt ional) Satellite flag STR BTSLOG(Opti onal) Start time SET GCELLSOFT( Whether to enable the EICC Optional) algorithm This parameter specifies whether the sending of system information SET 5, 5bis, and 5ter can be stopped on GCELLSOFT( the SACCH on the SDCCH after Optional) the BTS a ciphering Time for issues which the BTS waits to stop the fallback function after the SET OML is set up. With this parameter, BTSFALLBAC the BTS does not stop the fallback K(Optional) function when the OML is set up ADD N7DPC(Optio nal) ADD BTSMONITO RTS(Mandator y) SET GCELLFREQ SCAN(Option al) Whether to enable the signaling point with the signaling transfer function

GBFD111804

STIME

Start Time

BSC6900

GBFD111202

STIRCALLOW ED EICC Allowed Stop Send SI STOPSI5SWI 5/5bis/5ter after TCH Encrypt

BSC6900

GBFD115821

BSC6900

GBFD113521

STOPTIME

Fallback Stop Time

BSC6900

GBFD510309

STP

STP function switch

BSC6900

GBFD111804

STPN

Out-BTS Port No. BSC6900

Number of the outgoing port of the BTS where the monitoring timeslot GBFDis located 114701

STRTM

Start Time

BSC6900

Start time of frequency scanning

GBFD112401

STSN

Out Port Slot No. BSC6900

ADD BTSMONITO Number of the slot where the GBFDRTS(Optional) outgoing port of the BTS is located 111202 ADD BTSMONITO RTS(Optional) ADD BTSMONITO RTS(Mandator y)

STSRN

Out Port Subrack No. BSC6900

Number of the subrack where the GBFDoutgoing port of the BTS is located 111202

STSUBTS

Out-BTS Sub Timeslot No.

BSC6900

Number of the sub-timeslot on the outgoing port of the BTS

STT

Start Time

BSC6900

ADD OP(Mandatory Start time. The input format is ) HH&MM&SS.

GBFD111202 GBFD111203 MRFD210305

STTS

Out-BTS Timeslot No.

BSC6900

STTYPE

BTS Type

BSC6900

ADD BTSMONITO RTS(Mandator Number of the timeslot on the y) outgoing port of the BTS SET BTSAUTODL DACTINFO(O ptional) Type of the BTS.

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

SUBBSCTID

ID of slave BSC in TC Pool

BSC6900

BLK ID of the BSC in the TC pool where ACIC(Mandat an A interface circuit is blocked or GBFDory) unblocked 113726 ADD ID of the BSC in the TC pool to AE1T1(Manda which an A interface E1/T1 is tory) added STR Command string that is BTSLOG(Opti transparently transmitted to the onal) BTS Maximum sub-frame length. This parameter indicates the maximum ADD sub-frame length for multiplexing. If IPMUX(Option the length of a sub-frame exceeds al) this value, sub-frame the sub-frame is not Maximum length. The ADD data stream to be multiplexed on BTSABISMUX the same multiplexing channel FLOW(Option must be of the same type, and the al) length of the packet before ADD SUBTSK(Man datory) ADD SUBCMD(Ma Number of the scheduled subtask SET SUBNET(Man datory) subnet No. in a BSC. SET GCELLSOFT( Optional) SET BTSFLEXABI SPARA(Optio nal) SET BTSOMLTS( Mandatory) This parameter specifies whether the CS services preempt the sublink resources of PS services. Whether to allow the CS services to preempt the sublink resources of PS services when the Abis resources are congested

SUBBSCTID

ID of slave BSC in TC Pool

BSC6900

GBFD113726

SUBCMD

Command Parameter

BSC6900

SUBFRAMEL Max subframe EN length[byte]

BSC6900

GBFD111202 GBFD118604 GBFD118610

SUBFRAMET Max Subframe HRES Length

BSC6900

GBFD118604

SUBID

Subtask ID

BSC6900

GBFD111203

SUBNET

Subnet No. Sublink Resources SUBRESPRE Preemption EMPTFLG Switch

BSC6900

None

BSC6900

GBFD117301

SUBRESPRE Sub Res Preempt EMPTFLG Flag BSC6900

GBFD117301

SUBTS

Sub Timeslot No. BSC6900

Number of the sub-timeslot on the port

GBFD111203

SubVer

Sub-Version No.of TMU

BSC6900

SupportApply Support Apply UsedCic Used A Cic

BSC6900

SET BTSAUTODL Sub-version No. of the TMU board. DACTINFO(M It is configured according to the andatory) actual situation. Whether the CIC circuits in use on the A interface can be assigned. SET When this parameter is set to YES OTHSOFTPA and the MSC assigns new calls to RA(Optional) an ongoing A interface circuit, the

GBFD111202

GBFD111803

SUPPORTBA Use Back-up port KCLK2SRC for LINE2 BSC6900

SET Whether to use Back-up port for CLK(Optional) LINE2

MRFD210502

SUPPORTBA Use Back-up port KCLKSRC for LINE1 BSC6900 SUPPORTCE LLBROADCA Support Cell ST Broadcast Name BSC6900

SET Whether to use Back-up port for CLK(Optional) LINE1 SET GCELLSBC(O ptional) SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona l)

MRFD210502

Whether to support the broadcast of the cell name

GBFD113602

SUPPORTDL Support High 5TS Multislot Class

BSC6900

SUPPORTDT M Support DTM

BSC6900

SUPPORTED A Support EDA

BSC6900

SUPPORTEN Support DTM Enhanced DTM

BSC6900

Whether to support the high multislot class Whether to support dual transfer mode (DTM). The DTM allows an SET MS to use the circuit switching GCELLGPRS( service and the packet switching Optional) service at the same time. This SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona l) Whether to support EDA the enhanced DTM function. Comparing to the SET DTM, the enhanced DTM improves GCELLGPRS( the CS setup and release. During Optional) the CS service setup, the PS SET BSSLS(Option Whether the FE/GE BTS supports al) inter-BTS local switching Support intracell handover to change the active speech version, SET then can increase the usage of BSCBASIC(O TFO(Tandem Free Operation) to ptional) improve the speech the quality. Whether to support cell list in the common measurement ADD messages over the Iur-g interface. GNRNC(Optio When this parameter is set to YES, nal) the local BSC can handle the load

GBFD119402

GBFD114151

GBFD119401

GBFD114151

Support FE/GE SupportIpSpa SPAN BTS Local nBtsLSwitch Switch BSC6900

GBFD117702

SupportTFOC Support TFO odecOptimize Codec Optimize

BSC6900

GBFD115701

SupptCellList

SupptCellList

BSC6900

MRFD211404

SVALUE

S Value

BSC6900

Minimum timeslots between two successive channel requests. After SET sending the access request, if the GCELLPRAC MS does not receive the response GBFDH(Optional) message after waiting for the 119110 ADD Server IP address used on the NSE(Mandato SGSN side in the IP subnet ry) dynamic configuration procedure ADD Server UDP port number used on NSE(Mandato the SGSN side in the IP subnet ry) dynamic configuration procedure SET ALMPORT(Op Operating state of the environment tional) alarm port If this parameter is set to "ON", you must set "OMU automatic SET switchover interval". Otherwise, ASWPARA(M "OMU automatic switchover andatory) interval" isauthenticating not displayed. objects. switch for When the switch is enabled, the SET BSC system authenticates the BTS OBJAUTHSW objects of the user; when the (Mandatory) switch is disabled, the BSC system SET BTSENVALM PORT(Mandat ory) Whether to enable the alarm port SET TZ(Mandatory ) Weekday on which DST starts SET SCUPORT(M andatory) State of the panel port switch SET SLFSLVSW(M andatory) Switch for the OMU self-healing SET Grace Protection Period Switch LICENSECTR determines whether to enter the L(Mandatory) grace protection period. SET BFDPROTOS Turn on or turn off the BFD W(Mandatory) protocol switch

SVRIP

Server IP

BSC6900

GBFD118603

SVRPORT

Server UDP Port BSC6900

GBFD118603

SW

Switch OMU Automatic Switchover Switch

BSC6900

MRFD210304

SW

BSC6900

GBFD111203

SW

Switch

BSC6900

GBFD111203

SW

Switch

BSC6900

GBFD111202

SWEEK

Start week

BSC6900

MRFD210301

Switch

Port switch

BSC6900

MRFD210301

SWITCH

Self-healing Switch

BSC6900

None

SWITCH

Grace Protection Period Switch BSC6900

MRFD210403

SWITCH

Bfd Protocol Switch

BSC6900

GBFD118609

SWITCH

Alarm Parameter Configuration Enabled BSC6900

SWITCH3AH 3ah Switch

BSC6900

Whether to enable the board parameters to be configured. If this SET parameter is set to "YES", the user BTSALMPOR can set board parameters of the GBFDT(Mandatory) BTS. Otherwise, the user cannot 111202 GBFD115501 SET GBFDBTSETHPOR Whether to enable the 3ah function 115502 T(Optional) on the BTS port. GBFDADD The field indicates whether the SCTPLNK(Opt primary path can be switched back ional) when it is available. The association is smoothly ADD switched over to the primary path SCTPLNK(Opt after the number of heartbeat ional) responses is received. SET SS7PATCHS WITCH(Optio nal) Set patch switch parameter1 SET SS7PATCHS WITCH(Optio nal) Set patch switch parameter10 SET SS7PATCHS WITCH(Optio nal) Set patch switch parameter2 SET SS7PATCHS WITCH(Optio nal) Set patch switch parameter3 SET SS7PATCHS WITCH(Optio nal) Set patch switch parameter4 SET SS7PATCHS WITCH(Optio nal) Set patch switch parameter5 SET SS7PATCHS WITCH(Optio nal) Set patch switch parameter6 SET SS7PATCHS WITCH(Optio nal) Set patch switch parameter7

SWITCHBAC Switch primary IP KFLAG address flag BSC6900

GBFD118602

SWITCHBAC Switch back HB KHBNUM number

BSC6900

GBFD118602

SwitchParame SwitchParameter ter1 1 BSC6900

GBFD111203

SwitchParame SwitchParameter ter10 10 BSC6900

GBFD111203

SwitchParame SwitchParameter ter2 2 BSC6900

GBFD111203

SwitchParame SwitchParameter ter3 3 BSC6900

GBFD111203

SwitchParame SwitchParameter ter4 4 BSC6900

GBFD111203

SwitchParame SwitchParameter ter5 5 BSC6900

GBFD111203

SwitchParame SwitchParameter ter6 6 BSC6900

GBFD111203

SwitchParame SwitchParameter ter7 7 BSC6900

GBFD111203

SwitchParame SwitchParameter ter8 8 BSC6900

SwitchParame SwitchParameter ter9 9 BSC6900

SWITCHPOR TNO Switch Port

BSC6900

SET SS7PATCHS WITCH(Optio nal) Set patch switch parameter8 SET SS7PATCHS WITCH(Optio nal) Set patch switch parameter9 Number of the switching port. If ADD "Link Attribute" is set to "BBU", the BTSSFPMOD switching port must be configured. E(Optional) The value ranges from 3 to 5. SET OPSW(Manda Whether to enable the local user tory) management function SET TZ(Mandatory ) Sequence of the start week of DST Symbol offset of the BTS set manually. After the offset SET information of the BTS is collected, BTSAISS(Opti the symbol offset is adjusted. onal) Adjustment value = Collected Synchronization status. This parameter is used to identify ADD different 3G cells. This parameter GEXT3GCEL should be same with the L(Mandatory) configuration of 3G cells. Site synchronization method. AISS stands for the air-interface soft SET synchronization method, and GPS BTSOTHPAR stands for the GPS synchronization A(Optional) method. CMP BRDAREA(Op tional) Automatic synchronization flag SET BTSIPCLKPA RA(Mandatory Synchronization mode of the IP ) clock Interim synchronization period (in SET days). The BTS can re-initiate the BTSIPCLKPA synchronization only after the RA(Optional) period. Interim synchronization period (in SET hours). The BTS can re-initiate the BTSIPCLKPA synchronization only after the RA(Optional) period.

GBFD111203

GBFD111203

SWOP

Set Enable/Disable

BSC6900

GBFD111202 GBFD111203 MRFD210305

SWSEQ

Start week sequence

BSC6900

MRFD210301

BTS Symbol SYMOFFSET Offset

BSC6900

GBFD118201

SYNCCASE

Sync case

BSC6900

GBFD114302

Site SYNCMETHO Synchronization D Method

BSC6900

GBFD117002

SYNFLAG

Synchronization flag. Clock Synchronization Mode

BSC6900

MRFD210401

SYNMODE

BSC6900

GBFD118606

Days of Inter SYNTIMEDAY Sync Period

BSC6900

GBFD118606

SYNTIMEHO Hours of Inter UR Sync Period

BSC6900

GBFD118606

Minutes of Inter SYNTIMEMIN Sync Period

BSC6900

Interim synchronization period (in SET minutes). The BTS can re-initiate BTSIPCLKPA the synchronization only after the RA(Optional) period.

GBFD118606

SYSCONTAC Contact mode of T the manufacturer BSC6900

SET Contact way of the Base Station SYS(Optional) Controller supplier

MRFD210301

SYSDESC

System description

BSC6900

System Flux SYSFLOWLE Threshold for V Load HO

BSC6900

SET Description of the Base Station SYS(Optional) Controller The system flux level is the current flux control level of the system. A SET load handover is allowed only when GCELLHOAD( the system flux is lower than the Optional) value of this parameter.

MRFD210301 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

SYSLOCATIO N System Location BSC6900 Send System SysMsg10Allo Message 10 wed Allow

SET Location of the Base Station SYS(Optional) Controller SET Whether sending the system BSCBASIC(O information type 10 message on ptional) the VGCS/VBS TCH is allowed

MRFD210301

BSC6900

GBFD510301

SYSOBJECTI D NE Name

BSC6900

SET Name of the Base Station SYS(Optional) Controller of Network Element

MRFD210301

SYSSERVICE S System services

BSC6900

SET Services provided by the Base SYS(Optional) Station Controller

MRFD210301

T1

T1

BSC6900

SET Timer T1, specifying the duration of BSSGPPARA( monitoring the BVC blocking GBFDOptional) (unblocking) procedure. 119001 CHG BTSPTUSHK Value of the first timer for the PTU TM(Optional) handshake When the reception of a TFP SET causes unavailability of a route, this MTP3TMR(Op timer is started to regularly check tional) whether the is recovered. This timer is route a protection timer waiting for an uninhibit SET acknowledgement message (LUA) MTP3TMR(Op from the peer end after an uninhibit tional) message (LUN) is sent to the peer

T1

Time1

BSC6900

GBFD118601

T10TMR

Signalling route set test timer

BSC6900

GBFD111804

T12TMR

Uninhibit ACK timer

BSC6900

GBFD111804

T13TMR

Force uninhibit timer

BSC6900

SET MTP3TMR(Op tional) SET MTP3TMR(Op tional) SET MTP3TMR(Op tional) SET MTP3TMR(Op tional)

T14TMR

Inhibition ACK timer

BSC6900

T17TMR

Link realignment timer BSC6900

T1TMR

Time-control changeover timer BSC6900

This timer is a protection timer waiting for a force uninhibit acknowledgement message (LUA) from the peer end after a force uninhibit message (LFU) is sent to This timer is a protection timer waiting for an inhibition acknowledgement message (LIA) from the peer end after an inhibition message (LIN) is sent to This timer is started when a link fails to be started. The restart of the link is initiated after this timer expires. When a normal changeover cannot be initiated, services will be changed over to an alternative link after this timer expires to avoid disorder of data.

GBFD111804

GBFD111804

GBFD111804

GBFD111804

T2

T2

BSC6900

SET Timer T2, specifying the duration of BSSGPPARA( monitoring the procedure of GBFDOptional) resetting SIG BVC and PTP BVC. 119001 CHG BTSPTUSHK Value of the second timer for the TM(Optional) Timer PTU handshake in the LAPD protocol. The value of the timer indicates the time SET when the LAPD link waits for the BTSRINGATT response or acknowledgement R(Optional) frame after sending the command This parameter specifies the expiry value of timer T200 used for the SET FACCH/TCHF over the Um GCELLCCTM interface. For the function of timer R(Optional) T200 and the effect of the This parameter specifies the expiry value of timer T200 used for the SET FACCH/TCHH over the Um GCELLCCTM interface. For the function of timer R(Optional) T200parameter and the effect of the This specifies the expiry value of timer T200 used for the SET SACCH over the Um interface GCELLCCTM when the TCH supports SAPI3 R(Optional) services. For the function the of timer This parameter specifies expiry value of timer T200 used for the SET SACCH on the SDCCH. GCELLCCTM For the function of timer T200 and R(Optional) the effect of the specifies parameter, see the This parameter the expiry value of timer T200 used for the SET SACCH over the Um interface GCELLCCTM when the TCH supports SAPI0 R(Optional) services. For the function of timer

T2

Time2

BSC6900

GBFD118601

T200

T200

BSC6900

GBFD117801

T200FACCHF T200 FACCH/F

BSC6900

GBFD111002

T200FACCHH T200 FACCH/H

BSC6900

GBFD111002

T200 SACCH T200SACCH3 TCH SAPI3

BSC6900

GBFD111002

T200 SACCH T200SACCHS SDCCH

BSC6900

GBFD111002

T200 SACCH T200SACCT0 TCH SAPI0

BSC6900

GBFD111002

T200SDCCH

T200 SDCCH

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCTM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCTM R(Optional) SET BTSRINGATT R(Optional) SET MTP3TMR(Op tional) SET MTP3TMR(Op tional) SET MTP3TMR(Op tional) SET BSSGPPARA( Optional)

T200 SDCCH T200SDCCH3 SAPI3

BSC6900

T203

T203

BSC6900

T22TMR

Local inhibit test timer

BSC6900

T23TMR

Remote inhibit test timer

BSC6900

T2TMR

Changeover ACK timer BSC6900

T3

T3

BSC6900

This parameter specifies the timeout value of timer T200 used for the SDCCH over the Um interface. T200parameter prevents the data link layer This specifies the expiry value of timer T200 when the SDCCH supports SAPI3 services. For the function of timer T200 and the effect of the parameter, see the Timer in the LAPD protocol. The value of the timer indicates the maximum duration for no frame exchange in the LAPD link. After a local link is inhibited, this timer is started to regularly check the management states at both ends of the link. After a remote link is inhibited, this timer is started to regularly check the management states at both endstimer of the This islink. a protection timer waiting for an extended changeover acknowledgement message (XCA) from the peer end after an extended changeover Timer T3. T3 is started after the message SUSPEND is received on the BSC side. T3 is stopped after the message SUSPEND ACK is received.

GBFD111002

GBFD111002

GBFD117802

GBFD111804

GBFD111804

GBFD111804

GBFD119001

T3

Time3

BSC6900

T3105

T3105

BSC6900

CHG BTSPTUSHK Value of the third timer for the PTU TM(Optional) handshake When the BTS sends physical information to the MS, the BTS SET starts the timer T3105.If the timer GCELLHOAD( T3105 expires before the BTS Optional) receives the SAMB frame from MS, SET GCELLGSMR Timer for retransmitting the VGCS (Optional) UPLINK message T3168 is GRANT used to set the maximum duration for the MS to wait for the SET uplink assignment message. After GCELLPSBA the MS originates the uplink TBF SE(Optional) Duration setup request by sending the after of releasing the TBF the MS receives the last data SET block. When the MS receives the GCELLPSBA RLC data block containing the flag SE(Optional) identifying the last data block and

GBFD118601 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

T3115

T3115

BSC6900

GBFD510302

T3168

T3168

BSC6900

GBFD114101

T3192

T3192

BSC6900

GBFD114101

T3212

T3212

BSC6900

SET GCELLIDLEB This parameter specifies the length ASIC(Optional of the timer for periodic location GBFD) update. 110301 Timer on the DTE side, specifying the duration of acknowledging the sending integrity. When a link normal changeback cannot be initiated, services will be changed back to a normal link only after this timer expires to avoid disorder ofT3 data. Timer T4. is started after the message v is received on the BSC side. T4 is stopped after the message RESUME ACK is received. This timer is a protection timer waiting for a changeback acknowledgement message (CBA) from the peer end after the first changeback declaration (CBD) is Timer T5. When the downlink TBF is set up, if the BSC side does not receive the valid RACAP, the BSC originates the radio access capability flow and the timer This timerupdate is a protection timer waiting for a changeback acknowledgement message (CBA) from the peer end after the second changeback declaration (CBD) Timer T6. The BSC sends the is SGSN request to download the BSS PFC. When the QoS parameter is obtained, the timer is started. After the message Timer T8. The BSC sends the SGSN request to download the BSS PFC. When the QoS parameter is obtained, the timer is started. After the message This timer is started when a transmission prohibited message (TFP) is sent. The TFP will not be sent any more during the running of this timer. When the network receives measurement reports, the measurement values in several straight measurement reports are filtered to reflect the radio operating

T391

Parameter of DTE [T391]

BSC6900

ADD BC(Optional) SET MTP3TMR(Op tional) SET BSSGPPARA( Optional) SET MTP3TMR(Op tional) SET BSSGPPARA( Optional) SET MTP3TMR(Op tional) SET BSSGPPARA( Optional) SET BSSGPPARA( Optional) SET MTP3TMR(Op tional) SET GCELLHOFIT PEN(Optional)

GBFD510002

T3TMR

Time-control changeback timer BSC6900

GBFD111804

T4

T4

BSC6900

GBFD119001

T4TMR

Changeover ACK first attempt timer BSC6900

GBFD111804

T5

T5

BSC6900

GBFD119001

T5TMR

Changeover ACK second attempt timer BSC6900

GBFD111804

T6

T6

BSC6900

GBFD119001

T8

T8 Transmission prohibited inhibition timer

BSC6900

GBFD119001

T8TMR

BSC6900

TAFLTLEN

Filter Length for TA

BSC6900

GBFD111804 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

TAFORUOHO TA for UO HO ALLOW Allowed

BSC6900

SET Whether the TA is used as a GCELLHOIUO decisive condition for the (Optional) concentric cell handover

GBFD113201

TAHOEN

TA HO Allowed

BSC6900

SET GCELLHOBA SIC(Optional) SET GCELLHOIUO (Optional) ADD G2GNCELL(O ptional) SET GCELLHOEM G(Optional) SET GCELLGSMR (Optional) SET GCELLHOFIT PEN(Optional) ADD AISSCFG(Ma ndatory) ADD NCELL(Mand ADD G2GNCELL(O ptional) SET GCELLHOIUO (Optional) SET GCELLPSPW PARA(Optiona l) SET GCELLPSPW PARA(Optiona l) EXP DEVFILE(Opti onal)

TAHYST

TA Hysteresis

BSC6900

TA HO Valid TALASTTIME Time

BSC6900

TALIMIT

TA Threshold

BSC6900

TALKERINFIN Talker Info T Interval

BSC6900

TASIGSTRFL TA Filter Length TLEN for SDCCH Level BSC6900

Whether to enable the time advance (TA) handover. The TA handover determines whether the timing advance (TA) is higher than the predefined TA threshold. One of the parameters that When determine the coverage of the OL subcell and UL subcell. When "Enhanced Concentric Allowed" is set to must OFF, be "TA The P/N criterion met for triggering a TA handover. That is, the TA handover can be triggered only if P measurement reports among N measurement reports An emergency handover is triggered when TA is greater than or equal to the value of this parameter. This parameter specifies the interval of broadcasting the speech data of the talker on the downlink group call channel that is controlled by the the BTS. When receives the parameter is When network measurement reports, the measurement values in several straight measurement reports are filtered to reflect the radio operating Unique identifier of the Um interface software synchronization task The P/N criterion must be met for triggering a TA handover. That is, the TA handover can be triggered only if P measurement reports among N measurement reports One of the parameters that determine the coverage of the OL subcell and UL subcell. When "Enhanced Concentric Allowed" is set to OFF, "TA Filter period of the signal strength in the packet transmission mode of the MS. In the packet transmission mode, the signal level filter parameter ofof the filter period of the Filter period the signal strength in the packet idle mode of the MS. In the packet idle mode, the signal level filter parameter of the filter period ofof the signal strength for Number the output segment 1: Segment 1 describes the basic information of the equipment. 2: Segment 2 describes the connection information.

GBFD110601 GBFD510501

GBFD113201

GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

GBFD510306 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

TASKIDX

AISS Task Index BSC6900

GBFD118201

TA HO Watch TASTATTIME Time

BSC6900

GBFD510501

TATHRES

TA Threshold

BSC6900

GBFD113201

TAVGT

T_AVG_T

BSC6900

GBFD119115

TAVGW

T_AVG_W

BSC6900

GBFD119115

TB

Output Segment No.

BSC6900

GBFD111203

TB

Output Segment No.

BSC6900

EXP BTSDEVFILE( Optional) SET BTSOMLBAC KUP(Optional) SET BTSRINGATT R(Optional) ADD MTP3LNK(Opt ional) SET BSSGPPARA( Optional) SET BTSAPMUBP( Optional) SET BSCBASIC(O ptional) SET GTRXDEV(Op tional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLOTHE XT(Optional) SET GCELLOTHE XT(Optional) SET GCELLOTHE XT(Optional)

TBS

Try Switching Duration Time

BSC6900

TBS

Ring I Try Rotating Duration Time BSC6900

TC

Test code

BSC6900

TC

Tc Temperature Compensation Coefficient

BSC6900

TCC

BSC6900

TCCRCAllowe d TC CRC Allowed BSC6900

TCHAJFLAG

TCH Rate Adjust Allow BSC6900

TCHBUSYTH TCH Traffic Busy RES Threshold BSC6900 DL FER TCHDROPST Threshold for ATDLFER TCH Call Drop DL Level TCHDROPST Threshold for ATDLLEV TCH Call Drop DL Quality TCHDROPST Threshold for ATDLQUAL TCH Call Drop

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

Output Segment No. 1: Segment 1 describes the basic information of the equipment. 2: Segment 2 describes the connectiontime information. Maximum in which the BTS attempts to set up the OML after swapping the main and backup OMLs. If the BTS fails to set up the OML within this time,attempts the BTS to The BTS repeatedly connect to port 0 or port 1 after the switchover. If the connection on one port fails within the time specified this Test codeby for theparameter, MTP3 link.the After the successful test, the link can be used for carrying signaling services. If the test fails, the MTP3 periodically sends the fault locating Timer Tc, specifying the interval for the BVC and MS to send flow control messages. When this parameter is set to a smaller value, the BVC and the MS send flow Temperature compensation coefficient. This parameter defines the charging voltage increase or decrease unit of each battery when the ambient temperature the This parameter specifies of the cyclic redundancy check (CRC) switch, which can be set to On or Off. The value of this parameter determines whether is performed Whethercheck to allow the cell to on the dynamically change a channel from full rate to half rate or from half rate to full rate. If this parameter is set to YES, the conversion is allowed; If the current channel seizure ratio reaches or exceeds this value, the half-rate TCH is assigned preferentially; otherwise, the fullrate TCH is assigned When a call drops on preferentially. the TCH, the corresponding TCH call drop counter is incremented by one if the DL FER carried in the last MR is greater than the on value this the When a call drops theof TCH, corresponding TCH call drop counter is incremented by one if the downlink level carried in the last MR is lower the of this When a call than drops onvalue the TCH, the corresponding TCH call drop counter is incremented by one if the downlink quality carried in the last MR is greater than the value of

GBFD111202

GBFD113728

GBFD117801

GBFD111804

GBFD119001

GBFD111202

GBFD111203

GBFD113402

GBFD111005

GBFD111004

GBFD111004

GBFD111004

UL FER TCHDROPST Threshold for ATULFER TCH Call Drop UL Level TCHDROPST Threshold for ATULLEV TCH Call Drop UL Quality TCHDROPST Threshold for ATULQUAL TCH Call Drop

BSC6900

SET GCELLOTHE XT(Optional) SET GCELLOTHE XT(Optional) SET GCELLOTHE XT(Optional) SET GCELLHOCT RL(Optional)

BSC6900

BSC6900

TCHHOMININ Min Interval for TV TCH Hos

BSC6900

When a call drops on the TCH, the corresponding TCH call drop counter is incremented by one if the UL FER carried in the last MR is greater than the on value this the When a call drops theof TCH, corresponding TCH call drop counter is incremented by one if the uplink level carried in the last MR is lower the of this When a call than drops onvalue the TCH, the corresponding TCH call drop counter is incremented by one if the uplink quality carried in the last MR isagreater than value of After new TCH is the assigned to this an MS, the MS can be handed over to another channel only if the time during which the MS occupies the TCH is longer than the period

GBFD111004

GBFD111004

GBFD111004 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

TCHMRCUTN UM TchMrCutNum

BSC6900

TCHRATEMO DIFY TCH Rate Modify BSC6900

SET Maximum number of discarded GCELLPWR3( MRs allowed on the TCH in a Optional) power control period Whether the TCH rate type uses the MSC strategy or BSC strategy. SET When this parameter is set to NO OTHSOFTPA and the MSC policy is used, the RA(Optional) BSC preferentially selects full-rate SET This parameter specifies the GCELLSOFT( interval at which the speech service Optional) on a TCH is handed over. This parameter specifies whether SET to perform periodic intra-cell GCELLSOFT( handover for speech services on Optional) TCH. Threshold for determining that the underlaid subcell is busy. The BSC SET assigns channels in the underlaid GCELLCHMG subcell to the MS in a concentric AD(Optional) The cell. BSC When "Allow Rate Selection assigns channels in the overlaid subcell to the MS in a SET concentric cell. If the channel GCELLCHMG seizure ratio of overlaid subcell is AD(Optional) greater than the value of this ADD MTP3LNK(Opt Test code length of the signaling ional) link. By default, the value is 10. ADD MTP3LNK(Ma ndatory) Mode of TC

GBFD117601

GBFD111005

TCHTIMEHO TCH Time PERIOD Handover Period BSC6900

GBFD113521

TCHTIMEHO TCH Time SWITCH Handover Switch BSC6900 TCHTRIBUSY Tch Traffic Busy UNDERLAYT Underlay HR Threshold TCHTRICBUS Tch Traffic Busy YOVERLAYT Overlay HR Threshold

GBFD113521

BSC6900

GBFD113201

BSC6900

GBFD113201

TCLEN

Test code length BSC6900

GBFD111804

TCMODE

TC mode

BSC6900

GBFD111804

TCMUTEDET Mute Detect ECTFLAG Class1 Switch

BSC6900

TCN

Tail Cabinet No.

BSC6900

TCPN

TC Port No

BSC6900

SET GCELLSOFT( Optional) ADD BTSRXUCHAI N(Mandatory) CBN BTSRXUCHAI ADD ATERCONPA TH(Mandatory )

Whether to enable the class-1 mute detection. Number of the cabinet where the main board of the RXU ring is located

GBFD111203

GBFD111202

TCPOOLID

TC Pool ID

BSC6900

TCSN

TC Slot No

BSC6900

TCSRN

TC Subrack No

BSC6900

TCTYPE

The type of TC resource

BSC6900

TDD BA1 Input TDDBA1TAG Tag

BSC6900

TDDBA2 Input TDDBA2TAG Tag

BSC6900

TDDCELLOF TDD Reporting F Offset TDD Cell TDDCELLRE Reselect SELDIV Diversity

BSC6900

BSC6900

TDDCELLTH RED

TDD Reporting Threshold

BSC6900

Number of the TC port where one end of the ATER connection channel is located If you enable the TC pool function when configuring the basic SET information of the BSC6900, you BSCBASIC(M need to enter the TC Pool ID. The andatory) ID must be unique in the entire ADD ATERCONPA Number of the TC slot where one TH(Mandatory end of the ATER connection ) channel is located ADD ATERCONPA Number of the TC subrack where TH(Mandatory one end of the ATER connection ) channel located The typeis of TC resource GTC: TC resources that support SET normal voice coding/decoding and TCTYPE(Man packet conversion datory) UTC: TC resources that support Input mode of the BA table. In auto SET mode, the system fills in the BA1 GCELLIDLET and BA2 tables based on the DDBA1(Mand adjacent relation of cells. In manual atory) mode, the user maintains the BA SET Whether the FDD BA2 table is GCELLHOTD generated automatically according DBA2(Mandat to the neighboring relation or typed ory) manually. When the priority of a TDD cell is SET ranked, the value of this parameter GCELLCCUT is added to the receive level of the RANSYS(Opti TDD cell in the measurement onal) report. A TDD cell can become a SET candidate cell only when the GCELLCCUT average receive level of the TDD RANSYS(Opti cell is greater than the TDD Cell onal) Reselect Diversity of the serving Threshold for determining whether SET the MR about a TDD cell is valid. GCELLCCUT The measurement report is valid if RANSYS(Opti the receive level of the TDD cell in onal) the measurement report is greater

None

GBFD113726

None

None

MRFD210301

GBFD114302

MRFD210301

GBFD114302

GBFD114302

GBFD114302

TDDDIVERSI TY Diversity

BSC6900

TDDDLUARF AN DL UARFAN TDDMIOPTIM TDD MI System IZEDALLOWE Information D Optimized TDD MI System INFO TDDMIPROHI Broadcasting BIT Prohibit

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

SET GCELLIDLET DDBA1(Mand atory) SET GCELLIDLET DDBA1(Mand atory) SET GCELLCCUT RANSYS(Opti onal) SET GCELLCCUT RANSYS(Opti onal) ADD GEXT3GCEL L(Optional) SET GCELLIDLET DDBA1(Mand atory) SET GCELLHOTD DBA2(Mandat ory) SET GCELLCCUT RANSYS(Opti onal) SET GCELLIDLET DDBA1(Mand atory) SET

This parameter specifies whether to activate the diversity mode on the common channel of a 3G cell.1 Downlink frequency of frequency in table 3GBA2. This parameter indicates the detected downlink frequency in the 3G adjacent cell list in speech. The parameter is This parameter specifies whether the TDD MI system information optimized function is enabled.

GBFD114302

GBFD114302

GBFD114302

This parameter determines whether the broadcasting of the MI GBFDsystem information is prohibited. 114302

TDDRSCPQU PS TDD RSCP ALTHRSH Quality Threshold BSC6900

TDDSCRAMB Cell Parameter LE ID

BSC6900

TDDSCRAMB Cell Parameter LE ID TDD System TDDSIOPTIMI Information ZEDALLOWE Optimized D Allowed

BSC6900

BSC6900

TDDSYNCCA SE Sync Case

BSC6900

TDMCONGCL Congestion clear RTH remain ratio BSC6900

Congestion TDMCONGTH remain ratio

BSC6900

TDMN1

Subrack 1 TDM Port No

BSC6900

Minimum RSCP quality threshold that the TDD 3G candidate cell must cell reach TDD parameter ID. The ID is used to distinguish terminals or cells. This parameter is used after spread spectrum. Therefore, it doesparameter not change bandwidth Cell IDthe of a TDD cell.of The cell parameter ID distinguishes between MSs or cells. It is used after spread spectrum. Therefore, it distinguishes between the signals This parameter determines whether the TDD system information optimized function is enabled. SyncCase in the TDDBA1 table. This parameter determines the synchronization status. Value 0 indicates Sync case 1 and value 1 indicates Sync case 2. This If the ratio of available TDM ADD bandwidth is greater than this TRMLOADTH value, congestion control is (Optional) stopped. If the ratio of available TDM ADD bandwidth is less than or equal to TRMLOADTH this value, congestion control is (Optional) triggered. Each subrack has six TDM port numbers, ranging from 0 to 5. ADD Subrack 1 TDM Port No. refers to SRCONPATH the TDM port number on subrack 1 (Mandatory) of the inter-subrack connection..

GBFD114302

GBFD114302

MRFD210301

GBFD114302

GBFD114302

GBFD118605

GBFD118605

GBFD111203

TDMN2

Subrack 2 TDM Port No

BSC6900

Each subrack has six TDM numbers, ranging from 0 to 5. ADD Subrack 2 TDM Port No. refers to SRCONPATH the TDM number on subrack 2 of (Mandatory) the inter-subrack connection. ADD PBSL(Optiona Terminal endpoint ID of the Pb l) signaling link ADD EMU(Optional ) Temperature alarm switch ADD EMU(Optional ) Upper limit of temperature ADD EMU(Optional ) Lower limitenvironment of temperature When the temperature of the APMU is SET greater than the value of this BTSAPMUBP( parameter, the BTS reports an Optional) alarm. the Forenvironment the APMU of the nonWhen temperature is greater than the SET value of this parameter, the BTS BTSDPMUBP( reports an alarm. Optional) In multi-mode scenario, the value When the environment temperature of the APMU is less SET than the value of this parameter, BTSAPMUBP( the BTS reports an alarm. For the Optional) APMU of the non-EPS4815 type, When the environment temperature is less than the value SET of this parameter, the BTS reports BTSDPMUBP( an alarm. Optional) In multi-mode the value Change value scenario, of the floating charge voltage of the storage battery when SET the temperature of the storage BTSDPMUBP( battery changes by 1 degree Optional) Celsius. SAV GCELLTEMP LATE(Optional ) Description of a cell template. EXP This parameter specifies the index GCELLTEMP number of a cell template. Each LATE(Mandat template is numbered uniquely in a ory) BSC6900.

GBFD111203

TEI

TEI

BSC6900

GBFD111203

Enable Temperature TEMP_MASK Alarm Reporting Upper Limit of TEMP_THD_ Temperature HIGH Alarm Lower Limit of TEMP_THD_L Temperature OW Alarm TEMPALARM THRESHOLD Upper ENV H TEMP Alarm TEMPALARM THRESHOLD Upper ENV H TEMP Alarm TEMPALARM THRESHOLD Lower ENV L TEMP Alarm TEMPALARM THRESHOLD Lower ENV L TEMP Alarm Coefficient of TEMPCOMPE Temp NSATECOEF Compensation

BSC6900

MRFD210304

BSC6900

MRFD210304

BSC6900

MRFD210304

BSC6900

MRFD210304

BSC6900

MRFD210304

BSC6900

MRFD210304

BSC6900

MRFD210304

BSC6900

GBFD111202

TEMPLATED Cell Template ESC Description

BSC6900

MRFD210301

Cell Template TEMPLATEID Index

BSC6900

MRFD210301

Cell Template TEMPLATEID Index

BSC6900

TEMPLATEN Cell Template AME Name TEMPOFHIG Temp Of High HTEMPLOAD Temp. Load PWROFF Power Off

BSC6900

SAV GCELLTEMP LATE(Optional ) ADD GCELL(Option al) ADD BTSAUTOPL

This parameter specifies the index number of a cell template. Each template is numbered uniquely in a MRFDBSC6900. 210301

BSC6900

TEMPOFLOW Low Temperature TEMPLOADP Start Load Power WROFF Off Temp. BSC6900 TEMPOFLOW Low Temperature TEMPLOADP Start Load WROFF Poweroff Temp. BSC6900 TER Indicator of TER2INDICA System TOR Information 3

Name of a cell template, uniquely identifying a cell template in a BSC6900. When the temperature of the BTS SET cabinet is greater than the value of BTSAPMUBP( this parameter, the TRX is powered Optional) off. TRX power-off temperature threshold. If the temperature of the SET BTS cabinet is less than the value BTSAPMUBP( of this parameter while "Low Optional) Temperature Startup Allowed" is TRX power-off temperature threshold. If the temperature of the SET BTS cabinet is less than the value BTSDPMUBP( of this parameter while "Low Optional) Temperature Startup Allowed" is SET Whether the System Information OTHSOFTPA Type 3 message carries TER RA(Optional) indication.

MRFD210301

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

BSC6900

GBFD111101

TESTTIMER

Test Timer

BSC6900

SET Duration of the timer for starting the BSCNSPARA( IP path status test on the Gb GBFDOptional) interface 119001 ADD GSMSCB(Ma Content of the cell broadcast ndatory) message AEC is an important measure to improve the speech quality. If the SET AEC works for a consecutive time TCPARA(Opti that is longer than the value of this onal) parameter, the TFO function is In the VSWR test, the TRX STR transmits signals at a default BTSVSWRTS frequency. You can specify the T(Optional) frequency used indicates for the test. This parameter start frame number of the BTS. It is SET used to keep synchronization GCELLOTHE between the BTS and MS after the XT(Optional) BTS is re-initialized. SWP OMUAREA(M andatory) Target OMU

TEXT

Content of Message

BSC6900

GBFD113602

TFO Option TFOOptSwitch Switch

BSC6900

GBFD115701

TFREQ

Test Frequency

BSC6900

GBFD111207

TFRMSTART TIME Frame Start Time BSC6900

MRFD210301

TG

Target OMU

BSC6900

GBFD111203

TGWID

TGW ID

BSC6900

ADD TGWIP(Mand atory) TGW ID ADD This parameter indicates the TGWIP(Mand address of the operation and atory) maintenance console for TGW.

None

TGW IP_TRANS TGWIPOAMIP IP address BSC6900

None

TGWIPOAMM TGW IP_TRANS ASK IP Mask BSC6900

ADD This parameter indicates the mask TGWIP(Mand of the operation and maintenance atory) console for TGW. None ADD Slot number of the BSC6900 TGWIP(Mand interface board interworking with atory) TGW. ADD Subrack number of the BSC6900 TGWIP(Mand interface board interworking with atory) TGW. Th. After receiving the MS Timer flow control message, the SGSN SET uses the values of the updated BSSGPPARA( Bmax and R based on the interval Optional) set by this timer. When this Voltage threshold for switching off the air conditioner. If the power SET supply voltage is less than this BTSAIRCON( threshold, the air conditioner needs Optional) to be switched off for to decrease Voltage threshold switchingthe on the air conditioner. This parameter SET assumes that the air conditioner is BTSAIRCON( switched off. If the power supply Optional) voltage is greater than thisand Combination of the THP1 ARP1 priority in the Interactive SET service. THP1-ARP1 priority weight GCELLPSCH determines the number of the M(Optional) budget blocks and block Combination of thethe THP1 and ARP2 priority in the Interactive SET service. THP1-ARP2 priority weight GCELLPSCH determines the number of the M(Optional) budget blocks and block Combination of thethe THP1 and ARP3 priority in the Interactive SET service. THP1-ARP3 priority weight GCELLPSCH determines the number of the M(Optional) budget blocks and block Combination of thethe THP2 and ARP1 priority in the Interactive SET service. THP2-ARP1 priority weight GCELLPSCH determines the number of the M(Optional) budget blocks and the block

TGW TRANS TGWPEERSN Slot No.

BSC6900

None

TGWPEERSR TGW Trans N Subrack No.

BSC6900

None

TH

Th

BSC6900

GBFD114101

THDOFF

Volt Threshold for Off BSC6900

GBFD111202

THDON

Volt Threshold for On BSC6900

GBFD111202

THP1ARP1PR THP1-ARP1 IWEIGHT Priority Weight

BSC6900

GBFD119902

THP1ARP2PR THP1-ARP2 IWEIGHT Priority Weight

BSC6900

GBFD119902

THP1ARP3PR THP1-ARP3 IWEIGHT Priority Weight

BSC6900

GBFD119902

THP2ARP1PR THP2-ARP1 IWEIGHT Priority Weight

BSC6900

GBFD119902

THP2ARP2PR THP2-ARP2 IWEIGHT Priority Weight

BSC6900

SET GCELLPSCH M(Optional) SET GCELLPSCH M(Optional) SET GCELLPSCH M(Optional) SET GCELLPSCH M(Optional) SET GCELLPSCH M(Optional)

THP2ARP3PR THP2-ARP3 IWEIGHT Priority Weight

BSC6900

THP3ARP1PR THP3-ARP1 IWEIGHT Priority Weight

BSC6900

THP3ARP2PR THP3-ARP2 IWEIGHT Priority Weight

BSC6900

THP3ARP3PR THP3-ARP3 IWEIGHT Priority Weight

BSC6900

Combination of the THP2 and ARP2 priority in the Interactive service. THP2-ARP2 priority weight determines the number of the budget blocks and block Combination of thethe THP2 and ARP3 priority in the Interactive service. THP2-ARP3 priority weight determines the number of the budget blocks and block Combination of thethe THP3 and ARP1 priority in the Interactive service. THP3-ARP1 priority weight determines the number of the budget blocks and block Combination of thethe THP3 and ARP2 priority in the Interactive service. THP3-ARP2 priority weight determines the number of the budget blocks and block Combination of thethe THP3 and ARP3 priority in the Interactive service. THP3-ARP3 priority weight determines the number of the budget blocks and the block

GBFD119902

GBFD119902

GBFD119902

GBFD119902

GBFD119902

THTYPE

Threshold type

BSC6900

ADD Load balance threshold type. It TRMLOADTH indicates the threshold calculation (Mandatory) mode. SET BSCTMR(Opti onal) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLHOBA SIC(Optional) SET GCELLHOAD( Optional) SET GCELLHOBA SIC(Optional) This parameter specifies the timer set to wait for a private message from the SGSN.assignment, the During channel assignment of channels on the BCCH TRXs depends on the uplink receive level, quality, and nonBCCH The TCHs are the During load. channel assignment, assignment of channels on the BCCH TRXs depends on the uplink receive level, quality, and nonBCCH load. The TCHs are The P/N criterion must be met for triggering a TIGHT BCCH handover. That is, the TIGHT BCCH handover can be triggered only ifchannel P seconds among N the uring assignment, assignment of channels on the BCCH TRXs depends on the uplink receive level, quality, and nonBCCH load. he TCHs The P/N criterion mustare be met for triggering a TIGHTBCCH handover. That is, the TIGHTBCCH handover can be triggered only if P seconds among

GBFD118605

TI_WAIT_SG Receive SGSN SN_PRIVATE Config. Msg. _MESSAGE Timer TIGHTBCCHA Level Thresh for SSMAINBCC Assign BCCH HLEV Under TBCCH

BSC6900

GBFD119701

BSC6900

GBFD118001

TIGHTBCCHA Quality Thresh SSMAINBCC for Assign BCCH HQUAL Under TBCCH BSC6900

GBFD118001

TIGHTBCCH TIGHT BCCH HO HOLASTTIME Valid Time BSC6900 TIGHTBCCH Load Threshold HOLOADTHR for TIGHT BCCH ES HO BSC6900

GBFD118001

GBFD118001

TIGHTBCCH TIGHT BCCH HO HOSTATTIME Watch Time BSC6900

GBFD118001

TIGHTBCCH RX_QUAL RXQUALTHR Threshold for ES TIGHT BCCH HO BSC6900

TIGHTBCCHS TIGHT BCCH WITCH Switch TIGHTSDCC IBCA Tight Trx HRXLEVTHR SDCCH Rxlev ED Threshold

BSC6900

BSC6900

TIIMSIPAGIN IMSI Paging G Timer

BSC6900

When an intra-cell TIGHT BCCH handover needs to be performed SET (handover from the non-BCCH to GCELLHOAD( BCCH), the downlink receive Optional) quality must be smaller than the SET GCELLCHMG Whether to enable the BCCH BASIC(Option aggressive frequency reuse al) algorithm If the SDCCH load on the TRXs of the compatible BCCH in loose SET frequency reuse pattern is greater GCELLCHMG than the "IBCA Loose Trx SDCCH AD(Optional) Load Threshold", and when the IMSI paging timer. After enabling the MSC pool function, the ADD BSC6900 receives from the MSC GCNOPERAT the paging message attached with OR(Optional) the IMSI. Then, the BSC6900

GBFD118001

GBFD118001

GBFD117002

TIME

Time Limit

BSC6900

ADD OP(Optional)

GBFD117401 GBFD111203 Whether to limit the operation time MRFDof the operator 210305

TIME

Time

BSC6900

TIME

Duration

BSC6900

Penalty Time TIMEAMRFH after AMR TCHFPUNISH H HO Fail BSC6900

TIMEBQPUNI Penalty Time SH after BQ HO Penalty Time after OtoU HO Fail

BSC6900

TIMEOTOUF AILPUN

BSC6900

SET TIME(Optional ) Time SET GCELLFREQ SCAN(Option al) Duration ofpreset frequency Within the time,scanning no AMR FRto-HR handover is allowed if the SET previous FR-to-HR handover fails GCELLHOFIT due to channel unavailability or PEN(Optional) channel mismatch. After a handovr due to bad quality is successful, the penalty on the SET original serving cell is performed GCELLHOFIT within the "Penalty Time after BQ PEN(Optional) After HO": an theOL receive level subcell to of ULthe subcell handover of an MS fails, the MS SET does not perform OL subell-UL GCELLHOIUO subcell handovers within the value (Optional) of the parameter.

GBFD111203

GBFD112401 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

GBFD113201

TIMEOUT

Reply TimeOut[ms]

BSC6900

PING IP(Optional)

Indicates the timeout time of the PING packet

None

TIMEOUT

Reply TimeOut[ms]

BSC6900

TRC IPADDR(Optio Timeout time for waiting for the nal) TRACERT packet response

None

Timeout

Time Out

BSC6900

TIMEOUT

Time Out

BSC6900

TIMEOUT

Maximum Delay Time

BSC6900

Quick Handover TIMEPUNISH Punish Time

BSC6900

PING MAC(Optional ) PING BTSCFM(Opti TRC MAC(Optional ) TRC BTSCFM(Opti ADD BTSABISMUX FLOW(Option al) ADD GEXT2GCEL L(Optional) SET GCELLHOFA

Timeout time

None

Indicates the timeout time of the CFM linkwaiting tracingtime detection Longest for multiplexing When the multiplexed packet is no longer added with new data and the timer expires, the multiplexed After the fast handover is successful, the penalty on the original serving cell is performed within the "Quick handover punish time": the receive level of the

None

GBFD118604 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

TIMES

Number of ping packets

BSC6900

Voltage Adjust TIMESLOTVO Based Timeslots LADJALLOW Allowed BSC6900

PING IP(Optional) SET GCELLBASIC PARA(Optiona l) SET GCELLHOFIT PEN(Optional) SET GCELLHOIUO (Optional) SET GCELLTMR( Optional) ADD GCNOPERAT OR(Optional)

TIMETAPUNI Penalty Time SH after TA HO Penalty Time after UtoO HO Fail

BSC6900

TIMEUTOOF AILPUN

BSC6900

TIQUEUINGTI MER T11 Receive MSC TIWAITMSCM Configuration SG Message Timer

BSC6900

BSC6900

TL

Time Limit

BSC6900

TLLI

TLLI

BSC6900

SET LOGLIMIT(Op tional) SET MSTOCELL(M andatory) TST Temporary logical link ID in the SNDRSI(Man decimal format

Indicates the times of sending PING packets determines This parameter whether the dynamic voltage adjustment function is enabled on the basis of the number of timeslots. After the time advancing handover is successful, the penalty on the original serving cell is performed within the "Penalty Time after TA HO": theUL receive level of the After an subcell to OL subcell handover of an MS fails, the MS does not perform UL subcell to OL subcell handovers within the value of the parameter. This parameter indicates the queue timer for assignment. When the BSC6900 receives an assignment request and no channel is available for the If the BSC6900 receives configuration data about all the connected MSCs before the timer expires, the BSC6900 concludes that the configuration data is valid. When the operation time of the OMU exceeds the value specified by this parameter, some records are deleted from the operation log.

None

GBFD111606 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

GBFD113201

GBFD111005

GBFD117401 GBFD111203 MRFD210305

GBFD114101

TLT

Tout Limit Temperature Alarm Lower Threshold Temperature Alarm Lower Threshold

BSC6900

TLTHD

BSC6900

TLTHD

BSC6900

Lowest expected value of the air outlet temperature. SET In multi-mode scenario, the value BTSDHEUBP( of this parameter in one mode Optional) must be the same as the value of Temperature alarm lower threshold. If the temperature of the SET battery is lower than the value of BTSAPMUBP( this parameter, an alarm indicating Optional) the abnormal temperature is of When the internal temperature the BTS reaches the Temperature SET Alarm Lower Threshold, it reports a BTSDHEUBP( low temperature alarm. Optional) In multi-mode scenario, the value ADD When the time mode is set to SUBTSK(Man "ONTIME", you should set this datory) parameter. If the time mode is set to "DAILY_T", "WEEKLY_T", or ADD "MONTHLY_T", you should set this SUBTSK(Man parameter. This parameter datory) specifies the firstis execution If the time mode set to time in "DAILY_T", "WEEKLY_T", or ADD "MONTHLY_T", you should set this SUBTSK(Opti parameter. This parameter onal) specifies the second execution If the time mode is set to "DAILY_T", "WEEKLY_T", or ADD "MONTHLY_T", you should set this SUBTSK(Opti parameter. This parameter onal) specifies the third time in If the time mode isexecution set to "DAILY_T", "WEEKLY_T", or ADD "MONTHLY_T", you should set this SUBTSK(Opti parameter. This parameter onal) specifies the fourth execution time If the time mode is set to "DAILY_T", "WEEKLY_T", or ADD "MONTHLY_T", you should set this SUBTSK(Opti parameter. This parameter onal) specifies the fifth execution time in ADD TRMMAP(Ma ndatory) TRMMAP index

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

TM

Execute Time

BSC6900

GBFD111203

TM1

Execute Time 1

BSC6900

GBFD111203

TM2

Execute Time 2

BSC6900

GBFD111203

TM3

Execute Time 3

BSC6900

GBFD111203

TM4

Execute Time 4

BSC6900

GBFD111203

TM5

Execute Time 5

BSC6900

GBFD111203

TMI

TRMMAP ID

BSC6900

GBFD118605

TMIGLD

TRMMAP index

BSC6900

ADD Index of the traffic mapping used ADJMAP(Man by the current adjacent node's gold datory) user. None STR FRPORTLOO P(Mandatory) Loopback time length

TMLEN

Time Length

BSC6900

None

TMODE

Test Mode

BSC6900

STR BTSVSWRTS T(Optional) Test mode SET GCELLSOFT( Optional) Duration time for determining that a call is hung up because of poor quality Maximum rate of the accumulated alarm blink duration to the alarm SET blink measurement period. Assume ALMBLKPAR this threshold is not 0. When the A(Optional) rate of accumulated alarm blink CHK INNSPCH(Ma ndatory) STR CALLRESLOP Minimum TMSI of the MS rate of the accumulated alarm blink duration to the alarm SET blink measurement period. Assume ALMBLKPAR this threshold is not 0. When the A(Optional) rate of accumulated alarm blink This timer is a protection timer waiting for a signalling link test SET acknowledgement message MTP3TMR(Op (SLTA) from the peer end after a tional) signalling link test message SET This timer is used to send the MTP3TMR(Op signalling link test messages tional) (SLTM) to the peer end regularly. CMP TBLDATA(Ma ndatory) ADD ATERSL(Opti onal) ADD ATERCONSL(

GBFD111207

Timer for Bad TMRBADQUA Quality DISC LDISCSTAT Statistic Upper time threshold of raised fault

BSC6900

GBFD110501

TMRISTHRD

BSC6900

MRFD210304

TMSI

TMSI

BSC6900

GBFD111203

Lower time threshold of TMSTLTHRD raised fault

BSC6900

MRFD210304

TMT1TMR

Signalling link test ACK timer

BSC6900

GBFD111804

TMT2TMR

Signalling link repeat test timer

BSC6900

GBFD111804

TNAME

Data Table

BSC6900

TNMODE

Transmission Mode

BSC6900

TNMODE

Transmission Mode

BSC6900

name of the data table distributed on the board. The Ater signaling link operates in the terrestrial transmission or satellite transmission mode. In the areas such as desert and lake where the terrestrial E1 transmission typetransmission of the Pb is interface. The terrestrial ADD transmission or satellite PBE1T1(Optio transmission can be selected. In nal) the areas such as desert and lake SET TZ(Mandatory Offset to DST, namely, the ) adjustment to Temporary time. Cell Reselect Offset (TO) indicates the temporary SET correction of C2. This parameter is GCELLIDLEA valid only within the value specified D(Optional) by "Cell Reselect Penalty Time".

MRFD210301

GBFD113903

GBFD111203

TO

AdjustMethod

BSC6900

MRFD210301

TO

Cell Reselect Temporary Offset BSC6900

GBFD110402

TOPBOARDC TOP Board N Cabinet No.

BSC6900

TOPBOARDS TOP Board Slot LOTNO No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSTOPCON FIG(Optional) ADD BTSTOPCON FIG(Mandator y)

Number of the cabinet where the board is located

MRFD211501

Number of the slot where the board MRFDis located 211501

TOPBOARDS TOP Board RN Subrack No.

BSC6900

TP

Log Type

BSC6900

TPN

Tail Port No. Into-BSC HO REQ Queue Timer

BSC6900

TQHO

BSC6900

Debug tracking TRACECTHD control threshold BSC6900

Debug tracking TRACECTHD control threshold BSC6900

Debug tracking TRACERTHD restore threshold BSC6900

Debug tracking TRACERTHD restore threshold BSC6900

ADD BTSTOPCON Number of the subrack where the FIG(Optional) board is the located Type of host log to be collected. If this parameter is set to COL NORMAL, the text log in the FAMLOG(Man \common\fam\famlog directory of datory) the OMU installation path is ADD BTSRXUCHAI N(Mandatory) Number of the optical port where CBN the main board of the RXU ring is BTSRXUCHAI Length located.of the timer that is started to wait for a channel requested by an SET incoming BSC handover request GCELLTMR( message. Optional) When the MSC allowsfor the queuing CPU usage threshold debugging tracing flow control. SET When the average CPU usage of FCCPUTHD( sliding windows reaches or Optional) exceeds the threshold, debugging Packet queue usage threshold for debugging tracing flow control. SET When the average packet queue FCMSGQTHD usage of sliding windows reaches (Optional) or exceeds threshold, CPU usage the threshold for recovery from debugging tracing flow SET control. When the average CPU FCCPUTHD( usage of smooth windows is lower Optional) than the threshold, debugging Packet queue usage threshold for recovery from debugging tracing SET flow control. When the average FCMSGQTHD packet queue usage of smooth (Optional) windows is lower than the SET FCSW(Option al) SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona l)

MRFD211501

GBFD111203

GBFD111202 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

WRFD040100

WRFD040100

WRFD040100

WRFD040100

TRACESW

Debug Flow control switch

BSC6900

DL Priority TrafficClassDl Decision Coefficient Threshold

BSC6900

Whether to control the debugging tracing flow Threshold for determining whether the uplink service is preferred. Within the "Flux Measurement Period", if the ratio of the downlink LLC PDU flux and uplink LLC PDU

WRFD040100

GBFD119501

UL Priority TrafficClassUl Decision Coefficient Threshold

BSC6900

TRAMODE

Traffic mode

BSC6900

TransMode

Transmission Mode

BSC6900

TRANSSN

Load Transmitting Slot No. BSC6900

Threshold for determining whether the uplink service is preferred. Within the "Flux Measurement Period", if the ratio of the uplink LLC PDU fluxof and LLC Traffic mode thedownlink M3UA link set. At present, only the active/standby ADD and load sharing mode is available. M3LKS(Option If the M3UA links in the link set al) work in overriding mode, only one This parameter specifies the data transmission mode between the SET BTS and the BSC6900. The BTSTRANS(M license control modes are different andatory) in different transmission modes. ADD ABISLOADSH ARE(Mandato Slot number of the transparently ry) transmitting interface board SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona l) ADD IPPATH(Optio Transport type of the adjacent nal) node to which the path belongs. ADD TRMMAP(Opti onal) Transport type ADD TRMLOADTH (Mandatory) Transport type SET BSCABISPRI MAP(Mandato ry) Transmission type of the BTS SET BTSBWPARA (Mandatory) Transmission Type the optical Whether to configure transmission mode for E1 port 0 of SET the BTS3006C/BTS3002E. If the BTSDOMUBP optical transmission mode is (Optional) configured, the BSC6900 can Whether to configure the optical transmission mode for E1 port 1 of SET the BTS3006C/BTS3002E. If the BTSDOMUBP optical transmission mode is (Optional) configured, the BSC6900 can Whether to configure the optical transmission mode for E1 port 2 of SET the BTS3006C/BTS3002E . If the BTSDOMUBP optical transmission mode is (Optional) configured, the BSC6900 can

GBFD119501

GBFD118602

GBFD113901

GBFD111203

TRANST

Transport Type

BSC6900

GBFD118605

TRANST

Transport Type

BSC6900

GBFD118605

TRANST

Transport Type

BSC6900

GBFD118605

TRANSTYPE Carrier Type BTS Transmission Type E1 Port 0 Set Optical Transmission Mode E1 Port 1 Set Optical Transmission Mode E1 Port 2 Set Optical Transmission Mode

BSC6900

GBFD111202

TRANSTYPE

BSC6900

GBFD118601

TRANSTYPE0

BSC6900

GBFD111202

TRANSTYPE1

BSC6900

GBFD111202

TRANSTYPE2

BSC6900

GBFD111202

E1 Port 3 Set Optical Transmission TRANSTYPE3 Mode

BSC6900

Whether to configure the optical transmission mode for E1 port 3 of SET the BTS3006C/BTS3002E. If the BTSDOMUBP optical transmission mode is GBFD(Optional) configured, the BSC6900 can 111202 SET BTSCLKPAR Whether to enable the limit of the A(Mandatory) tracing range SET GCELLRESEL ECTPARA(Op tional) Forbidden time of cell reselection The load handover is triggered SET when the traffic load in a cell is GCELLHOAD( greater than the value of this Optional) parameter. ADD ETHTRKLNK( Port number of the aggregation Mandatory) member ADD ETHTRKLNK( Mandatory) ADD ETHTRK(Man datory) ADD ETHTRKLNK( SET BSCABISPRI MAP(Mandato ry)

TRCRNGLMT Trace Mode

BSC6900

GBFD111202

TRESEL

Cell Reselection Forbidden Time

BSC6900

TRIGTHRES

Load HO Threshold

BSC6900

GBFD114101 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

TRKLNKPN

Trunk Link No.

BSC6900

MRFD210103

TRKLNKSN

Trunk Link Slot No.

BSC6900

Slot number of the aggregation member

MRFD210103

TRKN

Trunk No.

BSC6900

aggregation group number

MRFD210103

TRMI

User TRMMAP index

BSC6900

Specified TRMMAP index of the user panel

GBFD111202

TRMLOADTHI TRM load NDEX threshold index

BSC6900

ADD TRM load threshold index. The IPPATH(Optio TRM load threshold must be nal) configured. ADD RSCGRP(Opti onal) TRM load threshold index

GBFD118605

TRMLOADTHI TRM load NDEX threshold index

BSC6900

None

TRMLOADTHI TRM load NDEX threshold index

BSC6900

TRMLOADTHI TRM load NDEX threshold index

BSC6900

ADD TRMLOADTH TRM load threshold index. It is the (Mandatory) unique ID of the load threshold. None GBFDADD 118611 PPPLNK(Opti GBFDonal) TRM load threshold index 118622

TRMLOADTHI TRM load NDEX threshold index

BSC6900

ADD MPGRP(Optio nal) TRM load threshold index ADD IPLOGICPOR T(Optional) TRM load threshold index SET BSCABISPRI MAP(Mandato ry) TRM load threshold index SET BSCABISPRI Transmission resources mapping MAP(Optional) switch ADD IPLOGICPOR Trunk group number of the logical T(Optional) port STR IPCHK(Option al) TRUNK group number ADD ETHMEP(Man datory) SET GCELLCCAC CESS(Optiona l)

GBFD118611 GBFD118622

TRMLOADTHI TRM load NDEX threshold index

BSC6900

GBFD118605

TRMLOADTHI TRM load NDEX threshold index Transport Resource TRMMAPSW Mapping switch

BSC6900

None

BSC6900

GBFD111202

TRUNKN

The Trunk group No. BSC6900

None

TRUNKN

Trunk group No.

BSC6900

GBFD118609

TRUNKN

Trunk No.

BSC6900

TRXAIDSWIT TRX Aiding CH Function Control BSC6900

TRUNK number Whethergroup to enable the TRX aiding function. Four aiding modes are available. BCCH aiding: The main BCCH is aided to another normal TRX in this cell. BCCH aiding

GBFD118630

GBFD113801

TRXDURATS Duration Second BSC6900

STR BTSTST(Man datory) Duration SET GTRXCHANH OP(Optional) SET FHO(Mandato ry) SET GTRXCHANH ADD BTSBINDLOC GRP(Mandato ry)

GBFD111207

TRXHOPIND EX

Channel Hop Index

BSC6900

Frequency hopping index of the channel in the TRX

GBFD113701

TRXID

TRX ID

BSC6900

TRXID

TRX ID

BSC6900

Index of a TRX, uniquely identifying a TRX BSC6900. The ID in of a TRX added in the main location group, the TRX ID must be globally unique. The same TRX cannot be bound by the TRX boards in a same location group for

MRFD210301

GBFD510104

TRXID1

No.1 TRX ID

BSC6900

TRXID10

No.10 TRX ID

BSC6900

TRXID11

No.11 TRX ID

BSC6900

TRXID12

No.12 TRX ID

BSC6900

TRXID13

No.13 TRX ID

BSC6900

TRXID14

No.14 TRX ID

BSC6900

TRXID15

No.15 TRX ID

BSC6900

TRXID16

No.16 TRX ID

BSC6900

TRXID17

No.17 TRX ID

BSC6900

TRXID18

No.18 TRX ID

BSC6900

TRXID19

No.19 TRX ID

BSC6900

TRXID2

No.2 TRX ID

BSC6900

ADD GCELLHOPA NTGRP(Optio nal) ADD GCELLHOPA NTGRP(Optio nal) ADD GCELLHOPA NTGRP(Optio nal) ADD GCELLHOPA NTGRP(Optio nal) ADD GCELLHOPA NTGRP(Optio nal) ADD GCELLHOPA NTGRP(Optio nal) ADD GCELLHOPA NTGRP(Optio nal) ADD GCELLHOPA NTGRP(Optio nal) ADD GCELLHOPA NTGRP(Optio nal) ADD GCELLHOPA NTGRP(Optio nal) ADD GCELLHOPA NTGRP(Optio nal) ADD GCELLHOPA NTGRP(Optio nal)

Index of TRX 1

GBFD113703

Index of TRX 10

GBFD113703

Index of TRX 11

GBFD113703

Index of TRX 12

GBFD113703

Index of TRX 13

GBFD113703

Index of TRX 14

GBFD113703

Index of TRX 15

GBFD113703

Index of TRX 16

GBFD113703

Index of TRX 17

GBFD113703

Index of TRX 18

GBFD113703

Index of TRX 19

GBFD113703

Index of TRX 2

GBFD113703

TRXID20

No.20 TRX ID

BSC6900

TRXID21

No.21 TRX ID

BSC6900

TRXID22

No.22 TRX ID

BSC6900

TRXID23

No.23 TRX ID

BSC6900

TRXID24

No.24 TRX ID

BSC6900

TRXID3

No.3 TRX ID

BSC6900

TRXID4

No.4 TRX ID

BSC6900

TRXID5

No.5 TRX ID

BSC6900

TRXID6

No.6 TRX ID

BSC6900

TRXID7

No.7 TRX ID

BSC6900

TRXID8

No.8 TRX ID

BSC6900

TRXID9

No.9 TRX ID

BSC6900

ADD GCELLHOPA NTGRP(Optio nal) ADD GCELLHOPA NTGRP(Optio nal) ADD GCELLHOPA NTGRP(Optio nal) ADD GCELLHOPA NTGRP(Optio nal) ADD GCELLHOPA NTGRP(Optio nal) ADD GCELLHOPA NTGRP(Optio nal) ADD GCELLHOPA NTGRP(Optio nal) ADD GCELLHOPA NTGRP(Optio nal) ADD GCELLHOPA NTGRP(Optio nal) ADD GCELLHOPA NTGRP(Optio nal) ADD GCELLHOPA NTGRP(Optio nal) ADD GCELLHOPA NTGRP(Optio nal)

Index of TRX 20

GBFD113703

Index of TRX 21

GBFD113703

Index of TRX 22

GBFD113703

Index of TRX 23

GBFD113703

Index of TRX 24

GBFD113703

Index of TRX 3

GBFD113703

Index of TRX 4

GBFD113703

Index of TRX 5

GBFD113703

Index of TRX 6

GBFD113703

Index of TRX 7

GBFD113703

Index of TRX 8

GBFD113703

Index of TRX 9

GBFD113703

TRXIDLST

TRXID LST

BSC6900

TRXIDLST

TRX Index List

BSC6900

SET GCELLHOPQ UICKSETUP( Optional) List of IDs of carriers for frequency SET hopping. List of TRX indexes. You can STR specify one TRX index or more TRXPERFTS TRX indexes, for example, 1 or T(Mandatory) 0&1&2&&5 in the same BTS. SET GTRXCHANH Mobile allocation index offset OP(Optional) (MAIO) of the channel in the TRX ADD GTRX(Option al) ADD BTSBRDCAP( Mandatory) ADD BTSRXUBRD( ADD TRXBIND2PH YBRD(Mandat ory) ADD BTSBINDLOC GRP(Mandato ry) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) ADD TRXBIND2PH YBRD(Mandat ory) Number of a TRX in a BTS. The number of a TRX is unique in a BTS.

GBFD113701

GBFD111207

TRXMAIO

Channel MAIO

BSC6900

GBFD113701

TRXNO

TRX No.

BSC6900

MRFD210301

TrxNum

TRX Number

BSC6900

TRXPN

TRX Board Pass No. BSC6900 Sub-Location Group TRX Board Pass No.

Allowed number of carriers bound to a board. Number of the channel bound to the TRX on the TRX board. TRX Pass No. of the DTRU/DRRU/BTS3900B of the BTS in separate mode must be 0

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

TRXPN

BSC6900

TRX board pass number in the sublocation group to which the TRX of GBFDthe main location group is bound 510104 This parameter specifies whether the TRX priority is considered during channel assignment.

TRXPRIALLO Allocation TRX W Priority Allowed

BSC6900

GBFD111005

TRXTP

TRX Board Type BSC6900

Type of the TRX board bound to the TRX

GBFD111202

TS

Time Slot

BSC6900

BLK ATERE1T1(M It indicates the Ater interface andatory) timeslot number BLK AE1T1(Manda tory) LOP E1T1(Mandat ory) STR E1T1TST(Opti

GBFD111801

TS

Time Slot

BSC6900

It indicates the A interface timeslot number. The parameter supports GBFDmultiple values. 111803

TS

time slot No.

BSC6900

Timeslot number

None

TS

Bearing Timeslot BSC6900

ADD BC(Mandatory ) Timesolt of bearing channels SET BTSOMLTS( Mandatory) ADD PPPLNK(Man datory) ADD MPLNK(Mand atory) ADD BTSPPPLNK( Mandatory) ADD BTSMPLNK(M ADD GCELLMAGR P(Optional) SET BTSIDLETS( Mandatory) SET GCELLSOFT( Optional)

GBFD510002

TS

Time Slot NO.

BSC6900

TSBITMAP

Bearing time slot BSC6900

TSBITMAP

Bearing time slot BSC6900

TSBITMAP

Bearing Time Slot

BSC6900

TSC

TSC

BSC6900

TSCOUNT

Idle TS Count

BSC6900

TSCPLANEN TSC Plan Enable BSC6900

GBFDNumber of the timeslot on the port 111203 GBFD118611 Bearer E1/T1 port timeslot of PPP GBFDlink. 118622 GBFD118611 Bearer E1/T1 port timeslot of MP GBFDlink. 118622 Timeslot of the E1/T1 link carrying the PPP link. The timeslot of an E1 port cannot be used by different GBFDPPPTSC links. 118611 The is short for the Training Sequence Code. The TSC must be the same as the BCC. The delay equalization is GBFDperformed using the specified Number of by idle timeslots. You can 113701 configure up to 128 idle timeslots for the BTS at a time. A BTS can be configured with up to 512 idle GBFDtimeslots. Whether to allow TSC planning. If 114101 this parameter is set to No, the TSC values in all MA groups of the cell cannot be modified. In this GBFDcase, the TSC values are 118201

TSCROSSX

Time slot cross index

BSC6900

TSDURAT

Duration * 10 minutes

BSC6900

ADD TSCROSS(Op tional) Timeslot cross index STR TRANSPERF TST(Mandator y) Duration in timeslot mode ADD BTSMONITO Index of the monitoring timeslot. RTS(Optional) The index is unique in a BTS. ADD SCHTSK(Man datory) SET SCHTSKSW( Name of the scheduled task.

None

GBFD111207

TSIDX

Timeslot Index

BSC6900

GBFD114701

TSKN

Task Name

BSC6900

GBFD111203

TSMASK

Timeslot Mask

BSC6900

TSMASK

TS Mask

BSC6900

TSN

Tail Slot No.

BSC6900

ADD ATEROML(Ma ndatory) ADD BTSABISHDL CPATH(Mand atory) ADD BTSRXUCHAI N(Mandatory) CBN BTSRXUCHAI

Time slots for Ater operation and maintenance. These time slots are provided by the ports connected to MRFDthe Ater connection path. 210301

The 64 kbit/s timeslots on the port are numbered from 1 to 31. Number of the slot where the main board of the RXU ring is located. The slot No. is unique in the same BTS.

MRFD211501

GBFD111202

TSNO

Timeslot No.

BSC6900

TSPRIORITY Timeslot Priority

BSC6900

TSPWRRESE Timeslot Power RVE Reserve Fast Flux TSRAPIDADJ Measurement PERIOD TBF Timer

BSC6900

BSC6900

TSRAPIDADJ Fast Flux SWITCH Detection Switch BSC6900

TSRATE

Time Slot Rate

BSC6900

TSRN

Tail Subrack No. BSC6900

ADD PBSL(Mandat Timeslot number of Pb signaling ory) link Assignment priority level of the SET channel. If this parameter is less, GTRXCHAN( the assignment priority level of the Optional) channel is degree higher. by which the Maximum output power of the multi-density SET TRX board can exceed the GTRXDEV(Op maximum output power within a tional) shortflux time Fast measurement duration. SET Normal flux measurement is BSCPSSOFT performed after the fast flux PARA(Optiona measurement lasts over the period l) specified byenable this parameter. Whether to fast flux SET detection. When this parameter is BSCPSSOFT set to Open, fast timeslot PARA(Optiona adjustment is possible after the l) TBF is set up. ADD BTSMONITO RTS(Mandator y) Rate of the monitoring timeslot ADD BTSRXUCHAI Number of the subrack where the N(Mandatory) main board of the RXU ring is CBN located. The subrack No. is unique BTSRXUCHAI in the same BTS. STR BTSTST(Man datory) Test mode STR TRANSPERF TST(Mandator y) Test timeslot

GBFD111203

GBFD111005

GBFD111005

GBFD119501

GBFD119501

GBFD114701

GBFD111202

TSTMODE

Test Mode

BSC6900

GBFD111207

TSTTIMESLO T Test Timeslot

BSC6900

GBFD111202

TSTTYPE

Test Type

BSC6900

TsTurningOffE Allow Turning Off nable Time Slot BSC6900

TT

Topo Type

BSC6900

STR BTSBATTTST (Mandatory) Type of battery test This parameter specifies whether to allow the BTS to enable the TRX SET Intelligent Shutdown on Timeslot BSCDSTPA(O Level feature. When this parameter ptional) is set topology to YES and the BTS RXU type, that is, supports RXU ring topology or RXU chain ADD topology. In the case of the ring BTSRXUCHAI topology, the optical ports of the N(Mandatory) head and tail boards must be

GBFD111207

GBFD111603

GBFD111202

TTL

Time to Live

BSC6900

TTL

PKT TTL

BSC6900

Dyn. Turning Off TURNOFFCE Cell Busy LLCHANNUM Channel Num. BSC6900

TURNOFFCE Dyn. Turning Off LLSTPTIME Cell Stop Time BSC6900

TURNOFFCE Dyn. Turning Off LLSTRTIME Cell Start Time BSC6900

TURNOFFEN Enable Turning ABLE Off Cell

BSC6900

Dyn. Turning On TURNONCEL Cell Load LLOADTHRD Threshold BSC6900 Temperature Alarm Upper Threshold Temperature Alarm Upper Threshold

PING IP(Optional) TRC MAC(Optional ) TRC BTSCFM(Opti SET GCELLDYNT URNOFF(Opti onal) SET GCELLDYNT URNOFF(Opti onal) SET GCELLDYNT URNOFF(Opti onal) SET GCELLDYNT URNOFF(Man datory) SET GCELLDYNT URNOFF(Opti onal)

TTL(Time to Live) of the PING packet

None

Indicates the live time of the packet for CFM link tracing detection None If the number of channels (including PDCH and TCH) occupied on a cell that can be disabled is lower than this GBFDthreshold, the procedure for 111610 This parameter specifies the end time of a period during which the cell is disabled.

GBFD111610

TUTHD

BSC6900

TUTHD

BSC6900

This parameter specifies the start time of a period during which the cell disabled. specifies whether Thisis parameter to enable the Dynamic Cell Power Off feature. When this parameter is set to ENABLE, the BSC can disable the cell within the period of When the load of the same coverage cell is higher than this threshold for a period, the disabled cell is enabled. Temperature alarm upper threshold. If the temperature of the SET battery is higher than the value of BTSAPMUBP( this parameter, an alarm indicating Optional) the abnormal upper temperature is of the Temperature threshold cabinet. When the cabinet SET temperature is higher than this BTSDHEUBP( parameter, an alarm indicating the Optional) abnormal cabinet temperature is

GBFD111610

GBFD111610

GBFD111610

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

Observation Cell Channel TWFCMCHID Reservation LE Timer BSC6900 Observation Cell TWFCMTRXI TRX Reservation DLE Timer BSC6900 Serving Cell TCHF TWFCSCHID Reservation LE Timer BSC6900 Information Collection TWFRRMRSP Response Timer BSC6900

ADD AISSCFG(Opti Value of the timer for reserving the GBFDonal) channels in the observed cell 118201 ADD AISSCFG(Opti Value of the timer for reserving the GBFDonal) TRXs in the observed cell 118201 ADD AISSCFG(Opti Value of the timer for reserving the GBFDonal) TCHFs in the serving cell 118201 ADD Value of the timer for waiting for AISSCFG(Opti the response to information onal) collection

GBFD118201

TWFSEEKMS MS Search Timer BSC6900 BTS Reserved TWFSYNCAC Resource K Activation Timer

ADD AISSCFG(Opti Value of the timer for searching for GBFDonal) the MS 118201 ADD AISSCFG(Opti Value of the timer for activating the GBFDonal) reserved resources of the BTS 118201 ADD AISSCFG(Opti onal) SET GCELLIDLEB ASIC(Optional ) Value of the timer for waiting for the synchronization report from the BTS Tx-integer (T for short). This parameter specifies the number of timeslots between two transmissions when an MS sends multiple consecutive channel

BSC6900

BTS TWFSYNCRP SYNC_REPORT T Timer BSC6900

GBFD118201

TX

TX-integer Assigned Power of Pass A Operators 1 Assigned Power of Pass A Operators 2 Assigned Power of Pass A Operators 3 Assigned Power of Pass A Operators 4

BSC6900

GBFD111003

TXAOPER1

BSC6900

SET The maximum power that BTSRXUBP(O operators 1 can use on pass A of ptional) MRRU board. SET The maximum power that BTSRXUBP(O operators 2 can use on pass A of ptional) MRRU board. SET The maximum power that BTSRXUBP(O operators 3 can use on pass A of ptional) MRRU board. SET The maximum power that BTSRXUBP(O operators 4 can use on pass A of ptional) MRRU board.

GBFD118701

TXAOPER2

BSC6900

GBFD118701

TXAOPER3

BSC6900

GBFD118701

TXAOPER4

BSC6900

GBFD118701

TXBOPER1

Assigned Power of Pass B Operators 1 Assigned Power of Pass B Operators 2 Assigned Power of Pass B Operators 3 Assigned Power of Pass B Operators 4

BSC6900

SET The maximum power that BTSRXUBP(O operators 1 can use on pass B of ptional) MRRU board. SET The maximum power that BTSRXUBP(O operators 2 can use on pass B of ptional) MRRU board. SET The maximum power that BTSRXUBP(O operators 3 can use on pass B of ptional) MRRU board. SET The maximum power that BTSRXUBP(O operators 4 can use on pass B of ptional) MRRU board. ADD IPPATH(Mand atory) Transmit bandwidth of IP path ADD RSCGRP(Man datory) Transmit bandwidth

GBFD118701

TXBOPER2

BSC6900

GBFD118701

TXBOPER3

BSC6900

GBFD118701

TXBOPER4

BSC6900

GBFD118701

TXBW

Forward Bandwidth

BSC6900

GBFD118605

TxBw

Forward Bandwidth

BSC6900

GBFD118605

TXINT

Interval of send[ms]

BSC6900

PING IP(Optional)

TXINT

TX_INT

BSC6900

Indicates the interval between the two sent PING packets timeslots of None Extension transmission random access. This parameter SET determines the interval of sending GCELLPRAC another channel request after the GBFDH(Optional) MS fails to request a channel. 119110 ADD SUBRACK(Ma ndatory) Type of the subrack Explanation of the finish type of the batch commands RUN 1. ANY_ERR_RETURN: If there is BATCHFILE( a command whose execution fails, Mandatory) the execution ofspecifies the batch This parameter the frequency band of new cells. Each ADD new cell can be allocated GCELL(Mand frequencies of only one frequency atory) band. Once the frequency band is SET BSCPCUTYP E(Mandatory) Type of the PCU

TYPE

Subrack Type

BSC6900

MRFD210301

TYPE

Finish Type

BSC6900

GBFD111203

TYPE

Freq. Band

BSC6900

GBFD110101

TYPE

PCU Type

BSC6900

GBFD114101

TYPE

Freq. Band

BSC6900

ADD BTSAUTOPL AN(Mandatory ) ADD BTSCABINET (Optional) ADD GCELLQUICK SETUP(Mand atory) SET BTSANTFEE DERCONNEC T(Optional) SET BTSANTFEE DERCONNEC T(Optional) SET BTSANTFEE DERCONNEC T(Optional) SET BTSANTFEE DERCONNEC T(Optional) SET BTSANTFEE DERCONNEC T(Optional) SET BTSANTFEE DERCONNEC T(Optional) SET BTSANTFEE DERCONNEC T(Optional) SET BTSANTFEE DERCONNEC T(Optional) SET BTSANTFEE DERCONNEC T(Optional)

Frequency band to which the newly added cell belongs. Only one frequency band can be selected as the frequency band of each new GBFDcell and cannot be changed after 510701

TYPE

Cabinet Type

BSC6900

Type of a cabinet Cell type. Currently, the fast BTS construction is available for only GSM900 and DCS1800 cells.

GBFD111202

TYPE

Cell Type Up0 Power Attenuation Factor

BSC6900

GBFD110101

U0GEN

BSC6900

Power attenuation factor of uplink tributary 0

GBFD111202

U0TOW

Up0 Tower-Top Amplifier Flag

BSC6900

U0TRX

Up0 Link No.

BSC6900

Whether there is a TMA on uplink tributary 0 Index of uplink tributary 0. Each uplink tributary can be configured with a maximum of 12 TRXs. This parameter indicates the serial number of a TRX on the uplink

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

U0TRXBPN

Up0 TRX Board Pass No.

BSC6900

TRX board pass number connected to uplink tributary 0

GBFD111202

U0TRXSN

Up0 TRX Slot No.

BSC6900

Number of the slot where the TRX board that connects to uplink GBFDtributary 0 is located 111202 Number of the subrack where the TRX board that connects to uplink tributary 0 is located

U0TRXSRN

Up0 TRX Subrack No. Up1 Power Attenuation Factor

BSC6900

GBFD111202

U1GEN

BSC6900

Power attenuation factor of uplink tributary 1

GBFD111202

U1TOW

Up1 Tower-Top Amplifier Flag

BSC6900

U1TRX

Up1 Link No.

BSC6900

Whether there is a TMA on uplink tributary 1 Index of uplink tributary 1. Each uplink tributary can connect to a maximum of 12 TRXs. This parameter indicates the serial number of a TRX on the uplink

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

U1TRXBPN

Up1 TRX Board Pass No.

BSC6900

U1TRXSN

Up1 TRX Slot No.

BSC6900

U1TRXSRN

Up1 TRX Subrack No.

BSC6900

CS Preferred Call ucCSPrefCall Reestablish ReestPrio Priority BSC6900 CS Preferred CS ucCSPrefCSE Emergency Call mergCallPrio Priority BSC6900

ucCSPrefCSO CS Preferred CS rgCallPrio MOC Priority BSC6900

ucCSPrefCST CS Preferred CS ermCallPrio MTC Priority BSC6900

ucCSPrefInBs CS Preferred IntocHoPrio BSC HO Priority BSC6900 CS Preferred ucCSPrefIntra Intra-BSC HO BscHoPrio Priority CS Preferred ucCSPrefOthe Other Service rPrio Priority

BSC6900

BSC6900

ucCSPrefPSP CS Preferred PS rio Priority BSC6900 CS Preferred ucCSPrefSup Supplement plePrio Priority

BSC6900

SET BTSANTFEE DERCONNEC T(Optional) SET BTSANTFEE DERCONNEC T(Optional) SET BTSANTFEE DERCONNEC T(Optional) SET CSABISCON GCTRL(Optio nal) SET CSABISCON GCTRL(Optio nal) SET CSABISCON GCTRL(Optio nal) SET CSABISCON GCTRL(Optio nal) SET CSABISCON GCTRL(Optio nal) SET CSABISCON GCTRL(Optio nal) SET CSABISCON GCTRL(Optio nal) SET CSABISCON GCTRL(Optio nal) SET CSABISCON GCTRL(Optio nal)

TRX board pass number connected to uplink tributary 1

GBFD111202

Number of the slot where the TRX board that connects to uplink GBFDtributary 1 is located 111202 Number of the subrack where the TRX board that connects to uplink tributary 1 is located Service priority of call reestablishment when CS services are preferred. This parameter is used for the flow control in the case of Abis over IP/HDLC. Service priority of the CS emergency call when CS services are preferred. This parameter is used for the flow control in the case of Abis over IP/HDLC. Service priority of the CS MSoriginated call when CS services are preferred. This parameter is used for the flow control in the case of Abis over IP/HDLC. Service priority of the CS MSterminated call when CS services are preferred. This parameter is used for the flow control in the case of Abis over IP/HDLC. Service priority of the incoming BSC handover when CS services are preferred. This parameter is used for the flow control in the case of Abis over IP/HDLC. Service priority of the intra-BSC handover when CS services are preferred. This parameter is used for the flow control in the case of Abis over Priority of IP/HDLC. other services when CS services are preferred. This parameter is used for the flow control in the case of Abis over IP/HDLC. PS service priority when CS services are preferred. This parameter is used for the flow control in the case of Abis over IP/HDLC. Priority of supplementary services when CS services are preferred. This parameter is used for the flow control in the case of Abis over IP/HDLC.

GBFD111202

GBFD118601

GBFD118601

GBFD118601

GBFD118601

GBFD118601

GBFD118601

GBFD118601

GBFD118601

GBFD118601

ucCSPrefVBS CS Preferred Prio VBS Priority

BSC6900

ucCSPrefVGC CS Preferred SPrio VGCS Priority

BSC6900

Controlling of CIC IE In BSS Map ucCtrlOfCicIE Messages BSC6900

VBS service priority when CS services are preferred. This parameter is used for the flow control in the case of Abis over IP/HDLC. VGCS service priority when CS services are preferred. This parameter is used for the flow control in the case of Abis over IP/HDLC. In A over IP, if the parameter is set to ON, the circuit IE in the A SET interface extended signaling must MSGSOFTPA be processed in the same way as RA(Optional) that in A over non-IP. Otherwise, SET CSABISCON GCTRL(Optio nal) SET CSABISCON GCTRL(Optio nal) SET OTHSOFTPA RA(Optional) SET PSPREFABIS CONGCTRL( Optional) SET PSPREFABIS CONGCTRL( Optional) SET PSPREFABIS CONGCTRL( Optional) SET PSPREFABIS CONGCTRL( Optional) SET PSPREFABIS CONGCTRL( Optional) SET PSPREFABIS CONGCTRL( Optional) SET PSPREFABIS CONGCTRL( Optional) SET PSPREFABIS CONGCTRL( Optional)

GBFD118601

GBFD118601

GBFD118602

UCISRAIFAU LT Rai Alarm Switch BSC6900 PS Preferred Call ucPSPrefCall Reestablish ReestPrio Service Priority BSC6900 PS Preferred CS ucPSPrefCSE Emergency Call mergCallPrio Service Priority BSC6900 PS Preferred CS ucPSPrefCSO Original Call rgCallPrio Service Priority BSC6900 PS Preferred CS ucPSPrefCST Terminated Call ermCallPrio Service Priority BSC6900 PS Preferred In ucPSPrefInBs Handover Service cHoPrio Priority BSC6900 PS Preferred ucPSPrefIntra Intra Handover BscHoPrio Service Priority PS Preferred ucPSPrefOthe Other Service rPrio Priority

Whether the BSC selects the TCHs on the link that reports an RAI GBFDalarm. 111005

Reestablish service priority of a PS GBFDpreferred call 118601

CS emergency call service priority of a PS preferred call

GBFD118601

CS original call service priority of a GBFDPS preferred call 118601

CS terminated call service priority of a PS preferred call

GBFD118601

BSC handover service priority of a PS preferred call

GBFD118601

BSC6900

BSC intra handover service priority GBFDof a PS preferred call 118601

BSC6900

Other service priority of a PS preferred call

GBFD118601

ucPSPrefPSPr PS Preferred PS io Service Priority BSC6900

PS service priority of a PS preferred call

GBFD118601

PS Preferred ucPSPrefSupp Supplement lePrio Service Priority PS Preferred ucPSPrefVBS VBS Service Prio Priority PS Preferred ucPSPrefVGC VGCS Service SPrio Priority

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

SET PSPREFABIS CONGCTRL( Optional) SET PSPREFABIS CONGCTRL( Optional) SET PSPREFABIS CONGCTRL( Optional)

Supplement service priority of a PS GBFDpreferred call 118601

VBS service priority of a PS preferred call

GBFD118601

Speech Ver ucSpeechVer Change Optimize OptiInHo in Handover BSC6900

UDPMUXMO Receive UDP DRECV MUX Mode

BSC6900

UDPMUXMO Sender UDP DSEND MUX Mode

BSC6900

VGCS service priority of a PS preferred In case ofcall intra-BSC, if this parameter is set to ON, the same SET channel type and voice version as AITFOTHPAR those of the original channel are A(Optional) selected. UDP multiplexing mode of the receiving party. The mode that ADD does not support the function of IPMUX(Manda compressing the RTP header tory) indicates that the receiving party UDP multiplexing mode of the sending party. If the mode that ADD does not support the function of IPMUX(Manda compressing the RTP header tory) indicates that the sending party ADD NSVLLOCAL( UDP port number of the local Mandatory) NSVL ADD NSVLREMOT UDP port number of the remote E(Mandatory) NSVL

GBFD118601

GBFD118602 GBFD118604 GBFD118610 GBFD118604 GBFD118610

UDPPN

Local UDP Port No.

BSC6900

GBFD118603

UDPPN

Remote UDP Port No.

BSC6900

UG

Operator Level

BSC6900

UHUMTHD

Upper Humidity Threshold

BSC6900

UIC

UIC

BSC6900

GBFD118603 GBFDGroup to which the operator 111203 ADD belongs. This parameter is used to MRFDOP(Optional) Upper limit the right of threshold the operator. 210305 humidity for the environment alarm box to report an SET alarm indicating that the ambient BTSEXD(Opti humidity is too high. If the ambient GBFDonal) humidity of the BTS is higher than 111202 GBFDSET Used to identify the uplink access 510301 GCELLGSMR message from the MS. The value GBFD(Optional) 64 is invalid. 510302 STR E1T1TST(Opti Unit time for the error code ratio onal) test

UINTTIME

Unit time[ms]

BSC6900

None

UL

Upper Limit

BSC6900

UL

Upper Limit

BSC6900

SET ALMPORT(Op tional) SET BTSENVALM PORT(Option al) SET GCELLPWR3( Optional) SET GCELLPWR3( Optional) SET GCELLPWR3( Optional) SET GCELLPWR3( Optional) SET GCELLPWR3( Optional) ADD G2GNCELL(O ptional) ADD G2GNCELL(O ptional) SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona l)

Upper limit for triggering an alarm Upper limit of the alarm. This parameter is valid to the analog port. Minimum interval between two consecutive uplink power control commands Current call is an AMR full-rate call, and when the uplink receive quality is greater than the threshold, Huawei III power control is performed. Current call is an AMR full-rate call, and when the uplink receive quality is lower than the threshold, Huawei III power control performed. Current call is anis AMR half-rate call, and when the uplink receive quality is greater than the threshold, Huawei III power control is performed. Current call is an AMR half-rate call, and when the uplink receive quality is lower than the threshold, Huawei III power control is performed. The P/N criterion must be met for triggering a UL BQ handover. That is, the UL BQ handover can be triggered only if P measurement reports among N measurement The P/N criterion must be met for triggering a UL BQ handover. That is, the UL BQ handover can be triggered only if P measurement reports among N measurement If the ratio of uplink flux to downlink flux is greater than or equal to the threshold during the fast flux measurement, the uplink services takes priority. Duration for uplink data transmission on the original channel if the TC resources are changed before and after the handover

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

ULADJPRD

PwrCtrlULAdjPeri od BSC6900

GBFD117601

ULAFSREXQ UALHIGHTHR ULAFSRexQualH ED ighThred BSC6900 ULAFSREXQ UALLOWTHR ULAFSRexQualL ED owThred BSC6900 ULAHSREXQ UALHIGHTHR ULAHSRexQual ED HighThred

GBFD117601

GBFD117601

BSC6900

GBFD117601

ULAHSREXQ UALLOWTHR ULAHSRexQualL ED owThred BSC6900

GBFD117601

ULBQLASTTI UL BQ HO Last ME Time

BSC6900

GBFD510501

ULBQSTATTI UL BQ HO Static ME Time BSC6900 ULCOEFFICI Fast UL Priority ENTTSRAPID Decision ADJ Threshold

GBFD510501

BSC6900

GBFD119501

ULDATAFWD Timer for UL TMR Data Forward

BSC6900

ulDlAckFreq

RRBP Frequency for GPRS Downlink TBF BSC6900

SET GCELLTMR( Optional) SET BSCPSSOFT Number of downlink GRPS TBF PARA(Optiona RLC blocks sent before RRBP field l) is sent

GBFD111203

GBFD119105

Edge HO UL ULEDGETHR RX_LEV ES Threshold

BSC6900

RRBP Frequency ulEgprsDlAck for EGPRS Freq Downlink TBF BSC6900 ACK Frequency ulEgprsUlAck for EGPRS Freq Uplink TBF

BSC6900

SET GCELLHOBA SIC(Optional) SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona l) SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona l) SET GCELLPWR3( Optional) SET GCELLPWR3( Optional) SET GCELLPWR3( Optional) SET GCELLPWR3( Optional) SET GCELLPWR3( Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional)

If the UL receive level remains lower than the "Edge HO UL RX_LEV Threshold" for a period, the edge handover is triggered.

GBFD110601 GBFD510501

Number of downlink GRPS TBF RLC blocks sent before RRBP field GBFDis sent 119105

ULFILTADJFA III UL Filter CTOR Adjust Factor

BSC6900

ULFSREXQU ALHIGHTHRE ULFSRexQualHi D ghThred BSC6900 ULFSREXQU ALLOWTHRE ULFSRexQualLo D wThred BSC6900 ULHSREXQU ALHIGHTHRE ULHSRexQualHi D ghThred BSC6900 ULHSREXQU ALLOWTHRE ULHSRexQualLo D wThred BSC6900

ULHYSTF1

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.hyst1[F] BSC6900

ULHYSTF2

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.hyst2[F] BSC6900

ULHYSTF3

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.hyst3[F] BSC6900

ULHYSTH1

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.hyst1[H] BSC6900

Period of acknowledging the EGPRS TBF RLC uplink data block Filter adjustment factor for uplink power control. If this parameter is set to a large value, the filtered values become smooth, thus reducing the impact of poor Current call is a full-rate call, and when the uplink receive quality is greater than the threshold, Huawei III power control is performed. Current call is a full-rate call, and when the uplink receive quality is lower than the threshold, Huawei III power control is performed. Current call is a half-rate call, and when the uplink receive quality is greater than the threshold, Huawei III power control is performed. Current call is a half-rate call, and when the uplink receive quality is lower than the threshold, Huawei III power is performed. Based control on the RQI in the call measurement report, the BTS and MS automatically adjust the current speech coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding Based on the RQI in the call measurement report, the BTS and MS automatically adjust the current speech coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding Based on the RQI in the call measurement report, the BTS and MS automatically adjust the current speech coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding Based on the RQI in the call measurement report, the BTS and MS automatically adjust the current speech coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding

GBFD119105

GBFD117601

GBFD117601

GBFD117601

GBFD117601

GBFD117601

GBFD115501

GBFD115501

GBFD115501

GBFD115502

ULHYSTH2

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.hyst2[H] BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional)

ULHYSTH3

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.hyst3[H] BSC6900

AMR UL Coding Rate ULHYSTWB1 adj.hyst1[WB] AMR UL Coding Rate ULHYSTWB2 adj.hyst2[WB]

BSC6900

BSC6900

UlLdrThrd2GC 2G Cell UL Basic ell Congest Thred BSC6900

ULLEVFILTLE Filter Length for N UL RX_LEV

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET GCELLHOINT ERRATLDB(O Threshold of uplink Basic ptional) Congestion state inreceives a 2G Cell When the network measurement reports, in SET consideration of the accuracy of a GCELLPWR2( single measurement report, the Optional) measurement values in certain

Based on the RQI in the call measurement report, the BTS and MS automatically adjust the current speech coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding Based on the RQI in the call measurement report, the BTS and MS automatically adjust the current speech coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding Based on the RQI in the call measurement report, the BTS and MS automatically adjust the current speech coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding Based on the RQI in the call measurement report, the BTS and MS automatically adjust the current speech coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding

GBFD115502

GBFD115502

GBFD115507

GBFD115507

MRFD211402

GBFD110703

ULMAXDOW NSTEP

ULMAXDownSte p BSC6900

SET Maximum permissible adjustment GCELLPWR3( step when the BSC decreases the Optional) uplink transmit power SET GCELLPWR3( Optional) SET GCELLHOINT ERRATLDB(O ptional) SET GCELLPWR2( Optional) SET GCELLPWRB ASIC(Optional ) SET GCELLPWRB ASIC(Optional ) Maximum permissible adjustment step when the BSC increases the uplink transmit power

GBFD117601

ULMAXUPST EP ULMAXUpStep 2G Cell UL Overload Congest Thred

BSC6900

GBFD117601

UlOlcThrd2G Cell

BSC6900

ULPREDLEN UL MR. Number D Predicted

BSC6900

ULQHIGHTH RED

UL Qual. Upper Threshold

BSC6900

ULQLOWTHR UL Qual. Lower ED Threshold

BSC6900

Threshold of uplink overload congestion state in a 2G Cell After the BSC delivers the power control command, it should wait for a certain period before affirm the effect of the power control. Therefore, the MR that power The MS transmit power is decreased only when the quality level of the MS transmit signal is smaller than the value of the parameter. If (thepower uplink is receive The MS transmit increased only when the quality level of the MS transmit signal is greater than the value of the parameter. If (the uplink receive

MRFD211402

GBFD110703

GBFD110703

GBFD110703

ULQUAFILTL Filter Length for EN UL Qual.

BSC6900

SET GCELLPWR2( Optional) SET GCELLPWR2( Optional) SET GCELLPWR2( Optional) SET GCELLHOEM G(Optional) SET GCELLAMRQ UL(Optional) SET GCELLAMRQ UL(Optional)

ULQUALBAD UL Qual. Bad TRIG Trig Threshold

BSC6900

ULQUALBAD UL Qual. Bad UPLEV UpLEVDiff

BSC6900

UL Qual. ULQUALIMIT Threshold

BSC6900

ULQUALIMIT UL Qual. Limit for AMRFR AMR FR BSC6900

ULQUALIMIT UL Qual. Limit for AMRHR AMR HR BSC6900

When the network receives measurement reports, the measurement values in several straight measurement reports are filtered to reflect the radio operating In the case of power control, when the uplink receive quality is not smaller than "UL Qual. Bad Trig Threshold", the actual "UL RX_LEV Upper Threshold" is increased by In the case of power control, when the uplink receive quality is not smaller than "UL Qual. Bad Trig Threshold", the actual "UL RX_LEV Upper Threshold" is increased by An emergency handover due to bad quality is triggered when the uplink receive quality is not smaller than value "UL Qual. Threshold". The of this parameter corresponds to multiplying quality level 0 to 7 by 10. An emergency handover can be triggered only when the uplink quality of The value of thisreceive parameter corresponds to multiplying quality level 0 to 7 by 10. An emergency handover can be triggered only when the uplink receive quality of

GBFD110703

GBFD110703

GBFD110703 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

GBFD115501

GBFD115502

ULREXLEVA DJFCTR

ULRexLevAdjust Factor BSC6900

ULREXLEVEX ULRexLevExpon PFLTLEN entFilterLen BSC6900

SET GCELLPWR3( Step adjustment ratio of the receive Optional) level inthe thenetwork uplink power control When receives measurement reports, the SET measurement values in several GCELLPWR3( straight measurement reports are Optional) filtered to reflect the radio operating SET When the uplink receive level GCELLPWR3( reaches the threshold, Huawei III Optional) power control is performed. SET When the uplink receive level is GCELLPWR3( lower than the threshold, Huawei III Optional) power the control is performed. When network receives measurement reports, the SET measurement values in several GCELLPWR3( straight measurement reports are Optional) filtered to reflect the radio operating

GBFD117601

GBFD117601

ULREXLEVHI ULRexLevHighTh GHTHRED red BSC6900

GBFD117601

ULREXLEVLO ULRexLevLowTh WTHRED red BSC6900

GBFD117601

ULREXLEVSL ULRexLevSlideW DWINDOW indow BSC6900

GBFD117601

ULREXQUAL ULRexQualAdjus ADJFCTR tFactor BSC6900

SET GCELLPWR3( Step adjustment ratio of the receive GBFDOptional) quality in the uplink power control 117601

ULREXQUAL ULRexQualExpo EXPFLTLEN nentFilterLen BSC6900

SET GCELLPWR3( Optional) SET GCELLPWR3( Optional) SET GCELLPWR3( Optional) SET GCELLPWR3( Optional) SET GCELLPWRB ASIC(Optional ) SET GCELLPWRB ASIC(Optional ) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional) SET GCELLCCAM R(Optional)

ULREXQUAL ULRexQualSlide SLDWINDOW Window BSC6900 ULRXLEVPR OTECTFACT III UL RexLev OR Protect Factor ULRXQUALP ROTECTFAC III UL RexQual TOR Protect Factor

BSC6900

BSC6900

When the network receives measurement reports, the measurement values in several straight measurement reports are filteredthe to reflect the radio operating When network receives measurement reports, the measurement values in several straight measurement reports are filtered to reflectfactor the radio operating Signal strength for the protective limitation on calculating the uplink power control adjustment step. The calculated step value cannot exceed the step value Signal strength factor for the that protective limitation on calculating the uplink power control adjustment step. The calculated step value cannot exceed the step value that When the uplink receive level reaches the threshold, Huawei II power control is performed. When the uplink receive level is below the threshold, Huawei II power control is performed. Based on the RQI in the call measurement report, the BTS and MS automatically adjust the current speech coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding Based on the RQI in the call measurement report, the BTS and MS automatically adjust the current speech coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding Based on the RQI in the call measurement report, the BTS and MS automatically adjust the current speech coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding Based on the RQI in the call measurement report, the BTS and MS automatically adjust the current speech coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding Based on the RQI in the call measurement report, the BTS and MS automatically adjust the current speech coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding Based on the RQI in the call measurement report, the BTS and MS automatically adjust the current speech coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding

GBFD117601

GBFD117601

GBFD117601

GBFD117601

ULSSHIGHTH UL RX_LEV RED Upper Threshold BSC6900

GBFD110703

ULSSLOWTH UL RX_LEV RED Lower Threshold BSC6900

GBFD110703

ULTHF1

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.th1[F]

BSC6900

GBFD115501

ULTHF2

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.th2[F]

BSC6900

GBFD115501

ULTHF3

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.th3[F]

BSC6900

GBFD115501

ULTHH1

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.th1[H]

BSC6900

GBFD115502

ULTHH2

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.th2[H]

BSC6900

GBFD115502

ULTHH3

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.th3[H]

BSC6900

GBFD115502

ULTHWB1

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.th1[WB] BSC6900

ULTHWB2

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.th2[WB] BSC6900

Based on the RQI in the call measurement report, the BTS and SET MS automatically adjust the current GCELLCCAM speech coding rate according to R(Optional) the related algorithm. The coding Based on the RQI in the call measurement report, the BTS and SET MS automatically adjust the current GCELLCCAM speech coding rate according to R(Optional) the related algorithm. The coding SET GCELLHOIUO (Optional) SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona l)

GBFD115507

GBFD115507

ULTOOLHOA UL to OL HO LLOW Allowed

BSC6900

Whether a UL subcell to OL subcell GBFDhandover is allowed 113201

ACK Frequency for GPRS Uplink ulUlAckFreq TBF BSC6900 Um Interface UMCROSSTA Crosstalk LKOPTALLO Optimization WED Allowed BSC6900

Number of uplink GRPS TBF RLC blocks sent before an acknowledgement is required Whether the crosstalk optimization function over the Um interface is SET allowed. If this parameter is set to GCELLSOFT( YES when call drops occur on the Optional) Um interface, this function can SET Timer of penalty on a neighboring GCELLHOFIT cell when a handover fails due to PEN(Optional) faults of air interface connection.

GBFD119105

UMPENALTY TIMER UmPenaltyTimer BSC6900

GBFD111203 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

UmVer

Um Interface Tag BSC6900

UNBA

Support Balance BSC6900

SET BSCBASIC(O Phase tag for GSM protocols that MRFDptional) the Um interface supports 210301 Whether to support the balanced mode or the unbalanced mode. SET When this parameter is set to YES, E1T1(Optional you can set the DIP switches on ) the interface boards. You do not None SET Retry times after the peer response BSCNSPARA( timer expires during NSVC Optional) unblocking Abnormally alarm triggering threshold when the ANT_A SET tributary antenna current is too BTSRXUBP(O light. When the actual current is ptional) lower than the configured value, Abnormally alarm triggering threshold when the ANT_B SET tributary antenna current is too BTSRXUBP(O light. When the actual current is ptional) lower than the configured value, Abnormally alarm triggering threshold when the RET tributary SET antenna current is too light. When BTSRXUBP(O the actual current is lower than the ptional) configured value, the ALD Current

UNBLOCKRE TRY Unblock Retry

BSC6900

GBFD510002

ANT_A ALD UnderCurAlm Under Current ThdA Occur Threshold BSC6900 ANT_B ALD UnderCurAlm Under Current ThdB Occur Threshold BSC6900 RET ALD Under UnderCurAlm Current Occur ThdRET Threshold

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

BSC6900

MRFD210304

ANT_A ALD UnderCurClrT Under Current hdA Clear Threshold ANT_B ALD UnderCurClrT Under Current hdB Clear Threshold RET ALD Under UnderCurClrT Current Clear hdRET Threshold

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

UPBTSID

Up BTS Index

BSC6900

Abnormally alarm clearance triggering threshold when the SET ANT_A tributary antenna current is BTSRXUBP(O too light. When the actual current is ptional) higher than alarm the configured value, Abnormally clearance triggering threshold when the SET ANT_B tributary antenna current is BTSRXUBP(O too light. When the actual current is ptional) higher than alarm the configured value, Abnormally clearance triggering threshold when the RET SET tributary antenna current is too BTSRXUBP(O light. When the actual current is ptional) higher than the configured value, ADD BTSAUTOPL AN(Mandatory Index of upper-level BTS ) connected to the BTS ADD BTSCONNEC T(Mandatory) ADD BTSAUTOPL AN(Mandatory ) ADD BTSCONNEC T(Mandatory) ADD BTSAUTOPL AN(Mandatory ) ADD BTSCONNEC T(Mandatory) ADD GSMSCB(Ma ndatory) SET GCELLPSCS( Optional) SET GCELLEGPR SPARA(Optio nal) Number of the upper-level BTS. The number is unique in a BSC6900.

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

MRFD210304

GBFD111202

UPBTSID

Dest Father BTS Index BSC6900

GBFD111202

UPBTSIDTYP UPBTS Index E type

BSC6900

Index type of upper-level BTS connected to the BTS

GBFD111202

UPBTSIDTYP Dest Father E Index Type

BSC6900

UPBTSNAME Up BTS Name

BSC6900

Dest Father BTS UPBTSNAME Name BSC6900

UPDATE

Update

BSC6900

UPDEFAULT Uplink Default CS CS Type BSC6900

UPDEFAULT Uplink Default MCS MCS Type

BSC6900

Index of upper-level the upper-level Name type of the BTSBTS connected to the BTS. The BTS name is unique within a same BSC6900. This parameter cannot contain ,; = "upper-level ' more thanBTS. two The Name of the name is unique in a BSC6900. The invalid characters (\, /, :, *, ?, ", <, >, |, and #) cannot appear in the name. code for a simple cell Update broadcast message. This parameter together with "Code" uniquely identifies a cell broadcast message. Default coding scheme of the uplink GPRS link. If the uplink adopts the dynamic adjustment coding scheme, this parameter can be usedcoding to set the coding Default scheme of scheme the uplink EDGE link. If the uplink adopts the dynamic adjustment coding scheme, this parameter can be used to set the coding scheme

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD111202

GBFD113602

GBFD119106

GBFD114201

Uplink Multiplex Threshold of UPDYNCHNT Dynamic Channel RANLEV Conversion BSC6900 Uplink EGPRS2UPE2ADEFA A Default MCS ULTMCS Type BSC6900 Uplink EGPRS2UPE2AFIXMC A Fixed MCS S Type BSC6900 Inactive Period of UPEXTTBFIN Extended Uplink ACTDELAY TBF BSC6900

SET GCELLPSCH M(Optional) SET GCELLEGPR SPARA(Optio nal) SET GCELLEGPR SPARA(Optio nal) SET GCELLPRIVA TEOPTPARA( Optional) SET GCELLPSCS( Optional) SET GCELLEGPR SPARA(Optio nal) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET GCELLCHMG AD(Optional) SET BTSFALLBAC K(Optional)

UPFIXCS

Uplink Fixed CS Type

BSC6900

UPFIXMCS

Uplink Fixed MCS Type

BSC6900

UPINTERFQU Interf.of UL Qual. ALLIMIT Threshold BSC6900

UPINTERLEV Interf.of UL Level LIMIT Threshold BSC6900

UPLNKMAXL Uplink Max ENGTH Length OML/ESL/EML LAPD Uplink Window Size

BSC6900

Uplink multiplex threshold of dynamic channel conversion. When the subscriber number on the channel reaches the value (threshold/10), the dynamic Default coding scheme used on the uplink EGPRS2-A link. If the uplink uses the dynamic coding scheme, this parameter specifies the coding scheme that is used for the Fixed coding scheme that is used on the uplink EGPRS2-A link. If the uplink uses the fixed coding scheme, this parameter can be set to any one in MCS1-6 and UAS7Inactive period of extended uplink TBF. After the network side receives the last uplink RLC data block (CountValue=0) of the MS supporting the extended uplink Adjustment mode of the uplink GPRS link coding scheme. If the fixed coding scheme is used, this parameter is a value ranging from CS1 to CS4. If the coding Coding scheme of dynamic the uplink EDGE link. If the uplink uses the fixed coding scheme, this parameter is set to a value ranging from MCS1 to MCS9. Ifthresholds the uplink uses the One of the to determine whether the uplink interference exists. If the uplink level is not smaller than "Interf.of UL Level Threshold" and the uplink quality of One of the thresholds to determine whether the uplink interference exists. If the uplink level is not smaller than "Interf.of UL Level Threshold" and the uplink quality of Maximum time in which a user uses the uplink of its VGCS call continuously when the BTS works in fallback mode

GBFD113101

GBFD510803

GBFD510803

GBFD119203

GBFD119106

GBFD114201 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

GBFD510309

UPOMLWS

BSC6900

UPPCEN

UPPERGRPI D

UL PC Allowed BSC6900 Upper Class Transport Resource Group No. BSC6900

SET BTSLAPDWS( Size of the OML/ESL/EML Uplink Optional) LAPD Window SET GCELLBASIC PARA(Optiona l) Whether to allow MS power control Upper class transport resource ADD group No. It is valid only when " Is RSCGRP(Man First Class Transport Resource datory) Group " is set to NO.

GBFD118601 GBFD110703 GBFD117601

GBFD118605

UPPERLP

The Upper logic port number

BSC6900

Duration of UPRXLEVLAS Uplink Received TTIME Level Differ

BSC6900

Smooth Factor of UPRXLEVSM Uplink Received OOTHPARA Level BSC6900 Observe Time of UPRXLEVST UL RX Level ATICTIME Difference BSC6900

UPSENDSMD Short Message IS Uplink Disabled

BSC6900

Release Delay of UPTBFRELD Non-extended ELAY Uplink TBF BSC6900 Uplink TBF UPTHDCSDE Threshold from GRADE1 CS2 to CS1 Uplink TBF UPTHDCSDE Threshold from GRADE2 CS3 to CS2 Uplink TBF UPTHDCSDE Threshold from GRADE3 CS4 to CS3 Uplink TBF UPTHDCSUP Threshold from GRADE1 CS1 to CS2 Uplink TBF UPTHDCSUP Threshold from GRADE2 CS2 to CS3 Uplink TBF UPTHDCSUP Threshold from GRADE3 CS3 to CS4

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

ADD IPLOGICPOR T(Optional) Upper number of the logical port If the difference between uplink receive levels of calls within the SET same timeslot is greater than GCELLCHMG "Offset of the difference between AD(Optional) uplink received levels" for P After the existing uplink receive level, uplink receive level after the SET previous optimization, and the GCELLCHMG value of this parameter are weightAD(Optional) averaged, the uplink receive level If the difference between uplink receive levels of calls within the SET same timeslot is greater than GCELLCHMG "Offset of the difference between AD(Optional) This uplink received levels" forwhether P parameter specifies the transmission of point-to-point SET short messages is disabled. If GCELLCCAD( necessary, the transmission of the Optional) uplink of short messages in a specific Delay releasing the nonSET extended uplink TBF. After GCELLPRIVA receiving the last uplink RLC data TEOPTPARA( block (CountValue=0), the network Optional) side sends the message Packet Retransmission threshold when the coding mode of the uplink TBF is SET changed from CS2 to CS1. When GCELLPSCS( the retransmission rate of the Optional) uplink TBF is greater than when or equal Retransmission threshold the coding mode of the uplink TBF is SET changed from CS3 to CS2. When GCELLPSCS( the retransmission rate of the Optional) uplink TBF is greater than when or equal Retransmission threshold the coding mode of the uplink TBF is SET changed from CS4 to CS3. When GCELLPSCS( the retransmission rate of the Optional) uplink TBF is greater than when or equal Retransmission threshold the coding mode of the uplink TBF is SET changed from CS1 to CS2. When GCELLPSCS( the retransmission rate of the Optional) uplink TBF is less than or equal Retransmission threshold when to the coding mode of the uplink TBF is SET changed from CS2 to CS3. When GCELLPSCS( the retransmission rate of the Optional) uplink TBF is less than or equal Retransmission threshold when to the coding mode of the uplink TBF is SET changed from CS3 to CS4. When GCELLPSCS( the retransmission rate of the Optional) uplink TBF is less than or equal to

None GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501 GBFD110601 GBFD510501

GBFD110203

GBFD119203

GBFD119106

GBFD118901

GBFD118901

GBFD119106

GBFD118901

GBFD118901

Cell Urgent URGENTRES Reselection ELALLOW Allowed

BSC6900

USERIDTYPE User Query Type BSC6900 Support USF USFGRAN4B Granularity 4 LK Switch

BSC6900

USR

User Name of FTP Server

BSC6900

USR

FTPServer User Energy Saving Start Time[HH:MM]

BSC6900

Whether to allow cell urgent reselection. If this parameter is set SET to PERMIT and [NC2 Load GCELLNC2P Reselection Switch is set to GBFDARA(Optional) Support, the load of the target cell 116201 CHK INNSPCH(Ma ndatory) STR Mode of querying the information GBFDCALLRESLOP on an MS 111203 SET BSCPSSOFT PARA(Optiona Whether to support USF granularity GBFDl) 4 114101 DLD LICENSE(Man GBFDdatory) 111203 ULD MRFDLICENSE(Man User name of the FTP server 210403 DLD RETANTCFG( User name for the FTP server. Mandatory) When the FTPServer.exe file ULD downloaded through the LMT is GBFDBTSDEVFILE( installed, the user name is admin. 111202 SET Start time when the TRX energy BTSDOMUBP saving function is enabled for the (Mandatory) BTS3002E. SET BTSDOMUBP (Mandatory) SET BTSEXD(Opti onal) SET GCELLHOIUO (Optional) SET GCELLHOIUO (Optional) SET GCELLHOIUO (Optional) SET GCELLHOIUO (Optional) End time when the TRX energy saving function is enabled for the BTS3002E. Upper temperature threshold for the environment alarm box to report an alarm indicating that the ambient temperature is too high. If the ambient temperature of the When a UL subcell-OL subcel handover decision is performed to a call, the BSC determines whether the number of handover failures reaches the "MaxRetry after After an MS performs aTime OL subcell to UL subcell handover successfully, the MS cannot be handed over to the OL subcell again within the value of the One of the parameters that determine the coverage of the OL subcell and of the UL subcell. "UtoO HO Received Level Threshold", "OtoU HO Received When this parameter is set to YES, the existing call is performed in the OL subcell, and "OL to UL HO Allowed" is set to YES, an OL subcell to UL subcell handover is

USTBGNTIM E

BSC6900

GBFD111202

Energy Saving End USTENDTIME Time[HH:MM] Upper Temperature Threshold

BSC6900

GBFD111202

UTEMTHD

BSC6900

GBFD111202

UTOOFAILMA MaxRetry Time XTIME after UtoO Fail

BSC6900

GBFD113201

UTOOHOPEN Penalty Time of TIME UtoO HO UtoO HO Received Level UTOORECTH Threshold

BSC6900

GBFD113201

BSC6900

GBFD113201

UTOOTRAFH UtoO Traffic HO OALLOW Allowed

BSC6900

GBFD113201

UTRAFHOPE Underlay HO RIOD Step Period

BSC6900

Hierarchical handover period of the load handover from the UL subcell SET to the OL subcell. If the channel GCELLHOIUO seizure ratio of the UL subcell is GBFD(Optional) greater than the UL subcell general 113201 SET Hierarchical level step of the load GCELLHOIUO handover from the UL subcell to (Optional) the OL subcell This parameter specifies the type ADD of a 3G cell. A cell type can be GEXT3GCEL Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) L(Mandatory) or Time Division Duplex (TDD). ADD BTSRETANT( Mandatory) Vendor code of specifies the RET antenna This parameter the usage threshold of the CPU for VIP user SET calls that can be admitted. When BSCFCPARA( the usage of a CPU is greater than Optional) this threshold, the new service ADD GCELL(Option Is VIP Cell.The parameter is used al) for BSC6900 flow control.the This parameter specifies eMLPP priority value SET corresponding to the VIP call. BSCFCPARA( When the eMLPP(Enhanced MultiOptional) Level Precedence and Pre-emption This parameter specifies the usage threshold of the CPU for VIP user SET calls that are transferred from other BSCFCPARA( CPUs. When the usage of a CPU Optional) is greater than this threshold, the If the parameter is set to Disable, the added IP path is not configured ADD with the VLAN ID. If the parameter IPPATH(Optio is set to Enable, the added IP path nal) is configured with the VLAN ID. SET BSCABISPRI MAP(Optional) Specified Vlan enabling flag ADD SCTPLNK(Opt VLANID flag of first local IP ional) address ADD SCTPLNK(Opt VLANID Flag of second Local IP ional) address

UTRAFHOST Underlay HO EP Step Level

BSC6900

UTRANCELL TYPE Utran Cell Type

BSC6900

GBFD113201 GBFD114301 GBFD114302

VENDORCOD E Vendor Code

BSC6900

GBFD111202

VIPACCESSC VIP Access CPU PURATE Rate BSC6900

GBFD111705

VIPCELL

VIP Cell

BSC6900

GBFD111705

VIPPRIORITY VIP Priority

BSC6900

GBFD111705

VIPSHAREIN VIP Share in CPURATE CPU Rate

BSC6900

GBFD111705

VLANFlAG

VLANID Flag

BSC6900

GBFD118605

VLANFLAG

Vlan Flag VLANID Flag of First Local IP address VLANID Flag of Second Local IP address

BSC6900

None

VLANFLAG1

BSC6900

None

VLANFlAG2

BSC6900

None

VLANID

VLAN ID.

BSC6900

ADD IPPATH(Mand atory) ADD VLANID of the IP address of the VLANID(Mand specified next hop ADD ETHMA(Mand atory) VLAN of the MA in the MD SET BTSVLAN(Opt ional) VLAN ID of the service type ADD BTSETHMA( Mandatory) VLAN to which the maintenance association belongs in the maintenance domain.

None

VLANID

VLAN ID

BSC6900

GBFD118630

VLANID

VLAN ID

BSC6900

VLANID

VLAN ID

BSC6900

GBFD118601 GBFD118630 MRFD210301

VLANID1

VLAN ID of First Local IP address BSC6900 VLAN ID of Second Local IP address

ADD SCTPLNK(Ma ndatory) VLAN ID of first Local IP address ADD SCTPLNK(Ma VLAN ID of second Local IP ndatory) address

None

VLANID2

BSC6900

None

VLANPRI

VLAN Priority

BSC6900

VLANPRI

VLAN Priority

BSC6900

SET DSCPMAP(O ptional) VLAN priority level of the service None type. This parameter helps to SET determine the packet service BTSVLAN(Opt priority level at the data link layer GBFDional) on the Ethernet. If this parameter is 118601 SET BTSVLAN(Opt ional) VLAN switch for the service type SET GCELLCCAC CESS(Optiona l) Speech version supported by a cell ADD EMU(Optional ) 24V voltage alarm switch ADD EMU(Optional Upper limit for triggering a 24 V ) voltage sensor alarm

VLANSWITC H

VLAN Switch

BSC6900

GBFD118601

VOICEVER

Speech Version

BSC6900

MRFD210301

Enable Alarm Reporting for 24V VOL24_MASK Power BSC6900 Upper Limit of VOL24_THD_ Alarm for 24V HIGH Power

MRFD210304

BSC6900

MRFD210304

Lower Limit of VOL24_THD_ Alarm for 24V LOW Power

BSC6900

ADD EMU(Optional Lower limit for triggering a 24 V ) voltage sensor alarm ADD EMU(Optional ) 48V voltage alarm switch ADD EMU(Optional Upper limit for triggering a 48V ) voltage sensor alarm ADD EMU(Optional Upper limit for triggering a 48V ) voltage sensor alarm SET Whether to enable the standing BTSDFCUBP( wave alarm parameters to be Optional) configured This parameter specifies a condition for generating a BTS SET alarm. This parameter together GCELLOTHE with "VSWR TRX error threshold" XT(Optional) is used to detect whether the SET BTSDFCUBP( Optional) SET Filtering times of serious standing BTSDDPUBP( wave alarms SET Standing wave alarm threshold. BTSDFCUBP( When the VSWR is greater than Optional) the value of this parameter, the SET TRX reports a standing wave BTSDDPUBP( alarm. SET Serious standing wave alarm BTSDFCUBP( threshold. When the VSWR is Optional) greater than the value of this SET parameter, the TRX reports a BTSDDPUBP( This serious standing wave alarm. parameter specifies a condition for generating a BTS SET alarm. This parameter together GCELLOTHE with "VSWR TRX unadjusted XT(Optional) threshold" are used to check SET BTSAUTODL DACTINFO(M V-version number of the BTS andatory) software This timer is used to set the time of waiting for a ReleaseIndication SET message after a ChannelRelease GCELLTMR( message is sent. If the timer Optional) expires, the channel is deactivated.

MRFD210304

Enable Alarm Reporting for 48V VOL48_MASK Power BSC6900 Upper Limit of VOL48_THD_ Alarm for 48V HIGH Power Lower Limit of VOL48_THD_ Alarm for 48V LOW Power Standing Wave VSWRENABL Alarm CFG ED Enabled VSWR TRX VSWRERRTH Unadjusted RES Threshold Serious VSW VSWRFILETE Alarm Filter RCOUNTER Times Standing Wave VSWRTHRES Radio Alarm 1 Threshold

MRFD210304

BSC6900

MRFD210304

BSC6900

MRFD210304

BSC6900

MRFD210304

BSC6900

GBFD111202

BSC6900

MRFD210304

BSC6900

MRFD210304

VSWRTHRES Serious VSW 2 Alarm Threshold BSC6900

MRFD210304

VSWRUNJUS VSWR TRX Error TTHRES Threshold BSC6900

GBFD111202

VVer

V-Version No.

BSC6900

GBFD111202

WAITFORRE LIND T3109

BSC6900

GBFD111004

Wait for REL WAITFORRE Indication AMR LINDAMRFR FR

BSC6900

WAITFORRE T3109 for AMR LINDAMRHR HR Timer of MS Location WaitMSLocati Response from onResponse MS WAITRESVC Timer of HANREFRES Reserved TCH HTIMER for EMC IBCA Wait WAITSDCCHI SDCCH Idle DLETIMER Timer Timer of MS WaitSMLCLoc Location ationRespons Response from e SMLC

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

BSC6900

WARMSET

Heating Equipment

BSC6900

When the BSC6900 sends a ChannelRelease message and the SET current call uses the AMRFR GCELLTMR( encoding mode, the timer T3109 Optional) (AMRFR) started. If a the When the is BSC sends ChannelRelease message and the SET current call uses the AMRHR GCELLTMR( encoding mode, the timer T3109 Optional) (AMRHR) is started. If the BSC Timer of waiting for the MS's response to the location ADD measurement request sent from GEXTSMLC( the BSC. If the BSC does not Optional) receive thereserved measurement The TCHs for the emergency call are assigned to the SET user during the service GCELLTMR( assignment. If the TCHs are not Optional) assigned the emergency call to When theto dynamic PDCH needs use MAIO of the SDCCH, the SET SDCCH is not allowed to be GCELLCHMG assigned to new calls within the AD(Optional) Timer value of parameter. After the of the waiting for the SMLC's response to the MS location ADD request sent from the MSC. If the GEXTSMLC( SMLC does not send any response Optional) to the MSto location request before Whether start the heating equipment of the BTS. SET In multi-mode scenario, the value BTSOUTPUT( of this parameter in this mode must Optional) be the same as the value of the ADD EMU(Optional ) Water sensor alarm switch Whether to limit the operation weekday of the operator. If the ADD weekday needs to be limited, see OP(Optional) the description of "Week". SET This parameter is used to select GCELLLCS(O the location of a cell, east or west ptional) longitude. Whether to start the humidification equipment of the BTS. SET In multi-mode scenario, the value BTSOUTPUT( of this parameter in this mode must Optional) be the same as thean value of the Whether to trigger active/standby port switchover. If STR this parameter is set to YES, an IPCHK(Option active/standby port switchover is al) triggered when a fault is detected

GBFD115501

GBFD115502

None

GBFD110202

GBFD117002

None

GBFD111202

WATER_MAS Enable Water K Alarm Reporting

BSC6900

WEEK

Week Limit

BSC6900

MRFD210304 GBFD111203 MRFD210305

WELONGI

WE Longitude

BSC6900

GBFD115402

WETSET

Humidification Equipment

BSC6900

GBFD111202

WHETHERAF Whether affect FECTSWAP the port swapping BSC6900

GBFD118609

WINADJSWIT LAPD Window CH Adjust Switch

BSC6900

WK

Week

BSC6900

WKMODE

Work mode

BSC6900

WLAETIME

End Time of WLA Detection BSC6900 Wireless Link Alarm Critical Permit

WLAFLAG

BSC6900

WLARP

WLA Prompting Recover Period

BSC6900

WLASTIME

Begin Time of WLA Detection

BSC6900

WLNKALMFL Wireless Link AG Alarm Flag

BSC6900

Whether to start the dynamic adjustment of the LAPD window. If SET this parameter is set to ALLOW, OTHSOFTPA the LAPD transmit and receive GBFDRA(Optional) window is enlarged when the delay 118601 GBFDADD 111203 OP(Mandatory MRFD) You can select multiple weekdays. 210305 Working mode of the M3UA link ADD set, including M3UA_ASP and M3LKS(Option M3UA_IPSP. For details about the GBFDal) ASP IPSP, see the RFC4666. Timeand when the BTS stops checking 118602 for a radio link alarm. If this time is SET up, the BTS stops checking for or GTRXRLALM( reporting a radio link alarm until the GBFDOptional) next alarm start time 111202 Whether todetection enable the BTS to is report a major radio link alarm. If SET this parameter is set to YES, the GTRXRLALM( BTS reports a major radio link GBFDOptional) alarm when a radioalink warning Period for clearing radio link is 111202 warning. If a radio link warning is SET cleared within this period, the BTS GTRXRLALM( reports the recovery alarm for the GBFDOptional) warning. If a radio link warning is 111202 Time when the BTS starts to check SET for a radio link alarm. If this time is GTRXRLALM( up, the BTS starts to check for and GBFDOptional) report a radio link alarm. 111202 Whether to enable the BSC to deliver radio link alarm parameters SET to the BTS. If this parameter is set GTRXRLALM( to YES, the BSC delivers the radio GBFDMandatory) link alarm parameters to the BTS. 111202 FMT DATA(Optiona flag of the work area to be l) formatted. SET BTSRXUBP(O ptional) Working mode of the RXU board

WORKAREA

Work Area Flag

BSC6900

MRFD210301

WORKINGST Working ANDARD Standard

BSC6900

GBFD111202

WORKMODE Work Mode

BSC6900

WORKMODE Work Mode

BSC6900

ADD SUBRACK(Ma MRFDndatory) Work mode of subrack Working mode. E1: The E1 system 210301 is recommended by the IUT-T. E1 SET carries signals at 2.048 Mbit/s. E1T1(Optional G.703 defines the electrical ) specification and G.704 defines the None

WORKMODE Work Mode

BSC6900

WS

Window Size

BSC6900

WTBS

Wait Time before OML Switch BSC6900

WTBS

Ring I Wait Time Before Switch BSC6900

Bts port working mode. This parameter must be consistent with that of the peer. Work mode of a ADD BTS. A BTS can work in the GBFDBTS(Optional) following modes: 111202 ADD ATERSL(Opti onal) ADD Window size of the Ater signaling GBFDATERCONSL( link 111203 Time for which the BTS waits to swap the OML after the OML is SET interrupted. With this parameter, BTSOMLBAC the BTS does not swap the OML GBFDKUP(Optional) when the OML is interrupted 113728 Waiting time before establishing a SET link in the reverse direction after BTSRINGATT the transmission of a BTS is GBFDR(Optional) disrupted 117801

WTRT

WTR Time[Sec]

BSC6900

SET MSP(Optional) Wait to restore time

GBFD111701

ZONET

TimeZone

BSC6900

SET TZ(Optional)

Time zone

MRFD210301

Feature Name Value Type GUI Value Range Actual Value Range Unit Assignment and Immediate Assignment Interval Type 0~70 Assignment and Immediate Assignment Interval Type 0~70 Assignment and Immediate Assignment Interval Type 10~80

Default Value Recommended Value Impact

0~70

None

50

50 Cell

0~70

None

50

50 Cell

1~8, step:0.1

40

40 Cell

Abis Bypass

TRUE(Support) Enumeration , FALSE(Not TRUE, Type Support) FALSE

None

FALSE

FALSE

BTS

GSM Flow Control

Enumeration NO(No), Type YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

YES

Cell

GSM Flow Control

Interval Type 10~255

10~255

30

30 BSC

GSM Flow Control

EGPRS

Interval Type 10~255 IDLETSALLOC _0(Any idle timeslots under Enumeration the same site), Type IDLETSALLOC

10~255 IDLETSAL s LOC_0, IDLETSAL LOC_1, IDLETSAL None

60

60 BSC

IDLETSALL OC_O

IDLETSALL OC_O BTS

EGPRS

CLOSE(CLOSE Enumeration ), CLOSE, Type OPEN(OPEN) OPEN

None

CLOSE

CLOSE

BTS

BTS Local Switch

Interval Type 0~100

0~100

per cent

90

90 BSC

Flex Abis

Enumeration NO(NO), Type YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO

BTS

PDCH Dynamic Adjustment Interval Type 10~3600

10~3600

15

15 Cell

GSM_PHASE_ Configurati 1, on GSM_PHASE_ Manageme Enumeration 2, nt Type GSM_PHASE_ SoftSynchroniz ed Network Interval Type 1~255 Voice Quality Index (Uplink VQI) Interval Type 0~250

GSM_PHA SE_1, GSM_PHA SE_2, GSM_PHA None

It is recommende d that the GSM_PHAS value of this E_2 parameter is BSC

1~255

None

40

40 BSC6900

0~250

None

100

100 BSC

Access

Enumeration 8BIT(8BIT), Type 11BIT(11BIT)

8BIT, 11BIT

None

8BIT

8BIT

Cell

Access

Interval Type 0~65535 OSubcell(Overl aid subcell), USubcell(Under Concentric Enumeration laid subcell), Cell Type NoPrefer(No Adaptive ULPRIORITY(U Adjustment plink Priority), of Uplink NEUTRAL(Neut and Enumeration ral Priority), Downlink Type DLPRIORITY(D Abis IP over E1/T1 Disable(Disable A IP over Enumeration ), E1/T1 Type Enable(Enable)

0~65535

None

0 Cell

OSubcell, USubcell, NoPrefer None ULPRIORI TY, NEUTRAL, DLPRIORI TY None

Usubcell

Usubcell

Cell

NEUTRAL

NEUTRAL

Cell

Disable, Enable

None

Enable

Enable

PPP link

Abis IP Enumeration NO(No), over E1/T1 Type YES(Yes) BSS Paging Coordinatio Enumeration CLOSE(Close), n Type OPEN(Open) COMPUL0(Co mpulsory 0), Basic Cell COMPUL1(Co ReEnumeration mpulsory 1), selection Type FLEX(Flexible) 4_75KBIT/S~0 5_15KBIT/S~1 5_90KBIT/S~2 6_70KBIT/S~3 AMR FR Bit Field Type 7_40KBIT/S~4

NO, YES

None

YES

YES

BTS

CLOSE, OPEN None COMPUL0 , COMPUL1 , FLEX None 4_75KBIT/ S, 5_15KBIT/ S, 5_90KBIT/ None

CLOSE

CLOSE

BSC

FLEX 4_75KBIT/S1&5_15KBIT/ S0&5_90KBIT/ S-

FLEX Cell 4_75KBIT/S1&5_15KBIT /S0&5_90KBIT /SCell

AMR HR

4_75KBIT/S~0 5_15KBIT/S~1 5_90KBIT/S~2 6_70KBIT/S~3 Bit Field Type 7_40KBIT/S~4 6_60KBIT/S, 8_85KBIT/S, Bit Field Type 12_65KBIT/S

4_75KBIT/ S, 5_15KBIT/ S, 5_90KBIT/ None

WB AMR

0~7

None

4_75KBIT/S1&5_15KBIT/ S0&5_90KBIT/ S6_60KBIT/S1&8_85KBIT/ S1&12_65KBI T/S-1

4_75KBIT/S1&5_15KBIT /S0&5_90KBIT /SCell 6_60KBIT/S1&8_85KBIT /S1&12_65KBI T/S-1 Cell

Enumeration NO(No), Call Control Type YES(Yes) SoftSynchroniz ed Network Interval Type 1~255

NO, YES

None

NO

NO

Cell

1~255

min

10

10 BSC6900

O&M of BTS

Interval Type 60~300

60~300

180

180 BTS

O&M of BTS

Interval Type 610~3000

61.0~300.0 (step: 0.1) V

2800

2800 BTS

O&M of BTS

Interval Type 600~2990

60.0~299.0 (step: 0.1) V

1800

1800 BTS

O&M of BTS Interval Type 60~300 HUAWEI I Handover HUAWEI II Enumeration NO(No), Handover Type YES(Yes)

60~300

280

280 BTS

NO, YES

None

NO

NO

Cell

O&M of BTS

Interval Type 0~254

0~254

None

None

None

BTS

GSM Flow Control

Interval Type 0~50

0~50

ms

0 BSC

GSM Flow Control

Interval Type 0~768

0~768

None

2 BSC

A Interface Protocol Process Interval Type 1~16777215 BYMANUAL(By SoftManual), Synchroniz Enumeration BYAUTO(By ed Network Type Auto) Dynamically 0(Not support Adjusting dynamic the Uplink adjustment), MCS Enumeration 1(According to Coding Type downlink quality

1~1677721 5 None BYMANUA L, BYAUTO None

None

None

BSC6900

BYAUTO

None

BSC6900

0, 1, 2

None

2 Cell

O&M of BTS

O&M of BTS

O&M of BTS

O&M of BTS

O&M of BTS

Enumeration OFF(OFF), Type ON(ON) COMMON_DL D(Common Download), Enumeration QUICK_DLD1( Type Quick LOCK(Lock), UNLOCK(Unloc k), Enumeration SHUTDOWN(S Type hutdown) Lock(Lock), Unlock(Unlock), Enumeration Shutdown(Shut Type down) Lock(Lock), Unlock(Unlock), Enumeration Shutdown(Shut Type down)

OFF, ON None COMMON _DLD, QUICK_DL D1, QUICK_DL None Lock, Unlock, Shutdown None Lock, Unlock, Shutdown None Lock, Unlock, Shutdown None

OFF

OFF

BTS

None

None

BTS

UNLOCK

UNLOCK

Cell

Unlock

Unlock

TRX Current BFD session

Unlock

Unlock

SoftSynchroniz Compound ed Network Type

hour, min

hour{0~23} min{0~59} None

None

None

BSC6900

SoftSynchroniz ed Network Interval Type 0~100 SoftSynchroniz Enumeration OFF(OFF), ed Network Type ON(ON) SoftSynchroniz Compound ed Network Type

0~100

None

10

10 BSC6900

OFF, ON

None

OFF

OFF

BSC6900

hour, min

hour{0~23} min{0~59} None

None

None

BSC6900

Faulty Manageme Enumeration RATIORULE(R RATIORU nt Type atio Rule) LE None

None

None

BTS

O&M of BTS

String Type

None

1~51 characters None

None

None

BTS

O&M of BTS Acoustic Echo Cancellatio n(AEC) Acoustic Echo Cancellatio n(AEC) Acoustic Echo Cancellatio n(AEC) Acoustic Echo Cancellatio n(AEC) Acoustic Echo Cancellatio n(AEC) Acoustic Echo Cancellatio n(AEC) Acoustic Echo Cancellatio n(AEC) Acoustic Echo Cancellatio n(AEC) AMR Wireless Link Timer

String Type

None

1~51 characters None

None

None

BTS

Interval Type 0~600

0~600

ms

400

400 Board

Interval Type 0~60

0~60

dB

20

20 Board

Interval Type -60~-35,0

-60~-35, 0 dBm

-48

-48 Board

Interval Type 0~1000

0~1000

ms

0 Board

Interval Type 0~15

0~15

dB

6 Board

Enumeration CLOSE(Close), CLOSE, Type OPEN(Open) OPEN

None

CLOSE

CLOSE

Board

Interval Type 10~100

10~100

None

20

20 Board

Interval Type 1~10 4_Times, 8_Times, 12_Times, Enumeration 16_Times, Type 20_Times,

1~10

4 Board

1920~3072 0, step:480 ms

64_Times

64_Times

Cell

AMR Wireless Link Timer

Interval Type 0~63

0~30240, step:480

ms

48

48 Cell

None

Interval Type 0~65534

0~65534

None

None

None

None

None AMR Wireless Link Timer AMR Wireless Link Timer

Enumeration Type BSC(BSC) 4_Times, 8_Times, 12_Times, Enumeration 16_Times, Type 20_Times,

BSC

None

None

None

Board

1920~3072 0, step:480 ms

52_Times

52_Times

Cell

Interval Type 0~63

0~30240, step:480

ms

32

32 Cell

Faulty Manageme nt Interval Type 65334~65383 Faulty Manageme nt Interval Type 1~65535 Faulty Manageme nt Interval Type 1~65535 Faulty Manageme nt Interval Type 1~65535 Faulty Manageme nt Interval Type 1~65535

65334~653 83 None

None

None

None

1~65535

None

None

None

None

1~65535

None

None

None

BSC6900

1~65535

None

None

None

BSC6900

1~65535

None

None

None

BSC6900

O&M of BTS

Interval Type 65033~65533

65033~655 33 None

None

None

BTS

Faulty Manageme nt String Type

None

1~1024 characters None

None

None

BTS

TRX Cooperatio n Interval Type 1~60

1~60

min

15

15 Cell

Faulty ALL(All), ALL, Manageme Enumeration ONEBYONE(O ONEBYON nt Type ne by One) E None Faulty Manageme nt End-to-End MS Signaling Tracing ALL(all), ALL, Enumeration ONEBYONE(on ONEBYON Type e by one) E None

None

None

BSC6900

None

None

BTS

Enumeration NO(No), Type YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO

BSC

GSM Flow Control

Enumeration NO(No), Type YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

YES

BSC

GSM Flow Control

Enumeration NO(No), Type YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

YES

BSC

GSM Flow Control

Enumeration NO(No), Type YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

YES

BSC

GSM Flow Control

Enumeration NO(No), Type YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

YES

BSC

GSM Flow Control

Enumeration NO(No), Type YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO

BSC

GSM Flow Control

Enumeration ABIS(Abis), Type A(A)

ABIS, A

None

ABIS

ABIS

BSC

GSM Flow Control

Interval Type 0~100

0~100

per cent

5 BSC

GSM Flow Control

Interval Type 0~100

0~100

per cent

5 BSC

GSM Flow Control

Interval Type 0~100

0~100

per cent

5 BSC

GSM Flow Control

Interval Type 0~100

0~100

per cent

10

10 BSC

GSM Flow Control

Interval Type 0~100

0~100

per cent

10

10 BSC

GSM Flow Control

A over IP Automatic Level Control (ALC) Automatic Level Control (ALC) Automatic Level Control (ALC) Automatic Level Control (ALC) Automatic Level Control (ALC) Automatic Level Control (ALC) Automatic Level Control (ALC)

Interval Type 0~100 NO(Not Supported), R3(Only R3 Enumeration Supported), Type R2(Only R2

0~100

per cent

10

10 BSC

NO, R3, R2, R2ANDR3 None

None

NO

BSC

Interval Type -12~12

-12~12

dB

6 Board

Interval Type -23~-4

-23~-4

dBm

-18

-18 Board

Interval Type 3~12

3~12

dB

6 Board

Interval Type -23~-4

-23~-4

dBm

-4

-4 Board

Interval Type -23~-4 FIXEDLEVEL(F ixed level mode), Enumeration ADAPTIVE(Ada Type ptive mode),

-23~-4 dBm FIXEDLEV EL, ADAPTIVE , FIXEDGAI None

-23

-23 Board

FIXEDGAIN

FIXEDGAIN Board

Enumeration CLOSE(Close), CLOSE, Type OPEN(Open) OPEN

None

CLOSE

CLOSE

Board

Gb Over FR

Interval Type 5~15

5~15

None

5 BSC

Gb Over FR

Interval Type 1~255

1~255

IP QOS

Interval Type 0~4000000

0~4000000 kbit/s

None

None

3 BSC Transmissi on resource group

GPRS PDCH Dynamic Adjustment Enhanced Channel Assignment Algorithm Extended Dynamic Allocation(E DA) NetworkControlled Cell Reselection (NC2) Enhanced Channel Assignment Algorithm A Interface Circuit Manageme nt

NOTALLOW(N NOTALLO Enumeration ot Allow), W, Type ALLOW(Allow) ALLOW None

ALLOW

ALLOW

BSC

Enumeration OFF(OFF), Type ON(ON)

OFF, ON

None

OFF

OFF

Cell

Interval Type 0~100

0~100

per cent

100

100 Cell

NOTALLOW(N NOTALLO Enumeration ot Allow), W, Type ALLOW(Allow) ALLOW None

NOTALLOW NOTALLOW BSC

Interval Type 0~16

0~16

None

4 Cell

O&M of BSC

Interval Type 0~100 ALLCIC(Set all Timeslots CIC), ALLNULL(Set Enumeration all Timeslots Type Null) ALLCIC(Set all Timeslots CIC), ALLNULL(Set Enumeration all Timeslots Type Null)

0~100

per cent

100

100 Cell

ALLCIC, ALLNULL

None

None

ALLCIC

E1/T1 link

ALLCIC, ALLNULL

None

ALLCIC

ALLCIC

PBE1T1

Faulty Manageme nt Interval Type 0~2000

0~2000

mA

30

30 BTS

Faulty Manageme nt Interval Type 0~2000 Faulty Manageme nt Interval Type 0~2000 Faulty Manageme nt Interval Type 0~2000 Faulty Manageme nt Interval Type 0~2000 Faulty Manageme nt Interval Type 0~2000 Faulty Manageme nt Interval Type 0~65535 Faulty Manageme Enumeration NO(NO), nt Type YES(YES) Faulty Manageme nt Interval Type 0~65534 Faulty Manageme nt Interval Type 0~65535 Faulty Manageme nt Interval Type 0~15 Faulty Manageme nt Interval Type 45~155 Faulty Manageme nt Interval Type 125~175

0~2000

mA

30

30 BTS

0~2000

mA

30

30 BTS

0~2000

mA

30

30 BTS

0~2000

mA

30

30 BTS

0~2000

mA

30

30 BTS

0~65535

None

None

BTS

NO, YES

None

YES

YES

BTS

0~65534

None

None

None

BTS

0~65535

None

None

None

BTS

0~15

mA

10

10 BTS

45~155

mA

100

100 BTS

125~175

mA

150

150 BTS

Faulty Manageme nt Interval Type 0~65535 Faulty Manageme nt Interval Type 0~100 Faulty Manageme nt Interval Type 0~100 Faulty Manageme nt Interval Type 0~250 Faulty Manageme nt Interval Type 0~250 Faulty Manageme Enumeration NO(NO), nt Type YES(YES) Faulty flt(Fault), Manageme Enumeration evt(Event), nt Type all(All) 0(0.0), 1(0.1), 2(0.2), 3(0.3), 4(0.4), 5(0.5), Power Enumeration 6(0.6), 7(0.7), Control Type 8(0.8), 9(0.9), BSS-Based LCS (Cell ID + TA) Interval Type 0~9

0~65535

None

None

BTS

0~100

per cent

0 BTS

0~100

per cent

0 BTS

0~250

None

0 BTS

0~250

None

0 BTS

NO, YES

None

NO

NO

BTS

flt, evt, all 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10

None

all

all

BSC6900

None

6 Cell

0~0.9, step:0.1

0 Cell

None

Interval Type -1000~10000

1000~1000 0 m

None

None

BSC6900

BSS-Based LCS (Cell ID + TA) Interval Type 0~6553

0~6553

40

40 Cell

None

Interval Type -3281~32810

3281~3281 0 feet

None

None

BSC6900

Faulty Manageme Critical, Major, nt Bit Field Type Minor, Warning Critical(Critical), Major(Major), Faulty Minor(Minor), Manageme Enumeration Warning(Warni nt Type ng) DISABLED(Dis abled), O&M of Enumeration ENABLED(Ena BTS Type bled) DISABLED(Dis abled), O&M of Enumeration ENABLED(Ena BTS Type bled) DISABLED(Dis abled), O&M of Enumeration ENABLED(Ena BTS Type bled) DISABLED(Dis abled), O&M of Enumeration ENABLED(Ena BTS Type bled) DISABLED(Dis abled), O&M of Enumeration ENABLED(Ena BTS Type bled) DISABLED(Dis abled), O&M of Enumeration ENABLED(Ena BTS Type bled)

Critical, Major, Minor, Warning Critical, Major, Minor, Warning

None

None

None

BSC6900

None

None

None

BSC6900

DISABLED , ENABLED None DISABLED , ENABLED None DISABLED , ENABLED None DISABLED , ENABLED None DISABLED , ENABLED None DISABLED , ENABLED None

DISABLED

DISABLED

BTS

DISABLED

DISABLED

BTS

DISABLED

DISABLED

BTS

DISABLED

DISABLED

BTS

DISABLED

DISABLED

BTS

DISABLED

DISABLED

BTS

AMR Power Control HUAWEI III Power Control Algorithm AMR Coding Rate Threshold Adaptive

Interval Type 1~16 OFF(Not Enumeration Allowed), Type ON(Allowed)

2~32, step:2

dB

16

16 Cell

OFF, ON

None

ON

ON

Cell

Enumeration NO(No), Type YES(Yes)

AMR Power Control Interval Type 1~20

NO, YES None TCH:480~ 9600, step:480; SDCCH:47 0~9400, ms

NO

NO

Cell

5 Cell

AMR Power Control Interval Type 0~3

0~3

None

0 Cell

AMR Power Control Interval Type 0~7

0~7

None

0 Cell

AMR Power Control Interval Type 0~7

AMR Power Control Interval Type 1~20

0~7 TCH:480~ None 9600, step:480; SDCCH:47 0~9400, ms

3 Cell

5 Cell

AMR Power Control Interval Type 0~7

0~7

None

2 Cell

AMR Power Control Interval Type 0~63

0~63

dB

8 Cell

AMR Power Control Interval Type 0~63

0~63

dB

33

33 Cell

AMR Power Control Interval Type 0~63

0~63

dB

25

25 Cell

HUAWEI II Enumeration NO(No), Handover Type YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO

Cell

HUAWEI II Handover Interval Type 0~255

0~255

dB

2 Cell

HUAWEI II Handover Interval Type 0~255

0~255

dB

20

20 Cell

HUAWEI II Handover Interval Type 0~255

0~255

dB

1 Cell

HUAWEI II Handover Interval Type 0~255

0~255

dB

100

100 Cell

HUAWEI II Handover Interval Type 0~7

0~7

None

0 Cell

HUAWEI II Handover Interval Type 0~100

0~100

per cent

75

75 Cell

HUAWEI II Handover Interval Type 0~255

0~255

dB

4 Cell

HUAWEI II Handover Interval Type 0~255

0~255

dB

108

108 Cell

HUAWEI II Enumeration NO(No), Handover Type YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO

Cell

HUAWEI II Handover Interval Type 0~7

0~7

None

3 Cell

HUAWEI II Handover Interval Type 0~100

0~100

per cent

15

15 Cell

AMR Power Control Interval Type 0~32

0~32

dB

8 Cell

AMR Power Control Interval Type 0~30

0~30

dB

2 Cell

AMR Power Control Interval Type 0~30

0~30

dB

0 Cell

AMR Power Control Interval Type 0~30

0~30

dB

0 Cell

AMR Power Control Interval Type 0~32

0~32

dB

8 Cell

AMR Power Enumeration NO(No), Control Type YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

YES

Cell

AMR Power Control Interval Type 1~15

480~7200, step:480 ms

3 Cell

AMR Power Control Interval Type 0~4 Enhanced Power Control Algorithm Interval Type 0~15

0~4

dB

4 Cell

0~15

None

0 Cell

AMR HR

Enumeration OFF(Off), Type ON(On)

OFF, ON

None

ON

ON

Cell

AMR HR Coding Rate Threshold Adaptive

Interval Type 0~99

0~99

per cent

55

55 Cell

Enumeration NO(No), Type YES(Yes)

AMR Power Control Interval Type 1~20

NO, YES None TCH:480~ 9600, step:480; SDCCH:47 0~9400, ms

NO

NO

Cell

5 Cell

AMR Power Control Interval Type 0~3

0~3

None

0 Cell

AMR Power Control Interval Type 0~7

0~7

None

0 Cell

AMR Power Control Interval Type 0~7

0~7

None

3 Cell

AMR Power Control Interval Type 1~20

TCH:480~ 9600, step:480; SDCCH:47 0~9400, ms

5 Cell

AMR Power Control Interval Type 0~7

0~7

None

3 Cell

AMR Power Control Interval Type 0~63

0~63

dB

6 Cell

AMR Power Control Interval Type 0~63

0~63

dB

30

30 Cell

AMR Power Control A Interface Circuit Manageme nt A Interface Circuit Manageme nt Automatic Noise Restraint (ANR) Automatic Noise Restraint (ANR) Automatic Noise Restraint (ANR) Remote Electrical Tilt

Interval Type 0~63

0~63

dB

18

18 Cell

Interval Type 0~65535

0~65535

None

2 BSC

Interval Type 0~65535

0~65535

None

2 MSC

Interval Type 3~30

3~30

dB

6 Board

Enumeration CLOSE(Close), CLOSE, Type OPEN(Open) OPEN

None

CLOSE

CLOSE

Board

Interval Type 10~30

10~30

dB

12

12 Board

String Type

None

1~5 characters None

None

None

None

IP QOS

Interval Type 0~4599

0~4599

None

None

None

Adjacent node

None Faulty Manageme nt Automatic Noise Restraint (ANR) Automatic Noise Restraint (ANR) Automatic Noise Restraint (ANR) Automatic Noise Restraint (ANR)

Interval Type 0~4599

0~4599

None

None

None

IP path

String Type

None MODE0(Mode 0), MODE1(Mode Enumeration 1), Type MODE2(Mode

1~100 characters None MODE0, MODE1, MODE2

None

None

BSC6900

None

MODE0

MODE0

Board

Interval Type -32~0

-32~0

dB

-13

-13 Board

Interval Type -64~0

-64~0

dB

-48

-48 Board

Enumeration CLOSE(Close), CLOSE, Type OPEN(Open) OPEN

None

CLOSE

CLOSE

Board

BSS-Based LCS (Cell ID + TA) Interval Type 0~360 BTS GPS Synchroniz ation Interval Type 0~1000 SENDPOWER( BTS GPS Send Power), Synchroniz Enumeration NOPOWER(No ation Type Power) Abis IP over E1/T1 A IP over Enumeration OFF(OFF), E1/T1 Type ON(ON)

0~360

degree

360 None

Cell

0~1000 m SENDPO WER, NOPOWE R None

0 BTS

NOPOWER

NOPOWER BTS

OFF, ON

None

OFF

OFF

Board

O&M of BTS Remote Electrical Tilt

Enumeration NO(No), Type YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO

BTS

Interval Type 0~35

0~35

None

None

None

None

O&M of BTS

Enumeration Type A(A), B(B)

A, B

None

None

None

TRX

Multi-site Cell

Enumeration Type A(A), B(B)

A, B

None

None

None

TRX

O&M of BTS

Enumeration A(A), B(B), Type NULL(NULL)

A, B, NULL None

NULL

NULL

BTS

A Interface Protocol Process Interval Type 0~335

0~335

None

None

None

MTP3 link

Enumeration M3UA(M3UA), Type BBAP(BBAP) MTP2(MTP2), OTHER(OTHE SemiR), Permanent Enumeration TCSTM1(TCST Connection Type M1) PS Active Queue Manageme nt Interval Type 1~65535 PS Active Queue Manageme nt Interval Type 1~65535 PS Active Queue Manageme nt Interval Type 1~65535 PS Active Queue Manageme nt Interval Type 1~65535 PS Active Queue Manageme nt Interval Type 1~65535 PS Active Queue Manageme nt Interval Type 1~65535 A over IP

M3UA, BBAP MTP2, OTHER, TCSTM1

None

None

None

SCTP link

None

None

None

BSC

1~65535

packet

20

20 BSC

1~65535

bit

1024

1024 BSC

1~65535

bit

256

256 BSC

1~65535

packet

20

20 BSC

1~65535

packet

10

10 BSC

1~65535

packet

20

20 BSC

PS Active Queue Manageme nt PS Active Queue Manageme nt Configurati on Manageme nt BSC/RNC Software Manageme nt BSC/RNC Software Manageme nt Radio Dedicated Channel Manageme nt Radio Dedicated Channel Manageme nt Radio Dedicated Channel Manageme nt

Enumeration CLOSE(Close), CLOSE, Type OPEN(Open) OPEN

None

CLOSE

CLOSE

BSC

Interval Type 1~65535

1~65535

bit

384

384 BSC

Interval Type 0~65535 PRIMARY(Prim ary Area), STANDBY(Stan Enumeration dby Area), Type ALL(Primary PRIMARY(Prim ary), Enumeration STANDBY(Stan Type dby)

0~65535

None

0 None

BSC

PRIMARY, STANDBY, ALL None

PRIMARY

None

None

PRIMARY, STANDBY None

PRIMARY

PRIMARY

None

Interval Type 0~80

0~80

per cent

50

50 TRX

Interval Type 5~126

5~126

None

100

100 TRX

Interval Type 5~100

5~100

per cent

100

100 TRX

None

Interval Type 3~10

3~10

None

Ethernet 3 port

None

Interval Type 3~10

3~10

ms

Ethernet 3 port

A Interface Protocol Process Interval Type 0~27 A Interface Protocol Process Interval Type 0~27

0~27

None

None

None

MTP3 link

0~27

None

None

None

ATERCON SL

A Interface Protocol Process Interval Type 0~11 power, env, sig, trunk, Faulty hardware, Manageme software, run, nt Bit Field Type comm, service, power(Power System), Faulty env(Environme Manageme Enumeration nt System), nt Type sig(Signaling Assignment and Immediate Enumeration OFF(Off), Assignment Type ON(On) DISABLE(Disab le), Enumeration ENABLE(Enabl Direct Retry Type e)

0~11 None power, env, sig, trunk, hardware, software, None power, env, sig, trunk, hardware, software, None

None

None

MTP3 link

None

None

BSC6900

None

None

BSC6900

OFF, ON

None

OFF

OFF

Cell

DISABLE, ENABLE None

DISABLE

DISABLE

Cell

Concentric Cell Interval Type 0~61

0~61

dB

35

35 Cell

O&M of BTS

Interval Type 0~62,255

0~62, 255 None

None

None

BTS

O&M of BTS

Interval Type 0~62

0~62

None

None

None

BTS

O&M of BTS

Interval Type 0~23,255

0~23, 255 None

None

None

BTS

O&M of BTS

Interval Type 0~23

0~23

None

None

None

BTS

O&M of BTS

Interval Type 0~255

0~255

None

None

None

BTS

O&M of BTS

Interval Type 0~254

0~254

None

None

None

BTS

2G/3G Neighborin g Cell Automatic Optimizatio Interval Type 0~63 Assignment and Immediate Assignment Interval Type 500~60000

0~63

dB

30

30 BSC

500~60000 ms

10000

10000 Cell

O&M of BSC Interval Type 1~300 A Interface Circuit Manageme nt Interval Type 1~300

1~300

30

30 BSC

1~300

60

60 MSC

GSM Flow Control

Interval Type 1~300

1~300

30

30 BSC

GSM Flow Control

Interval Type 1~300

1~300

60

60 MSC

O&M of BSC

Interval Type 1~300

1~300

30

30 BSC

O&M of BSC Interval Type 1~300 A Interface Circuit Manageme nt Interval Type 1~300

1~300

30

30 BSC

1~300

20

20 MSC

Concentric Enumeration NO(Close), Cell Type YES(Open) Enhanced Dual-Band Network Enhanced Dual-Band Network

NO, YES

None

NO

NO

Cell

Interval Type 0~63

0~63

dB

2 Cell

Interval Type 0~63

0~63

dB

10

10 Cell

Flex Ater

Enumeration NO(No), Type YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

YES

BSC

Flex Ater

Enumeration Close(Close), Type Open(Open)

Close, Open

None

Open

Open

BSC

Flex Ater

Interval Type 80~100

80~100

per cent

85

85 BSC

O&M of BSC

Interval Type 0~254

0~254

None

None

None

MTP3 link

BSC Local Switch

O&M of BSC SemiPermanent Connection Configurati on Manageme nt Configurati on Manageme nt

Interval Type 0~100 TS1, TS2, TS3, TS4, TS5, TS6, TS7, TS8, TS9, TS10, TS11, Bit Field Type TS12, TS13,

0~100 TS1, TS2, per cent TS3, TS4, TS5, TS6, TS7, TS8, TS9, None

90

90 BSC

None

None

E1/T1 link

Enumeration Type NO, YES

NO, YES

None

None

None

BSC

Interval Type 0~1

0~1

None

None

None

E1/T1 link

Interval Type 0~254

0~254

None

None

None

E1/T1 link

O&M of BSC Interval Type 0~2047 Ater Compressio n Transmissi Enumeration TDM(TDM), on Type IP(IP) A(Tributary A), B(Tributary B), O&M of Enumeration ALL(All BTS Type Tributary)

0~2047

None

None

None

ATERCON SL

TDM, IP

None

TDM

TDM

BSC

A, B, ALL

None

None

None

None

TS1, TS2, TS3, TS4, TS5, TS6, A Interface TS7, TS8, TS9, Protocol TS10, TS11, Process Bit Field Type TS12, TS13,

TS1, TS2, TS3, TS4, TS5, TS6, TS7, TS8, TS9, None

None

None

MTP3 link

IMSI Detach

Enumeration NO(No), Type YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

YES

Cell

O&M of BTS

Interval Type 0~15

0~15

dB

0 BTS

O&M of BTS

Interval Type 0~15

0~15

dB

0 BTS

None

Interval Type 1~65535

1~65535

min

None

60 None

None

Interval Type 1~60 NONE(Verify None), Security PEER(Verify Manageme Enumeration Peer nt Type Certificate) Abis IP SERVER(SERV over E1/T1 ER), A IP over Enumeration CLIENT(CLIEN E1/T1 Type T) Abis IP SERVER(SERV over E1/T1 ER), A IP over Enumeration CLIENT(CLIEN E1/T1 Type T)

1~60

min

1 E1/T1 port

NONE, PEER

None

None

None

BSC6900

SERVER, CLIENT

None

None

None

PPP link

SERVER, CLIENT

None

None

None

MP group

Abis IP over E1/T1 Abis IP over E1/T1 A IP over E1/T1 Abis IP over E1/T1 A IP over E1/T1

SERVER(Serve Enumeration r), SERVER, Type CLIENT(Client) CLIENT

None

None

None

BTS

String Type

None

1~63 characters None

None

None

PPP link

String Type

None

1~63 characters None

None

None

MP group

Abis IP over E1/T1 String Type Abis IP over E1/T1 A IP over E1/T1 String Type Abis IP over E1/T1 A IP over E1/T1 String Type

None

1~64 characters None

None

None

BTS

None

1~15 characters None

None

None

PPP link

None

1~15 characters None

None

None

MP group

Abis IP over E1/T1 Abis IP over E1/T1 A IP over E1/T1 Abis IP over E1/T1 A IP over E1/T1

None NO_V(NO_V), PAP_V(PAP_V) , Enumeration CHAP_V(CHAP Type _V) NO_V(NO_V), PAP_V(PAP_V) , Enumeration CHAP_V(CHAP Type _V) NO_V(No Validate), PAP_V(PAP Abis IP Enumeration Validate), over E1/T1 Type CHAP_V(CHAP

String Type

1~16 characters None NO_V, PAP_V, CHAP_V NO_V, PAP_V, CHAP_V NO_V, PAP_V, CHAP_V

None

None

BTS

None

NO_V

NO_V

PPP link

None

NO_V

NO_V

MP group

None

NO_V

NO_V

BTS

Enumeration None Type Configurati on Manageme Enumeration nt Type

ENABLE, DISABLE

ENABLE, DISABLE

None

None

ENABLE

Ethernet port

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

YES

None

None

AMR FR

Enumeration NO(No), Type YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

YES

Cell

AMR HR

Enumeration NO(No), Type YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

YES

Cell

O&M of BTS

Enumeration NO(No), Type YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO

BSC

Abis over IP

O&M of BTS

DISABLED(Dis abled), Enumeration ENABLED(Ena Type bled) BTSAUTODLD ACT(BTS Software Auto Enumeration DL and ACT), Type TMUAUTOACT

DISABLED , ENABLED None BTSAUTO DLDACT, TMUAUTO ACT None

ENABLED

ENABLED

BTS

None

None

BTS

Security Manageme Enumeration OFF(Off), nt Type ON(On) Security Manageme nt Interval Type 1~65535

OFF, ON

None

ON

None

BSC6900

1~65535

min

None

None

BSC6900

Enumeration AU4(AU4), None Type AU3(AU3) GSM_PHASE_ 1, A Interface GSM_PHASE_ Protocol Enumeration 2, Process Type GSM_PHASE_ Faulty Manageme Enumeration LOW(LOW), nt Type HIGH(HIGH)

AU4, AU3 None GSM_PHA SE_1, GSM_PHA SE_2, GSM_PHA None

Channelize d optical None AU4 GSM_PHAS port E_2 is recommende GSM_PHAS d in common E_2 scenarios. If BSC

LOW, HIGH

None

HIGH

None

None

Faulty Manageme Enumeration LOW(LOW), LOW, nt Type HIGH(HIGH) O1E3_R1E4(O HIGH O1E3_R1E CCUR:1E-3, 4, RECOVERY:1E- O1E4_R1E Enumeration 4), 5, None Type O1E4_R1E5(O O1E3_R1E O1E5_R1E O1E3_R1E4(O CCUR:1E-3, 4, RECOVERY:1E- O1E4_R1E Enumeration 4), 5, None Type O1E5_R1E O1E4_R1E5(O O1E4_R1E CCUR:1E-4, 5, RECOVERY:1E- O1E5_R1E Enumeration 5), 6, None Type O1E5_R1E6(O O1E4_R1E O1E6_R1E O1E4_R1E5(O CCUR:1E-4, 5, RECOVERY:1E- O1E5_R1E Enumeration 5), 6, None Type O1E5_R1E6(O O1E6_R1E

None

LOW

LOW

BTS

None

None

None

Board

None

None

None

Board

None

None

None

Board

None

None

None

Board

BSC/RNC Clock

Enumeration OFF(OFF), Type ON(ON)

OFF, ON

None

OFF

None

Board

BSC/RNC Clock O&M of BSC Security Manageme nt Configurati on Manageme nt Radio Dedicated Channel Manageme nt

Enumeration OFF(OFF), Type ON(ON)

OFF, ON

None

OFF

None

Board

String Type

None

0~200 characters None

None

None

BSC6900

String Type

None

0~128 characters None

None

None

BSC6900

GPRS

Interval Type 0~70 CLOSE(Close), LOCALTLLI(Lo cal TLLI Opt), Enumeration ALLTLLI(All Type TLLI Opt)

0~70

None

55

55 Cell

CLOSE, LOCALTLL I, ALLTLLI None

ALLTLLI

ALLTLLI

BSC

None

String Type

None

1~64 characters None 0.0.0.0~25 5.255.255. 255 None

None

None

BTS

None

IP Address Type

None

None

None

None

None Active Backup Power Control Active Backup Power Control Multi-band Sharing One BSC

0.0.0.0~25 5.255.255. None None BYTRX(Turn off 255 TRX), BYPWR(Reduc Enumeration e Backup BYTRX, Type Power) BYPWR None BYCOVER(Cov er Priority), BYCOVER BYCAP(Capabil , BYCAP, Enumeration ity Priority), BYSAVIN Type BYSAVING(Sav G None IP Address Type

None

None

Ethernet port

BYTRX

BYTRX

BTS

BYCOVER

BYCOVER

BTS

Interval Type 0~1

0~1

None

1 Cell

Multi-band Sharing One BSC

Interval Type 0~1

0~1

None

1 Cell

Multi-band Sharing One BSC Interval Type 0~1 HUAWEI I Handover HUAWEI II Handover Interval Type 1~200

0~1

None

1 Cell

1~200

20

20 Cell

O&M of BTS

String Type

None

1~80 characters None

None

None

None

SoftSynchroniz ed Network Interval Type 0~2047 Battery1Temp( Battery 1 Temperature), O&M of Enumeration Battery2Temp( BTS Type Battery 2 Battery1Temp( Battery 1 Temperature), O&M of Enumeration Battery2Temp( BTS Type Battery 2

0~2047 None Battery1Te mp, Battery2Te mp None Battery1Te mp, Battery2Te mp None

None

None BSC6900 For EPS4815 boards, the Battery1Tem value of this p parameter is BTS

Battery1Tem Battery1Tem p p BTS

O&M of BTS

Interval Type 30~1000

30~1000

Ah

50

50 BTS

O&M of BTS

Enumeration NO(NO), Type YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO

BTS

O&M of BTS

O&M of BTS

Interval Type 0~90 NO_BAT(No Storage Battery), Enumeration INSIDE_BAT(In Type side Storage

0~90 per cent NO_BAT, INSIDE_B AT, OUTSIDE_ BAT None

50

50 BTS

NO_BAT

NO_BAT

BTS

BSC Node Redundanc y Interval Type 1024~65535

1024~6553 5 None

58000

58000 SCTP link

Processing of Measureme nt Report PreInterval Type 0~254

0~254

None

8 TRX

O&M of BTS Configurati on Manageme nt Configurati on Manageme nt Configurati on Manageme nt Configurati on Manageme nt

Interval Type 0~3000

0~3000

Ah

36

36 BTS

Interval Type 0~7

0~7

None

None

None

Cell

Interval Type 0~7

0~7

None

None

None

Cell

Interval Type 0~7

0~7

None

None

None

BTS

Interval Type 0~1023

0~1023

None

None

None

Cell

Frequency Band Frequency Hopping (RF hopping, baseband

Interval Type 0~1023

0~1023

None

None

None

Cell

Enumeration NO_Hop(No NO_Hop, Type hop), Hop(Hop) Hop

None

None

None

Cell

Gb Over FR

Interval Type 0~100

0~100

per cent

80

80 BSC

Gb Over FR

Interval Type 0~100

0~100

per cent

60

60 BSC

Gb over IP Interval Type 0~63

0~63

None

14

14 BSC

Gb Over FR

Interval Type 0~511

0~511

None

None

None

BC

O&M of BTS

Interval Type 5~25

5~25

per cent

If "Power System Type" is "APM30", 15 the

BTS

O&M of BTS

Interval Type 433~576

43.3~57.6 (step: 0.1) V

565

565 BTS

O&M of BTS

Enumeration NO(NO), Type YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO

BTS

QoS ARP&THP Interval Type 1~10

1~10

None

8 Cell

QoS ARP&THP Interval Type 1~10

1~10

None

4 Cell

QoS ARP&THP Interval Type 1~10 MTP3(MTP3), A Interface M3UA(M3UA), Protocol Enumeration MTP3_M3UA(M Process Type TP3 and M3UA) BSC Node Redundanc y Interval Type 1~60

1~10 None MTP3, M3UA, MTP3_M3 UA None

2 Cell

None

None

SCCP

1~60

1 BSC

EGPRS GSM/TDSCDMA Interoperabi lity GSM/WCD MA Interoperabi lity GSM/TD-

Interval Type 0~10

0~10

None

5 Cell

Interval Type 0~3

0~3

None

1 Cell

Enumeration NO(No), Type YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO

Cell

HUAWEI II Enumeration NO(No), Handover Type YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

YES

Cell

HUAWEI II Handover Interval Type 1~32

0.5~16, step:0.5

4 Cell

HUAWEI II Handover IP Fault Detection Based on BFD IP Fault Detection Based on BFD Processing of Measureme nt Report Pre-

Interval Type 1~32

0.5~16, step:0.5

6 Cell Current BFD 3 session Current BFD session

Interval Type 3~10

3~10

None

Interval Type 1~2

1~2

None

None

None

Interval Type 10~254

10~254

None

30

30 TRX

TRX Cooperatio Enumeration ALL(All), n Type PART(Part) SoftSynchroniz ed Network Interval Type -10000~10000

ALL, PART None 10000~100 00 None

ALL

ALL

Cell

None

None

BSC6900

QoS ARP&THP Interval Type 1~10

1~10

None

4 Cell

QoS ARP&THP Interval Type 1~10

1~10

None

2 Cell

QoS ARP&THP Interval Type 1~10 1~10 None DISABLE(Disab Faulty le), Manageme Enumeration ENABLE(Enabl DISABLE, nt Type e) ENABLE None Faulty Manageme nt Interval Type 0~65534

1 Cell

ENABLE

None

BSC6900

0~65534

0 None

BSC6900

Faulty Manageme nt Interval Type 60~65534 60~65534 s DISABLE(Disab Faulty le), Manageme Enumeration ENABLE(Enabl DISABLE, nt Type e) ENABLE None

900 None

BSC6900

ENABLE

None

BSC6900

Gb Over FR

Interval Type 1~6

1~6

None

4 BSC

Gb Over FR

Interval Type 1~120

1~120

10

10 BSC

None

Interval Type 0~335

0~335

None

None

None

Transport channel

None

Interval Type 0~5,8~27

0~5, 8~27 None

None

None

Transport channel

None

Interval Type 0~11

0~11

None

None

None

Transport channel

GSM Flow Control Interval Type 0~5000 Abis IP over E1/T1 A IP over Enumeration NO(NO), E1/T1 Type YES(YES) Faulty nonrpt(Not Manageme Enumeration Report), nt Type rpt(Report) 0(0), 1(1), 2(2), 3(3), 4(4), 5(5), O&M of Enumeration 6(6), BTS Type NULL(NULL) 0(0), 1(1), 2(2), 3(3), 4(4), 5(5), O&M of Enumeration 6(6), BTS Type NULL(NULL)

0~5000

1000

1000 BSC

NO, YES

None

None

NO

MP group

nonrpt, rpt None 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, NULL 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, NULL

None

None

BSC6900

None

NULL

NULL

BTS

None

NULL

NULL

BTS

HUAWEI I Handover HUAWEI II Enumeration NO(No), Handover Type YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

YES

Cell

HUAWEI II Handover Interval Type 1~16 HUAWEI I Handover HUAWEI II Handover Interval Type 0~127

0.5~8, step:0.5

1 Cell

0~127

dB

69

69 Cell

HUAWEI II Handover Configurati on Manageme nt Configurati on Manageme nt Configurati on Manageme nt

0.5~8, step:0.5 s SCU, GCU, Enumeration SCU, GCU, XPU, INT, Type XPU, INT, TNU TNU None SCU, SCU, GCU, GCU, Enumeration XPU, DPU, XPU, DPU, Type INT, TNU INT, TNU None Interval Type 1~16 INT, DPU, Enumeration XPU, TNU, Type OMU, SAU INT, DPU, XPU, TNU, OMU, SAU None

1 Cell

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

O&M of BTS

Interval Type 0~72

0~72

None

None

None

None

O&M of BTS

Interval Type 0~47

0~47

None

None

None

None

O&M of BTS

O&M of BTS

Interval Type 0~1000 DATM_MAIN, DATU_MAIN, DDPM_MAIN, Enumeration DDPU_MAIN, Type DDRM_MAIN,

0~100000 (step: 100) kbit/s DATM_MA IN, DATU_MAI N, DDPM_MA None

None

None

BTS

None

None

None

O&M of BTS

Interval Type 0~1000

0~100000 (step: 100) kbit/s

None

None

BTS

Configurati on Manageme nt Configurati on Manageme nt

Enumeration Type DPUa, DPUc PEUa, FG2a, GOUa, EIUa, OIUa, POUc, Enumeration FG2c, GOUc, Type XPUa, XPUb,

None

Enumeration FG2a, GOUa, Type FG2c, GOUc

DPUa, DPUc PEUa, FG2a, GOUa, EIUa, OIUa, FG2a, GOUa, FG2c, GOUc

None

None

None

Board

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

Ethernet port

None

Enumeration Type PEUa, POUc

PEUa, POUc

None

None

None

BSC6900

None

Enumeration Type PEUa, POUc

PEUa, POUc

None

None

None

BSC6900

None

Enumeration Type PEUa, POUc MRRU, GRRU, Enumeration MRFU, GRFU, Type BTS3900E TMU(TMU/DTM U), DTRU(DTRU), Enumeration DPTU(DPTU), Type QTRU(QTRU),

O&M of BTS

O&M of BTS Fast Ring Network Switch Simplified Cell Broadcast

PEUa, POUc None MRRU, GRRU, MRFU, GRFU, BTS3900E None TMU, DTRU, DPTU, QTRU, MRRU, None

None

None

BSC6900

None

None

BTS

None

None

None

Interval Type 0~255

0~255

0 BTS

String Type

None

1~80 characters None

Cell name

None

Cell

Simplified Cell Broadcast Interval Type O&M of BSC Security Manageme Enumeration nt Type

2~3600 ENTIRE(Entire Backup), INCREMENTAL (Incremental Backup)

2~3600

60

60 Cell

ENTIRE, INCREME NTAL None

INCREMENT AL None

BSC6900

Radio Common Channel Manageme nt Interval Type 0~7

0~7

None

1 Cell

A over IP TRX Power Amplifier Intelligent Shutdown A Interface Circuit Manageme nt Short Message Service Cell Broadcast (TS23)

Interval Type 1~16777215

1~1677721 5 None

None

None

BSC

Enumeration NO(No), Type YES(Yes) NO, YES None MAINBSC(MAI N BSC), Enumeration SUBBSC(SUB MAINBSC, Type BSC) SUBBSC None 0.0.0.0~25 5.255.255. 255 None

NO

NO

BSC

None

None

E1/T1 link

IP Address Type

None

None

None

BSC

SoftSynchroniz Compound ed Network Type SoftSynchroniz Compound ed Network Type

hour, min

hour{0~23} min{0~59} None

None

None

BSC6900

hour, min

hour{0~23} min{0~59} None

None

None

BSC6900

IP QOS Interval Type 0~15 Configurati on Manageme nt Interval Type 0~15 SoftSynchroniz ed Network Interval Type 5~60 Short Message Service Cell Broadcast IP Address (TS23) Type None

0~15

None

None

None

Adjacent node

0~15

None

None

None

Cell

5~60

5 BSC6900

0.0.0.0~25 5.255.255. 255 None 0.0.0.0~25 5.255.255. 255 None

None

None

BSC

Abis over IP

IP Address Type

None

None

None

BTS

BSC Local Switch Connection Inter BSC over IP Enhanced Multi Level Precedence and Preemption Enhanced Multi Level Precedence and Preemption

UNCONDITION ALSTART(Unc onditional Enumeration Start), Type ATERCONGES

UNCONDI TIONALST ART, ATERCON GESTS, None

UNCONDITI UNCONDITI ONALSTAR ONALSTART T BSC

String Type

None

1~64 characters None

None

None

BSC

Enumeration NO(No), Type YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

YES

BSC

Enumeration NO(No), Type YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO

BSC

SemiPermanent Connection Interval Type 0~335 TRX Cooperatio n Enhanced Multi Level Precedence and Preemption Enhanced Multi Level Precedence and Preemption Enhanced Multi Level Precedence and Preemption Configurati on Manageme nt Configurati on Manageme nt Configurati on Manageme nt

0~335

None

None

None

BTS

Interval Type 0~65535

0~65535

None

None

None

BSC

Enumeration NO(No), Type YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

YES

BSC

Enumeration NO(No), Type YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

YES

BSC

Enumeration NO(No), Type YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO

BSC

Interval Type 0~65535

0~65535

None

65535

65535 BSC

Interval Type 0~65535

0~65535

None

65535

65535 BSC

Interval Type 0~65535

0~65535

None

65535

65535 BSC

Configurati on Manageme nt Configurati on Manageme nt Configurati on Manageme nt Configurati on Manageme nt Configurati on Manageme nt Configurati on Manageme nt Configurati on Manageme nt Configurati on Manageme nt Configurati on Manageme nt Configurati on Manageme nt Configurati on Manageme nt Configurati on Manageme nt

Interval Type 0~65535

0~65535

None

0 BSC

Interval Type 0~65535

0~65535

None

0 BSC

Interval Type 0~65535

0~65535

None

0 BSC

Interval Type 0~65535

0~65535

None

0 BSC

Interval Type 0~65535

0~65535

None

0 BSC

Interval Type 0~65535

0~65535

None

0 BSC

Interval Type 0~65535

0~65535

None

0 BSC

Interval Type 0~65535

0~65535

None

0 BSC

Interval Type 0~65535

0~65535

None

65535

65535 BSC

Interval Type 0~65535

0~65535

None

65535

65535 BSC

Interval Type 0~65535

0~65535

None

65535

65535 BSC

Interval Type 0~65535

0~65535

None

65535

65535 BSC

Configurati on Manageme nt Configurati on Manageme nt Configurati on Manageme nt Configurati on Manageme nt

Interval Type 0~65535

0~65535

None

0 BSC

Interval Type 0~65535

0~65535

None

0 BSC

Interval Type 0~65535

0~65535

None

0 BSC

Interval Type 0~65535

0~65535

None

65535

65535 BSC

SemiPermanent Connection Interval Type 0~27 SemiPermanent Connection Interval Type 0~11 SemiPermanent Connection Interval Type 0~7 SoftSynchroniz ed Network Interval Type 0~2500

0~27

None

None

None

BTS

0~11

None

None

None

BTS

0~7

None

None

None

BTS

0~2500

None

None

None

BSC6900

TC Pool

Interval Type 0~15

0~15

None

None

None

E1/T1 link

TC Pool

Interval Type 1~15

1~15

None

None

None

BSC

SemiPermanent Connection Interval Type 1~31

1~31

None

None

None

BTS

GPRS

Interval Type 0~15

0~15

None

10

10 Cell

Preprocessing of Measureme Enumeration NO(No), nt Report Type YES(Yes) Configurati on Manageme nt Interval Type 0~12 2_M_PERIOD( 2 Multiframe Period), Enumeration 3_M_PERIOD( Paging Type 3 Multiframe Configurati on Manageme nt Interval Type 1~4 Configurati on Manageme nt Interval Type NEITHERSTAR 0~12 BSC Local T(Neither Switch Start), BTS Local Enumeration BTSPRIORITY( Switch Type BTS Priority), NONSUPPORT BSC Local (Not Support), Switch BASIC(Basic BTS Local Enumeration Fun), Switch Type ENHANCED(En BSS Paging Coordinatio Enumeration NO(NO), n Type YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

YES

YES

Cell

0~12

None

4 Cell

940~4230, step: 470 ms

2_M_PERIO 2_M_PERIO D D Cell

1~4

None

1 Cell

0~12 None NEITHERS TART, BTSPRIO RITY, BSCPRIO None NONSUPP ORT, BASIC, ENHANCE D None

1 Cell

NEITHERST NEITHERST ART ART BSC

NONSUPPO NONSUPPO RT RT MSC

BSC/RNC Clock BSC/RNC Software Manageme nt BSC/RNC Software Manageme nt

Enumeration PEUa, EIUa, Type OIUa, SCUa,POUc GCUa, GCGa, PEUa, FG2a, GOUa, Enumeration EIUa, OIUa, Type POUc, GCUa, FG2c, SCUa, GCGa, PEUa, FG2a, GOUa, Enumeration EIUa, OIUa, Type POUc, FG2c,

None

Enumeration PEUa, POUc, Type EIUa, OIUa

NO, YES PEUa, EIUa, OIUa, POUc SCUa, GCUa, GCGa, PEUa, FG2a, SCUa, GCUa, GCGa, PEUa, FG2a, PEUa, POUc, EIUa, OIUa

None

YES

YES

Cell

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

E1/T1 port

None

Enumeration PEUa, POUc, Type EIUa

None

Enumeration PEUa, POUc, Type EIUa, OIUa

PEUa, POUc, EIUa PEUa, POUc, EIUa, OIUa

None

None

None

Cell

None

None

None

E1/T1 port

None

Enumeration Type POUc, OIUa

POUc, OIUa

None

None

None

Board Channelize d optical port

None

Enumeration Type POUc, OIUa FG2a, GOUa, Enumeration FG2c, GOUc, Type POUc

None

POUc, OIUa FG2a, GOUa, FG2c, GOUc, POUc

None

None

None

None

None

None

IP logical port

None Remote Electrical Tilt

O&M of BTS

O&M of BTS

O&M of BTS

O&M of BTS

O&M of BTS

Enumeration Type EIUa DATU(DATU), GATM(GATM), DRRU(DRRU), Enumeration MRRU(MRRU), Type MRFU(MRFU), CDU(CDU), PCDU(PCDU), DCDU(DCDU), Enumeration CDUC(CDUC), Type CDUP(CDUP), PWC(PWC), EAC_EMUA(EA C_EMUA), Enumeration DTMU(DTMU), Type DATM_DATU( DRRU(DRRU), DRFU(DRFU), MRRU(MRRU), Enumeration XRRU(XRRU), Type MRFU(MRFU), TRX(TRX_DEF AULT), TRX_GPRS(TR Enumeration X_GPRS), Type DRU(TRX_30), CDU(CDU), CDUC(CDUC), CDUP(CDUP), Enumeration CDUR(CDUR), Type CDUE(CDUE),

EIUa DATU, GATM, DRRU, MRRU, MRFU, CDU, PCDU, DCDU, CDUC, CDUP, BIE, PWC, EAC, EMUA, MCK, DTMU, DRRU, DRFU, MRRU, XRRU, MRFU, TRX_30_O R_DRU, TRX_GPR S, PTRX, ETRX, CDU, CDUC, CDUP, CDUR, CDUE,

None

None

None

E1/T1 port

None

None

None

BTS

None

None

None

BTS

None

None

None

BTS

None

None

None

BTS

None

None

None

BTS

None

None

None

BTS

Ater Interface 4:1 Multiplexing Ater Interface 4:1 Multiplexing O&M of BTS TRX Working Voltage

Enumeration CFGBM(BM), Type CFGTC(TC)

CFGBM, CFGTC

None

None

None

E1/T1 link

Enumeration CFGBM(BM), Type CFGTC(TC)

CFGBM, CFGTC

None

None

None

ATERCON SL

Enumeration NO(No), Type YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

YES

Cell

O&M of BTS

String Type

Abis over IP

None LOGICIP(Logic IP), PORTIP(Port Enumeration IP), Type PPP/MP(PPP/

1~64 characters None LOGICIP, PORTIP, PPP/MP

None

None

BTS

None

LOGICIP

LOGICIP

BTS

O&M of BTS

String Type

None

0~64 characters None

None

None

BTS

A